P. 1
PHOENIX CONTACT - Interface Catalog 2009/2010 (Vol.1)

PHOENIX CONTACT - Interface Catalog 2009/2010 (Vol.1)

|Views: 3,274|Likes:
Published by Um PLC sem WatchDog
= Vol. 1 de 3 =
Catalogo de 2009/2010 da PHOENIX CONTACT sobre interfaces para automação .
= Vol. 1 de 3 =
Catalogo de 2009/2010 da PHOENIX CONTACT sobre interfaces para automação .

More info:

Categories:Types, Brochures
Published by: Um PLC sem WatchDog on Nov 07, 2011
Copyright:Attribution Non-commercial

Availability:

Read on Scribd mobile: iPhone, iPad and Android.
download as PDF, TXT or read online from Scribd
See more
See less

10/03/2012

pdf

text

original

Signal Converters Switching Devices Power Supplies

INTERFACE

INTERFACE | Signal Converters, Switching Devices, Power Supplies
INTERFACE The INTERFACE range offers all the modules for industrial control needed for the signal conditioning of digital, analog, serial and power signals.

INTERFACE

PLUSCON

CLIPLINE

COMBICON

TRABTECH

AUTOMATION

PLUSCON The PLUSCON catalog documents industrial connectors for data, signal and power cables, as well as for fiber optics. The complete offer for the sensor/actuator cabling makes this catalog a standard for field wiring.

CLIPLINE From the modular terminal block to the assembly material and tools and through to the complete PC-aided project planning and marking system, the CLIPLINE catalog has everything that you need for perfect control cabinet wiring.

COMBICON The COMBICON catalog provides a complete range of device connection technology with protection classes up to IP67. Electronic housings, plug-in card blocks and DIN socket strips make this catalog a standard for every developer.

TRABTECH With professional surge protection structured according to surge protection for power supply units, data interfaces and MCR applications, Phoenix Contact provides one of the most comprehensive programs on the market.

AUTOMATION From the serial sensor/ actuator box, through to PC-based control technology, right down to visualization software, the AUTOMATION catalog provides the latest automation components and systems from Phoenix Contact.

www.phoenixcon.com

MNR.52004871/15.04.09-00 Printed in Germany © PHOENIX CONTACT 2009

PHOENIX CONTACT (SEA) Pte Ltd Alemania: Thailand Representative Office PHOENIX CONTACT GmbH & Pte Ltd PHOENIX CONTACT (SEA)Co. KG SSP Tower III, 17th Floor, Unit A6, D-32823 Blomberg, Chee Technopark @ ChaiGermany 88 Silom Road, Kwaeng Suriyawong, Teléfono: ++/52 35/3 00 750C Chai Chee Road #01-09/10 Ket Bangrak, Bangkok 10500, Thailand Telefax: USA: ++/52 35/31 07 99 Singapore 469003 Tel : +66 2634 1795-8 PHOENIX CONTACT Ltd www.phoenixcontact.com PHOENIX CONTACT Inc. Tel: +65 6243 6781 Fax: +66 2634 1799 Halesfield4100 0039 PHOENIX CONTACT (Pty) Ltd (Reg. No. 1969/010389/07) P.O. Box 6443 Fax: +65 13 Telford OFFICE 36 Lyn Road, Ferndale Ext 4, Randburg Johannesburg HEAD SOUTHERN INDIA OFFICE España: Harrisburg Shropshire,CONTACT BV(India) Pvt. Ltd PHOENIXTF7 Tel: S.A. CONTACT 411,Chile: Centre Barton PHOENIX CONTACT, PA 17111-0100 4PG +27 (0) 11 801 8200/1/2/3/4 PHOENIX CONTACT (SEA) Pte Ltd PHOENIX CONTACT SAS (0) 11 793 4403 PHOENIX CONTACT AG Phone: 0845 CONTACT (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd PostbusOkhla6900 AE Zevenaar F-26/2, TecnológicoFax: Pty Ltd PHOENIX CONTACT Asturias, 84, M.G. Road, CONTACT S.A. Parque 246, Industrial +27 Phase de Area, PHOENIX Bangalore Office PHOENIX 881 2222Émerainville - II Vietnam Representative 560 001 52 Bd(0316)881 17 20 de · Zürcherstrasse 22 Fax: (717)Beaubourg INDIA Miranda NSW 2228 Tel.: 0845 59 130-140 16-17 020 Road New Delhi 110 2211 Karnataka Parque 4928, Of. 123 parcelas Parraweena Av. Del Fax 944-1625 Block Marne la Vallée Cedex 2 1/42 77436 E1, 29-1, Jalan PJU6, Boulevard Park, Boulevard 2nd Floor, Green Star Building CH-8317 Tagelswangen info@phoenixcontact.co.uk2229 Fax: (0316) Cape (717) 52Taren Point Road, Huechuraba - Santiago - 403 Bellville PO Box 2351, 40 74 700 Phone:+91-11-30262 E-33428 Prima LLANERA Unit (ASTURIAS) Phone Town944-1300 Dataran60 17 98 98 70Phone:+91-80-30577399 55 Chile Pham Ngoc Thach St., to Tél. :01 Tél. : ++41 (0) 52 354 55 www.phoenixcontact.co.uk sales@phoenixcontact.nl Fax: +34 989524 1636 Phone: +91-11-41611070/71 Fax:Tel: (56 Minh 2000Vietnam +91-80-25581312 Tel.: (02) 579 4455 www.phoenixcon.com +27 (0) 21 930 9666 47301 Petaling Jaya Tel: Dist. 3,++41Chi2) 652City, 99 Fax :01 60 17 37 97Fax: +27 (0) 21 930 6628 Fax : Ho (0) 52 354 56 www.phoenixcontact.nl/searchassistants Fax: (02) 9525 Ehsan, E-mail: postmaster@phoenixcontact.co.in Email: bangalore@phoenixcontact.co.in +34 98 598 5559 Fax: 3820 7807 Selangor Darul 5302 Malaysia Tel: +84 8(56 2) 652 2050 www.phoenixcontact.fr Mail: infoswiss@phoenixcontact.com www.phoenixcontact.nl/catalogus www.phoenixcontact.com.au Website: www.phoenixcontact.co.in www.phoenixcontact.es www.phoenixcontact.cl Tel: +60 3 7804 5121 Fax: +84 8 820 7713 Internet: www.phoenixcontact.ch Durban 7880 7987 1 Wareing PHOENIX e-mail: info@phoenixcontact.esEast Off Caversham Rd, Pinetown Canada: 3CONTACT MiddlePark, FZ LLC Fax: +60 PHOENIX CONTACT (Ireland) Ltd Dubai International Tel: Ltd. City (DIAC) Academic México: PHOENIX CONTACT +27 (0) 31 701 2701 A4 NutgroveAvenueOffice 301 31 701 2766 PHOENIX CONTACT NV/SA Fax: +27 Block 10, 3rd WESTERN Office Park (0) (PUNE) Argentina: Floor, PHOENIX CONTACT S.A. 235 Watline INDIA OFFICE PHOENIX CONTACT (PHILS), C.V. PHOENIX CONTACTChina DEINC. Nutgrove Tech Plaza, NV/SA Minervastraat Road OY PHOENIXAvenue PHOENIX CONTACT Ltd. Piso Academic CONTACT GmbH Pte Ltd PHOENIXCity10-12 'B' Wing & Co. KG 504, Sagar CONTACT S.A. 302,36, Phoenix City Representative Mississauga, Ontario A/S PHOENIX CONTACT (SEA) PhilippinesPoint Rd. Jiangning Development No. Newton No. 293 - 1o. Office ТОВ ФЕНІКС КОНТАКТ Rathfarnham Road, 936/54 B-1930Blomberg, Port1P3 11CONTACT Ltd Avenue, 7th Elizabeth Chapultepec Morales Minervastraat la LeguaPostboks 1181 Newton Park, Port Dhole Patil Road 235 Watline Avenue Tower Hammerholmen Niittytie UAE 32823Elizabeth 48 11A S.p.A. Office DUBAI,Zaventem PHOENIX Representative Andheri-Kurla Контакт Naka Av. "Феникс Germany Colonia Herrera L4ZFondo de 10-12 * Saki Рус" Indonesia Україна Ug-02 Cityland China 04655 ООО Київ, Zone, Nanjing, Dublin 14 Hvidovre Pluit -3-00 20095 +49 Tel.: 02-7 345002 B-1930Cusano98р-н35 35400 (0)de Buenos Aires Mississauga, Ontario L4Z 1P3 DK-2650[East], 52 01300Sentra(0)Martinez Pcia. Phone:Vantaa - Milanino +27 07241 364 0415 P.O. Черноморська, 4 Hotunui Drive 11 Солнцево, AndheriZaventem 1 Pune V.A. - 411 (B1640EDO) Mumbai Delegación Hidalgo RukoBOX 23Bisnis Tel: No. 98211100001 Miguel Valero Sts., вул. 119619 Москва, Zip: (905) Rufino Cor. Phone:Sakti 771300• Auckland B-09364 стр. Via (905) 23(0)44проезд Blok 41 39/41 Fax: 02-736 98437-0324 07 (0) 25 Tel.:Bellini11)Raya1435 28, № 5167, вл. 9, 06151 Tél. :México, Makati City 890-2820 Telefon:+49 36 11 Puhelin:Wellington11 3-1 Maharashtra 5173-2000 Mount 012054 52 Fax: Maharashtra (54(09) Fax 02-7 890-0180425-6622 99 Jl.Pluit +971 350 9020 +27 Salcedo Village,D.F., 11570 Телефон: +380 44 Проектируемый No. Phone: 025-52121888 Fax: 02(09) 77 933-85-48 Tel.: (5436 44 3400 sales@phoenixcontact.be Fax: 02-7(495)14450, Indonesia Fax : Tel.: (52) 55 1101-1380 (905) 1226 Telefax:Utara890-2820 Faksi:+971 351 40 22 E-mail:+3804270462-4817 Phone:+91-22-28511745 Phone: (905)05 91 3999 Phone:+91-20-30581224-33 11) 5173-2050 Phone(09)25 1439 Факс: 01205 437-0323 Тел.: +7 66 36 14 Jakarta info@phoenixcontact.com Philippines 890-0180 Fax:Free 817 7843 www.phoenixcontact.ie 02 1-800-890-2820 www.phoenixcontact.be/searchassistants sales@phoenixcontact.be Toll +632 1-800-890-2820 E-mail: ua-office@phoenixcontact.com myynti@phoenixcontact.com www.phoenixcontact.net/searchassistants kundeservice@phoenixcontact.dk www.phoenixcontact.com Fax: (09) (495) 95 030 Fax:Fax:025-52121555 +91-20-30523637 e-mail: +91-22-28511070 Факс:+7 270 666 00 931-97-22 www.phoenixcontact.com.ar (52) 55 5531-0194 Toll Free66 053990 64 Tel: +62 21 Tel: info@phoenixcontact.ie www.phoenixcontact.it www.phoenixcontact.be/catalogus mailto:mumbai@phoenixcontact.co.in url: http://www.phoenixcontact.co.za info@phoenixcontact.co.za www.phoenixcontact.ua www.phoenixcontact.be www.phoenixcontact.ca info-me@phoenixcontact.com Internet: 21 662 53 17 www.phoenixcontact.fi www.phoenixcontact.net/catalog www.phoenixcontact.com.cn Email: info@phoenixcontact.com.ar www.phoenixcontact.co.nz Email: pune@phoenixcontact.co.in e-mail: info@phoenixcontact.ru www.phoenixcontact.com.mx www.phoenixcontact.ca Fax: +62www.phoenixcontact.dk Fax: +632 817 7844

Table of contents
INTERFACE overview
Signal conditioning for the control system 2

INTERFACE Safety
Safety relays, speed monitors and configurable safety modules

5

INTERFACE Relay
Relay and solid-state relay interfaces

41

INTERFACE Cabling
System cabling and wiring interface

183

INTERFACE Analog
Modular converters for MCR technology

319

INTERFACE Ex
MCR components for the Ex area

421

INTERFACE Serial
Serial interface converters

479

INTERFACE Power Supply
Power supply units

559

INTERFACE Wireless
Industrial wireless communication

605

INTERFACE Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays and function blocks

651

Technical information / index

668

INTERFACE | Signal conditioning for the control system
INTERFACE products from Phoenix Contact provide signal conditioning of digital, analog, serial and power signals for the whole control system. Converting, switching, isolating, adapting, amplifying, connecting, supplying – these are all functions that our INTERFACE modules perform for you. The complete range of high-quality, topclass products is the perfect cost-effective solution for you. Innovation in Interface.

INTERFACE Serial
Serial interface converters for RS-232, TTY, RS-422, Ethernet and RS-485 fieldbus systems with copper, fiber optic or wireless technology. See page 479.

INTERFACE Analog
Modular analog converters for applications in MCR technology. See page 319.

INTERFACE Ex
Components for Ex applications and innovative interface systems for process engineering. See page 421.

INTERFACE Wireless
Radio systems for the wireless transmission of analog and digital IO signals and serial data in an industrial environment. See page 605.

2

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Power Supply
Innovative power supply units – Power for every application. See page 559.

INTERFACE Safety
Certified safety switching devices - from emergency stop relays to stranded safety modules. See page 5.

INTERFACE Relay
Relay and solid-state relay interfaces for practical realization of industrial automation concepts. See page 41.

INTERFACE Cabling
The fast, universal and fault-free I/O wiring between the field and the automation level. See page 183.

INTERFACE Monitoring
Monitoring modules, function blocks and timer modules to monitor and visualize important mains parameters and to control time sequences. See page 651.

PHOENIX CONTACT

3

4

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Safety
Safety relays, speed monitors and configurable safety modules
Safety switching devices for every application
PSR-TRISAFE configurable safety module – Multi-function analysis module with 20 safe inputs and 4 safe outputs to monitor the emergency stop, safety doors, light grids, etc. – Easy graphical configuration using the SAFECONF software – Convenient diagnostics and signaling functions through the fieldbus connection – Recommended for machines and systems with more than three different safety functions Safety relays – Modules for all commonly used applications such as emergency stop, safety doors, light grids, etc. – Easy connection of the relevant safety equipment, no additional settings on the safety relay required – Available in compact housings with pluggable and keyed screw or spring-cage terminal blocks like all PSR safety switching devices – Recommended for machines and systems with up to three different safety functions Downtime and speed monitors – Modules for monitoring different speeds during operation and monitoring the downtime; e.g. for a safe stop or safe reduced speed of a machine or a system when a safety door is open – Easily configurable using the PSR-CONF-WIN software – Easy connection using the standard initiators or encoders

Program overview
Product overview Introduction to the PSR product range Fundamentals of safety standards PSR-TRISAFE configurable safety module Safety module Software PSR safety relays Modular safety relay system Safety relays Positively driven coupling relays Downtime and speed monitors Function PSR downtime and speed monitors Services Connection examples 32 33 34 35 15 20 29 6 8 9 10 12 13

Phoenix Contact offers simple system solutions based on Profisafe and Interbus-Safety for complex safety applications where safe control and bus systems are required. You will find the relevant products in the AUTOMATION 2009 catalog.

PHOENIX CONTACT

5

INTERFACE Safety
Product overview

Overview of the PSR range
PSR safety relays Application Output contacts Safety approvals
SILCL/IEC 62061 PL/ISO 13849-1

Page

Type
PSR-ESM4 PSR-ESM4-B PSR-ESA4 PSR-ESA4-B PSR-ESA2-B PSR-ESAM4/3x1 PSR-ESP4 PSR-ESAM4 PSR-ESL4 PSR-ESD-30 PSR-ESD-300 PSR-ESD-T PSR-THC4 PSR-SDC4 PSR-FSP PSR-URM4 PSR-URM4-B X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X5) X X X5) X5) X 2 3 2 3 4 3 2 8 3 2 3 3 2 2 1 5 5 2 2 2 1 1 1 13) 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

4 4 4 4 21) 4 21) 4 4 4 44) 44) 42) 4

e e e e d1) e d1) e e e e4) e4) e e

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 34) 34) 3 3 3 3 3

SIL/IEC 61508

CAT/EN 954-1

20 21 20 21 21 22 22 21 26 24 24 25 27 15 23 28 28

Emergency stop coupling relay for failsafe control systems in the process industry Contact extensions Contact extensions

4 4

e e

3 3

3 3

Modular safety relay system with PSR-TBUS connection Application Output contacts Safety approvals
SILCL/IEC 62061 PL/ISO 13849-1

Page

Type
PSR-SDC4 PSR-URM4/B PSR-URD3/3 PSR-URD3/30 PSR-URD3/T2 X Contact extensions Contact extensions Contact extensions Contact extensions X X X 2 4 4 4 4 13) 2 2 (delayed) 2 (delayed) 2 (delayed)

4 4 3 3 3

e e d d d

3 3 2 2 2

SIL/IEC 61508

CAT/EN 954-1

15 15 15 16 12

1) 2) 3)

Cat. 4/PL e with additional measures. Type IIIC as per EN 574. Semiconductor output. 4) Undelayed contacts: Cat. 4, PL e, SILCL 3, drop-out delay contacts: Cat. 3, PL d, SILCL 2. 5) Suitable light grid types on request.

All PSR products specified in this overview are equipped with EN 50205compliant positively driven contacts.

6

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Safety
Product overview

Positively driven coupling relays Application Output contacts Page

Type
PSR-URM PSR-URM/3X1 PSR-URM/5X1 PSR-URM/2X21 PSR-URM/4X1 Coupling relays Coupling relays Coupling relays Coupling relays Coupling relays 4 2 5 3 5 2 3 1 2 29 30 30 31 31

Downtime and speed monitors Application Output contacts Safety approvals
SILCL/IEC 62061 PL/ISO 13849-1

Page

Type
PSR-SSM PSR-RSM4 X X X 2 4 2

4 4

SIL/IEC 61508

CAT/EN 954-1

3 3

33 33

PSR-TRISAFE configurable safety module The configurable PSR-TRISAFE safety module can be used to implement all commonly used safety functions easily and flexibly. Typical applications are emergency stop and safety door monitoring, evaluation of magnetic switches, safety sensors, laser scanners and optical data links (with and without muting) as well as safe mode selection, enable switches and two-hand control devices. Other applications are available on request.

Application

Inputs

Outputs
Ground switching outputs

Safety approvals
SILCL/IEC 62061 PL/ISO 13849-1

Page

Safe controller outputs

Alarm outputs

Type
PSR-TRISAFE-S Safety module 20

4

2

2

4

4

e

3

SIL/IEC 61508

Clock outputs

CAT/EN 954-1

3

12

PHOENIX CONTACT

7

INTERFACE Safety
Introduction to the PSR product range

Safety solutions from Phoenix Contact: Simplicity means safety!
PSR safety switching devices offer you solutions for all common applications such as: – Emergency stop – Safety door – Light grid – Magnetic switch – Two-hand control devices – Enable switch PSR safety relays are suitable for applications with up to three different safety functions. Applications that require more safety functions can be realized easily and flexibly using the configurable PSR-TRISAFE safety module. Special modules are available for downtime and speed monitoring. These can be used to ensure a safe stop or a safely reduced speed of a system when a safety door is open.

Our PSR safety switching devices prove that innovative safety solutions do not necessarily have to be complex to meet the high safety requirements of machine and system engineering. In addition to simple integration and handling, these modules are distinguished by their compact, space-saving design and top quality, safety and reliability.

Further advantages are: – Convenient connection method – Quick expandability – Universal applicability on the basis of all relevant approvals

Convenient connection method All PSR safety switching devices are available with pluggable screw or springcage connection methods. Here, the twin spring-cage connectors provide space for two lines per terminal point.

Quick expandability In the case of the modular safety systems, additional extension modules can be easily integrated via the DIN rail TBUS. Cross-wiring for further output contacts, for example, is not required.

Numerous approvals PSR safety relays comply with all important safety standards such as EN 954-1, ISO 13849-1 and IEC 61508. Moreover, modules with GL approval or certification as per EN 50156 are also available.

8

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Safety
Fundamentals of safety standards

Overview of safety standards
EN 954-1: Categories mentioned in this standard are used to describe how error-prone the safety-related parts of a control system are and how they behave in case of an error. Category B is the lowest safety level and category 4 is the highest one. EN 954-1 has been discontinued and will be valid with a transition period up to the end of 2009. ISO 13849-1: ISO 13849-1 will be the successor to EN 954-1 for machine and system engineering. The performance level (PL) evaluates the magnitude of the failure probability of a safety-related part of a control system. In case of PL e, this probability is extremely low (= high safety level) and it is higher in case of PL a (= low safety level). The consideration of the complete safety chain and the variables MTTFd, CCF and DC (see below) are newly included. IEC 61508: This standard is primarily used in the process industry. The safety integrity level (SIL) indicates the reliability of a functional safety system (electric/ electronic/programmable) over the entire service life. SIL3 is the highest safety level (SIL4 only in special cases) and SIL1 is the lowest. IEC 62061: IEC 62061 has been derived from IEC 61508, and it is specially adapted for complex electronic systems in mechanical engineering. A safety integrity level (SIL) for safety systems has also been defined on the basis of the SIL values of individual parts (SILCL, see example).

Correlation between ISO 13849-1, EN 954-1 and IEC 62061
PL (ISO 13849-1) Low risk Category (EN 954-1) SIL (IEC 62061)

MTTFd

Mean Time To Failure dangerous - describes the reliability of individual components that are used in a safety function. Example: A contactor that is subjected to approximately 100,000 switching cycles under normal load in one year runs for an average of 20 years until it has a dangerous failure.

No special safety requirements

CCF

Common Cause Failure-Management - indicates the ability to control failures that have a common cause. Example: In case of a safety door monitoring unit with two safety switches, both switches fail due to excessive ambient temperature. Remedy: A suitable cooling device needs to be used.

DC

Diagnostic Coverage - evaluates the integrated diagnostics functions that can be used by a control system to detect errors. Example: A fused earthing contact can be identified by checking a confirmation contact.

High risk

The so-called risk graphs can be used to determine the required PL as per ISO 13849-1. For this purpose, factors such as severity of injuries (S), working time in the danger zone (F) and options for prevention (P) must be evaluated in succession beginning at the starting point.

S

Severity of injury S1 Slight (normally reversible) injury S2 Serious (usually irreversible) injury

F P

Frequency and/or length of exposure to the hazard F1 Seldom to frequent and/or short length of exposure F2 Frequent to continuous and/or long period of exposure

Possibility of avoiding the hazard P1 Possible under specific conditions P2 Hardly possible

Example of a safety function compliant with ISO 13849-1 and IEC 62061
Input Logic Output

In this example, a motor is switched off safely after the emergency stop switch is pressed. ISO 13849-1 and IEC 62061 consider the entire safety chain while doing so: the emergency stop switch for recording, the safety relay for signal processing and the CONTACTRON solidstate contactor for switching off.
= PL e

ISO 13849-1 PL IEC 62061 PFHd SIL

PL e 3,5 x 10 SILCL 3
-12

+

PL e 3 x 10 SILCL 3
-8

+

PL e 2,4 x 10 SILCL 3
-9

+

+

= 3,2 x 10 = SIL 3

-8

PHOENIX CONTACT

9

INTERFACE Safety
PSR-TRISAFE configurable safety module

PSR-TRISAFE system configuration
As flexible as a control system and as simple as a safety relay. The configurable safety module offers you many advantages: – Multi-functional application for any safety device ranging from emergency stop buttons, safety doors and light grids to safety sensors and enable switches – Complex safety functions can be implemented in the easiest manner, e.g. modular systems or linked processes – Simple graphic configuration instead of complex programming – Quick start-up using simple simulation and test options – Narrow design: 20 safe inputs, four safe outputs and four alarm outputs over a width of just 67.5 mm All commonly used safety devices can be monitored and evaluated easily and conveniently using the configurable safety module.

Fieldbus coupler

Safety module

Green INTERFACE DIN rail TBUS

Memory stick

The fieldbus coupler integrates the PSR-TRISAFE system into a Profibus-DP network (other bus systems are in preparation). This enables communication with the higher-level control system for diagnostics and visualization purposes. The safety module evaluates individual safety devices such as emergency stop buttons or safety doors. The required safety functions can be freely configured using the SAFECONF software. The integrated 20 safe inputs, four safe outputs and four alarm outputs make it versatile.

The green INTERFACE DIN rail T -BUS couples all standard modules, e.g. the fieldbus coupler to the PSR-TRISAFE safety module. A green TBUS connector is installed under every green module for the modules to make automatic contact with each other. On the other hand, a yellow PSR-TBUS connector is installed under the safety module.

The memory stick enables easy storage and backup of the configuration. A configuration can thus be easily created, tested and stored on the memory stick in an office. This can then be simply plugged into the safety module and the corresponding machine can be started up anywhere in the world.

10

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Safety
PSR-TRISAFE configurable safety module

PSR-TRISAFE system configuration
Software can be used easily with drag & drop The SAFECONF software allows a simple and quick configuration of the PSRTRISAFE module. Instead of programming, the required functions and components are simply dragged into the wiring editor with the mouse and linked there with each other. Only three steps are required to create a project, to check it and to transfer it to the safety module.

Only three steps to a complete project
1. Simply select the safety functions and link them Intuitive modules are available for the corresponding safety function such as emergency stop or safety door monitoring. They are simply dragged into the wiring editor with the mouse and linked with each other. There are no extra windows or submenus that require an additional data input. The safety logic thus remains very clearly arranged.

2. Integrating the hardware with drag & drop The hardware is also linked with the safety logic quickly and easily. The safety module and its connection terminal blocks are directly illustrated under the module selection window. Corresponding inputs and outputs can thus be dragged into the wiring editor with drag & drop and linked there with the safety modules.

3. Testing and transfer Automatic testing of the configuration before the transfer process ensures additional safety. This detects non-wired inputs or outputs of modules. The complete circuit can also be tested on a computer in simulation mode. Any change can thus be first validated in the office before it is put into operation in the system. After testing, the configuration is transferred to the safety module using a standard USB cable. The transfer process must be acknowledged manually on the device to prevent undesired data modification. The configuration is then activated and can be put into operation.

PHOENIX CONTACT

11

INTERFACE Safety
Configurable PSR-TRISAFE safety module PSR-TRISAFE - Safety module

– Freely configurable safety module for monitoring emergency stop, safety doors, light grids, etc. – With 20 safe inputs, 4 safe outputs, 4 signaling and 2 clock outputs on just 67.5 mm design width – Easily graphically configurable with the SAFECONF software – Quick commissioning by means of comprehensive simulation and test functions – Incl. memory stick IFS-CONFSTICK for easy storage and safety of configuration Easy diagnostics and signaling functions by means of a fieldbus connection via Gateway, see page 152.
solid stranded [mm2] I [A] * * U [V] * *

PSR-TRISAFE-S
Safety category 4 in acc. with EN 954-1 PL e as per ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 as per IEC 62061 SIL 3 acc. to IEC 61508 Applied for: UL Listed / CUL Listed / TUEV-RH
T0 T0 T1 T1 I0 I1 I19 M0 M1 M2 M3

Housing width 67.5
A1 A2

POWER 24V DC

TEST PULSE OUTPUT

SAFE INPUT

MONITORING OUTPUT

TBUS NON-SAFE

LOGIC

AWG

Connection data Screw connection 0.2-2.5 0.2-2.5 24-12 Spring-cage conn. 0.2-1.5 0.2-1.5 24-16 * Electrical data is determined by the module.

POWER 24V DC

SAFE OUTPUT

USB

CONF STICK

24V 0V O0 O1 O2 O3 O0- O1-

Description Freely configurable safety module, for monitoring emergency stop, safety doors, light grids, etc., with 20 safe inputs and 4 safe outputs, 4 signaling and 2 cycle outputs With screw connection With spring-cage connection Multi-function memory module for the INTERFACE system

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

PSR-SCP- 24DC/TS/S PSR-SPP- 24DC/TS/S

2986229 2986232

1 1

DIN rail connector PSR-TBUS, for singlechannel supply / control / monitoring (depending on the module) Technical data Module data Nominal input voltage UN Permissible range (based on UN) Typ. current consumption (with reference to UN) Max. reaction time Interfaces Input data Number of safe inputs Nominal voltage Electrical isolation Output data Safe semiconductor outputs Nominal voltage Limiting continuous current Electrical isolation Ground switching outputs Clock outputs Alarm outputs General data Ambient temperature range Pollution degree / Surge voltage category Dimensions Screw version W/H/D Spring-cage version

IFS-CONFSTICK PSR-TBUS

2986122 2890425

1 50

24 V DC 0.85 ... 1.1 200 mA 30 ms USB, DIN rail TBUS for bus couplers 20 24 V DC Yes 4 (Cat.4 / EN 13849 / SIL 3) 24 V DC 2 A (see derating curve) Yes, to logic and inputs A1, A2 2 2 4 -20°C ... 55°C 2 / III 67.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm 67.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 112 mm

12

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Safety
Configurable PSR-TRISAFE safety module PSR-TRISAFE - Software and connecting cable – Software SAFECONF, connecting cable and Quick Start Guide for the PSRTRISAFE safety module available as configuration package – Connecting cable also optionally available – Software SAFECONF available individually as well as free download at www.phoenixcontact.net/download

PSR-SAFECONF-BOX
PSR configuration package

Description Configuration package for the PSR-TRISAFE safety module, consisting of the SAFECONF software, connecting cable and Quick Start Guide German English Connecting cable (single) for configuration of the PSR-TRISAFE system - Length: 3 m Technical data Hardware requirements CPU Main memory

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

PSR-SAFECONF-BOX-DE PSR-SAFECONF-BOX-EN

2986151 2986164

1 1

CABLE-USB/MINI-USB-3,0M

2986135

1

Pentium, 2 GHz (recommended), 1 GHz (min.) Under Windows Vista: 2 GB (recommended) or 1 GB (min) Under Windows XP/2000: 1 GB (recommended) or 512 MB (min) Min. 250 MB CD-ROM Keyboard, mouse 800x600 Configuration of the PSR-TRISAFE safety module

Hard disk memory Optical drive Operating equipment Monitor resolution Basic functionality Languages supported

German, English Software requirements Operating systems Supported browsers MS Windows 2000 (SP4), MS Windows XP (SP2), MS Windows Vista Internet Explorer 6 or higher

PHOENIX CONTACT

13

INTERFACE Safety
PSR safety relays Modular safety relay system for emergency stop, safety door, light grid and magnetic switch monitoring

+UB 0V Release Feedback circuit

{

PSR-TBUS connectors

PSR-TBUS connectors

PSR-TBUS termination connector

The TBUS connectors carry out the cross-wiring between the modules.

The PSR safety relay system reduces the planning costs, simplifies the wiring and minimizes the storage costs. The multifunctional Master PSR-SDC4 (can also be used as stand-alone) monitors the various safety signals and that too, without programming or additional switch setting. The appropriate safety equipment (emergency stop button, safety door and magnetic switch as well as light grid) is easily connected to the module. If needed, additional undelayed or drop-out relay contacts can be integrated with the extension devices PSR-URM4/B and PSRURD3 via the DIN rail TBUS. The PSR-SIM4 interface modules and the PSR-SACB sensor box are suitable for wiring several safety switches with N/C or N/O contacts (e.g. in case of several safety doors or flaps). The individual switches are interconnected automatically and then connected to Master PSR-SDC4. This reduces the project planning and assembly costs considerably. Additional signaling outputs enable accurate diagnostics. Note: Connection examples are given from page 35.

Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: yellow. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog. solid stranded [mm2] AWG I [A] * * U [V] * *

Connection data Screw connection 0.2-2.5 0.2-2.5 24-12 Spring-cage conn. 0.2-1.5 0.2-1.5 24-16 * Electrical data is determined by the module.

Description Master module for emergency stop, protective door, light grid and magnetic switch, one-channel and two-channel, with/without cross-circuit detection, activation: manually monitored and automatic With screw connection With spring-cage connection Extension module, with one-channel control With screw connection With spring-cage connection Extension module with drop-out delay contacts, one-channel control With screw connection With spring-cage connection DIN rail connector PSR-TBUS, for one-channel supply / control / monitoring (depending on the module) PSR TBUS dummy plug Technical data Input data Nominal input voltage UN Permissible range (based on UN) Typ. current consumption (with reference to UN) Typ. operating time (K1, K2) at U N Typ. release time (K1, K2) at UN Typ. release time range Recovery time Output data Contact type Contact material Max. / min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. / min. inrush current Min. switching power Switch capacity (360/h cycles) Switch capacity (3600/h cycles) Short circuit protection of the output circuits General data Ambient temperature range Clearances and creepage distances between circuits Rated voltage Rated surge voltage / insulation

Pollution degree / Surge voltage category Dimensions W/H/D

Screw version Spring-cage version

14

PHOENIX CONTACT

PSR-TBUS-TP

INTERFACE-PSR use only PSR-TBUS

INTERFACE-PSR use only PSR-TBUS

INTERFACE Safety
PSR safety relays
D H W H D W H D W

PSR-SDC4
Safety category 4 in acc. with EN 954-1 PL e as per ISO 13849-1 SILCL 3 as per IEC 62061

PSR-URM4/B
Safety category 4 in acc. with EN 954-1 PL e as per ISO 13849-1 SILCL 3 as per IEC 62061

PSR-URD3/3
Safety category 3 as per EN 954-1 Release delay time 0.3-3 s PL d as per ISO 13849-1, SILCL 2 as per IEC 62061

UPh
Housing width 22.5
A1 T-BUS S11 S12 Y30 14

UPh
Housing width 22.5
K1 /K2 T-BUS 11 T-BUS

UPh
Housing width 22.5
K1 /K2 T-BUS Y1 T-BUS 15 T-BUS 27 37 47

Applied for: TUEV-RH
24

Applied for: TUEV-RH

Applied for: TUEV-RH
57 58 65 66

Y1

A1

23

33

43

53

+24V
24VDC LOGIC

POWER 24VDC

RESET & FEEDBACK

IN1 K1 K2 IN2

K1 POWER K2

61

K1 K2

A1 T-BUS

A2 T-BUS

T-BUS Y1 T-BUS S33 S34 S35 S10 S13 S22

T-BUS

T-BUS 12

T-BUS

T-BUS

A2 T-BUS 16 T-BUS

A2

24

34

44

54

13

23

62

28

38

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

48

T-BUS K1/K2

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

PSR-SCP- 24DC/SDC4/2X1/B PSR-SPP- 24DC/SDC4/2X1/B

2981486 2981499

1 1

PSR-SCP- 24DC/URM4/4X1/2X2/B PSR-SPP- 24DC/URM4/4X1/2X2/B

2981677 2981680

1 1

PSR-TBUS

2890425

50

PSR-TBUS

2890425

50

PSR-SCP- 24DC/URD3/4X1/2X2/3 PSR-SPP- 24DC/URD3/4X1/2X2/3 PSR-TBUS

2981732 2981745 2890425

1 1 50

PSR-TBUS-TP

2981716

50

PSR-TBUS-TP

2981716

50

PSR-TBUS-TP

2981716

50

24 V DC 0.85 ... 1.1 70 mA 20 ms (150 ms automatic start) 10 ms 1s Two enabling current paths, one semiconductor alarm output AgSnO2 250 V AC/DC / 15 V AC/DC 6 A (N/O contact), 100 mA (signal output) 6 A / 25 mA 0.4 W 24 V DC 6 A ; 230 V AC 5 A 24 V (DC 13) 3 A ; 230 V (AC 15) 3 A 10 A gL/gG NEOZED (N/O contact)

24 V DC 0.9 ... 1.1 42 mA 10 ms 10 ms 1s 4 enabling current paths, 1 signaling current path, 1 confirmation path AgSnO2 250 V AC/DC / 15 V AC/DC 6 A (N/O contact), 3 A (N/C contact) 6 A (N/O contact), 3 A (N/C contact) / 25 mA 0.4 W 24 V DC 6 A ; 230 V AC 5 A 24 V (DC 13) 3 A ; 230 V (AC 15) 3 A 10 A gL/gG NEOZED (N/O contact), 4 A gL/gG NEOZED (N/C contact) -20°C ... 55°C DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 250 V 4 kV / Basic insulation, (safe isolation, reinforced insulation and 6 kV between input circuit/N/C contacts and enabling current paths).

24 V DC 0.85 ... 1.1 84 mA 20 ms 0.3 s ... 3 s 1s 4 enabling current paths, 1 signaling current path, 1 checkback path, all delayed AgSnO2 250 V AC/DC / 15 V AC/DC 6 A (N/O contact), 3 A (N/C contact) 6 A (N/O contact), 3 A (N/C contact) / 25 mA 0.4 W 24 V DC 6 A ; 230 V AC 5 A 24 V (DC 13) 3 A ; 230 V (AC 15) 3 A 10 A gL/gG NEOZED (N/O contact), 4 A gL/gG NEOZED (N/C contact) -20°C ... 55°C DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 250 V 4 kV / Basic insulation, (safe isolation, reinforced insulation and 6 kV between input circuit/N/C contacts and enabling current paths).

-20°C ... 55°C DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 250 V 4 kV / Basic insulation, (safe isolation, reinforced insulation and 6 kV between input circuit and enabling current paths.)

2 / III 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 112 mm

2 / III 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 112 mm

2 / III 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 112 mm PHOENIX CONTACT

15

INTERFACE Safety
PSR safety relays Modular safety relay system: Extension modules – Single-channel control – With 4 enabling, 1 signaling and 1 confirmation current path each, all drop-out
H D W H D W

PSR-URD3/30
Safety category 3 as per EN 954-1 Release delay time 0.5-30 s PL d as per ISO 13849-1 SILCL 2 as per IEC 62061

PSR-SCP-URD3/T2
Safety category 3 as per EN 954-1 Release delay time fixed 2 s PL d as per ISO 13849-1 SILCL 2 as per IEC 62061

UPh
Housing width 22.5
K1 /K2 T-BUS Y1 T-BUS 15 T-BUS 27 37

UPh
Housing width 22.5
K1 /K2 T-BUS Y1 T-BUS 15 T-BUS 27 37 47

Applied for: TUEV-RH / BG
47 57 65

Applied for: TUEV-RH
57 58 65 66

K1

K1 POWER K2

solid

A1 T-BUS

A2 T-BUS 16 T-BUS

A1 T-BUS

A2 T-BUS 16 T-BUS

28

38

28

48

38

58

66

Description Extension module with drop-out delay contacts, single-channel control With screw connection With spring-cage connection DIN rail connector PSR-TBUS, for singlechannel supply / control / monitoring (depending on the module) PSR TBUS dummy plug Technical data Input data Nominal input voltage UN Permissible range (based on UN) Typ. current consumption (with reference to UN) Typ. operating time (K1, K2) at UN Typ. release time (K1, K2) at UN Typ. release time range Recovery time Output data Contact type Contact material Max. / min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. / min. inrush current Min. switching power Switch capacity (360/h cycles) Switch capacity (3600/h cycles) Short circuit protection of the output circuits General data Ambient temperature range Clearances and creepage distances between circuits Rated voltage Rated surge voltage / insulation

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

48

AWG Connection data Screw connection 0.2-2.5 0.2-2.5 24-12 Spring-cage conn. 0.2-1.5 0.2-1.5 24-16 * Electrical data is determined by the module.

stranded [mm2]

I [A] * *

U [V] * *

POWER

K2

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

PSR-SCP- 24DC/URD3/4X1/2X2 PSR-SPP- 24DC/URD3/4X1/2X2 PSR-TBUS

2981512 2981525 2890425

1 1 50

PSR-SCP- 24DC/URD3/4X1/2X2/T 2 PSR-SPP- 24DC/URD3/4X1/2X2/T 2 PSR-TBUS

2981703 2981729 2890425

1 1 50

PSR-TBUS-TP

2981716

50

PSR-TBUS-TP

2981716

50

24 V DC 0.85 ... 1.1 84 mA 20 ms 0.5 s ... 38 s ±20% (BG rating to max. 30 s) 1s 4 enabling current paths, 1 signaling current path, 1 checkback path, all delayed AgSnO2 250 V AC/DC / 15 V AC/DC 6 A (N/O contact), 3 A (N/C contact) 6 A (N/O contact), 3 A (N/C contact) / 25 mA 0.4 W 24 V DC 6 A ; 230 V AC 5 A 24 V (DC 13) 3 A ; 230 V (AC 15) 3 A 10 A gL/gG NEOZED (N/O contact), 4 A gL/gG NEOZED (N/C contact) -20°C ... 55°C DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 250 V 4 kV / Basic insulation, (safe isolation, reinforced insulation and 6 kV between input circuit/N/C contacts and enabling current paths).

24 V DC 0.85 ... 1.1 84 mA 20 ms 2s 1s 4 enabling current paths, 1 signaling current path, 1 checkback path, all delayed AgSnO2 250 V AC/DC / 15 V AC/DC 6 A (N/O contact), 3 A (N/C contact) 6 A (N/O contact), 3 A (N/C contact) / 25 mA 0.4 W 24 V DC 6 A ; 230 V AC 5 A 24 V (DC 13) 3 A ; 230 V (AC 15) 3 A 10 A gL/gG NEOZED (N/O contact), 4 A gL/gG NEOZED (N/C contact) -20°C ... 55°C DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 250 V 4 kV / Basic insulation, (safe isolation, reinforced insulation and 6 kV between input circuit/N/C contacts and enabling current paths).

Pollution degree / Surge voltage category Dimensions W/H/D

Screw version Spring-cage version

2 / III 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 112 mm

2 / III 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 112 mm

16

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Safety
PSR safety relays Interface module for safety sensors and switches In machines and systems, connecting several two-channel safety switches to the evaluating safety relay is often timeconsuming and requires a lot of wiring. The PSR-SIM4 interface module can be used to connect up to two safety sensors or switches with one N/O or N/C combination each to the PSR-SDC4 safety relay easily and conveniently. If more than four safety switches are required, several PSR-SIM4 modules can be quickly and easily interconnected via the DIN rail connector PSR-TBUS and evaluated by the master safety relay PSR-SDC4. – – – – Up to category 3 according To EN 954-1 Slim 22.5 mm housing Four two-channel N/O or N/C inputs Four LEDs as the status indicators of the relevant sensor/switch – Four PLC diagnostics outputs for evaluating the switching status of the safety sensors – PSR-TBUS connection Note: For connection examples, see page 35.
Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: yellow. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

D H
Safety door

W

Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 S11 S12 S13 A2 11 12 13 14

A1 Y30 S22 A2 S11 S10 S12 S13

23

24

33 61

34 62

27

28

37 65

38 66

A1 A2

A1 A2

Power

Power

Power

PSR-URM4_B

PSR-SDC4_B

0,3

PSR-SIM4

S1 S2 S3 K2

IN1 IN2 K1 K2

K1

K2

PSR-URD3/3

0,5 1 2 3

K1(t) K2(t)

21 22 23 24 31 32 33 34 41 42 43 44

S34 S33 S35 Y1 13 14 23 24

K1 K2

Y1 44

12 53

11 54

K1 K2

Y1 48

16 57

15 58

43

47

PSR- PSR- PSRSDC4 URM4/B URD3 PSR-SIM4

PSR-SIM4

Up to 4 safety door switches can be connected to one PSRSIM4.

P
Housing width 22.5 Applied for: UL Listed / CUL Listed
Connection to PSR–SDC4 S11 S12 S13 A2

solid

stranded [mm2]

AWG

I [A] * *

U [V] * *

Connection data Screw connection 0.2-2.5 0.2-2.5 24-12 Spring-cage conn. 0.2-1.5 0.2-1.5 24-16 * Electrical data is determined by the module.

11–14 Connection 21–24 for up to four safety 31–34 switches 41–44

Power

Y1 Y2 PLC signal outputs Y3 Y4

S1 PSR–SIM4 S2 S3 S4

24V(A1) 0V(A2) PSR–TBUS

Description Interface module, for up to four safety sensors/switches with N/O or N/C contacts With screw connection With spring-cage connection DIN rail connector PSR-TBUS, for singlechannel supply / control / monitoring (depending on the module) Technical data Input data Nominal input voltage UN Input voltage range in reference to UN Max. permissible current Max. permissible total current Status display General data Ambient temperature (operation) Rated operating mode Degree of protection Mounting position Assembly Air and creepage distances Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Pollution degree Surge voltage category Dimensions W/H/D

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

PSR-SCP- 24DC/SIM4 PSR-SPP- 24DC/SIM4 PSR-TBUS

2981936 2981949 2890425

1 1 50

24 V DC (from PSR) 0.85 ... 1.1 100 mA (per signal output) 100 mA (alarm outputs) LED green -20°C ... 55°C 100% operating factor IP20 Any In rows with zero spacing DIN EN 50178 50 V DC 0.8 kV 2 III 22.5 mm / 106 mm / 99 mm 22.5 mm / 106 mm / 117 mm

Screw version Spring-cage version

Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 S11 S12 S13 A2 11 12 13 14

Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 S11 S12 S13 A2 11 12 13 14

Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 S11 S12 S13 A2 11 12 13 14

Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 S11 S12 S13 A2 11 12 13 14

A1 Y30 S22 A2 S11 S10 S12 S13

23

24

33 61

34 62

23

24

33 61

34 62

27

28

37 65

38 66

27

28

37 65

38 66

A1 A2

A1 A2

A1 A2

A1 A2

Power

Power

Power

Power

Power

Power

Power

PSR-URM4_B

PSR-URM4_B

0,3

PSR-SDC4_B

0,3

PSR-URD3/3

PSR-SIM4

PSR-SIM4

PSR-SIM4

S1 S2 S3 K2

S1 S2 S3 K2

S1 S2 S3 K2

PSR-SIM4

S1 S2 S3 K2

IN1 IN2 K1 K2

K1

K1

K2

K2

0,5 1 2 3

PSR-URD3/3

0,5 1 2 3

K1(t) K2(t)

K1(t) K2(t)

21 22 23 24 31 32 33 34 41 42 43 44

21 22 23 24 31 32 33 34 41 42 43 44

21 22 23 24 31 32 33 34 41 42 43 44

21 22 23 24 31 32 33 34 41 42 43 44

S34 S33 S35 Y1 13 14 23 24

K1 K2

Y1 44

12 53

11 54

K1 K2

Y1 44

12 53

11 54

K1 K2

Y1 48

16 57

15 58

K1 K2

Y1 48

16 57

15 58

43

43

47

47

Inputs

Master

Outputs

Additional inputs are aligned on the left of the PSR-SDC4, outputs are to its right. PHOENIX CONTACT

17

INTERFACE Safety
PSR safety relays Modular safety relay system: DIN rail connector PSR-TBUS The safety-related wiring between the individual PSR modules is carried out automatically by the PSR-TBUS DIN rail connector. In addition to the supply, an enable signal as well as the checkback path of the extension modules are led through the connector. The dummy plug (see below) closes the checkback circuit in the system.

+UB 0V Release Feedback circuit

{

PSR-TBUS connectors

PSR-TBUS connectors

PSR-TBUS termination connector

PSR-TBUS-TP

INTERFACE-PSR use only PSR-TBUS

INTERFACE-PSR use only PSR-TBUS

PSR-TBUS
Description Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

DIN rail connector PSR-TBUS, for singlechannel supply / control / monitoring (depending on the module)

PSR-TBUS

2890425

50

Modular safety relay system: PSR-TBUS-TP dummy plug When structuring a modular safety relay system, the PSR-TBUS-TP is mounted under the module that completes the entire module on the right side. This closes the confirmation circuit of the system.

+UB 0V Release Feedback circuit

{

PSR-TBUS connectors

PSR-TBUS connectors

PSR-TBUS termination connector

PSR-TBUS-TP

INTERFACE-PSR use only PSR-TBUS

INTERFACE-PSR use only PSR-TBUS

PSR-TBUS-TP
Description Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

PSR-TBUS dummy plug

PSR-TBUS-TP

2981716

50

18

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Safety
PSR safety relays Sensor box PSR-SACB with M12 slots

PSR-URM4_B

PSR-SDC4_B

IN1 IN2 K1 K2

K1

K2

PSR-URD3/3

PSR-SACB4/4

Signals of up to 4 safety door switches can be switched together directly in the field. Description Sensor box, with markers, for magnetic limit switch with N/C / N/O contacts Length of cable: 5 m Length of cable: 10 m Dummy plug, for free slots Labeling material Technical data Nominal input voltage UN Input voltage range in reference to UN Max. permissible current Max. permissible total current Status display Number of positions per slot Master cable (flexible cable conduit-capable) Signal line cross-section, stranded Power supply cross-section, stranded External diameter Ambient temperature (operation) General data Ambient temperature (operation) Rated operating mode Degree of protection Mounting position Assembly Interfaces Air and creepage distances Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Pollution degree Surge voltage category Insulation material (housing) Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94 Dimensions W / H / D white PSR-SACB-4/4-L- 5,0PUR-SD PSR-SACB-4/4-L-10,0PUR-SD SAC-2P-M12MS ASI TR ZBN 18:UNBEDRUCKT 24 V DC (from PSR) 0.8 ... 1.1 100 mA (per signal output) 100 mA (alarm outputs) LED yellow 4 6x 0.34 mm² 2x 0.75 mm² 8.2 mm -30°C ... 70°C (for fixed installation) -5°C ... 70°C (for flexible installation) 2981871 2981884 1539570 2809128 Type Order No.

3 5 2

Wiring of the M12 contacts (open safety door)

1

3

2

4

The PSR-SACB box for safety limit switches can be installed in an especially space-saving manner. It connects four connected limit switches with one N/C contact and one N/O contact each to a safety relay combination, e.g. PSR-SDC4. Thus, the N/C contacts are connected in series and the N/O contacts are connected in parallel, so that a reliable evaluation as per category 3/EN 954-1 is ensured. Unused slots are bridged using a dummy plug. The LEDs are used for signaling. In addition, four signal outputs (Y1-Y4) are also available and they can be evaluated in the control unit. The boxes are suitable for a rough industrial environment, correspond to the requirements of the IP65/67 degree of protection and are supplied with either 5 m or 10 m cable length. The appropriate connection cables for connection with sensors are available from a comprehensive range of products, see the PLUSCON catalog.

Safety door

A1 Y30 S22 A2 S11 S10 S12 S13

23

24

33 61

34 62

27

28

37 65

38 66

A1 A2

A1 A2

Power

Power

0,3 0,5 1 2 3

K1(t) K2(t)

S34 S33 S35 Y1 13 14 23 24

K1 K2

Y1 44

12 53

11 54

K1 K2

Y1 48

16 57

15 58

43

47

PSR- PSR- PSRSDC4 URM4/B URD3

PSR-SACB...PUR-SD
Sensor box, with connected master cable, with LED

uP
Pcs. / Pkt.

1 1 5 10

W/H/D

-20°C ... 70°C 100% operating factor IP65/67 Any In rows with zero spacing Master cable suitable for flexible cable conduit / M12 female connector DIN EN 50178 50 V DC 0.8 kV 2 III PA 6.6 V0 54 mm / 19 mm / 82 mm

S11 1 N/O 2 N/O 4 3 N/C 1 4 N/C 5 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

S12

S13

0V

Y2

Y4

Y3

Y1

Block diagram

PHOENIX CONTACT

19

INTERFACE Safety
PSR safety relays Safety relay for emergency stop and protective door circuits – Single and two-channel control – Manual and automatic activation – Max. 8 enabling current paths Notes: Moreover, the PSR-SDC4 is suitable for emergency stop and safety door circuits, see page 15. Connection examples are given from page 35.
Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: yellow. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.
Indicator light

D H
Safety door

W

A1 S34 S33 S11 S12 S21 S22 A2

PSR safety relay
US R L MAN RES AUT E 97 96 95
1,63 0,87 2,4

Reset button

Power K1 K2
PSR-ESM4

0,18

31 32

13 33

14 24

max.

9A
PWR Err L R Reset
ELR W3-24AC/500AC-9I

PSR-ES...4
Drive

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

Solid-state contactor

Safety category 4 in acc. with EN 954-1 PL e as per ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 as per IEC 62061

3~400V AC
Example of a safety door application with a PSR safety relay PSR-ESM4.

Housing width 22.5 A1 S11 S33 S34 S12 13 23

UPT
31

24VDC IN 1/2

K1

solid

AWG Connection data Screw connection 0.2-2.5 0.2-2.5 24-12 Spring-cage conn. 0.2-1.5 0.2-1.5 24-16 * Electrical data is determined by the module.

stranded [mm2]

I [A] * *

U [V]
Power 24V AC/DC

Logic

K2

* * A2 S21 S22 14 24
32

Description Emergency stop and safety door monitoring, single and twochannel, with cross-circuiting detection, activation: manually monitored With screw connection With spring-cage connection Emergency stop and safety door monitoring, single and twochannel, with cross-circuiting detection, activation: manual and automatic With screw connection With spring-cage connection Emergency stop and safety door monitoring, single-channel, activation: manual and automatic With screw connection With spring-cage connection Emergency stop and safety door monitoring, single and twochannel, with/without cross-circuit detection, activation: manually monitored and automatic With screw connection With spring-cage connection Technical data Input data Nominal input voltage UN Permissible range (based on UN) Typ. current consumption (with reference to UN) Typ. operating time (K1, K2) at UN Typ. release time (K1, K2) at UN Recovery time Output data Contact type Contact material Max. / min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. / min. inrush current Min. switching power Switch capacity (360/h cycles) Switch capacity (3600/h cycles) Short circuit protection of the output circuits General data Ambient temperature range Clearances and creepage distances between circuits Rated voltage Rated surge voltage / insulation

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

PSR-SCP- 24UC/ESM4/2X1/1X2 PSR-SPP- 24UC/ESM4/2X1/1X2

2963718 2963705

1 1

PSR-SCP- 24UC/ESA4/2X1/1X2 PSR-SPP- 24UC/ESA4/2X1/1X2

2963750 2963938

1 1

24 V AC/DC 0.85 ... 1.1 140 mA AC / 65 mA DC 20 ms (monitored/manual start) 45 ms (single-channel) / 10 ms (two-channel) 1s 2 enabling current paths, 1 signaling current path AgSnO2, + 0.2 µm Au 250 V AC/DC / 15 V AC/DC 6A 6 A / 25 mA 0.4 W 24 V DC 6 A ; 230 V AC 5 A 24 V (DC 13) 3 A ; 230 V (AC 15) 3 A 10 A gL/gG NEOZED, 6 A gL/gG NEOZED -20°C ... 55°C DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 250 V 6 kV / Safe isolation, reinforced insulation

Pollution degree / Surge voltage category Dimensions W/H/D

Screw version Spring-cage version

2 / III 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 112 mm

20

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Safety
PSR safety relays
D H W H D W H D W

PSR-ES...4/B
Safety category 4 in acc. with EN 954-1 PL e as per ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 as per IEC 62061

PSR-ESA2/B
Safety category 2 as per EN 954-1 PL d as per ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 as per IEC 62061

PSR-ESAM4
Safety category 4 in acc. with EN 954-1 PL e as per ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 as per IEC 62061

Housing width 22.5 A1 S11 S33 S34 S12 13 23 33

UPT
41

Housing width 22.5

UPTh
13 23 33 43 51

Housing width 45

UPh

A1

S11 S33 S34 S12

A1 S35 S10 S11 S12 13 23 33 43 53 63 73 83 91

24VDC IN 1/2

K1

24VDC IN 1/2

K1 Logic K2

»

= Logic

K1 K2

Logic
Power 24V AC/DC

K2
Power 24V AC/DC

A2

S21

S22

14

24

34

42

A2

14

24

34

44

52

A2 S33 S34 S21 S22 14 24

34 44 54 64 74 84 92

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

PSR-SCP- 24UC/ESM4/3X1/1X2/B PSR-SPP- 24UC/ESM4/3X1/1X2/B

2963776 2963925

1 1

PSR-SCP- 24UC/ESA4/3X1/1X2/B PSR-SPP- 24UC/ESA4/3X1/1X2/B

2963763 2963941

1 1

PSR-SCP- 24UC/ESA2/4X1/1X2/B PSR-SPP- 24UC/ESA2/4X1/1X2/B

2963802 2963954

1 1

PSR-SCP- 24UC/ESAM4/8X1/1X2 PSR-SPP- 24UC/ESAM4/8X1/1X2

2963912 2963996

1 1

24 V AC/DC 0.85 ... 1.1 140 mA AC / 65 mA DC 20 ms (monitored/manual start) 45 ms (single-channel) / 10 ms (two-channel) 1s 3 enabling current paths, 1 signaling current path AgSnO2, + 0.2 µm Au 250 V AC/DC / 15 V AC/DC 6A 6 A / 25 mA 0.4 W 24 V DC 6 A ; 230 V AC 5 A 24 V (DC 13) 3 A ; 230 V (AC 15) 3 A 10 A gL/gG NEOZED, 6 A gL/gG NEOZED -20°C ... 55°C DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 250 V 4 kV / Basic insulation, (safe isolation, reinforced insulation and 6 kV between input circuit and enabling current paths.)

24 V AC/DC 0.85 ... 1.1 140 mA AC / 65 mA DC 65 ms 45 ms 1s 4 enabling current paths, 1 signaling current path AgSnO2, + 0.2 µm Au 250 V AC/DC / 15 V AC/DC 6 A (N/O contact), 3 A (N/C contact) 6 A / 25 mA 0.4 W 24 V DC 4 A ; 230 V AC 4 A 24 V (DC 13) 2.5 A ; 230 V (AC 15) 3 A 6 A fast blow, C6 (24 V AC/DC) automatic device -20°C ... 55°C DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 250 V 4 kV / Basic insulation, (safe isolation, reinforced insulation and 6 kV between input circuit/N/C contacts and enabling current paths).

24 V AC/DC 0.85 ... 1.1 210 mA AC / 120 mA DC 60 ms (man. start) / 250 ms (Auto-start) 20 ms 1s 8 enabling current paths, 1 signaling current path AgSnO2, + 0.2 µm Au 250 V AC/DC / 15 V AC/DC 6A 6 A / 25 mA 0.4 W 24 V DC 4 A ; 230 V AC 4 A 24 V (DC 13) 2.5 A ; 230 V (AC 15) 3 A 6 A fast blow, C6 (24 V AC/DC) automatic device -20°C ... 55°C DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 250 V 4 kV / Basic insulation, (safe isolation, reinforced insulation and 6 kV between input circuit and enabling current paths (63/64, 73/74, 83/84) and between 63/64, 73/74, 83/84 between each other.)

2 / III 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 112 mm

2 / III 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 112 mm

2 / III 45 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm 45 mm / 114.5 mm / 112 mm PHOENIX CONTACT

21

INTERFACE Safety
PSR safety relays Safety relay for emergency stop and safety door circuit with additional applicability in process engineering – SIL 3 approval as per IEC 61508 – Single and two-channel control – Manual and automatic activation – Max. 3 enabling current paths – With wide-range input (PSR-ESAM4/3X1) – With switch-on current reduction, thus suitable for connecting to failsafe controllers (PSR-ESP4) Note: Connection examples are given from page 35.
With start button monitoring. Total current on request.

D H W H

D W

PSR-ESAM4/3X1
Safety category 2 as per EN 954-1 SIL 3 acc. to IEC 61508 PL d as per ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 as per IEC 62061

PSR-ESP4
Safety category 2 as per EN 954-1 SIL 3 acc. to IEC 61508 PL d as per ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 as per IEC 62061

Housing width 45

UPT
13 23 33 41

Housing width 22.5

UPFT
Y1 13 23 31

A1

S35 S10 S11 S12

A1

»
solid AWG Connection data Screw connection 0.2-2.5 0.2-2.5 24-12 Spring-cage conn. 0.2-1.5 0.2-1.5 24-16 * Electrical data is determined by the module. stranded [mm2] I [A] * * U [V] * *

= Logic

K1 K2 Logic

K1 K2

A2

S33 S34 S21 S22

14

24

34

42

A2

Y2

14

24

32

Description Emergency stop and safety door monitoring, single and twochannel, with/without cross-circuiting detection, activation: manual and automatic With screw connection With spring-cage connection Process technology, emergency stop and safety door monitoring, single-channel, activation: manual and automatic With screw connection With spring-cage connection Technical data Input data Nominal input voltage UN Input nominal voltage range Permissible range (based on UN) Typ. current consumption (with reference to UN) Typ. operating time (K1, K2) at UN Typ. release time (K1, K2) at UN Recovery time Output data Contact type Contact material Max. / min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. / min. inrush current Min. switching power Switch capacity (360/h cycles) Switch capacity (3600/h cycles) Short circuit protection of the output circuits General data Ambient temperature range Clearances and creepage distances between circuits Rated voltage Rated surge voltage / insulation

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

PSR-SCP-24-230UC/ESAM4/3X1/1X2 PSR-SPP-24-230UC/ESAM4/3X1/1X2

2981114 2981127

1 1

PSR-SCP- 24DC/ESP4/2X1/1X2 PSR-SPP- 24DC/ESP4/2X1/1X2

2981020 2981017

1 1

24 V AC/DC ... 230 V AC/DC 0.85 ... 1.1 120 mA (for 24 V DC) / 15 mA (for 230 V AC) 60 ms (manual start) / 250 ms (automatic start) 20 ms (single-channel) 1s 3 enabling current paths, 1 signaling current path AgSnO2 250 V AC/DC / 15 V AC/DC 6A 6 A / 25 mA 0.4 W 24 V DC 4 A ; 230 V AC 4 A 24 V (DC 13) 2.5 A ; 230 V (AC 15) 3 A 6 A fast blow, C6 (24 V AC/DC) automatic device -20°C ... 55°C DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 250 V 4 kV / Basic insulation, (safe isolation, increased isolation and 6 kV between the input circuit and the enabling current paths (13-14, 23-24, 33-34) and between 13-14, 23-24, 33-34 themselves.)

24 V DC 0.85 ... 1.1 60 mA DC 60 ms 20 ms 1s 2 enabling current paths, 1 signaling current path AgSnO2, + 0.2 µm Au 250 V AC/DC / 15 V AC/DC 6A 6 A / 25 mA 0.4 W 24 V DC 4 A ; 230 V AC 4 A 24 V (DC 13) 2.5 A ; 230 V (AC 15) 3 A 6 A fast blow, C6 (24 V AC/DC) automatic device -20°C ... 55°C DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 250 V 6 kV / Safe isolation, reinforced insulation

Pollution degree / Surge voltage category Dimensions W/H/D

Screw version Spring-cage version

2 / III 45 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm 45 mm / 114.5 mm / 112 mm

2 / III 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 112 mm

22

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Safety
PSR safety relays Emergency stop coupling relay for failsafe controllers in process engineering – Connects digital output signals from failsafe controllers to the peripherals (valves, etc.) for electrical isolation and power adaptation – Long service life due to filtering of controller test pulse, prevents early relay failure – With installed and replaceable fuse in the enabling current path – Like all PSR safety relays, equipped with positively driven contacts as per EN 50205 – Simple proof test as per IEC 61508 due to integrated signaling contact – Enables controllers on request Note: More products with SIL approval are given on page 28. Connection examples are given from page 35.
D H W

SF BATF DC5V FRCE RUN RUN-P STOP RUN STOP MRES

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

A2

Power

PSR-FSP
Fuse
21 13 22 14

PSR-FSP
SIL 3 acc. to IEC 61508

Example of electrical isolation of a safety PLC output from the field.

Housing width 17.5

Applied for: UL Listed / CUL Listed / TUEV-RH

A1

13

21

K1
solid AWG Connection data Screw connection 0.2-2.5 0.2-2.5 24-12 Spring-cage conn. 0.2-1.5 0.2-1.5 24-16 * Electrical data is determined by the module. stranded [mm2] I [A] * * U [V] * *

Logic

K2

A2

14

22

Description Emergency stop coupling relay for failsafe controllers in process engineering, with secured enabling current path With screw connection With spring-cage connection Technical data Input data Nominal input voltage UN Permissible range (based on UN) Typ. current consumption (with reference to UN) Typ. operating time (K1, K2) at UN Typ. release time (K1, K2) at UN Recovery time Output data Contact type Contact material Max. / min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. / min. inrush current Min. switching power Switch capacity (3600/h cycles) Short circuit protection of the output circuits General data Ambient temperature range Clearances and creepage distances between circuits Rated voltage Rated surge voltage / insulation Pollution degree / Surge voltage category Dimensions W/H/D

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

PSR-SCP- 24DC/FSP/1X1/1X2 PSR-SPP- 24DC/FSP/1X1/1X2

2981978 2981981

1 1

24 V DC 0.85 ... 1.1 45 mA 50 ms 75 ms 1s 1 enabling current path undelayed, 1 confirmation current path undelayed AgCuNi, + 0.2 µm Au 250 V AC/DC / 15 V AC/DC 5 A (N/O contact, pay attention to the derating), 100 mA (N/C contact) 5 A / 5 mA 75 mW 24 V (DC 13) 5 A ; 230 V (AC 15) 5 A 5 A T fuse -20°C ... 55°C DIN EN 50178 250 V AC 6 kV / Safe isolation, reinforced insulation 2 / III 17.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm 17.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 112 mm

Screw version Spring-cage version

PHOENIX CONTACT

23

INTERFACE Safety
PSR safety relays Safety relay with time functions
D D W H W H

– For emergency stop and safety door monitoring and for evaluation of light grids (suitable light grids on request) – Single and two-channel control – Manually monitored and automatic activation – Max. 3 undelayed and 2 drop-out contacts – Delay times delay from 0.1 s to 30 s (PSRESD-30) or 0.2 s to 300 s (PSR-ESD-300) – Protection labels against manipulation of the set time (PSR-ESD-300) or electronic manipulation protection (PSR-ESD-30) Note: For connection examples, see page 35.
Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: yellow. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

PSR-ESD-30
Safety category 4 in acc. with EN 954-1 PL e as per ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 as per IEC 62061 Release delay time 0.1-30 s

PSR-ESD-300
Safety category 3/4 as per EN 954-1 PL d/e as per ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 as per IEC 62061 Release delay time 0.2-300 s

P
Housing width 22.5 Applied for: UL Listed / CUL Listed / TUEV-RH Housing width 45

UPh
23 33 41 57 67

A1 =

S11 S12
K1

13

23

37

47

A1 Y1 Y2 S10 S11 S12 13 »
K1

= Logic

= Logic

K2 K3 K4

K2 K3 K4

A2 S34 S35 S21 S22

14

24

38

48

A2 S33S34 S35 S21 S22 14

24

34 42

58

68

Description Emergency stop, safety door and light grid monitoring, with delayed and undelayed contacts, single and two-channel, adjustable from 0.1 s to 30 s, with/without cross-circuit detection, activation: manually monitored and automatic With screw connection With spring-cage connection Emergency stop and safety door monitoring, with delayed and undelayed contacts, single and two-channel, adjustable from 0.2 s to 300 s, with/without cross-circuiting detection, activation: manually monitored and automatic With screw connection With spring-cage connection Technical data Input data Nominal input voltage UN Permissible range (based on UN) Typ. current consumption (with reference to UN) Typ. operating time (K1, K2) at UN Typ. release time (K1, K2) at UN Typ. release time range Recovery time Output data Contact type Contact material Max. / min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. / min. inrush current Min. switching power Switch capacity (360/h cycles) Switch capacity (3600/h cycles) Short circuit protection of the output circuits

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

PSR-SCP- 24DC/ESD/4X1/30 PSR-SPP- 24DC/ESD/4X1/30

2981800 2981813

1 1

PSR-SCP- 24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/300 PSR-SPP- 24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/300

2981428 2981431

1 1

24 V DC 0.85 ... 1.1 75 mA DC 150 ms (monitored/manual and auto-start) 20 ms (undelayed contacts) 0.1 s ... 30 s 0.5 s 2 enabling current paths undelayed, 2 delayed AgSnO2 250 V AC/DC / 15 V AC/DC 6 A (N/O contact) 6 A / 25 mA 0.4 W (on request) ; 24 V (DC 13) 3 A ; 230 V (AC 15) 3 A 10 A gL/gG NEOZED (N/O contact)

24 V DC 0.85 ... 1.1 155 mA DC 70 ms (manual start) / 600 ms (Auto-start) 20 ms (undelayed contacts) 0.2 s ... 300 s 1s 3 enabling current paths undelayed, 2 delayed, 1 signaling current path undelayed AgSnO2 250 V AC/DC / 15 V AC/DC 6 A (N/O contact), 3 A (N/C contact) 6 A / 25 mA 0.4 W 24 V DC 4 A ; 230 V AC 4 A 24 V (DC 13) 2.5 A ; 230 V (AC 15) 3 A 6 A fast blow (undelayed), C6 (24 V AC/DC) automatic device (undelayed), 10 A gL/gG NEOZED (delayed)

General data Ambient temperature range Clearances and creepage distances between circuits Rated voltage Rated surge voltage / insulation

-20°C ... 55°C DIN EN 60947-1 250 V 4 kV / Basic insulation

-20°C ... 55°C DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 250 V 4 kV / Basic insulation, (safe isolation, reinforced insulation and 6 kV between the enabling current paths (13/14, 23/24, 33/34) and the remaining current paths and between 13/14, 23/24, 33/34 between each other.) 2 / III 45 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm 45 mm / 114.5 mm / 112 mm

Pollution degree / Surge voltage category Dimensions W/H/D

Screw version Spring-cage version

2 / II 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 112 mm

24

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Safety
PSR safety relays Safety relay with time functions
D D W H W H

– For emergency stop and safety door monitoring and for evaluation of light grids (suitable light grids on request) – Single and two-channel control – Manually monitored and automatic activation – 3 undelayed and 2 drop-out contacts – Fixed delay times of 0.5 s...30 s (see table) Note: Connection examples are given from page 35.
Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: yellow. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

PSR-ESD-T
Safety category 3/4 as per EN 954-1 PL d/e as per ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 as per IEC 62061 Release delay time fixed (see table) With screw connection

PSR-ESD-T
Safety category 3/4 as per EN 954-1 PL d/e as per ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 as per IEC 62061 Release delay time fixed (see table) With spring-cage connection

Housing width 45

UPh
23 33 41 57 67

Housing width 45

UPh
23 33 41 57 67

A1 Y1 Y2 S10 S11 S12 13 »
K1

A1 Y1 Y2 S10 S11 S12 13 »
K1

= Logic

= Logic

K2 K3 K4

K2 K3 K4

solid

AWG Connection data Screw connection 0.2-2.5 0.2-2.5 24-12 Spring-cage conn. 0.2-1.5 0.2-1.5 24-16 * Electrical data is determined by the module.

stranded [mm2]

I [A] * *

U [V] * *

A2 S33S34 S35 S21 S22 14

24

34 42

58

68

A2 S33S34 S35 S21 S22 14

24

34 42

58

68

Description Emergency stop and safety door monitoring Delay time 0.5 s Delay time 1 s Delay time 1.5 s Delay time 2 s Delay time 2.5 s Delay time 3 s Delay time 4 s Delay time 5 s Delay time 6 s Delay time 10 s Delay time 15 s Delay time 20 s Delay time 30 s Technical data Input data Nominal input voltage UN Permissible range (based on UN) Typ. current consumption (with reference to UN) Typ. operating time (K1, K2) at UN Typ. release time (K1, K2) at UN Recovery time Output data Contact type Contact material Max. / min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. / min. inrush current Min. switching power Switch capacity (360/h cycles) Switch capacity (3600/h cycles) Short circuit protection of the output circuits

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

PSR-SCP- 24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/0T 5 PSR-SCP- 24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/ T 1 PSR-SCP- 24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/1T 5 PSR-SCP- 24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/ T 2 PSR-SCP- 24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/2T 5 PSR-SCP- 24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/ T 3 PSR-SCP- 24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/ T 4 PSR-SCP- 24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/ T 5 PSR-SCP- 24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/ T 6 PSR-SCP- 24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/ T10 PSR-SCP- 24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/ T15 PSR-SCP- 24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/ T20 PSR-SCP- 24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/ T30

2981101 2981143 2981169 2981125 2981208 2981224 2981240 2981266 2981282 2981088 2981305 2981321 2981347

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

PSR-SPP- 24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/0T 5 PSR-SPP- 24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/ T 1 PSR-SPP- 24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/1T 5 PSR-SPP- 24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/ T 2 PSR-SPP- 24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/2T 5 PSR-SPP- 24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/ T 3 PSR-SPP- 24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/ T 4 PSR-SPP- 24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/ T 5 PSR-SPP- 24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/ T 6 PSR-SPP- 24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/ T10 PSR-SPP- 24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/ T15 PSR-SPP- 24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/ T20 PSR-SPP- 24DC/ESD/5X1/1X2/ T30

2981130 2981156 2981172 2981198 2981211 2981237 2981253 2981279 2981295 2981091 2981318 2981334 2981350

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

24 V DC 0.85 ... 1.1 150 mA DC 70 ms (manual start) / 600 ms (Auto-start) 20 ms (undelayed contacts) 1s 3 enabling current paths undelayed, 2 delayed, 1 signaling current path undelayed AgSnO2 250 V AC/DC / 15 V AC/DC 6A 6 A / 25 mA 0.4 W 24 V DC 4 A ; 230 V AC 4 A 24 V (DC 13) 2.5 A ; 230 V (AC 15) 3 A 6 A fast blow (undelayed), C6 (24 V AC/DC) automatic device (undelayed), 10 A gL/gG NEOZED (delayed)

24 V DC 0.85 ... 1.1 150 mA DC 70 ms (manual start) / 600 ms (Auto-start) 20 ms (undelayed contacts) 1s 3 enabling current paths undelayed, 2 delayed, 1 signaling current path undelayed AgSnO2 250 V AC/DC / 15 V AC/DC 6A 6 A / 25 mA 0.4 W 24 V DC 4 A ; 230 V AC 4 A 24 V (DC 13) 2.5 A ; 230 V (AC 15) 3 A 6 A fast blow (undelayed), C6 (24 V AC/DC) automatic device (undelayed), 10 A gL/gG NEOZED (delayed)

General data Ambient temperature range Clearances and creepage distances between circuits Rated voltage Rated surge voltage / insulation

-20°C ... 55°C DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 250 V 4 kV / Basic insulation, (safe isolation, reinforced insulation and 6 kV between the enabling current paths (13/14, 23/24, 33/34) and the remaining current paths and between 13/14, 23/24, 33/34 between each other.) 2 / III 45 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm

-20°C ... 55°C DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 250 V 4 kV / Basic insulation, (safe isolation, reinforced insulation and 6 kV between the enabling current paths (13/14, 23/24, 33/34) and the remaining current paths and between 13/14, 23/24, 33/34 between each other.) 2 / III 45 mm / 114.5 mm / 112 mm

Pollution degree / Surge voltage category Dimensions

W/H/D

PHOENIX CONTACT

25

INTERFACE Safety
PSR safety relays Safety relay for light grid, emergency stop and safety door monitoring – Single and two-channel control – Manual and automatic activation – Three enabling and one signaling current paths Note: Moreover, the PSR-SDC4 is also suitable for light grid monitoring, see page 15. Connection examples are given from page 35.
H D W

PSR-ESL4/B
Safety category 4 in acc. with EN 954-1 PL e as per ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 as per IEC 62061

Housing width 22.5

UPh
13 23 33 41

A1

S11 S33 S12

»
solid AWG Connection data Screw connection 0.2-2.5 0.2-2.5 24-12 Spring-cage conn. 0.2-1.5 0.2-1.5 24-16 * Electrical data is determined by the module. stranded [mm2] I [A] * * U [V] * *

= Logic

K1 K2

A2

S34 S35 S22

14

24

34

42

Description Optical data link emergency stop and safety door monitoring, single and two-channel, activation: manually monitored and automatic With screw connection With spring-cage connection Technical data Input data Nominal input voltage UN Permissible range (based on UN) Typ. current consumption (with reference to UN) Typ. operating time (K1, K2) at UN Typ. release time (K1, K2) at UN Recovery time Output data Contact type Contact material Max. / min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. / min. inrush current Min. switching power Switch capacity (360/h cycles) Switch capacity (3600/h cycles) Short circuit protection of the output circuits General data Ambient temperature range Clearances and creepage distances between circuits Rated voltage Rated surge voltage / insulation

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

PSR-SCP- 24UC/ESL4/3X1/1X2/B PSR-SPP- 24UC/ESL4/3X1/1X2/B

2981059 2981062

1 1

24 V AC/DC 0.85 ... 1.1 150 mA AC / 70 mA DC 25 ms (100 ms automatic start) 10 ms 1s 3 enabling current paths, 1 signaling current path AgSnO2, + 0.2 µm Au 250 V / 15 V AC/DC 6A 6 A / 25 mA 0.4 W 24 V DC 6 A ; 230 V AC 5 A 24 V (DC 13) 3 A ; 230 V (AC 15) 3 A 10 A gL/gG NEOZED (N/O contact) -20°C ... 55°C DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 250 V 4 kV / Basic insulation, (safe isolation, reinforced insulation and 6 kV between input circuit and enabling current paths.) 2 / III 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 112 mm

Pollution degree / Surge voltage category Dimensions W/H/D

Screw version Spring-cage version

26

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Safety
PSR safety relays Safety relay for two-hand control devices and safety door circuits – Two-channel control – Automatic activation – For two-hand control devices as per EN 574 type IIIC – Concurrence monitoring < 0.5 s – Two enabling and one signaling current paths Note: Connection examples are given from page 35.
H D W

PSR-THC4
Requirements in acc. with EN 574 type IIIC Synchronous activation input 1/2 < 0.5 s Safety category 4 in acc. with EN 954-1 PL e as per ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 as per IEC 62061

Housing width 22.5

UPT
S11 S21 13 23 31

A1

Y1

»
solid AWG Connection data Screw connection 0.2-2.5 0.2-2.5 24-12 Spring-cage conn. 0.2-1.5 0.2-1.5 24-16 * Electrical data is determined by the module. stranded [mm2] I [A] * * U [V] * *

= Logic

K1 K2

A2

Y2

S14/ S12/ S22 S24

14

24

32

Description Two-hand control units and safety door monitoring, twochannel, with cross-circuiting detection, activation: automatic With screw connection With spring-cage connection Technical data Input data Nominal input voltage UN Permissible range (based on UN) Typ. current consumption (with reference to UN) Typ. operating time (K1, K2) at UN Typ. release time (K1, K2) at UN Recovery time Output data Contact type Contact material Max. / min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. / min. inrush current Min. switching power Switch capacity (360/h cycles) Switch capacity (3600/h cycles) Short circuit protection of the output circuits General data Ambient temperature range Clearances and creepage distances between circuits Rated voltage Rated surge voltage / insulation Pollution degree / Surge voltage category Dimensions W/H/D

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

PSR-SCP- 24UC/THC4/2X1/1X2 PSR-SPP- 24UC/THC4/2X1/1X2

2963721 2963983

1 1

24 V AC/DC 0.85 ... 1.1 125 mA AC / 60 mA DC 50 ms 20 ms 1s 2 enabling current paths, 1 signaling current path AgSnO2, + 0.2 µm Au 250 V AC/DC / 15 V AC/DC 6A 6 A / 25 mA 0.4 W 24 V DC 4 A ; 230 V AC 4 A 24 V (DC 13) 2.5 A ; 230 V (AC 15) 3 A 6 A fast blow, C6 (24 V AC/DC) automatic device -20°C ... 55°C DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 250 V 6 kV / Safe isolation, reinforced insulation 2 / III 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 112 mm

Screw version Spring-cage version

PHOENIX CONTACT

27

INTERFACE Safety
PSR safety relays Safety relay for contact expansion
D D W H W H

– Single and two-channel control – Five enabling, one signaling and one confirmation current path – Optionally with or without safe isolation – SIL 3 certification as per EN 61508 Note: Connection examples are given from page 35.
Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: yellow or green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

PSR-URM4
Safety category 4 in acc. with EN 954-1 PL e as per ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 as per IEC 62061 SIL 3 acc. to IEC 61508

PSR-URM4_B
Safety category 4 in acc. with EN 954-1 PL e as per ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 as per IEC 62061 SIL 3 acc. to IEC 61508

UP
Housing width 35 Applied for: BG Housing width 22.5 A1 11 23 33 43 53

UPTh
63 71

A11 11

23

33

43

53

63

71

K1
solid AWG Connection data Screw connection 0.2-2.5 0.2-2.5 24-12 Spring-cage conn. 0.2-1.5 0.2-1.5 24-16 * Electrical data is determined by the module. stranded [mm2] I [A] * * U [V] * *

K1 K2

K2

A2 A2 A12 12

24

34

44

54

64

72

A2 12

24

34

44

54

64

72

Description Extension module with single or two-channel control With screw connection With spring-cage connection Extension module, with single-channel control With screw connection With spring-cage connection Technical data Input data Nominal input voltage UN Permissible range (based on UN) Typ. current consumption (with reference to UN) Typ. operating time (K1, K2) at UN Typ. release time (K1, K2) at UN Output data Contact type Contact material Max. / min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. / min. inrush current Min. switching power Switch capacity (360/h cycles) Switch capacity (3600/h cycles) Short circuit protection of the output circuits General data Ambient temperature range Clearances and creepage distances between circuits Rated voltage Rated surge voltage / insulation

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

PSR-SCP- 24UC/URM4/5X1/2X2 PSR-SPP- 24UC/URM4/5X1/2X2

2963734 2964005

1 1

PSR-SCP- 24UC/URM4/5X1/2X2/B PSR-SPP- 24UC/URM4/5X1/2X2/B

2981033 2981046

1 1

24 V AC/DC 0.8 ... 1.1 47 mA (per channel) 20 ms 20 ms 5 enabling current paths, 1 signaling current path, 1 checkback current path AgSnO2, + 0.2 µm Au 250 V AC/DC / 15 V AC/DC 6 A (N/O contact), 3 A (N/C contact 11/12) 6 A, 3 A (N/C contact 11/12) / 25 mA 0.4 W 24 V DC 4 A ; 230 V AC 4 A 24 V (DC 13) 2.5 A ; 230 V (AC 15) 3 A 6 A fast blow, C6 (24 V AC/DC) automatic device -20°C ... 55°C DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 250 V 4 kV / Basic insulation, (safe isolation, reinforced insulation and 6 kV between input circuit and enabling current paths(43/44, 53/54, 63/64, 71/72) and between 43/44, 53/54, 63/64, 71/72 themselves.) 2 / III 35 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm 35 mm / 114.5 mm / 112 mm

24 V AC/DC 0.8 ... 1.1 92 mA 20 ms 20 ms 5 enabling current paths, 1 signaling current path, 1 checkback current path AgSnO2, + 0.2 µm Au 250 V AC/DC / 15 V AC/DC 6 A (N/O contact), 3 A (N/C contact) 6 A (N/O contact), 3 A (N/C contact) / 25 mA 0.4 W 24 V DC 4 A ; 230 V AC 4 A 24 V (DC 13) 2.5 A ; 230 V (AC 15) 3 A 6 A fast blow, C6 (24 V AC/DC) automatic device -20°C ... 55°C DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 250 V 4 kV / Basic insulation, (safe isolation, increased isolation and 6 kV between A1/A2, 11/12, 23/24, 71/72 and 33/34, 43/44, 53/54, 63/64.)

Pollution degree / Surge voltage category Dimensions W/H/D

Screw version Spring-cage version

2 / III 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 112 mm

28

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Safety
PSR safety relays Positively driven coupling relays
D H
SF BATF DC5V FRCE RUN RUN-P STOP RUN STOP MRES 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

– Single-channel control – Like all PSR safety relays, equipped with positively driven contacts as per EN 50205

W

U1

A1 23

A2 24

13 33

14 34

A1 23

A2 24

13 33

14 34

PSR-URM

Power

Power

43 61

44 62

53 71

54 72

43 61

44 62

53 71

PSR-URM
54 72

SF BATF DC5V FRCE RUN RUN-P STOP RUN STOP MRES

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

PSR-URM

U2

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Reliable signal exchange between two systems with confirmation function.

Housing width 22.5

UP
23 33 43 53 61 71

A1

13

solid

stranded [mm2]

AWG

I [A] * *

U [V] * *

Connection data Screw connection 0.2-2.5 0.2-2.5 24-12 Spring-cage conn. 0.2-1.5 0.2-1.5 24-16 * Electrical data is determined by the module.

A2

14

24

34

44

54

62

72

Description Coupling relay, with positively driven contacts With screw connection for 24 V AC/DC With spring-cage connection for 24 V AC/DC Coupling relay, with positively driven contacts With screw connection for 120 V AC/DC With spring-cage connection for 120 V AC/DC Technical data Input data Nominal input voltage UN Permissible range (based on UN) Typ. current consumption (with reference to UN) Typ. operating time (K1, K2) at UN Typ. release time (K1, K2) at UN Output data Contact type Contact material Max. / min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. / min. inrush current Min. switching power Switch capacity (360/h cycles) Switch capacity (3600/h cycles) Short circuit protection of the output circuits General data Ambient temperature range Clearances and creepage distances between circuits Rated voltage Rated surge voltage / insulation Pollution degree / Surge voltage category Dimensions Screw version W/H/D Spring-cage version

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

PSR-SCP- 24UC/URM/5X1/2X2 PSR-SPP- 24UC/URM/5X1/2X2

2963747 2963970

1 1

PSR-SCP-120UC/URM/5X1/2X2 PSR-SPP-120UC/URM/5X1/2X2

2981402 2981415

1 1

24 V AC/DC 0.8 ... 1.1 47 mA 20 ms 20 ms 5 N/O, 2 N/C contacts AgSnO2, + 0.2 µm Au 250 V AC/DC / 15 V AC/DC 6A 6 A / 25 mA 0.4 W 24 V DC 4 A ; 230 V AC 4 A 24 V (DC 13) 2.5 A ; 230 V (AC 15) 3 A 6 A fast blow, C6 (24 V AC/DC) automatic device -20°C ... 55°C DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 250 V 4 kV / Basic insulation 2 / III 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 112 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT

29

INTERFACE Safety
PSR safety relays Positively driven coupling relays
D D W H W H

– Single-channel control – Like all PSR safety relays, equipped with positively driven contacts as per EN 50205
Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: yellow. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

PSR-URM/3X1/3X2

PSR-URM/5X1/1X2

Housing width 22.5

UP
23 33 41 51 61

P
Housing width 22.5 Applied for: UL Listed / CUL Listed

A1

13

A1

13

23

33

43

53

71

solid

stranded [mm2]

AWG

I [A] * *

U [V] * *

Connection data Screw connection 0.2-2.5 0.2-2.5 24-12 Spring-cage conn. 0.2-1.5 0.2-1.5 24-16 * Electrical data is determined by the module.

A2

14

24

34

42

52

62

A2

14

24

34

44

54

72

Description Coupling relay, with positively driven contacts With screw connection With spring-cage connection Coupling relay, with positively driven contacts With screw connection for 120 V AC/DC With spring-cage connection for 120 V AC/DC Relay, with positively driven contacts, suitable for PR1 relay base

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

PSR-SCP- 24UC/URM/3X1/3X2 PSR-SPP- 24UC/URM/3X1/3X2

2981839 2981842

1 1

PSR-SCP- 24UC/URM/5X1/1X2 PSR-SPP- 24UC/URM/5X1/1X2

2981952 2981965

1 1

Technical data Input data Nominal input voltage UN Permissible range (based on UN) Typ. current consumption (with reference to UN) Typ. operating time (K1, K2) at UN Typ. release time (K1, K2) at UN Output data Contact type Contact material Max. / min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. / min. inrush current Min. switching power Switch capacity (360/h cycles) Switch capacity (3600/h cycles) Short circuit protection of the output circuits General data Ambient temperature range Clearances and creepage distances between circuits Rated voltage Rated surge voltage / insulation

24 V AC/DC 0.85 ... 1.1 45 mA 15 ms 15 ms Three N/O contacts, three N/C contacts AgSnO2 250 V AC/DC / 15 V AC/DC 6 A (N/O contact), 6 A (N/C contact) 6 A / 25 mA 0.4 W 24 V DC 6 A ; 230 V AC 5 A 24 V (DC 13) 3 A ; 230 V (AC 15) 3 A 10 A gL/gG NEOZED (N/O contact), 4 A gL/gG NEOZED (N/C contact) -20°C ... 55°C DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 250 V 4 kV / Basic insulation, (safe isolation, reinforced insulation and 6 kV between the input circuit and the output (13/14, 23/24, 33/34).)

24 V AC/DC 0.8 ... 1.1 47 mA 20 ms 20 ms 5 enabling current paths, 1 signaling current paths AgSnO2, + 0.2 µm Au 250 V AC/DC / 15 V AC/DC 6A 6 A / 25 mA 0.4 W 24 V DC 4 A ; 230 V AC 4 A 24 V (DC 13) 2.5 A ; 230 V (AC 15) 3 A 6 A fast blow (N/O contact), 6 A fast blow (N/C contact)

-20°C ... 55°C DIN EN 50178 250 V 4 kV / Basic insulation, (safe isolation, reinforced insulation and 6 kV between A1/A2, 53/54, 71/72 and 13/14, 23/24, 33/34, 43/44.)

Pollution degree / Surge voltage category Dimensions W/H/D

Screw version Spring-cage version

2 / III 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 112 mm

2 / III 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 112 mm

30

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Safety
PSR safety relays
H W D H W D

PSR-URM/4X1

PSR-URM/2x21

REL-SR- 24DC/2X21
Safety relay with positively driven contacts, as per EN 50205, application type B

Housing width 40

UP
13 23 33 43 51 61

Housing width 17.5

UP
12 14 22 24

Housing width 12.6

A1 A1

12

14

22

24

A1 A1

A2 A2 14 24 34 44 52 62

A2 A2 11 21 A2 11 21

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

PSR-SCF- 24UC/URM/4X1/2X2 PSR-SPF- 24UC/URM/4X1/2X2

2981444 2981457

1 1

PSR-SCF- 24UC/URM/2X21

2981363

10

PSR-SCF-120UC/URM/4X1/2X2 PSR-SPF-120UC/URM/4X1/2X2

2981460 2981473

1 1

PSR-SCF-120UC/URM/2X21

2981376

10

REL-SR- 24DC/2X21

2961574

10

24 V AC/DC 0.8 ... 1.1 52 mA 10 ms 10 ms 4 N/O, 2 N/C contacts AgSnO2 250 V AC/DC / 15 V AC/DC 6 A (total current on request) 6 A / 25 mA 0.4 W 24 V DC 6 A ; 230 V AC 5 A

120 V AC/DC 0.8 ... 1.1 12 mA 10 ms 10 ms

24 V AC/DC 0.85 ... 1.1 30 mA 10 ms 10 ms

120 V AC/DC 0.85 ... 1.1 9 mA 10 ms 10 ms

24 V DC (on request) 29 mA / 17 mA (for use with PR1 base) 10 ms 4 ms 2 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC / 15 V 6 A (N/O contact), 6 A (N/C contact) 6 A / 10 mA 0.24 W 24 V DC 6 A (N/O contact) ; 230 V AC 3 A (N/O contact) 24 V (DC 13) 2 A (N/O contact) ; 230 V (AC 15) 3 A (N/O contact) -

2 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC / 15 V AC/DC 5 A (N/O contact), 3.5 A (N/C contact) 6 A / 10 mA 0.24 W 24 V DC 6 A (N/O contact) ; 230 V AC 3 A (N/O contact) 24 V (DC 13) 2 A (N/O contact) ; 230 V (AC 15) 3 A (N/O contact) 6 A gL/gG NEOZED (N/O contact), 4 A gL/gG NEOZED (N/C contact) -20°C ... 50°C DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 250 V 4 kV / Basic insulation, (safe isolation, reinforced insulation and 6 kV between input circuit and enabling current paths.)

24 V (DC 13) 3 A ; 230 V (AC 15) 3 A 10 A gL/gK NEOZED (N/O contact), 4 A gL/gK NEOZED (N/C contact) -20°C ... 55°C DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 250 V 4 kV / Basic insulation, (safe isolation, reinforced insulation and 6 kV between input circuit and enabling current paths.)

-25°C ... 70°C DIN EN 50178 250 V AC 6 kV / Safe isolation, reinforced insulation

2 / III 40 mm / 56 mm / 111 mm 40 mm / 56 mm / 111 mm

2 / III 17.5 mm / 60.5 mm / 75 mm -/-/-

2 / III 12.6 mm / 25.5 mm / 29 mm -/-/-

PHOENIX CONTACT

31

INTERFACE Safety
PSR downtime and speed monitors Safety relay for downtime and speed monitoring

It is often necessary to work with the safety door open when setting up a machine or a system. In such a case, the movements of the drives must be monitored for safe hold of safely reduced speed. If the speed of a drive exceeds the permissible maximum value, the system is switched off. With the safety relays PSR-RSM4 and PSR-SSM, applications of this type of up to safety category 4 as per EN 954-1 or SIL3 as per IEC 61508 can be realized. Here, the PSR-RSM4 speed monitor is suitable for monitoring up to three different speeds during operation as well as during downtimes. The movement is recorded by the proximity switch or an incremental

encoder that can be connected to the PSR-RSM4 easily and quickly via the cable adapter. The parameters are set using the easy-to-operate Windows software PSR-CONF-WIN. The PSR-SSM downtime monitor monitors the downtimes of a gear rack or a gear wheel that can be installed on a motor shaft. Two standard sensors are used for

activation. A line or wire break is also reliably detected.

Safety door switch

Operating mode selection

Drive
S35 S33 S34 I1 I2 I3 MI A1 FO A1 A2 A2 MO1MO2

PSR-RSM4

PSR-RSM4

Power Output 1 Output 2

13 +S1 IN1 +S2 IN2 33

14 34

23 43

24 44
A1 S34 S33 S11 S12 S21 S22 A2

Power K2
PSR-ESM4
13 23 14 24

K1

PSR safety relays

Frequency inverter Emergency stop button
31 32

The PSR-RSM4 speed monitor is configured via the serial interface using a Windows-based, easy-to-operate software.

Example of speed monitoring of a drive using the engine-side incremental encoder.

An emergency stop is triggered if the speed is exceeded when the safety door is open.

32

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Safety
PSR downtime and speed monitors
D D W H W

Note: Connection examples are given from page 35.
Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: yellow. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

H

PSR-RSM4
Safety category 4 in acc. with EN 954-1 SIL 3 in acc. with IEC 61508

PSR-SSM
Safety category 4 in acc. with EN 954-1 SIL 3 in acc. with IEC 61508

PT
Housing width 45 Applied for: UL Listed / CUL Listed Housing width 22.5

PT
Applied for: UL Listed / CUL Listed

A2 A1 24V 24V
Power Output 1 Output 2

IN1
K1 K2 K3 K4

14

24

34

44

A1

+S1

+S2

IN1

13

23

31

41

solid

AWG Connection data Screw connection 0.2-2.5 0.2-2.5 24-12 Spring-cage conn. 0.2-1.5 0.2-1.5 24-16 * Electrical data is determined by the module.

stranded [mm2]

I [A] * *

U [V] * *

RJ45

Power Mode Output

K1

K2

I1...3 MI FO MO1 MO2 IN2

13

23

33

43

A2

FO

MO

IN2

14

24

34

42

Description Speed and downtime monitor, 2-channel, automatic control with cable adapter or two initiators, activation: manual and automatic

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

With screw connection With spring-cage connection Downtime monitor, 2-channel, control with two standard initiators With screw connection With spring-cage connection Cable adapter for PSR-RSM4, cable length 2.5 m, for control unit: Lenze Siemens Heidenhain, 15/8-pos. Siemens Heidenhain, 25/8-pos. Further types on request PSR configuration software with connecting cable, language: German, English, French, Italian and Spanish

PSR-SCP- 24DC/RSM4/4X1 PSR-SPP- 24DC/RSM4/4X1

2981538 2981541

1 1

PSR-SCP- 24DC/SSM/2X1 PSR-SPP- 24DC/SSM/2X1

2981567 2981570

1 1

CABLE- 9/8/250/RSM/LENZE CABLE-15/8/250/RSM/SIMO611D CABLE-25/8/250/RSM/SIMO611D

2981826 2981606 2981583

1 1 1

PSR-CONF-WIN1.0 Technical data Input data Nominal input voltage UN Permissible range (based on UN) Typ. current consumption (with reference to UN) Typ. operating time (K1, K2) at UN Typ. release time (K1, K2) at UN Recovery time Output data Contact type Contact material Max. / min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. / min. inrush current Min. switching power Switch capacity (3600/h cycles) Short circuit protection of the output circuits General data Ambient temperature range Clearances and creepage distances between circuits Rated voltage Rated surge voltage / insulation

2981554

1

24 V DC 0.85 ... 1.1 100 mA 15 ms 12 ms 1s 4 enabling current paths AgNi10, + 5 µm Au 250 V AC/DC / 100 mV AC/DC 5 A, 100 mA (alarm outputs) 6 A / 1 mA 1 mW 24 V (DC 13) 2 A ; 230 V (AC 15) 3 A 6 A gL -20°C ... 55°C EN 60664/VDE 0110 250 V 4 kV / Basic insulation, (safe isolation, reinforced insulation and 6 kV between input circuit and enabling current paths.) 2 / III 45 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm 45 mm / 114.5 mm / 112 mm

24 V DC 0.85 ... 1.1 60 mA 12 ms 8 ms 1s 2 enabling current paths, 2 signaling current paths AgNi10, + 5 µm Au 250 V AC/DC / 100 mV AC/DC 5 A, 100 mA (alarm outputs) 5 A / 1 mA 1 mW 24 V (DC 13) 2 A ; 230 V (AC 15) 3 A 6 A gL -20°C ... 55°C EN 60664/VDE 0110 250 V 4 kV / Basic insulation, (safe isolation, reinforced insulation and 6 kV between input circuit and enabling current paths.) 2 / III 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 112 mm

Pollution degree / Surge voltage category Dimensions W/H/D

Screw version Spring-cage version

PHOENIX CONTACT

33

INTERFACE Safety
Services

Engineering Service Planning Engineering Installation Startup Operation Retrofit

Training & Workshop

Following the motto "Simplicity provides safety", we have – in addition to our safety product portfolio – developed a perfect service concept that covers the entire lifecycle of your machine or system.

We support you right from the first consultancy appointment on through concept planning, installation, commissioning and operation, to system modernization. You can decide whether you want to make use of the know-how of a Phoenix Contact engineering

or service expert or whether you want to qualify your employees accordingly.

Training & workshop In addition to the components used, safety also depends on the employees involved. Our pre-sales seminars are a good opportunity for you to get acquainted with the subject. – Compact seminar on safety technology – One-day seminar on safety technology – New machinery directive – Staying within the law The standard training program has been structured such that all persons in the AfterSales Department who deal with safety technology get the best qualification. – Safety technology basics – New safety standards – Follow-up safety standards We will fulfill your company-specific requirements regarding the contents, location and dates of training through our customized training programs and workshops.

Engineering Before a machine is put on the market, legal requirements must be observed. Therefore, contact us early on! Our engineering experts are with you right from the initial planning up to startup and will support you during system modernization. We will work closely with your staff to implement the ideal safety concept for your application. – Development of the safety concept – Planning & project planning – Support for risk analysis – Support in the case of specific programming requirements – Creation of function blocks

Service We are at your side with our extensive range of services during the operation of your application. We will answer general questions regarding the functions of individual components or help you during the ongoing process. In addition to this, our safety experts will advise you should you wish to extend your machines or systems. – Consultation – Startup support – Safety telephone support – Specialist hotline – On-site service

Many of our services are available worldwide. For more information, contact your sales company . You will find the contact details on the back of this catalog.

You will find detailed information on these services in our online catalog (www.phoenixcontact.net/eshop) under: Components and systems – AUTOMATION → AUTOMATIONWORX → Services → Safety technology.

34

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Safety
Connection examples PSR-SDC4
Safety door monitoring with a coded magnetic switch (monitored reset button on S33/S34: manual activation, bridge on Y1-S33-S35: automatic activation), suitable for up to safety category 4. Single-channel emergency stop circuit with monitored contact extension (monitored reset button on S33/S34: manual activation, bridge on Y1-S33-S35: automatic activation) suitable for up to safety category 2. Two-channel light grid monitoring with cross-circuiting detection (monitored reset button on S33/S34: manual activation, bridge on Y1-S33-S35: automatic activation), suitable for up to safety category 4.

Magnetic switch

Emergency stop

Light grid

K3

Reset
Reset

L
Reset
OSSD1 OSSD2

S10 S11 S12 S13 Y1 S33 S34 S35 13 23
S10 S11 S12 S13 Y1 S33 S34 S3513 23
PSR-SDC 4

S10 S11 S12 S13 Y1 S33 S34 S35 13 23
PSR-SDC 4

PSR-SDC 4

A1 A2 S22
A1 A2 14 24

14 24

A1 A2 S22

14 24

24V DC GND

24V DC GND

K3

24V DC GND
N

PSR-URD3
Single-channel connection with confirmation path 15-16 integrated in the basic device, suitable for up to safety category 3. Wiring through connection terminal blocks. Single-channel connection with confirmation path 15-16 integrated in the basic device, suitable for up to safety category 3. Wiring via TBUS DIN rail connector.

PSR-URM4/B
Single-channel connection with confirmation path 11/12 integrated in the basic device, suitable for up to safety category 4 (with fault elimination). Wiring through connection terminal blocks.

Reset

A2 K1/K2 S33 Y1

A2

PSR-URD3

K1/K2 PSR-UDR3 15 Y1 A2 Y1 28 38 48 58 66

14 24 32

A2 Y1

28 38 48 58 66

A2 K1/ K2 16 Y1

PSR-TBUS-TP 2981716

PSR-SDC...

S33S3413 23 31

A1 K1/ 15 16 27 37 47 57 65 K2

A1

A1

K1/ 15 16 27 37 47 57 65 K2

A1

Reset

S33S3413 23 31

A1 K1/ 11 12 23 33 43 53 61 K2
PSR-URM4_B

14 24 32

A2 Y1

24 34 44 54 62

24V DC GND

24V DC GND

PSR-URM4/B
Single-channel connection with confirmation path 11-12 integrated in the basic device, suitable for up to safety category 4. Wiring via TBUS DIN rail connector.

PSR-SIM4
Two-channel safety door monitoring without cross-circuiting detection, with manual activation (bridge S35-Y1: automatic activation). The safety doors are closed and the statuses of the safety switches are sent to the PLC inputs for visualization. The PSR-SDC4 safety relay (displayed here as a stand-alone device) can be extended using the PSR-URM4/B and PSR-URD3 modules. Suitable for up to safety category 2/3, depending on the type of the safety switch.

Safety doors closed
Reset

PSR-TBUS-TP 2981716

PSR-SDC...

A2 K1/K2 S33 Y1

A2

K2

K1/K2 PSR-URM4_B 11 Y1 A2 Y1

24 34 44 54 62

A2 K1/ K2 12 Y1

Input 1 PLC

Input 2 PLC

11 12 13 14 Y1 Y2 Y3 PSR-SIM Y4 31 32 33 34

21 22 23 24

S11 S12 S13 A2 A1 A2 K1/K2 S33 Y1

41 42 43 44

S10 S11 S12 S13 Y1 S33 S34 S35 13 23 A1 A1 A2 A2 K1/K2 K1/K2 PSR–SDC4 S33 S33 Y1 Y1 14 24 A1 A2 S22

24V DC GND

PSR-TBUS-TP 2981716

A1

A1

A1 K1/ 11 12 23 33 43 53 61

A1

PHOENIX CONTACT

35

INTERFACE Safety
Connection examples PSR-ESA4, PSR-ESM4, PSR-ESA4_B, PSR-ESM4_B
Single-channel safety door-monitoring with manual activation (automatic activation: bridge on S33-S34), suitable for up to safety category 2. Two-channel emergency stop circuit with manual activation and monitored reset button, suitable for up to safety category 4. Two-channel safety door monitoring with cross-circuiting monitoring and automatic activation, suitable up to safety category 4.

Emergency stop

Reset Reset S33 S34S21 S22S11 S12 13 PSR-ESA4 ... A1 A2 14 24 32 23 31

S33 S34 S21 S22 S11 S12 13 23 33 41 PSR-ESM4/B A1 A2
24V AC/DC GND
S33 S34 S21 S22 S11 S12 13 23 31

14 24 34 42

PSR-ESA 4 ...

A1 A2

14 24V AC/DC GND

24

32

24V AC/DC GND

PSR-ESA2_B
Single-channel safety door monitoring with automatic activation, suitable for up to safety category 2. Single-channel emergency stop circuit with manual activation and monitored contact extension, suitable for up to safety category 2.

Explanations:

Integration of the contact extension • With reset button

= open

S33 S34 K3 K3 external K4 K4 external

Reset = closed Emergency stop • Automatic start

Reset

K3

L

S33 S34
23 33 43 51

S33 S34 S11 S12 13 PSR-...-24UC/ESA2/ 4x1/1x2B A1 A2 14

23

33

43

51

S33 S34 S11 S12 13
PSR-ESA 2/B

K3 K3 external K4 K4 external

24

34

44

52

A1

A2

14

24

34 44

52

• Automatic start for PSR-ESD-300, PSR-ESP 4, PSR-THC 4 (see the following page)
24V AC/DC GND K3

24V AC/DC GND

Y1

Y2 K3 K3 external K4 K4 external

N

PSR-ESAM4
Two-channel emergency stop circuit with cross-circuiting detection and monitored reset button (bridge on S33/S35: automatic activation), suitable for up to safety category 4. Single-channel emergency stop circuit with monitored reset button (bridge on S33/S35: automatic activation), suitable for up to safety category 2. Two-channel limit switch monitoring with semiconductor output and monitored reset button (bridge on S33/S35: automatic activation), suitable up to safety category 4 depending on the limit switch.

Semiconductor output
Emergency stop Emergency stop

Reset

Reset

GND

+ 24 V DC OUT 1 OUT 2

Reset

S10 S11 S12 S21 S22 S33 S34 S3513 23
PSR-ESAM 4

91

S10 S11 S12 S21 S22 S33 S34 S35 13 23
PSR-ESAM 4

91

S10 S11 S12 S21 S22 S33 S34 S35 13 23
PSR-ESAM 4

91

A1 A2

14 24

92

A1 A2

14 24

92

A1 A2

14 24

92

24V AC/DC GND

24V AC/DC GND

24V AC/DC GND

36

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Safety
Connection examples PSR-ESD-30
Single-channel emergency stop circuit with monitored reset button (bridge S35-A1: automatic activation), suitable for up to safety category 2. Two-channel safety door monitoring with cross-circuiting detection and monitored reset button (bridge S35-A1: automatic activation), suitable for up to safety category 4. Two-channel light grid monitoring (cross-circuiting detection through light grid) with monitored reset button (bridge S35-A1: automatic activation), suitable for up to safety category 4.

Emergency stop

S11S12 S21S22
PSR–ESD–30

13 23

37 47

S11S12 S21S22
PSR–ESD–30

13 23

37 47

S11S12
PSR–ESD–30

S21S22

13 23

37 47

A1 A2

S34 S35

14 24

38 48

A1 A2

S34 S35

14 24

38 48

A1 A2

S34 S35

14 24

38 48

24V DC GND

Reset

24V DC GND

Reset

24V DC GND

Reset

PSR-ESD-T, PSR-ESD-300
Two-channel emergency stop circuit with cross-circuiting detection and monitored reset button (bridge on S33/S35: automatic activation), suitable for up to safety category 4. Single-channel emergency stop circuit with monitored reset button (bridge on S33/S35: automatic activation), suitable for up to safety category 2. Two-channel limit switch monitoring with semiconductor output and monitored reset button (bridge on S33/S35: automatic activation), suitable for up to safety category 4 depending on the limit switch.

Emergency stop

Emergency stop

Semiconductor output

Reset

Reset

GND

+ 24 V DC OUT 1 OUT 2

Reset
57 67

S10 S11S12 S21S22 S33 S34 35 13 23 33 41 Y1 PSR - ESD - 300 Y2 A1 A2 14 24 34 42

57 67

58 68

S10 S11S12 S21S22 S33 S34 S3513 23 33 41 Y1 PSR - ESD - 300 Y2 A1 A2 14 24 34 42

57 67

S10 S11 S12 S21 S22 S33 S34 S35 13 23 33 41 Y1 PSR - ESD - 300 Y2 A1 A2 14 24 34 42

58 68

58 68

24V DC GND

24V DC GND

24V DC GND

PSR-ESP4
Single-channel emergency stop circuit with automatic activation, suitable for up to safety category 2. Single-channel evaluation of a safety controller with automatic activation and monitored contact extension, suitable for up to SIL 3.

PSR-FSP
Single-channel control through a safety controller, suitable for up to SIL 3 (low demand mode).

Safe PLC

Safe PLC
OUT 24V DC

OUT 24V DC
K3 K4

L

Y1 Y2
Emergency stop

13

23

31

PSR-ESP 4

Y1 Y2

13

23

31

A1 A2

14

24

32

PSR-ESP 4

A1
14 24 32

13

21

A1 A2

PSR-FSP

24V DC GND
GND
K4

A2
K3

14

22

N

GND

PHOENIX CONTACT

37

INTERFACE Safety
Connection examples PSR-ESL4_B
Two-channel optical data link monitoring with cross-circuiting detection and manual activation (automatic activation: bridge on S33/S35), suitable for up to safety category 4. Two-channel emergency stop circuit with manual activation and monitored contact extension (automatic activation: bridge on S33/S35), suitable for up to safety category 3. Single-channel emergency stop circuit with manual activation (automatic activation: bridge on S33/S35), suitable for up to safety category 2.

Emergency stop Optical data link
K4

Reset

K3

L

L

Emergency stop
Reset

Reset

S33 S34 S35 S11 S12 S22 13 23 33 41
PSR-ESL 4/B

S33 S34 S35 S11 S12 S22 13 23 33 41
14 24 34 42

S33 S34 S35 S11 S12 S22 13 23 33 41
PSR-ESL4/B

A1 A2

PSR-ESL 4/B

K3

A1 A2 24V AC/DC GND

14 24 34 42

A1 A2 24V AC/DC GND

14 24 34 42

24V AC/DC GND

K4

N

PSR-THC4
Two-hand control device with equality monitoring < 0.5 s, corresponds to EN 574 type IIIC, suitable for up to safety category 4. Two-hand control device with equality monitoring < 0.5 s and monitored contact extension, corresponds to EN 574 type IIIC, suitable for up to safety category 4. Monitoring of controlling guards in accordance with EN 1088 with equality monitoring < 0.5 s, suitable for up to safety category 4.

Two-hand control panel

Two-hand control panel

K4 L K3 Y1 Y2 S21 S12/ S14/ S11 13 S24 S22
PSR-THC 4

L

23

31

Y1 Y2 S21 S12/ S14/ S11 13 S24 S22 PSR-THC 4 A1 A2 14

23

31

Y1 Y2 S21 S14/S11 S12/ 13 S24 S22
14 24 32

23

31

A1 A2

PSR-THC 4

24

32

A1 A2
24V AC/DC GND
24V AC/DC GND
K4 K3

14

24

32

N

24V AC/DC GND

PSR-URM4, PSR-URM4_B
Single-channel connection with confirmation path 11/12 integrated in the basic device, suitable for up to safety category 2/4, depending on the basic device (with fault elimination if required). Two-channel connection with confirmation path 11/12 integrated in the basic device, suitable for up to safety category 2/4. Depending on the basic device. Single-channel connection with confirmation path 11/12 integrated in the basic device, suitable for up to safety category 2/4. Depending on the basic device (with fault elimination if required). With externally monitored contacts.

Reset

Reset

Reset

K5 K6

L

S33S34 13 23 31

A11 A12 11 12 23 33 43 53 63 71
PSR-URM 4

S33 S34 13 23 31

A11 A12 11 12 23 33 43 53 63 71
PSR-URM 4

S33 S34 13 23 31

A1

11

12 23 33 43 53 63 71

PSR-URM 4/B

14 24 32

A2 A2

24 34 44 54 64 72

14 24 32

A2 A2

24 34 44 54 64 72

14 24 32

A2

24 34 44 54 64 72

K5

K6

24V AC/DC GND

24V AC/DC GND

24V AC/DC GND

N

38

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Safety
Connection examples PSR-RSM4
Speed and downtime monitoring using an encoder. Manual activation with a start button on S33/S34 (bridge S33/S35 automatic activation), suitable for up to safety category 3, SIL3. Two-channel speed and downtime monitoring using two PNP or two-wire proximity switches. Manual activation with a start button on S33/S34 (bridge S33/S35 automatic activation), suitable for up to safety category 3*, SIL3. Speed monitoring of a simple machine with a drive and a guard. Manual activation with a start button on S33/S34 (bridge S33/S35 automatic activation), suitable for up to safety category 3, SIL3.

Start
Start
24VDC
24VDC
SK ÜK

Unlock

Encoder

MI +S2 +S1 IN2 IN1

I3

I2

I1

S33 S34 S35 13 23

33 43

S2 S1

PSR-RSM 4
RJ45

MI +S2 +S1 IN2 IN1

I3

I2

I1

S33 S34 S35 13 23

33 43

PSR-RSM 4
RJ45

Measuring system

PSR-RSM4
RJ45

24V DC GND

24V DC GND

Over speed

A1 A2

FO MO1 MO2

14 24

34 44

A1 A2

FO MO1 MO2

14 24

24V DC GND

Speed monitoring of a simple machine with a monitored drive, a guard, an enable switch and mode selector switch, suitable for up to safety category 3, SIL3.

Speed monitoring of a simple machine with a monitored drive and monitoring of the drive shaft, suitable for up to safety category 4, SIL3.

Drive

Shaft Gear wheel Initiator

Unlock

Encoders Unlock

SK

ÜK SK ÜK

Start

Emergency stop
Start

Emergency stop

Emergenc y stop

Downtime

Over speed

PSR-RSM4
RJ45

RJ45
A1 A2 FO MO1 MO2 14 24

34 44

Over speed

PSR-RSM4

Downtime

MI I3 +S2 +S1 IN2 IN1

I2

I1

S33 S34 S35 13 23

33 43

Emergenc y stop

MI I3 +S2 +S1 IN2 IN1

I2

I1

S33 S34 S35 13 23

33 43

A1 A2

FO MO1 MO2

14 24

34 44

24V DC GND

24V DC GND

PSR-SSM
Two-channel downtime monitoring using two PNP or two-wire proximity switches, suitable for up to safety category 3*, SIL3.

PSR-SSM and RSM
Connection of initiators to PSR-SSM and PSR-RSM. Mounting of the proximity switches.

GND S2

S1

S2

S1

Requirements for a gear wheel or gear rack The design of the gear wheel or gear rack is of particular importance for safe operation. The surface of the gear wheel must always be greater than the gap between the teeth. This guarantees that at least one proximity switch is actuated. For the structure of a proximity switch, see diagram. Tooth > Gap Tooth > Switch diameter Depth of gap > Switching interval of the switch a ≤ Switching interval of the switch / 2

a

Gear wheel or gear rack

IN1

IN2

+S1

+S2

13 23 31 41

PSR-SSM 4

S1

S2

A1 A2

FO

MO

14 24 32 42

a

24V DC GND
Gear wheel or gear rack a = switching interval / 2

* Safety category 4 is possible if an inspection is carried out within 24 hours of downtime of the machine in order to detect the internal sensor errors.

Downtime
34 44

A1 A2

FO MO1 MO2

14 24

34 44

Emergenc y stop

MI I3 +S2 +S1 IN2 IN1

I2

I1

Start

Emergency stop

S33 S34 S35 13 23

33 43

PHOENIX CONTACT

39

40

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
Relay and solid-state relay interfaces
The reliability of industrial automation equipment is becoming more and more important with the increasing use of electronic modules. Modern relay or solid-state relay interfaces perform a wide range of tasks here. Whether in production engineering, electrical equipping of machines or in control engineering for power distribution, building automation and process engineering – the aim is to guarantee the exchange of signals between the process peripherals and the higher-level central control systems. This exchange must provide reliable operation, be floating and electrically unambiguous. Safe electrical interface modules that meet the requirements of modern system concepts must include the following features: – Coupling of different signal levels – Safe electrical isolation between input and output – High interference insensitivity In practice, a relay interface comes into use when a flexible interface configuration with a large switching capacity range and the possibility of combining different types of contact is required. Further important features of relay interfaces are: – Electrical isolation between open contacts – Switching of independent switching current types – High short-term overload resistance in the event of short circuit or voltage peaks – Virtually no influence from electromagnetic fields – Easy handling Solid-state relay modules are used when an interface between the process peripherals and the electronics is subject to the following requirements: – Low control power – High switching frequencies – Wear-free and no contact bounce – Insensitive to vibrations and shocks – Long service life

Program overview
Product overview Principles of relay technology Principles of solid-state relay technology PR series PR1 for miniature relays or solid-state relays PR2 for industrial relays PR3 for octal relays PR1 - fully mounted relay modules PR2 - fully mounted relay modules PLC series with relay/solid-state relay as sensor/actuator version for high inrush/continuous currents against interference currents/voltages for railway applications for NAMUR initiators for electronic reversing of DC motors Accessories DEK series with relay/solid-state relay EMG series with relay/solid-state relay Special relay and solid-state relay modules Relay terminal block with switch Interference-free relays and solid-state relays Relays for switching of lamp loads Power solid-state relay with 400 V AC/3 A output Short-circuit proof solid-state relay with feedback 100 kHz input solid-state relay Electronic sensor terminal block Inverter module Pulse expansion module Module with remanence miniature switching relay SMS relay module CONTACTRON - Power electronics Electronic motor management Three-phase solid-state reversing contactors Three-phase solid-state contactors Solid-state reversing contactors for DC motors Single-phase solid-state contactors 42 44 48 50 52 58 62 68 72 74 76 80 86 88 107 112 113 114 116 117 122 123 132 133 134 136 138 139 140 142 143 144 145 146 148 160 168 172 169 174

PHOENIX CONTACT

41

INTERFACE Relay
Product overview
PR series

Description Page Description Page

PR1 for miniature relays or solid-state relays 52

PR2 for industrial relays 58

PR3 for octal relays 62

Accessories 53

DEK series

Description Page

With miniature relay 117

With solid-state relay 120

Actuator series with miniature relay 119

Sensor series with miniature relay 119

Special relay and solid-state relay modules

Description Page

Relay terminal blocks with switch 133

Interference-free relays and solid-state relays 134

Relays for switching of lamp loads 137

Power solid-state relay with 400 V AC/ 400 V AC / 3 A output 138

Power electronics

Description Page

Electronic motor management 150

PROFIBUS gateway for IFS 152

Electronic reversing load relay with motor management 160

Three-phase solid-state reversing contactors 164

42

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
Product overview
PLC series

With relay/solid-state relay 76 As sensor/actuator version 80

For high inrush/continuous currents 86 Against interference currents/voltages 88

For railway applications 107 For NAMUR initiators 112

Electronic types 113 With switch 100

EMG series

With miniature relay 123

With solid-state relay 128

Hybrid relay 126

With TTL input 131

For NAMUR proximity sensors 142

Inverter module 143

Pulse expansion module 144

Module with remanence miniature switching relay 145

Solid-state reversing contactor for DC motors 169

Three-phase solid-state contactors 170

Single-phase solid-state contactors 174

PHOENIX CONTACT

43

INTERFACE Relay
Principles of relay technology

Operating voltage

General Electromechanical relays are used as interface modules between the process peripherals and the control, signaling and regulating devices for level and power adaptation. Electromechanical relays are basically divided into two main groups; SPDT and bistable relays. The contacts of SPDT DC or AC relays automatically return to the idle state when the exciter is switched off. The contacts of bistable relays remain in the current switch position when the exciting current is switched off.

A bridge rectifier is inserted into the input circuit for operation with DC or AC voltages. The diodes take over the rectification, damping function and polarity reversal protection function at the same time. The cut-off voltage of the coil is limited to approximately 1.4 V. Depending on the type, a varistor is additionally connected upstream from the bridge rectifier to protect the input circuit against surge voltages.

coil voltage is reduced so that the useful operating range is limited. The following diagram shows the basic behavior of the operating voltage depending on the ambient temperature.

U/UN A1(~) 1,8 1,6 1,4 1,2 1,0 0,8 II 0,6 I

A2(~)

Coil side
Basic construction of a relay with AC/DC input

Input circuits and voltage types Different input circuits are available depending on the relay used and the type of control voltage. When pure AC voltage relays are used (AC input), the input circuit is usually restricted to a visual switching status display. The frequency of the control voltage is 50/60 Hz, if not indicated otherwise.

A1(~)

Bistable remanence relays with duplex winding are operated solely with DC voltage. These relay types are equipped with three coil connections on the coil side. In addition to the common connection, there is one connection for "set" and one for "reset", and these connections are triggered only with short pulses. This means that the relays hardly heat up at all. Simultaneous triggering of both control inputs is not permissible. A distinction is made between negative switching (M) and positive switching (P) types, depending on the polarity of the freewheeling and polarity protection diodes.
A1-

-20

0

20

40

60

80 100

Ambient temperature in°C Characteristic curve of the operating voltage of a relay

I: Maximum permissible voltage at 100% operating time and observing the coil limit temperature II: Minimum operate voltage Interference voltages and interference currents on the coil side The reliable operation of a relay may be disturbed due to inductive or capacitive interference voltages which couple into the long feed lines of the relay coil. If the coupled voltage is greater than the release voltage required by the "relay standard" IEC 61810-1, the relay can no longer release in extreme cases. This release voltage is ≥0.05 x UN for DC relays and ≥0.15 x UN for purely AC relays. The same interferences may occur if a relay with a low input power is triggered by an electronic module with an RC wired AC voltage output. The typical leakage current of such RC elements is usually several mA and supplies sufficient control power in order not to let the downstream relay drop out or even excite. The interference level of existing interference voltages can be reduced by connecting an RC element in parallel with the relay coil. This measure applies an additional capacitive load to the interference voltage and it breaks down.

A2(~)

A2-

Basic construction of a relay with AC input

In the case of a purely DC input, the free-wheeling diode is added as the most important switching element. This limits the voltages induced on circuit interruption that occurr in the coil to a value of approximately 0.7 V, which is safe for any connected control electronics. A polarity protection diode is additionally inserted in the input circuit, as the free-wheeling diode only functions when the voltage is connected with the correct polarity.
A1(+)

A3+

Basic construction of a bistable relay, negative switching type
A1+ A2+

A3-

Basic construction of a bistable relay, positive switching type

A2(-)

Basic construction of a relay with DC input

Operating voltage range The ambient temperature prevailing at the operation site has a considerable influence on some of the relay's operating parameters. Rising ambient temperature causes an increase in the operate and release voltages due to the heating up of the coil winding. At the same time, the maximum permissible

44

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
Principles of relay technology

Contact material
R

Typ. properties

Typ. applications

Standard values for the usage range* µA ... 0.2 A µV ... 30 V

UINT

Gold Au

C

Largely insensitive to industrial atmospheres; low and constant contact resistances in the range of small switching capacities with nickel (AuNi) or silver (AuAg) alloys. High electrical conductivity; sensitive to sulfur, therefore often gold-flashed (approximately 0.2 µm) as protection; nickel (AgNi) or copper (AgCu) alloys increase the mechanical resistance and erosion resistance and reduce the welding tendency.

Dry measuring and switching circuits, control inputs

External RC interference suppression filter against voltage couplings

Silver Ag

The following values are recommended for the sizing of the RC element: – R = 100 ... 220 Ω – C = 220 ... 470 nF The SO46 series with a built-in RCZ filter have been developed for even higher immunity to interference. See e.g. PLC...SO46.

Universal; suitable for medium loads; alloys with nickel (AgNi 0.15) for DC circuits with medium to large loads

≥ 12 V ≥ 10 mA

Silver, hard goldplated Ag+Au

Properties similar to gold Au. When switching loads > 30 V/0.2 A, the hard gold plating (5-10 µm) is destroyed and the values and properties of the Ag contact are applicable. However, a reduction in the service life is then to be expected.

Suitable for control inputs and other small loads.

≥ 100 mV ≥ 1 mA

Silver cadmium oxide AgCdO

Low welding tendency; high erosion resistance for higher switching capacities

Especially suited to switch large (AC) loads, also suitable for inductive or capacitive loads.

≥ 12 V ≥ 100 mA

Contact side, contact materials The diversity of applications in the different areas of industry makes it necessary to adapt a relay to the various tasks by choosing the suitable contact material. The values for voltage, current and capacity are important for the suitability of contact materials. Other criteria include: – Contact resistance – Erosion resistance – Material migration – Welding tendency – Chemical influences This helps in the allocation of the various contact materials, mostly precious metal alloys, to the appropriate usage ranges. Some of the most important materials are listed in the adjacent table. Contact protection circuit Each electrical load is a mix of ohmic, capacitive, and inductive elements. The load for the switching contact varies when these loads are switched. This load can be reduced by a suitable contact protection circuit. Since loads with a large inductive component, such as contactors, solenoid valves, motors, etc. are used predominantly in practical applications, these should be dealt with in greater detail. Due to the energy stored in the coil, voltage peaks of up to several thousand volts may occur when the system is switched off. These high voltages cause an arc on the switching contact which can destroy the contact due to material vaporization and material migration. The electrical service life is reduced considerably as a result. In extreme cases, the relay may fail in the very

Silver cadmium oxide hard goldplated AgCdO+Au

Properties similar to gold Au. When switching loads > 30 V/0.2 A, the hard gold plating (5-10 µm) is destroyed and the values and properties of the AgCdO contact are applicable. However, a reduction in the service life is then to be expected.

Suitable for control inputs and other small loads.

≥ 100 mV ≥ 1 mA

Tungsten W

High melting point; very high erosion resistance; greater contact resistances; very low welding tendency; susceptible to corrosion; often used as lead contact. High erosion resistance; low welding tendency; higher contact resistances than with pure silver.

Loads with very high inrush currents, e.g. glow lamps, fluorescent lamps.

≥ 60 V ≥1A

Silver nickel AgNi

Universal; suitable for medium to high loads; DC circuits and inductive loads.

≥ 12 V ≥ 10 mA

Silver nickel AgNi+Au

Properties similar to gold Au. When switching loads > 30 V/0.2 A, the hard gold plating (5-10 µm) is destroyed and the values and properties of the AgNi contact are applicable. However, a reduction in the service life is then to be expected.

Suitable for control inputs and other small loads.

≥ 100 mV ≥ 1 mA

Silver tin oxide AgSnO

Low welding tendency; very high erosion resistance for high switching capacities; low material migration

Application depends heavily on the relay type; switching circuits with high input and output loads, e.g. glow lamps and fluorescent lamps, AC and DC circuits. Due to different alloys and production procedures, partly also suitable for smaller loads.

≥ 12 V ≥ 100 mA (≥ 1 mA)

Silver tin oxide, hard gold-plated AgSnO+Au

Properties similar to gold Au. When switching loads > 30 V/0.2 A, the hard gold plating (5-10 µm) is destroyed and the values and properties of the AgSnO contact are applicable. However, a reduction in the service life is then to be expected.

Suitable for control inputs and other small loads.

≥ 100 mV ≥ 1 mA

* Values depend on the relay used and on further operating conditions.

first cycle with DC voltage and a static arc. A protective circuit must be used to suppress the formation of an arc. With optimum dimensioning, almost the same number of cycles can be achieved as with an ohmic load.

PHOENIX CONTACT

45

INTERFACE Relay
Principles of relay technology

In principle, there are a number of possible ways of providing effective wiring: 1. Wiring the contact 2. Wiring the load 3. Combination of both circuits

Wiring the load

Additional fall-off delay

Defined induction voltage limiting

Effective bipolar attenuation

Advantages/disadvantages

Diode
+

Load

UD

High

Yes (UD)

No

Advantages: • Good effect on extending the service life of the contacts • Easy implementation • Inexpensive • Reliable • Uncritical dimensioning • Small induction voltage Disadvantages: • Attenuation only through load resistance • High off delay Advantages: • Uncritical dimensioning Disadvantages: • Damping only above UZD • Low effect on extending the service life of the contacts

Connection in series Diode/Zener diode
+

Load Wiring the contact Wiring the inductive load

UZD

Medium to small

Yes (UZD)

No

Basically, a protective measure should be directly implemented at the source of the interference. Wiring a load should therefore be given priority over wiring the contact. The following points are advantageous for the load circuit (image to the right): 1. The circuit is only loaded with the induction voltage when switched off. On the other hand, the sum of the operating voltage and the induction voltage is applied to the contact circuit. 2. When the contact is open, the load is electrically isolated from the operating voltage. 3. It is not possible for the load to be activated or to "stick" due to undesired operating currents, e.g. from RC elements. 4. Cut-off peaks of the load cannot be coupled into parallel control lines. Nowadays, solenoid valves are usually connected using valve connectors that are also supplied with LEDs and components that limit the induction voltage. Valve connectors with an RC element, varistor or Z-diode, however, often do not quench the arc and only serve to comply with the EMC laws. Only valve connectors with integrated free-wheeling diode 1N4007 quench the arc quickly and reliably, and increase the service life of the relay by a factor of 5 to 10. The valve connectors with LED, integrated 1N4007 and free conductor end can be supplied in the SAC range on request.

Suppressor diode
+

(~) (~) UZD

Medium to small

Advantages: • Inexpensive • Uncritical dimensioning • Limitation of positive peaks • Suitable for AC voltage Yes (UZD) Yes Disadvantages: • Damping only above UZD • Low effect on extending the service life of the contacts Advantages: • High energy absorption • Uncritical dimensioning • Suitable for AC voltage

Load

Varistor
+

(~) (~) UVDR

Medium to small

Yes (UVDR)

Yes

Load

Disadvantages: • Damping only above UVDR • Low effect on extending the service life of the contacts

R/C combination
+

(~) (~) URC

Load

Medium to small

No

Yes

Advantages: • HF attenuation due to energy storage • Suitable for AC voltage • Level-independent damping Disadvantages: • Precise dimensioning required • High inrush surge current • Low effect on extending the service life of the contacts

Switching small loads Small loads must be processed mainly in applications where signals must be forwarded to control inputs (e.g. of a PLC). There are no switching sparks (arc) on the contacts in case of such loads in the small load range. In addition to the constant cleaning effect due to contact friction, this switching spark assumes the function of penetrating non-conductive contamination layers that are formed on the contact surfaces in power contacts.

0...10V J1 0...10V J2
Evaluation electronics

Application example: measurement point changeover

Limit switch

PLC input card

+
Application example: PLC input signal

46

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
Principles of relay technology

These contamination layers are usually oxidation or sulfidation products of the contact materials such as silver (Ag) or silver alloys such as silver nickel (AgNi) or silver tin oxide (AgSnO). As a result, the contact resistance may rise so much after some time that reliable switching is no longer possible for small loads. Due to these properties, the highperformance contact materials mentioned are not suitable for small load applications. Gold (Au) has become established as a contact material for these application areas mainly on account of its low and constant contact resistances even with small loads and its insensitivity to sulphuric atmosphere. For minimum loads and even greater contact reliability, double contact relays with gold contacts are used. The slotted contact spring in this design provides two parallel contact points with even lower contact resistances and considerable higher contact safety.

Switching large DC loads Compared to the maximum permissible AC current, conventional switching relays can only switch off relatively small direct currents since there is no automatic zero crossing. This maximum DC value is also dependent to a large extent on the switching voltage and is determined among other things by constructional features such as contact spacing and contact opening speed. The corresponding current and voltage values are documented by relay manufacturers in arc or load limit curves. A non-attenuated inductive DC load further reduces the values given for

Switching lamps and capacitive loads Regardless of the type of voltage, all kinds of lamps and loads with a capacitive component make extreme requirements on the switching contacts. The moment it is switched on, in other words precisely in the dynamic chattering phase of the relay, extremely powerful current peaks occur. These are often several 10 A, not seldom over 100 A high, and weld the contact. This is remedied here by specially optimized "lamp load relays" that can cope with these inrush peaks. See e.g. PLC...IC types.

U/V 250 200 150 100 50 40 30 20 10 0,1

0,2 0,3 0,4

1

2

3 4 5

10 15 I/A

Switching large loads A few important points also need to be considered in switching operations in the large load range with the available power contacts made of silver (Ag) or silver tin oxide (AgSnO). A basic distinction must be made between switching DC and AC loads. Switching large AC loads When switching large AC loads, the relay can be operated up to the corresponding maximum values for the switching voltage, current, and power. The arc that occurs during shutdown depends on the current, voltage, and phase relation. This cut-off arc usually disappears automatically the next time the load current crosses zero. In applications with an inductive load, an effective protective circuit must be provided; otherwise the service life of the system will be reduced considerably.

Example of a load limit curve (dependent on the type)

switchable currents. The energy stored in the inductance can cause an arc to occur, which forwards the current via the open contacts. With an effective contact protection circuit, preferably free-wheeling diodes of the type 1N4007, the service life can be increased by a factor of 5 to 10 in relation to unprotected or unfavorably protected inductive loads (see also the Contact protection circuits chapter). If higher DC loads than those documented are to be switched or if the electrical service life is to be increased, several contacts of a relay can be connected in series. See e.g. industrial relay REL-IR.... Alternatively, solid-state relays with a DC voltage output can be used.

Switching capacity in accordance with utilization categories AC15 and DC13 (IEC 60947) In practice, both the maximum interrupting rating for AC loads and the DC cut-off values taken from the load limit curves provide only a rough guide for the choice of a relay. In practical operation, this is insufficient since real loads in the vast majority of industrial applications have inductive or capacitive components, and the wiring of the loads can be totally different. As already described, this sometimes leads to considerably varying service lives. The contactor standard IEC 60947 tries to avoid these disadvantages by dividing the loads into various utilization categories (DC13, AC15...). This standard is also partly applied to relays. However, users must be aware of the fact that these values are only applicable to a limited extent in practice since all DC13 and AC15 test loads are highly inductive and are therefore operated without any protective circuit (see the Contact protection circuits chapter). In the switching capacity test according to IEC 60947, a total of only 6060 cycles are carried out as a minimum requirement. Using the precise application data, a more detailed evaluation of the switching capacity and the service life to be expected is always possible. Thanks to a comprehensive data bank, a good estimation of service life and, if necessary, optimization proposals are possible for most applications. In the case of critical applications, we recommend that users determine empirical service live data themselves.

PHOENIX CONTACT

47

INTERFACE Relay
Principles of solid-state relay technology

Control side Solid-state relays from Phoenix Contact are available for various voltage and performance levels. They are used as interface modules for matching process peripherals to control, signaling and regulating devices. The solid-state relay element which is actually located in the module is limited to a defined voltage range due to its design. The current consumption on the input side fluctuates depending on the circuit architecture and voltage level. A suitable input circuit is provided for all voltages between 5 V and 230 V which are necessary for industrial applications. The inputs for direct current voltage and alternating current voltage must always be differentiated. DC input The various voltage levels are adjusted by adding electronics which have been especially adapted to the desired voltage range. With most of the modules, a polarity protection diode guarantees reliable protection against destruction in the case of an incorrectly connected control voltage. Specially adapted filters reliably suppress any high frequency noise emissions that might occur.

A1 ~

~ A2

the ambient temperature of the solidstate relay should also be taken into consideration. A derating curve is therefore generally given for power solid-state relays. It shows the maximum load current as a function of the ambient temperature. 3. Output circuit The two-conductor output is similar to a mechanical contact. Only the polarity of the connections is specified and must be observed.

Image 2: Block diagram of an AC input

Load side Depending on the application and the type of load, the solid-state relay output must meet various requirements. The following are crucial: – Power amplification – Matching the switching voltage and the switching current (AC/DC), as well as – Short-circuit protection The solid-state relay element must also be processed with further electronics on the output side for these different applications.

A1 + 13 + A2 RL 14

Image 3: Two-conductor output

A1 +

A2

Figure 1: Block diagram of a DC input

AC input The solid-state relay element requires a stable control voltage to ensure reliable operation. In case of the AC input, this is achieved by connecting a rectifier and filter capacitor upstream. Rectifying is followed, in principle, by the same circuit architecture as the DC input. The switching frequency always lies below half the mains frequency. Due to the filter capacitor, a higher switching frequency cannot be obtained. This would result in continuous through-switching.

DC output In order to achieve the necessary output power, the solid-state relay element is provided with one or more semiconductor components. The user on-site should nevertheless simply regard the connecting terminal blocks of the output as conventional switch connections. Only the specified polarity must be observed. For practical reasons, the following criteria should be taken into account when selecting a suitable solid-state relay: 1. Operating voltage range e. g. 12...60 V DC This determines the minimum or maximum voltage to be applied. The lower value should be observed to ensure reliable operation. In order to protect the output transistor, the upper value should not be exceeded. 2. Maximum continuous current (e.g. 1 A) This value indicates the maximum continuous current. If this value is exceeded continuously, the output semiconductor will be destroyed. The dependence of the output current on

The three-conductor output is nonisolated and requires the connection of both potentials from the voltage source on the output side for reliable operation. When switched off, a permanent reference to the ground (negative potential) is established. In addition, this output circuit offers the advantage of an almost constant internal resistance.

A1 + 13 + A2 RL 14

Image 4: Three-conductor output

AC output In order to control the switching and control devices for alternating current voltage, a downstream semiconductor for AC voltage (TRIAC or thyristor) is connected to the solid-state relay element. As with the DC output, the maximum operating voltage range and the maximum continuous load current depending on the ambient temperature should be observed.

48

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
Principles of solid-state relay technology

In addition, the maximum peak reverse voltage of the TRIAC (e.g. 600 V) is crucial with AC outputs. This must not be exceeded even in the case of voltage fluctuations or interference voltage peaks in order to prevent destruction. The AC outputs of all solid-state relays from Phoenix Contact therefore have an internal RC protective circuit to protect against interference voltage peaks.

Application notes Input solid-state relays with action directed from the periphery to the control system (signaling, controlling, monitoring) In a pluggable version: – PLC-O... In a modular version: – DEK-OE... – EMG 10-OE... – SIM-EI... – OPT...

e.g. load contactor monitoring (DC contactor)

+

- +

13

A1

e.g. PLC IN
14 A2

K1

e.g. load contactor monitoring (AC contactor)

L 13 ~
Zero voltage switch

- + 13

A1

e.g. PLC IN
~ 14 14 A2

K1

~N

Image 5: Basic circuit diagram of an AC output

e.g. position indication with limit stop switch or initiator

Protective circuits The moment inductive loads (contactors, solenoid valves, motors) are switched off, surge voltages occur that can reach very high amplitudes. Electronic components and switching elements are particularly susceptible to these. A protective circuit should therefore always be provided to prevent destruction. A parallel connection to the load effectively reduces the switching surge voltage to a harmless level. Depending upon the solid-state relay output and type of load, – the free-wheeling diode/suppressor diode (only DC), – varistor (AC and DC) or – RC element (only AC) form the necessary protective measure.

+

+

- + 13

A1

e.g. PLC IN
14 A2

Output (power) solid-state relay acting in the direction from the control system to the periphery (switching, amplifying, controlling) In a pluggable version: – PLC-O... In a modular version: – DEK-OV... – EMG 10-OV – EMG 12-OV – EMG 17-OV – OV... – OPT...

e.g. switching the contactor, solenoid valve or motor (DC load)

A1

13 K1 M ~

e.g. PLC OUT
A2 14

e.g. switching the contactor, solenoid valve or motor (AC load)

+

-

Protection
Load

~N

~N

~N

A1

13 ~L K1 ~ M ~

e.g. PLC OUT Image 6: Protective circuit with DC voltage output
A2 14

~

~

Protection

Notes:
1

Load

) Ground (minus) potential from the input and output of the solidstate relay should not be connected. diode). loads must be protected with a varistor or an RC element.

2) DC loads must be provided with an effective protective circuit (e.g. 3) AC

Image 7: Protective circuit with AC voltage output

PHOENIX CONTACT

49

INTERFACE Relay
PR series

The PR series is a low-priced modular relay system, consisting of DIN rail bases, relays, pluggable input / interference suppression modules, engagement levers and the matching marking labels and universal bridging materials for all bases. The modules are largely compatible with the usual standards on the market, have the major international approvals and are therefore accepted worldwide. Besides the familiar relay bases with the screw connection method, relay bases with the spring-cage connection method for miniature power relays with one or two PDT contacts and for industrial relays with two or four PDT contacts are available in the PR series. The connections in these bases are configured with double spring cages for free, simple bridging of all potentials. The PR series also boasts its own particular features: – Relay retaining bracket: The plastic relay retaining bracket EL..., with which the relays can be held and, if necessary,

ejected, have an exposed, smooth, large equipment marking area for standard self-adhesive labels that can be printed easily and inexpensively using standard printers. When fitted, the engagement lever is securely connected to the base, which means that the labeling cannot be lost. – Industrial relays: All industrial relays REL-IR... have an LED diagnostic and status indicator as a standard feature, and all DC types also have an integrated free-wheeling diode. In many cases, this eliminates the plug-in input modules that are otherwise also used. – Plug-in input modules with RC element: Most standard input / interference suppression modules with an RC element used for compensation of interference coupling on long lines or in the event of leakage currents from electronic AC outputs have only low capacitance values. This greatly limits the filter effect. In contrast, the plug-in module series RC-120-230UC and

RC3-120-230UC for mains voltage applications have a filter function that is improved by up to a factor of 10. Unlike with the discharge resistors that are normally used for such applications, the use of RC plug-in modules does not result in any additional heating!

50

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
PR series

PR1 series The narrow 16 mm PR1 base series for relays with one or two contacts is available with a screw or spring-cage connection method. Both the traditional 2/2-level bases and two modern "logical" 1/3-level versions with fully opposite coil and contact connections are available.

PR2 series The PR2 base series accommodates pluggable industrial relays with two or four PDT contacts. Like the PR1 series, the bases are available with screw and spring-cage connection method, as well as in the traditional 2/2-level and modern "logical" 1/ 3-level versions.

PR3 series The rugged octal relays with two or three PDT contacts that are widely used in some areas fit on the PR3 base with touchprotected screw connections. All the base connections have a wide connection crosssection and are arranged on one level with good accessibility.

The active components of the PR1 modular system include various miniature power relays (optionally with a manual test function) and electronic solid-state relays. Matching relay retaining brackets with integrated labeling surface prevent them from loosening. Depending on the requirement, input / interference suppression modules with various functions can also be plugged in. Marking labels and loop bridges in various colors that can be universally used for all PR bases complete the range of accessories.

The PR2 modular system is configured for pluggable industrial relays. The industrial relays from Phoenix Contact are configured with a manual test function, switch position indicator, status LED and free-wheeling diode (DC coils only) as standard features. Interference suppression modules with a varistor or RC element can also be optionally plugged in. Relay retaining brackets with integrated labeling surfaces prevent the relays from loosening. Marking labels and loop bridges in various colors that can be universally used for all PR bases complete the range of accessories.

The PR3 modular system is designed for the robust octal relays. The relays have a switch position indicator and a manual test button, and a wire bracket prevents them from loosening. Input / interference suppression modules with various functions can also be optionally plugged in. The base can be labeled with an 8x20 mm standard adhesive label. Loop bridges in various colors for universal applications complete the range of accessories.

PHOENIX CONTACT

51

INTERFACE Relay
PR series Relay base PR1

Universal modular system The 16 mm wide PR1 relay base family is a modular system consisting of the PR1-B... bases, compact electromechanical 1 and 2-PDT relays, solid-state relays, and a comprehensive range of accessories. This includes: – Pluggable input modules /interference suppressor modules – Relay retaining bracket with labeling field and eject function – Labeling fields and – Loop bridging. Depending on the application, this enables complete coupling relays to be assembled at optimum cost, with the best possible functions and service life. Base versions The relay bases are available in three versions: The flat 2/2-level type PR1-BSC2 with screw connections as well as the two "logical" 1/3-level types PR1-BSC3 with screw connections and PR1-BSP3 with spring-cage connections. The logical versions have coil and contact connections located opposite one another, which bring them in line with modern control cabinet concepts with a clear separation between control signals and loads.

Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

PR1-BSC2/2x21
Relay base for one or two PDT and solid-state relays of the same design Housing width 16 solid AWG Connection data Screw connection 0.2-2.5 0.2-2.5 26-14 The electrical data is determined by the relay. stranded [mm2]

AC
Description Relay base PR1, 2/2-level design, plug-in option for input/interference suppression module, safe isolation I/O, including ten marking labels MP1 per pack With screw connection Relay base PR1, 1/3-level design, plug-in option for input/interference suppression module, safe isolation I/O, including ten marking labels MP1 per pack With screw connection Relay base PR1, 1/3-level design, plug-in option for input/interference suppression module, safe isolation I/O, including ten marking labels MP1 per pack With spring-cage connection Relay retaining bracket, with ejector function and integrated equipment marking area (7.5 x 15 mm), suitable for relay base PR1 for 16 mm tall miniature power relays and solid-state relays for 25 mm tall miniature switching relays and solid-state relays Equipment marking label, labeling surface 6 x 15 mm MP 1 Device marking label, for thermal transfer printer, labeling surface 6 x 15 mm 1 roll = 2500 labels Loop bridge, 50-pos., divisible, max. bridging distance 60 mm, 0.5 mm2 blue black gray Technical data Nominal voltage UN Nominal current at UN General data Ambient temperature range Dimensions Width Height with retaining bracket Depth 2833631 10 EL1-P16 EL1-P25 2833547 2833550 10 10 PR1-BSC2/2X21 2833518 10 Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

EML (15X6) R YE

0819288

1

DB 50- 90 BU DB 50- 90 BK DB 50- 90 GY 300 V AC/DC 12 A -25°C ... 85°C 16 mm 63 mm (EL1-P16) 71 mm (EL1-P25) 75 mm

2821180 2820916 2820929

1 1 1

52

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
PR series

PR1-BSC3/2x21
Relay base for one or two PDT and solid-state relays of the same design Housing width 16 solid stranded [mm2] AWG

PR1-BSP3/2x21
Relay base for one or two PDT and solid-state relays of the same design Housing width 16 solid AWG Connection data Spring-cage connection 0.5-1.5 0.5-1.5 26-16 The electrical data is determined by the relay. stranded [mm2]

EL1-P...
Relay bracket for PR1 relay modules

Connection data Screw connection 0.2-2.5 0.2-2.5 26-14 The electrical data is determined by the relay.

AC
Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

u
Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

PR1-BSC3/2X21

2833521

10

PR1-BSP3/2X21

2833534

10

EL1-P16 EL1-P25

2833547 2833550

10 10

EL1-P16 EL1-P25

2833547 2833550

10 10

EL1-P16 EL1-P25

2833547 2833550

10 10

MP 1

2833631

10

MP 1

2833631

10

EML (15X6) R YE

0819288

1

EML (15X6) R YE

0819288

1

DB 50- 90 BU DB 50- 90 BK DB 50- 90 GY 300 V AC/DC 12 A -25°C ... 85°C 16 mm 71 mm (EL1-P16) 79 mm (EL1-P25) 78.5 mm

2821180 2820916 2820929

1 1 1

DB 50- 90 BU DB 50- 90 BK DB 50- 90 GY 300 V AC/DC 10 A -25°C ... 85°C 16 mm 72 mm (EL1-P16) 80 mm (EL1-P25) 97 mm

2821180 2820916 2820929

1 1 1 -

PHOENIX CONTACT

53

INTERFACE Relay
PR series Pluggable miniature power relays with one or two PDT contact(s), suitable for relay base PR1 Phoenix Contact miniature power relays are some of the latest and most highperformance products in the market. The types with hard gold-plated contacts are generally designed RT III-proof (comparable to IP67) to further increase the contact reliability in low-current applications. All relays are supplied in packs of 10 in a sturdy plastic pack that provides them with the best possible protection until they are installed.
Notes: If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter service life compared with a pure power contact.

REL-MR-...21HC
Pluggable miniature relay, high-current version 1 PDT (21)

REL-MR-...21-21
Pluggable miniature relay 2 PDT (21-21)

Width 12.7

uV

Width 12.7

uV

A1 A2

A1 A2

12 22

11 21

14 24

12

11

14

Description Plug-in miniature relay, with power contact 1 2 3 4 with power contact 5 6 7 8 Plug-in miniature relay, with multi-layer contact 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Input voltage UN

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

12 V DC 24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC

REL-MR- 12DC/21HC REL-MR- 24DC/21HC REL-MR- 48DC/21HC REL-MR- 60DC/21HC REL-MR-110DC/21HC REL-MR- 24AC/21HC REL-MR-120AC/21HC REL-MR-230AC/21HC

2961309 2961312 2834821 2961325 2961338 2961406 2961419 2961422

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

REL-MR- 12DC/21-21 REL-MR- 24DC/21-21 REL-MR- 48DC/21-21 REL-MR- 60DC/21-21 REL-MR-110DC/21-21 REL-MR- 24AC/21-21 REL-MR-120AC/21-21 REL-MR-230AC/21-21

2961257 2961192 2834834 2961273 2961202 2961435 2961448 2961451

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

with gold contact

12 V DC 24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC

REL-MR- 12DC/21HC AU REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU

2961532 2961545

10 10

REL-MR-110DC/21HC AU REL-MR- 24AC/21HC AU REL-MR-120AC/21HC AU REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU 1 2 3 4 5

2961561 2961503 2961516 2961529 6 7

10 10 10 10 8

REL-MR- 12DC/21-21AU REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU REL-MR- 48DC/21-21AU REL-MR- 60DC/21-21AU REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU REL-MR- 24AC/21-21AU REL-MR-120AC/21-21AU REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU 1 2 3 4 5

2961299 2961215 2834847 2961286 2961228 2961464 2961477 2961480 6 7

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 8

Technical data Input data Permissible range (based on UN) Typ. input current at UN Typ. response time at UN Typ. response time at UN ( depending on phase relation ) Typ. release time at UN Typ. release time at UN ( depending on phase relation ) Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. inrush current Min. switching current Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load

[mA] [ms] [ms] [ms] [ms]

See diagram 33 17 7 7 3 3

8.7 7 3

8.2 7 3

4.1 7 3

32 3 - 12 2-9

7 3 - 12 2-9

3 3 - 12

See diagram 33 17 7 7 3 3

8.7 7 3

8.2 7 3

4.1 7 3

32 3 - 12 2-9

7 3 - 12 2-9

3 3 - 12 2-9

2-9 Single contact, 2 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 5 V AC/DC 8A 15 A (300 ms) 10 mA 2000 VA

Single contact, 1 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 12 V AC/DC 16 A 30 A (300 ms) 100 mA 250 V AC 4000 VA

Single contact, 1 PDT AgNi, + 5 µm Au 30 V AC / 36 V DC ( 250 V AC/DC ) 100 mV ( 12 V ) 50 mA ( 16 A ) 50 mA ( 15 A (300 ms) ) 1 mA ( 100 mA ) - ( 4000 VA )

Single contact, 2 PDT AgNi, + 5 µm Au 30 V AC / 36 V DC ( 250 V ) 100 mV ( 5 V ) 50 mA ( 8 A ) 50 mA ( 15 A (300 ms) ) 1 mA ( 10 mA ) - ( 2000 VA )

General data Test voltage (winding/contact) Test voltage (contact/contact) Ambient temperature range Mechanical service life Electrical service life Standards/regulations

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -40°C ... 85°C 3 x 107 cycles See diagram IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, IEC 60255/DIN VDE 0435 (in relevant parts), DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts)

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -40°C ... 85°C 3 x 107 cycles See diagram IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, IEC 60255/DIN VDE 0435 (in relevant parts), DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts)

54

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
PR series

REL-MR...21HC... (1 PDT)
Operating voltage range Interrupting rating Electrical service life

Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

Cycles

2,8 2,6 2,4 2,2 2 1,8 1,6 1,4 1,2 1 0,8 0,6 0 10 20 30

20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300

107

1
10
6

1 2 2 1
40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Ambient temperature [°C] 1 DC coils 2 AC coils

3

2
10
5

2

1

10

4

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Switching current [A] 1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils) 2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)

Switching voltage [V]

1 AC, ohmic load 2 DC, ohmic load 3 DC, L/R = 40 ms

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

1 0,9
Reduction factor

0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 COS j 0,2

0,3

REL-MR...21-21... (2 PDT)
Operating voltage range Interrupting rating Electrical service life

Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

2 1,8 1,6 1,4 1,2 1 0,8
0,6

1 2 2 1
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Ambient temperature [°C] 1 DC coils 2 AC coils

Cycles

2,8 2,6 2,4 2,2

20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 10 1 2 3 4 20 30 50 70 100 200 300

107

1 4 3 2

10

6

1
10
5

2

10

4

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Switching current [A] 1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils) 2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)

Switching voltage [V] AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load, contacts in series DC, ohmic load DC, L/R = 40 ms

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

1 0,9
Reduction factor

0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 COS j 0,2

0,3

PHOENIX CONTACT

55

INTERFACE Relay
PR series Plug-in miniature power relay with fixable manual actuation, suitable for relay base PR1 Unlike the common miniature power relays, the types REL-MR...21HC/MS and REL-MR...21-21/MS have a fixable manual actuation function with mechanical switch position display. This function is often extremely helpful during commissioning and troubleshooting. Moreover, a status LED is integrated into all relays and a free-wheeling diode is integrated into the DC types. The separate LED/diode input plug-in module is thus not required when using the relays on the PR base series. In addition to relays with standard power contacts, relays with hard gold-plated contacts for low-current applications are also available.

REL-MR-...21HC/MS
Plug-in miniature relay with manual test function, high-current design 1 PDT (21)

REL-MR-...21-21/MS
Plug-in miniature relay with manual test function 2 PDT (21-21)

A1 A2

A1 A2

12 22

11 21

14 24

12

11

14

Description

Input voltage UN

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Plug-in miniature relay with manual test function, with power contact 1 24 V DC 2 24 V AC 3 120 V AC 4 230 V AC Plug-in miniature relay with manual test function, with multilayer contact 1 24 V DC 4 230 V AC Technical data Input data Permissible range (based on UN) Typ. input current at UN Typ. response time at UN Typ. response time at UN ( depending on phase relation ) Typ. release time at UN Typ. release time at UN ( depending on phase relation ) Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. inrush current Min. switching current Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load 250 V AC General data Test voltage (winding/contact) Test voltage (contact/contact) Ambient temperature range Mechanical service life Electrical service life Standards/regulations

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC/MS REL-MR- 24AC/21HC/MS REL-MR-120AC/21HC/MS REL-MR-230AC/21HC/MS

2987888 2987891 2987901 2987914

10 10 10 10

REL-MR- 24DC/21-21/MS REL-MR- 24AC/21-21/MS REL-MR-120AC/21-21/MS REL-MR-230AC/21-21/MS

2987943 2987956 2987969 2987972

10 10 10 10

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU/MS REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU/MS 1 2 3 4

2987927 2987930

10 10

REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU/MS REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU/MS 1 2 3 4

2987985 2987998

10 10

[mA] [ms] [ms] [ms] [ms]

See diagram 18 32 9 3 - 12 6 2-8

7 3 - 12 2-8

3.5

2-8 Single contact, 1 PDT AgNi + Au 30 V AC / 36 V DC ( 250 V AC/DC ) 100 mV ( 6 V AC/DC ) 50 mA ( 16 A ) 50 mA ( 30 A (300 ms) ) 10 mA ( 100 mA ) - ( 4000 VA )

See diagram 18 32 9 3 - 12 6 2-8

7 3 - 12 2-8

3.5 3 - 12 2-8 Single contact, 2 PDT AgNi + Au 30 V AC / 36 V DC ( 250 V AC/DC ) 100 mV ( 6 V ) 50 mA ( 16 A ) 50 mA ( 30 A (300 ms) ) 10 mA ( 100 mA ) - ( 2000 VA )

Single contact, 1 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 6 V AC/DC 16 A 30 A (300 ms) 100 mA 4000 VA 5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -40°C ... 70°C 5 x 106 cycles See diagram EN 61810-1, EN 50178

Single contact, 2 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 6 V AC/DC 8A 15 A (300 ms) 100 mA 2000 VA 5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -40°C ... 70°C 5 x 106 cycles See diagram EN 61810-1, EN 50178

56

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
PR series

REL-MR...21HC...MS (1 PDT)
Operating voltage range Interrupting rating Electrical service life

2,6 2,4 2,2 2 1,8 1,6 1,4 1,2 1 0,8 0,6

20

107

1
Cycles

Coil voltage U/UN

Switching current [A]

1 2 3 4
0 40 50 60 70 80 90 Ambient temperature [°C] 1DC coils, 0 A contact current 2DC coils, 16 A contact current 3AC coils, 0 A contact current 4AC coils, 16 A contact current 10 20 30 100

10 5 2 1 0,5 0,2 0,1 10 20 70 100

10

6

1

10

5

2
30 50 200 300 400 500

10

4

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Switching current [A] 1 250 V AC, ohmic load

1 AC, ohmic load 2 DC, ohmic load

Switching voltage [V]

REL-MR...21-21...MS (2 PDT)
Operating voltage range Interrupting rating Electrical service life

2,6 2,4 2,2 2 1,8 1,6 1,4 1,2 1 0,8 0,6

20

107

Coil voltage U/UN

Switching current [A]

5 2 1 0,5 0,2

Cycles

1 2 3 4
0 40 50 60 70 80 90 Ambient temperature [°C] 1 DC coils, 0 A contact current 2 DC coils, 16 A contact current 3 AC coils, 0 A contact current 4 AC coils, 16 A contact current 10 20 30 100

10

1 2 3
10
6

1
10
5

0,1 10

20

30

50

70

100

200

300 400 500

10

4

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 250 V AC, ohmic load Switching current [A]

Switching voltage [V] 1 AC, ohmic load 2 DC, ohmic load, contacts in series 3 DC, ohmic load

PHOENIX CONTACT

57

INTERFACE Relay
PR series Relay base PR2

Universal modular system The 27 mm or 31 mm wide PR2 relay base family is a modular system consisting of the PR2-B... bases, sturdy electromechanical REL-IR... 2 and 4 PDT octal relays, and a comprehensive range of accessories. This includes: – Pluggable input modules /interference suppressor modules – Relay retaining bracket with labeling field and eject function – Labeling fields and – Loop bridging. Depending on the application, this enables complete coupling relays to be assembled with optimum cost and functions. Base versions The relay bases are available in three versions: the flat 2/2-level type PR2-BSC2 with screw connections as well as the two "logical" 1/3-level types PR2-BSC3 with screw connections and PR2-BSP3 with spring-cage connections. The logical versions have coil and contact connections located opposite one another, which bring them in line with modern control cabinet concepts in which there is a clear separation between control signals and loads.

Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

PR2-BSC2/4x21
Relay base for two and four PDT industrial relays Housing width 27 solid AWG Connection data Screw connection 0.2-1.5 0.2-1.5 26-16 The electrical data is determined by the relay. stranded [mm2]

A
Applied for: CSA Description Relay base PR2, for industrial relay, REL-IR with two or four PDT, 2/2-level design, connection option for input/interference suppression module, including ten marking labels MP2 per packaging With screw connection Relay base PR2, for industrial relay, REL-IR with two or four PDT, 1/3-level design, connection option for input/interference suppression module, including ten marking labels MP2 per packaging With screw connection Relay base PR2, for industrial relay, REL-IR with two or four PDT, 1/3-level design, connection option for input/interference suppression module, including ten marking labels MP1 per packaging With spring-cage connection Relay retaining bracket, with eject function and integrated device marking area (8 x 25 mm), to suit relay base PR2, for 35 mm high industrial relay EL2-P35 Equipment marking label, labeling surface 6 x 15 mm 2833592 10 PR2-BSC2/4X21 2833563 10 Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

Equipment marking label, labeling surface 9 x 25 mm MP 2 Device marking label, for thermal transfer printer, labeling surface 6 x 15 mm 1 roll = 2500 labels Loop bridge, 50-pos., divisible, max. bridging distance 60 mm, 0.5 mm2 blue black gray Technical data Nominal voltage UN Nominal current at UN General data Ambient temperature range Dimensions Width Height with retaining bracket Depth 2833644 10

EML (15X6) R YE

0819288

1

DB 50- 90 BU DB 50- 90 BK DB 50- 90 GY 300 V AC/DC 12 A -25°C ... 85°C 27 mm 84 mm (EL2-P35) 75 mm

2821180 2820916 2820929

1 1 1

58

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
PR series

PR2-BSC3/4x21
Relay base for two and four PDT industrial relays Housing width 27 solid stranded [mm2] AWG

PR2-BSP3/4x21
Relay base for two and four PDT industrial relays Housing width 31 solid AWG Connection data Spring-cage connection 0.2-1.5 0.2-1.5 24-16 The electrical data is determined by the relay. stranded [mm2]

EL2-P35
Relay bracket for PR2 relay modules

Connection data Screw connection 0.2-1.5 0.2-1.5 26-16 The electrical data is determined by the relay.

AC
Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

AC
Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

PR2-BSC3/4X21

2833576

10

PR2-BSP3/4X21

2833589

10

EL2-P35

2833592

10

EL2-P35

2833592

10

EL2-P35

2833592

10

MP 1

2833631

10

MP 2

2833644

10

EML (15X6) R YE

0819288

1

EML (15X6) R YE

0819288

1

DB 50- 90 BU DB 50- 90 BK DB 50- 90 GY 300 V AC/DC 12 A -25°C ... 85°C 27 mm 86 mm (EL2-P35) 78.5 mm

2821180 2820916 2820929

1 1 1

DB 50- 90 BU DB 50- 90 BK DB 50- 90 GY 300 V AC/DC 10 A -25°C ... 85°C 31 mm 84 mm (EL2-P35) 95 mm

2821180 2820916 2820929

1 1 1 -

PHOENIX CONTACT

59

INTERFACE Relay
PR series Pluggable industrial relays with two or four PDT contacts, suitable for relay base PR2 Apart from a mechanical switching position indicator and a fixable manual actuator button, the Phoenix Contact industrial relays REL-IR... have a status LED and, in the case of the DC relay, also a freewheeling diode. The separate LED/diode input plug-in module is thus not required when using the relays on the PR base series. The 4 PDT types are usually equipped with hard gold-plated contacts in order to be able to switch the weak current signals safely.
Notes: For 48 V DC and 60 V DC types, see www.phoenixcontact.de/eshop Width 21.5

REL-IR/...2x21
Pluggable industrial relay 2 PDT (2 x 10 A)

REL-IR/...4x21 AU
Pluggable industrial relay with additional hard gold-plating 4 PDT (4 x 5 A)

Width 21.5

21 A1

24

22 A1

41 31 21

44 34 24 14

42 32 22 12

A2 11 14 12

A2 11

Description

Input voltage UN

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Pluggable industrial relay with a test button, status LED, mechanical switch position indicator with free-wheeling diode, A1 +, A2 1 12 V DC with free-wheeling diode, A1 +, A2 2 24 V DC with free-wheeling diode, A1 +, A2 3 110 V DC 4 125 V DC 5 220 V DC 6 24 V AC 7 120 V AC 8 230 V AC Pluggable industrial relay with a test button, status LED, mechanical switch position indicator, (Japanese standard) with free-wheeling diode, A1 -, A2 + with free-wheeling diode, A1 -, A2 + with free-wheeling diode, A1 -, A2 + with free-wheeling diode, A1 -, A2 + Technical data Input data Permissible range (based on UN) Typ. input current at UN Typ. response time at UN Typ. response time at UN ( AC, depending on phase relation ) Typ. release time at UN Typ. release time at UN ( AC, depending on phase relation ) Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Min. switching current Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load General data Test voltage (winding/contact) Test voltage (contact/contact) Ambient temperature range Rated operating mode Mechanical service life Electrical service life Standards/regulations Assembly position/mounting 1 2 3 4 12 V DC 24 V DC 48 V DC 110 V DC

REL-IR/LDP- 12DC/2X21 REL-IR/LDP- 24DC/2X21 REL-IR/LDP-110DC/2X21 REL-IR/LDP-125DC/2X21 REL-IR/LDP-220DC/2X21 REL-IR/L- 24AC/2X21 REL-IR/L-120AC/2X21 REL-IR/L-230AC/2X21

2834012 2834025 2834041 2834960 2834957 2834054 2834067 2834070

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

REL-IR/LDP- 12DC/4X21AU REL-IR/LDP- 24DC/4X21AU REL-IR/LDP-110DC/4X21AU REL-IR/LDP-125DC/4X21AU REL-IR/LDP-220DC/4X21AU REL-IR/L- 24AC/4X21AU REL-IR/L-120AC/4X21AU REL-IR/L-230AC/4X21AU

2834083 2834096 2834119 2834313 2834973 2834122 2834135 2834148

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

REL-IR/LDM- 12DC/2X21 REL-IR/LDM- 24DC/2X21 REL-IR/LDM- 48DC/2X21 REL-IR/LDM-110DC/2X21 1 2 3 4 5

2834151 2834164 2834177 2834180 6 7

10 10 10 10 8

REL-IR/LDM- 12DC/4X21AU REL-IR/LDM- 24DC/4X21AU REL-IR/LDM- 48DC/4X21AU REL-IR/LDM-110DC/4X21AU 1 2 3 4 5

2834193 2834203 2834216 2834229 6 7

10 10 10 10 8

[mA] [ms] [ms] [ms] [ms]

See diagram 75 38 13 13

10 13

7.2 13

3.6 13

54 4 - 10

11 4 - 10

5 4 - 10

See diagram 75 38 13 13

10 13

7.2 13

3.6 13

54 4 - 10

11 4 - 10

5 4 - 10

5

5

5

5

5 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12

5

5

5

5

5 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 - 12

Single contact, 2 PDT Ag 250 V AC/DC 5V 10 A 1 mA 250 V AC 2500 VA 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -55°C ... 70°C 100% operating factor 5 x 107 cycles See diagram EN 61810-1 Any / On relay base PR2

Single contact, 4 PDT AgNi, + 3 µm Au 250 V AC/DC 1V 5A 1 mA 1250 VA 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -55°C ... 70°C 100% operating factor 5 x 107 cycles See diagram EN 61810-1 Any / On relay base PR2

60

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
PR series

REL-IR...2x21 (2 PDT)
Operating voltage range AC interrupting rating DC interrupting rating

20

1,8
Switching current [A]

20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 10 20 30

1
Switching current [A]

1,6
Coil voltage U/UN

1,4 1,2 1 0,8 0,6 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Ambient temperature [°C]

2

10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 10 20 30

2 3 1

50 70 100 200 Switching voltage [V]

300

50 70 100 200 Switching voltage [V]

300

1 Ohmic load 2 cos j = 0.4
Service life reduction factor

1 Ohmic load 2 ohmic load, contacts in series 3 L/R < 7 ms

Electrical service life

1
Cycles
10
6

1

2
10
5

0,8
Reduction factor

0,6

0,4 0,3

10

4

0

2

4

6

8

10

Switching current [A] 1 250 V AC, ohmic load 2 30 V DC, ohmic load

1

0,8

0,6

0,4

COS j

0,2

REL-IR...4x21AU (4 PDT)
Operating voltage range AC interrupting rating DC interrupting rating

20

1,8
Switching current [A]

20
Switching current [A]

1,6
Coil voltage U/UN

1,4 1,2 1 0,8 0,6 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Ambient temperature [°C]

10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 10 20 30

1 2

10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 10 1 2 3 4 20 30

3 1 2

4

50 70 100 200 Switching voltage [V]

300

1 Ohmic load 2 cos j = 0.4
Service life reduction factor

L/R < 7 ms ohmic load ohmic load, 2 contacts in series ohmic load, 4 contacts in series

50 70 100 200 Switching voltage [V]

300

Electrical service life

Cycles

10

6

1 2

1 0,8
Reduction factor

10

5

0,6

0,4 0,3

10

4

0

1

2

3

4

5

Switching current [A] 1 250 V AC, ohmic load 2 30 V DC, ohmic load

1

0,8

0,6

0,4

COS j

0,2

PHOENIX CONTACT

61

INTERFACE Relay
PR series Relay base PR3

Universal modular system The 38 mm wide PR3 relay base family is a modular system consisting of the PR3-B... bases, sturdy electromechanical REL-OR... 2 and 3 PDT octal relays, and a comprehensive range of accessories. These include: – Pluggable input modules/interference suppressor modules – Relay retaining bracket – Loop bridging. Depending on the application, this enables complete coupling relays to be assembled with optimum cost and functions. Base versions The PR3-B... relay bases are available in two versions with screw connections: the type PR3-BSC1/2x21 for 2 PDT octal relays and the type PR3-BSC1/3x21 for 3 PDT octal relays. The functions of both bases can be expanded by pluggable, coded modules with different indicator and interference suppression elements.

Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

PR3-BSC1/2x21
Relay base for 2 PDT and 3 PDT octal relays Housing width 38 solid AWG Connection data Screw connection 0.2-2.5 0.2-2.5 26-14 The electrical data is determined by the relay. stranded [mm2]

AC
Description Relay base PR3, for octal relay REL-OR with two PDT, plug-in option for input/interference suppression modules With screw connection Relay base PR3, for octal relay REL-OR with three PDT, plug-in option for input/interference suppression modules With screw connection Relay retaining bracket, wiring to suit relay base PR3, for 52 mm high octal relay EL3-M52 Loop bridge, 50-pos., divisible, max. bridging distance 60 mm, 0.5 mm2 blue black gray Technical data Nominal voltage UN Nominal current at UN General data Ambient temperature range Dimensions Width Height with retaining bracket Depth DB 50- 90 BU DB 50- 90 BK DB 50- 90 GY 400 V AC/DC 10 A -40°C ... 85°C 38 mm 84 mm (EL3-M52) 75 mm 2821180 2820916 2820929 1 1 1 2833628 10 PR3-BSC1/2X21 2833602 10 Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

62

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
PR series

PR3-BSC1/3x21
Relay base for 2 PDT and 3 PDT octal relays Housing width 38 solid AWG Connection data Screw connection 0.2-2.5 0.2-2.5 26-14 The electrical data is determined by the relay. stranded [mm2]

EL3-M52

A
Applied for: CSA Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

PR3-BSC1/3X21

2833615

10

EL3-M52

2833628

10

EL3-M52

2833628

10

DB 50- 90 BU DB 50- 90 BK DB 50- 90 GY 400 V AC/DC 10 A -40°C ... 85°C 38 mm 84 mm (EL3-M52) 75 mm

2821180 2820916 2820929

1 1 1 -

PHOENIX CONTACT

63

INTERFACE Relay
PR series Pluggable octal relay with 2 or 3 PDT contacts, suitable for relay base PR3 Phoenix Contact octal relays conform to the worldwide standard with the familiar round tubular pin assignment (8-pos. for the 2 PDT version, 11-pos. for the 3 PDT version). The preferred area of use is where there is a need for a mechanically extremely robust design. A mechanical switch position indicator and a fixable manual actuation button are integrated in all standard types, making testing of the connected load simple.

REL-OR/...2x21
Pluggable octal relays with power contacts 2 PDT (2 x 10 A)

REL-OR/...3x21
Pluggable octal relays with power contacts 3 PDT (3 x 10 A)

Width 34.5

uT
(A1)
2 3

Width 34.5

uT
(14) (A1)
2 3 4 5 1

(14)

(12) (22) (21)
6

(11) 1

4

(12)

(11)

(21)

8

5

(22)

(31)

11
7

10
7 6

(A2) (24)

9

8

(24) (32)

(A2)

(34)

Description

Input voltage UN

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Pluggable octal relay with power contacts, with a test button and mechanical switch position indicator 1 2 3 4 Technical data Input data Typ. input current at UN Typ. response time at UN Typ. response time at UN ( AC, depending on phase relation ) Typ. release time at UN Typ. release time at UN ( AC, depending on phase relation ) Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Min. switching current Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load General data Test voltage (winding/contact) Test voltage (contact/contact) Ambient temperature range Rated operating mode Mechanical service life Electrical service life Standards/regulations Assembly position/mounting 24 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC REL-OR- 24DC/2X21 REL-OR- 24AC/2X21 REL-OR-120AC/2X21 REL-OR-230AC/2X21 1 [mA] [ms] [ms] [ms] [ms] 56 12 2 98 5 - 20 6 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 3 20 5 - 20 4 12 5 - 20 6 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 2834232 2834245 2834258 2834261 20 20 20 20 REL-OR- 24DC/3X21 REL-OR- 24AC/3X21 REL-OR-120AC/3X21 REL-OR-230AC/3X21 1 56 12 2 98 5 - 20 3 20 5 - 20 4 12 5 - 20 2834274 2834287 2834290 2834300 20 20 20 20

Single contact, 2 PDT Ag 250 V AC/DC 1V 10 A 10 mA 250 V AC 2500 VA 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -10°C ... 40°C 100% operating factor 10 x 106 cycles See diagram IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110 Any / On relay base PR3

Single contact, 3 PDT Ag 250 V AC/DC 1V 10 A 10 mA 2500 VA 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -10°C ... 40°C 100% operating factor 10 x 106 cycles See diagram IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110 Any / On relay base PR3

64

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
PR series

REL-OR...2x21 (2 PDT)
Interrupting rating Electrical service life

20
Switching current [A] Cycles

3 1
10
6

10 7 5 3

2 1
10
5

2
10
4

1 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 Switching voltage [V] 300

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

Switching current [A]

1 AC, ohmic load 2 DC, ohmic load

1 250V AC, ohmic load 2 120VDC, ohmic load 3 28V DC, ohmic load

REL-OR...3x21 (3 PDT)
Interrupting rating Electrical service life

20
Switching current [A] Cycles

3 1
10
6

10 7 5 3

2 1
10
5

2
10
4

1 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 Switching voltage [V] 300

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

Switching current [A]

1 AC, ohmic load 2 DC, ohmic load

1 250V AC, ohmic load 2 120VDC, ohmic load 3 28V DC, ohmic load

PHOENIX CONTACT

65

INTERFACE Relay
PR series Plug-in modules for PR1, PR2 and PR3

The relay bases PR... can be equipped with a pluggable input/interference suppression module on the control side as an option. These have mechanical coding to prevent the wrong plugs from being plugged in.

L..., V..., RC...
For coil interference protection or protection against external disturbances for PR1 and PR2

L..., V..., RC...
For coil interference protection or protection against external disturbances for PR3

Description Plug-in module, for mounting on PR..., with LED status indicator and free-wheeling diode to limit the coil induction voltage effectively, polarity: A1 +, A2 –, Input voltage: - 12-24 V DC ± 20% - 48-60 V DC ± 20% - 110 V DC ± 20% Plug-in module, for mounting on PR..., with LED status indicator and free-wheeling diode to limit the coil induction voltage effectively, polarity: A1 –, A2 + (Japanese standard), Input voltage: - 12-24 V DC ± 20% - 48-60 V DC ± 20% - 110 V DC ± 20% Plug-in module, for mounting on PR..., with LED status indicator and varistor to limit the coil induction voltage and/or external interference peaks, Input voltage: - 12-24 V AC/DC ± 20% (30 V varistor) - 48-60 V AC/DC ± 20% (75 V varistor) - 120-230 V AC/110 V DC ± 20% (275 V varistor) Plug-in module, for mounting on PR..., with varistor to limit the coil induction voltage and/or external interference peaks, Input voltage: - 12-24 V AC/DC ± 20% (30 V varistor) - 48-60 V AC/DC ± 20% (75 V varistor) - 120-230 V AC/DC ± 20% (275 V varistor) Plug-in module, for mounting on PR..., with RD-element to attenuate the coil induction voltage and/or external interference peaks, Input voltage: - 12-24 V AC/DC ± 20% (220 nF/100 Ω) - 48-60 V AC/DC ± 20% (220 nF/220 Ω) - 120-230 V AC/DC ± 20% (100 nF/470 Ω)

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

LDP- 12- 24DC LDP- 48- 60DC LDP-110DC

2833657 2833660 2833673

10 10 10

LDP3- 12- 24DC LDP3- 48- 60DC LDP3-110DC

2833770 2833783 2833796

10 10 10

LDM- 12- 24DC LDM- 48- 60DC LDM-110DC

2833686 2833699 2833709

10 10 10

LDM3- 12- 24DC LDM3- 48- 60DC LDM3-110DC

2833806 2833819 2833822

10 10 10

LV- 12- 24UC LV- 48- 60UC LV-120-230AC/110DC

2833712 2833725 2833738

10 10 10

LV3- 12- 24UC LV3- 48- 60UC LV3-120-230AC/110DC

2833835 2833848 2833851

10 10 10

V- 12- 24UC V- 48- 60UC V-120-230UC

2833864 2833877 2833880

10 10 10

V3- 12- 24UC V3- 48- 60UC V3-120-230UC

2833929 2833932 2833945

10 10 10

RC- 12- 24UC RC- 12- 24UC RC-120-230UC

2833741 2833754 2833767

10 10 10

RC3- 12- 24UC RC3- 48- 60UC RC3-120-230UC

2833893 2833903 2833916

10 10 10

66

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
PR series
Terminal assignment PR1 base / Solid-state relay Terminal blocks, PR1 base A1 Solid-state relays SIM-EI...48DC/100 SIM-EI...TTL/100 SIM-EI...48DC/100RC SIM-EI-OV-24DC/24DC/3 OPT-...24DC/5 OPT-...230AC/2 A2 (-) A2 (-) A2 (-) A2 (-) A1 (+) A1 (+) A1 (+) A1 (+) A1 (+) A1 (+) A2 (-) A2 (-) 13 13 A A A A 14 14 + + + + 0 A2 11 12 14 21 22 24

The relay bases of the PR1 series can also be equipped with wear-free solid-state relays (OPT… or SIM-EI...) as an alternative to the electromechanical relay. Plug-in modules LDP… and LV… cannot be used in conjunction with solid-state relays SIM-EI....

PHOENIX CONTACT

67

INTERFACE Relay
PR series Fully mounted relay modules with miniature power relay PR1-RSC is a 16 mm wide, fully mounted coupling relay series with screw connection for universal application. It consists of relay base, plug-in miniature power relay, plug-in display/interference suppression module and relay retaining bracket. Five MP1 marker labels are provided. The relay base is 1/3level, thus with a logical structure. It has coil and contact connections located opposite one another, which brings it in line with modern control cabinet concepts in which there is a clear separation between control signals and loads. In the PR1 series, the sturdy miniature power relays are used. Their main advantages are: – Operational reliability through sealed housing, – Environmentally friendly, cadmium-free contact material, – As an alternative with a gold layer for small switching capacities, – Safe isolation between coil and contact side. The relay is securely held by a relay retaining bracket with eject function and additional labeling area. Should it become worn, it can be disengaged, and – without disconnecting the wiring – replaced quickly and economically.
Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green. For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be dampened with an effective protection circuit. If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter service life than with a pure power contact. Other input voltages on request.

H W D

PR1-RSC3.../21
Equipped with pluggable power contact relay 1 PDT (21), with screw connection

Housing width 16

12 14

12 14

solid

stranded [mm2]

11
AWG

11

Connection data Screw connection 0.14-2.5 0.14-2.5 26-14 The electrical data is determined by the relay.

A1+
DC coils

A2-

A1

A2

AC coils

Description

Input voltage UN

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with miniature power contact relay 24 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with multi-layer contact relay 24 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC Device marking label, for thermal transfer printer, labeling surface 6 x 15 mm Technical data Input data Permissible range (based on UN) Typ. input current with UN (for AC: 50/60 Hz) Typ. response time at UN Typ. release time at UN Input protection: Output data Contact type Contact material Maximum switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum inrush current Min. switching current Interrupting rating (ohmic load) max. General data Test voltage Ambient temperature range Nominal operating mode Service life mechanical Service life, electrical Standards/regulations

PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/21 PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/21 PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/21 PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/21

2834326 2834339 2834342 2834355

5 5 5 5

PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/21AU PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/21AU PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/21AU PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/21AU

2834368 2834371 2834384 2834397

5 5 5 5

EML (15X6) R YE 24 V DC 24 See diagram 19 34 / 26 8 3 ... 12 10 1.5 ... 14 Damping diode, LED yellow Varistor, LED yellow PR... Single contact, 1 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 12 V 12 A 30 A (300 ms) 100 mA 3000 VA (for 250 V AC) For more data, see diagram 120 9/7 3 ... 12 1.5 ... 16

0819288 230 6 / 5.5 3 ... 12 2 ... 22

1

[mA] [ms] [ms] 24 V DC 24, 120, 230 V AC

PR...AU Single contact, 1 PDT AgNi, + 5 µm Au 30 / 36 100 50 50 1 -

Winding to contact Contact/contact

4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -25°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor 3 x 107 cycles See diagram IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, EN 60730/DIN VDE 0631, DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts), IEC 60255/DIN VDE 0435 (in relevant parts) 3 / III Any / In rows with zero spacing 16 mm / 71 mm / 78.5 mm 3 / III

Pollution degree / Surge voltage category Mounting position / Assembly Dimensions

W/H/D

68

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
PR series
H W D

PR1-RSC3.../21 (1 PDT)
Operating voltage range of the relay Interrupting rating

2 1,8 1,6 1,4 1,2 1 0,8 0,6 0 10 20 30

1 2 2 1
40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Ambient temperature [°C] 1 DC coils 2 AC coils

Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

2,8 2,6 2,4 2,2

20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 Switching voltage [V] 300

1

3

2

PR1-RSC3.../2x21
Equipped with pluggable miniature power contact relay 2 PDT (2x21), with screw connection

1 AC, ohmic load 2 DC, ohmic load 3 DC, L/R = 40 ms
Electrical service life

Housing width 16

12 22 14 24

12 22 14 24

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

107
11 21 11 21

1 0,9
Reduction factor Cycles

10

6

0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4

1
10
5

A1+
DC coils

A2-

A1
AC coils

A2

2

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

0,3

10

4

1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4 0,3 COS j

0,2

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Switching current [A] 1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils) 2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)

PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/2X21 PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/2X21 PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/2X21 PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/2X21

2834481 2834494 2834504 2834517

5 5 5 5

PR1-RSC3.../2x21 (2 PDT)
Operating voltage range of the relay Interrupting rating

PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/2X21AU PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/2X21AU PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/2X21AU PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/2X21AU

2834520 2834533 2834546 2834559

5 5 5 5

EML (15X6) R YE 24 V DC 24 See diagram 19 34 / 26 8 3 ... 12 10 1.5 ... 14 Damping diode, LED yellow Varistor, LED yellow PR... Single contact, 2 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 5V 8A 15 A (300 ms) 10 mA 2000 VA (for 250 V AC) For more data, see diagram 120 9/7 3 ... 12 1.5 ... 16

0819288 230 6 / 5.5 3 ... 12 2 ... 22

1

2 1,8 1,6 1,4 1,2 1 0,8
0,6

1 2 2 1
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Ambient temperature [°C] 1 DC coils 2 AC coils

Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

2,8 2,6 2,4 2,2

20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 10 1 2 3 4 20 30 50 70 100 200 300

1 4 3 2

PR...AU Single contact, 2 PDT AgNi, + 5 µm Au 30 / 36 100 50 50 1 -

Switching voltage [V] AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load, contacts in series DC, ohmic load DC, L/R = 40 ms

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

Electrical service life

107

1
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -25°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor 3 x 107 cycles See diagram IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, EN 60730/DIN VDE 0631, DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts), IEC 60255/DIN VDE 0435 (in relevant parts) 3 / III Any / In rows with zero spacing 16 mm / 71 mm / 78.5 mm 3 / III

0,9
Reduction factor

Cycles

10

6

0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4

1
10
5

2

0,3

10

4

1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4 0,3 COS j

0,2

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Switching current [A] 1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils) 2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)
PHOENIX CONTACT

69

INTERFACE Relay
PR series Fully mounted relay modules with miniature power relay PR1-RSP is a 16 mm wide, fully mounted coupling relay series with spring-cage connection for universal application. It consists of relay base, plug-in miniature power relay, pluggable display/interference suppression module and relay retaining bracket. Five MP1 marker labels are provided. The relay base is 1/3-level, thus with a logical structure. It has coil and contact connections located opposite one another, which brings it in line with modern control cabinet concepts with a clear separation between control signals and loads. In the PR1 series, the sturdy miniature power relays are used. Their main advantages are: – Operational reliability through sealed housing, – Environmentally friendly, cadmium-free contact material, – As an alternative with a gold layer for small switching capacities, – Safe isolation between coil and contact side. The relay is securely held by a relay retaining bracket with eject function and additional labeling area. Should it become worn, it can be disengaged, and – without disconnecting the wiring – replaced quickly and economically.
Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green. For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be dampened with an effective protection circuit. If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter service life than with a pure power contact. There is a double spring-cage for each terminal point. Other input voltages on request.

H W D

PR1-RSP3.../21
Equipped with pluggable power contact relay 1 PDT (21), with spring-cage connection

Housing width 16

12 14

12 14

solid

stranded [mm2]

11
AWG

11

Connection data Spring-cage conn. 0.2-1.5 0.2-1.5 24-16 The electrical data is determined by the relay.

A1+
DC coils

A2-

A1

A2

AC coils

Description

Input voltage UN

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with miniature power contact relay 24 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with multi-layer contact relay 24 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC Device marking label, for thermal transfer printer, labeling surface 6 x 15 mm Technical data Input data Permissible range (based on UN) Typ. input current with UN (for AC: 50/60 Hz) Typ. response time at UN Typ. release time at UN Input protection: Output data Contact type Contact material Maximum switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum inrush current Min. switching current Interrupting rating (ohmic load) max. General data Test voltage Ambient temperature range Nominal operating mode Service life mechanical Service life, electrical Standards/regulations

PR1-RSP3-LDP-24DC/21 PR1-RSP3-LV- 24AC/21 PR1-RSP3-LV-120AC/21 PR1-RSP3-LV-230AC/21

2834407 2834410 2834423 2834436

5 5 5 5

PR1-RSP3-LDP-24DC/21AU PR1-RSP3-LV- 24AC/21AU PR1-RSP3-LV-120AC/21AU PR1-RSP3-LV-230AC/21AU

2834449 2834452 2834465 2834478

5 5 5 5

EML (15X6) R YE 24 V DC 24 See diagram 19 34 / 26 8 3 ... 12 10 1.5 ... 14 Damping diode, LED yellow Varistor, LED yellow PR... Single contact, 1 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 12 V 10 A 30 A (300 ms) 100 mA 2500 VA For more data, see diagram 120 9/7 3 ... 12 1.5 ... 16

0819288 230 6 / 5.5 3 ... 12 2 ... 22

1

[mA] [ms] [ms] 24 V DC 24, 120, 230 V AC

PR...AU Single contact, 1 PDT AgNi, + 5 µm Au 30 / 36 100 50 50 1 -

Winding to contact Contact/contact

4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -25°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor 3 x 107 cycles See diagram IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, EN 60730/DIN VDE 0631, DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts), IEC 60255/DIN VDE 0435 (in relevant parts) 3 / III Any / In rows with zero spacing 16 mm / 72 mm / 97 mm 3 / III

Pollution degree / Surge voltage category Mounting position / Assembly Dimensions

W/H/D

70

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
PR series
H W D

PR1-RSP3.../21 (1 PDT)
Operating voltage range of the relay Electrical service life

Coil voltage U/UN

Cycles

2,8 2,6 2,4 2,2 2 1,8 1,6 1,4 1,2 1 0,8 0,6 0 10 20 30

107

1 2

10

6

1
5

10

2

PR1-RSP3.../2x21
Equipped with pluggable miniature power contact relay 2 PDT (2x21), with spring-cage connection

2 1
40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Ambient temperature [°C] 1 DC coils 2 AC coils 10
4

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Switching current [A] 1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils) 2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)

Housing width 16

12 22 14 24

12 22 14 24

Interrupting rating

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

20
11 21 11 21
Switching current [A]

10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 10 20 30

1 3 2
Reduction factor

1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 COS j 0,2

A1+
DC coils

A2-

A1
AC coils

A2

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

50 70 100 200 Switching voltage [V]

300

0,3

PR1-RSP3-LDP-24DC/2X21 PR1-RSP3-LV- 24AC/2X21 PR1-RSP3-LV-120AC/2X21 PR1-RSP3-LV-230AC/2X21

2834562 2834575 2834588 2834591

5 5 5 5

1 AC, ohmic load 2 DC, ohmic load 3 DC, L/R = 40 ms

PR1-RSP3.../2x21 (2 PDT)
Operating voltage range of the relay Interrupting rating

PR1-RSP3-LDP-24DC/2X21AU PR1-RSP3-LV- 24AC/2X21AU PR1-RSP3-LV-120AC/2X21AU PR1-RSP3-LV-230AC/2X21AU

2834601 2834614 2834627 2834630

5 5 5 5

EML (15X6) R YE 24 V DC 24 See diagram 19 34 / 26 8 3 ... 12 10 1.5 ... 14 Damping diode, LED yellow Varistor, LED yellow PR... Single contact, 2 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 5V 8A 15 A (300 ms) 10 mA 2000 VA For more data, see diagram 120 9/7 3 ... 12 1.5 ... 16

0819288 230 6 / 5.5 3 ... 12 2 ... 22

1

2 1,8 1,6 1,4 1,2 1 0,8
0,6

1 2 2 1
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Ambient temperature [°C] 1 DC coils 2 AC coils

Switching current [A]

Coil voltage U/UN

2,8 2,6 2,4 2,2

20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 10 1 2 3 4 20 30 50 70 100 200 300

1 4 3 2

PR...AU Single contact, 2 PDT AgNi, + 5 µm Au 30 / 36 100 50 50 1 -

Switching voltage [V] AC, ohmic load DC, ohmic load, contacts in series DC, ohmic load DC, L/R = 40 ms

Service life reduction factor with various cos phi

Electrical service life

107

1
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -25°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor 3 x 107 cycles See diagram IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, IEC 60255/DIN VDE 0435 (in relevant parts), DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts), EN 60730/DIN VDE 0631 3 / III Any / In rows with zero spacing 16 mm / 72 mm / 97 mm 3 / III

0,9
Reduction factor

Cycles

10

6

0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4

1
10
5

2

0,3

10

4

1

0,9

0,8

0,7

0,6

0,5

0,4 0,3 COS j

0,2

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Switching current [A] 1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils) 2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)
PHOENIX CONTACT

71

INTERFACE Relay
PR series Fully mounted relay modules with industrial relay PR2-RSC... and PR2-RSP... are fully mounted coupling relay series with screw or spring-cage connection for universal application. They consist of relay base, plugin industrial relay with two or four PDT contacts and relay retaining bracket. Five marker labels MP1 and MP2 are enclosed. The AC types also have a varistor plug-in module. In the standard version, the relay has an integrated status LED and a freewheeling diode (free-wheeling diode only for DC types). The relay base is 1/3-level, thus with a logical structure. It has coil and contact connections located opposite one another, which brings it in line with modern control cabinet concepts with a clear separation between control signals and loads. In the PR2 series, sturdy industrial relays are used. Their main advantages are: – Manual test button with fixed engagement, – 4 PDT types with hard gold-plated contacts for switching current of 1 mA to 5 A, – Status LED and mechanical switching position display in the relay. The relay is securely held by a relay retaining bracket with eject function and additional labeling area. Should it become worn, it can be disengaged, and – without disconnecting the wiring – replaced quickly and economically.
Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green. For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be dampened with an effective protection circuit. If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter service life than with a pure power contact. Other input voltages on request. The DC types do not have a plug-in module because the status LED and the free-wheeling diode are integrated directly into the relay.

H W D

PR2-RSC3...
Equipped with plug-in industrial relay, with 2 or 4 PDT with screw connection

Housing width 27
22 24 12 14 42 44 32 34 22 24 12 14

solid

stranded [mm2]

21

11

41

31

21

11

AWG

Connection data Screw connection 0.14-2.5 0.14-2.5 26-14 Spring-cage conn. 0.2-1.5 0.2-1.5 24-16 The electrical data is determined by the relay.

A1+

A2-

A1

A2

DC coils

AC coils

Description

Input voltage UN

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with 2 PDT contact relays 24 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with 4 PDT contact relays and additional hard gold-plating 24 V DC 24 V AC 120 V AC 230 V AC Device marking label, for thermal transfer printer, labeling surface 6 x 15 mm Technical data Input data Permissible range (based on UN) Typ. input current with UN (for AC: 50/60 Hz) Typ. response time at UN Typ. release time at UN Input protection: Output data Contact type Contact material Maximum switching voltage Minimum switching voltage Limiting continuous current Maximum inrush current Min. switching current Interrupting rating (ohmic load) max. General data Test voltage Ambient temperature range Nominal operating mode Service life mechanical Service life, electrical Standards/regulations Pollution degree / Surge voltage category Mounting position / Assembly Dimensions

PR2-RSC3-LDP-24DC/2X21 PR2-RSC3-LV- 24AC/2X21 PR2-RSC3-LV-120AC/2X21 PR2-RSC3-LV-230AC/2X21

2834643 2834656 2834669 2834672

5 5 5 5

PR2-RSC3-LDP-24DC/4X21AU PR2-RSC3-LV- 24AC/4X21AU PR2-RSC3-LV-120AC/4X21AU PR2-RSC3-LV-230AC/4X21AU

2834724 2834737 2834740 2834753

5 5 5 5

EML (15X6) R YE 24 V DC 24 See diagram 38 54 / 46 13 4 ... 10 5 3 ... 12 Damping diode, LED green Varistor, LED red PR... Single contact, 2 PDT Ag 250 V AC / 125 V DC 5V 10 A 20 A (15 ms) 1 mA 2500 VA For more data, see diagram 120 11 / 9 4 ... 10 3 ... 12

0819288 230 5/4 4 ... 10 3 ... 12

1

[mA] [ms] [ms] 24 V DC 24, 120, 230 V AC

PR...AU Single contact, 4 PDT AgNi, + 3 µm Au 250 / 125 1 5 12 (15 ms) 1 1250

Winding to contact Contact/contact

W/H/D

2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) 2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -25°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor 5 x 107 cycles See diagram IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110 3 / II 2 / II Any / In rows with zero spacing 27 mm / 86 mm / 78.5 mm

72

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
PR series
H W D

PR2-RS.../2x21 (2 PDT)
Operating voltage range of relay Tu=Tcoil AC interrupting rating

1,8
Switching current [A]

20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 10 20 30

1 2

1,6
Coil voltage U/UN

1,4 1,2 1 0,8 0,6 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Ambient temperature [°C]

PR2-RSP3...
Equipped with plug-in industrial relay, with 2 or 4 PDT with springcage connection

50 70 100 200 Switching voltage [V]

300

1 Ohmic load 2 cos j = 0.4
Electrical service life

Housing width 31
22 24 12 14 42 44 32 34 22 24 12 14

DC interrupting rating

20
21 11 41 31 21 11

Switching current [A]

2 3 1

Cycles

10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1

1
10
6

2
10
5

A1+

A2-

A1

A2

DC coils

AC coils

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

10

4

10

20

30

50 70 100 200 Switching voltage [V]

300

0

2

4

6

8

10

Switching current [A] 1 250 V AC, ohmic load 2 30 V DC, ohmic load

PR2-RSP3-LDP-24DC/2X21 PR2-RSP3-LV- 24AC/2X21 PR2-RSP3-LV-120AC/2X21 PR2-RSP3-LV-230AC/2X21

2834685 2834698 2834708 2834711

5 5 5 5

1 Ohmic load 2 ohmic load, contacts in series 3 L/R < 7 ms

PR2-RS.../4x21 (4 PDT)
Operating voltage range of relay Tu=Tcoil AC interrupting rating

PR2-RSP3-LDP-24DC/4X21AU PR2-RSP3-LV- 24AC/4X21AU PR2-RSP3-LV-120AC/4X21AU PR2-RSP3-LV-230AC/4X21AU

2834766 2834779 2834782 2834795

5 5 5 5

1,8
Switching current [A]

20 10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 Switching voltage [V] 300

1,6
Coil voltage U/UN

1 2

EML (15X6) R YE 24 V DC 24 See diagram 38 54 / 46 13 4 ... 10 5 3 ... 12 Damping diode, LED green Varistor, LED red PR... Single contact, 2 PDT Ag 250 V AC / 125 V DC 5V 10 A 20 A (15 ms) 1 mA 2500 VA For more data, see diagram 120 11 / 9 4 ... 10 3 ... 12

0819288 230 5/4 4 ... 10 3 ... 12

1

1,4 1,2 1 0,8

PR...AU Single contact, 4 PDT AgNi, + 3 µm Au 250 / 125 1 5 12 (15 ms) 1 1250

0,6 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Ambient temperature [°C]

1 Ohmic load 2 cos j = 0.4
Electrical service life

DC interrupting rating

20
Switching current [A]

2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) 2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -25°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor 5 x 107 cycles See diagram IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110 3 / II 2 / II Any / In rows with zero spacing 31 mm / 84 mm / 95 mm

2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1

3 1 2

4

Cycles

10 6 4

10

6

1 2

10

5

10

4

10 1 2 3 4

20

30

L/R < 7 ms ohmic load ohmic load, 2 contacts in series ohmic load, 4 contacts in series

50 70 100 200 Switching voltage [V]

300

0

1

2

3

4

5

Switching current [A] 1 250 V AC, ohmic load 2 30 V DC, ohmic load
PHOENIX CONTACT

73

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series

PLC-INTERFACE is – The interface between automation equipment and system peripherals with a high switching capacity – Available as pluggable relay or solid-state relay interface – Interface technology with all the benefits of the proven modular terminal block technology.

PLC-INTERFACE saves – Wiring costs, thanks to the convenient pitch-free plug-in bridge system, – Space on the DIN rail and thus control cabinet area – Storage costs and ordering costs thanks to the universally pluggable PDT relays – Material costs as a result of inexpensive components – Power and return line terminal blocks for sensor and actuator wiring.

PLC-INTERFACE provides convenience and service – With actuator and sensor versions that accommodate all the connections of sensors and actuators directly at the interface – Via the simple exchange of relays or solid-state relays without disconnecting the wiring – With the LED diagnostic and status indicator for each channel.
Sensor Actuator Universal

Two PDT

PLC-INTERFACE provides safety – Against environmental DIN EN 50178 influences by RT III (VDE 0160) (IP67)-protected relays E and solid-state relays – Using relays with safe A isolation in accordance with DIN EN 50178 (VDE 0160) – With high-quality, reliable Phoenix Contact connection methods; with either screw or spring-cage connections.

PLC-INTERFACE simplifies – Installation with an integrated input and protective circuit – Identification by using standard terminal marking material – Equipotential bonding made possible by the option of bridging all important potentials.

74

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series

PLC-V8 adapter Connecting eight PLC-INTERFACE modules to the PLC system cabling for input and output functions. For more details, see page 115.

PLC-R...21 and PLC-O... Relay and solid-state relay interfaces with a width of 6.2 mm for universal applications. With a choice of screw or spring-cage connection.

PLC-R...21-21 The PLC-R...21-21 relay series consists of 14 mm wide basic terminal blocks and plug-in miniature relays with 2 PDT contacts for switching capacities up to 250 V AC/6 A.

PLC-VT Feed-through terminal block for PLCINTERFACE and the system cabling for passive signal transfer. For more details, see page 244.

PLC-...SEN and PLC-...ACT The specialist in space-saving sensor and actuator wiring without additional power or output terminals. All sensor connections are directly connected to the interface.

PLC-...IC and PLC-...HC PLC-INTERFACE for high inrush currents (lamp loads) and PLC-INTERFACE for high continuous load current.

PLC-...RW Relay and/or solid-state relay modules especially for applications in railway engineering.

PLC-BS...SO46 PLC-INTERFACE basic terminal block against interference voltages and interference currents on the input side. Can be fitted with relays or solid-state relays

Accessories PLC accessories such as power terminals, plug-in bridges, partition plates, etc.

PHOENIX CONTACT

75

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series Universal PLC series with PDT relay
H W D

The PLC-R...21 is a relay series that can be used universally and consists of basic terminal blocks and pluggable miniature relays with PDT contact. It offers the following advantages: – Functional plug-in bridges, – Screw connections and spring-cage connection method – naturally with the same shape, – Input or output interface. In the standard version, the PLC interfaces are supplied equipped with a relay or solid-state relay. They can also be combined individually. Input voltages from 5 V to 230 V The versions with input voltages from 5 V up to 230 V meet the demands of every industrial application. An input circuit – consisting of a status display, free-wheeling and reverse polarity protection function – is integrated in the module. Robust miniature relay PLC-R... is equipped with a robust miniature relay. Its main features include: – RT III degree of protection, – Environmentally friendly, cadmium-free contact material, – As an alternative with a gold layer for small switching capacities, – Safe isolation in acc. with DIN EN 50178 (VDE 0160) – 4 kVrms electrical isolation between coil and contact. The relay is securely fastened using an engagement lever. Should it become worn, it can be disengaged, and – without disconnecting the wiring – replaced quickly and economically. Note: For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, refer to page 97.

Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog. Insulating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500.... If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter service life than with a pure power contact. 1) 120 and 230 V types up to 55°C 2) 230 V types up to 55°C

PLC-R...21
Equipped with plug-in power contact relay 1 PDT (21)

Terminal width 6.2

UuVPF

solid Connection data Screw connection

stranded [mm2] 0.14-2.5

AWG 26-14

A2 A1

11 14 12

0.14-2.5

Description

Input voltage UN

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

PLC-INTERFACE, with screw connection 1 12 V DC 2 24 V DC 3 24 V AC/DC 4 48 V DC 5 60 V DC 6 120 V AC (110 V DC) 7 230 V AC (220 V DC) PLC-INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection 1 12 V DC 2 24 V DC 3 24 V AC/DC 4 48 V DC 5 60 V DC 6 120 V AC (110 V DC) 7 230 V AC (220 V DC) Technical data Input data Permissible range (based on UN) Typ. input current at UN Typ. response time at UN Typ. release time at UN Input circuit DC Input circuit AC/DC Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. inrush current Min. switching current Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load

PLC-RSC- 12DC/21 PLC-RSC- 24DC/21 PLC-RSC- 24UC/21 PLC-RSC- 48DC/21 PLC-RSC- 60DC/21 PLC-RSC-120UC/21 PLC-RSC-230UC/21 PLC-RSP- 12DC/21 PLC-RSP- 24DC/21 PLC-RSP- 24UC/21 PLC-RSP- 48DC/21 PLC-RSP- 60DC/21 PLC-RSP-120UC/21 PLC-RSP-230UC/21 1 2 3 4 5

2966906 2966171 2966184 2966113 2966139 2966197 2966207 2967439 2966472 2966485 2966498 2966511 2966524 2966537 6 7

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

[mA] [ms] [ms]

See diagram 15.3 9 11 9.2 4.8 3.5 3.2 5 5 6 5 5 6 7 8 8 15 8 8 15 15 LED yellow, polarity protection, free-wheeling diode LED yellow, bridge rectifier Single contact, 1 PDT AgSnO 250 V AC/DC 12 V AC/DC 6A (on request) 10 mA 140 W 20 W 18 W 23 W 40 W 1500 VA 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -25°C ... 60°C1) V0 2 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts), DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160, IEC 60255/DIN VDE 0435 (in relevant parts)

24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 220 V DC 250 V AC

General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature range Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94 Mechanical service life Standards/regulations

Dimensions

W/H/D

6.2 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm

76

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
H W D H W D H W D

PLC-R...21AU
Equipped with plug-in multi-layer contact relay 1 PDT (21)

PLC-R...21-21
Equipped with pluggable power contact relay, 2 PDT (21-21)

PLC-R...21-21AU
Equipped with pluggable multi-layer contact relay, 2 PDT (21-21)

Terminal width 6.2

UuVPF

Terminal width 14

UuF
21 24

Terminal width 14

UuF
21 24

A2 A1

11 14 12

A2 A1

22 11 14 12

A2 A1

22 11 14 12

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

PLC-RSC- 12DC/21AU PLC-RSC- 24DC/21AU PLC-RSC- 24UC/21AU PLC-RSC- 48DC/21AU PLC-RSC- 60DC/21AU PLC-RSC-120UC/21AU PLC-RSC-230UC/21AU PLC-RSP- 12DC/21AU PLC-RSP- 24DC/21AU PLC-RSP- 24UC/21AU PLC-RSP- 48DC/21AU PLC-RSP- 60DC/21AU PLC-RSP-120UC/21AU PLC-RSP-230UC/21AU 1 2 3 4 5

2966919 2966265 2966278 2966126 2966142 2966281 2966294 2967442 2966540 2966553 2966566 2966579 2966582 2966647 6 7

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

PLC-RSC- 12DC/21-21 PLC-RSC- 24DC/21-21 PLC-RSC- 24UC/21-21 PLC-RSC- 48DC/21-21 PLC-RSC- 60DC/21-21 PLC-RSC-120UC/21-21 PLC-RSC-230UC/21-21 PLC-RSP- 12DC/21-21 PLC-RSP- 24DC/21-21 PLC-RSP- 24UC/21-21 PLC-RSP- 48DC/21-21 PLC-RSP- 60DC/21-21 PLC-RSP-120UC/21-21 PLC-RSP-230UC/21-21 1 2 3 4 5

2967235 2967060 2967073 2967248 2967293 2967086 2967099 2912497 2912507 2912510 2912523 2912536 2912549 2912552 6 7

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

PLC-RSC- 12DC/21-21AU PLC-RSC- 24DC/21-21AU PLC-RSC- 24UC/21-21AU PLC-RSC- 48DC/21-21AU PLC-RSC- 60DC/21-21AU PLC-RSC-120UC/21-21AU PLC-RSC-230UC/21-21AU PLC-RSP- 12DC/21-21AU PLC-RSP- 24DC/21-21AU PLC-RSP- 24UC/21-21AU PLC-RSP- 48DC/21-21AU PLC-RSP- 60DC/21-21AU PLC-RSP-120UC/21-21AU PLC-RSP-230UC/21-21AU 1 2 3 4 5

2967277 2967125 2967112 2967280 2967303 2967138 2967141 2912565 2912578 2912581 2912594 2912604 2912617 2912620 6 7

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

See diagram 15.3 9 11 9.2 4.8 3.5 3.2 5 5 6 5 5 6 7 8 8 15 8 8 15 15 LED yellow, polarity protection, free-wheeling diode LED yellow, bridge rectifier Single contact, 1 PDT Ag alloy, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV 50 mA 50 mA 1 mA 1.2 W -

See diagram 33 18 17.5 20 10 4.5 4.5 8 8 8 8 8 7 7 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 LED yellow, polarity protection, free-wheeling diode LED yellow, bridge rectifier Single contact, 2 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 5 V AC/DC 6A 15 A (300 ms) 10 mA 140 W 85 W 60 W 44 W 60 W 1500 VA 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -25°C ... 60°C2) V0 3 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts), IEC 60255/DIN VDE 0435 (in relevant parts), DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 14 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm

See diagram 33 18 17.5 20 10 4.5 4.5 8 8 8 8 8 7 7 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 LED yellow, polarity protection, free-wheeling diode LED yellow, bridge rectifier Single contact, 2 PDT Ag alloy, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV 50 mA 50 mA 1 mA 1.2 W -

( 250 V AC/DC ) ( 12 V AC/DC ) (6A) ( 10 mA ) ( 140 W ) ( 20 W ) ( 18 W ) ( 23 W ) ( 40 W ) ( 1500 VA )

( 250 V AC/DC ) ( 5 V AC/DC ) (6A) ( 15 A (300 ms) ) ( 10 mA ) ( 140 W ) ( 85 W ) ( 60 W ) ( 44 W ) ( 60 W ) ( 1500 VA )

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -25°C ... 60°C1) V0 2 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts), DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160, IEC 60255/DIN VDE 0435 (in relevant parts) 6.2 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -25°C ... 60°C2) V0 3 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts), IEC 60255/DIN VDE 0435 (in relevant parts), DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 14 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm PHOENIX CONTACT

77

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series Universal PLC series with solid-state relays The PLC-O... is a solid-state relay series that can be used universally and consists of pluggable solid-state relays and basic terminal blocks with the following properties: – Screw or spring-cage connection method – Plug-in bridges. Universal, modular and flexible The PLC-O... is used either as input or output interface. All components can also be ordered separately and combined individually. Input voltages from 5 V to 230 V PLC-O... on the control side is available for all conventional industrial voltages. An input circuit, consisting of a status display and polarity reversal protection function, is already present. High-performance solid-state relay A solid-state relay that is typically very rugged is used especially for high switching frequencies. Its features are: – Switching capacity up to 24 V DC/3 A or 230 V AC/ 0.75 A, – IP67-protected solid-state relay electronic unit, – 2.5 kVrms electrical isolation between input/output, – Alternative input or power solid-state relay, – Wear-resistant and bounce-free switching, – Insensitive to vibration and shock, – Integrated protection circuit, – Zero voltage switch at AC output. Note: For derating curves, see page 176.
solid Connection data Screw connection Spring-cage conn. stranded [mm2] 0.14-2.5 0.2-2.5 AWG 26-14 24-14 Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog. Insulating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....

H W D

PLC-O...48DC/100
Equipped with pluggable input solid-state relay

Terminal width 6.2

UuPF

A2 A1

13+ 14

0.14-2.5 0.2-2.5

Description

Input voltage UN

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

PLC-INTERFACE, with screw connection 1 24 V DC 2 48 V DC 3 60 V DC 4 125 V DC 5 120 V AC (110 V DC) 6 230 V AC (220 V DC) PLC-INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection 1 24 V DC 2 48 V DC 3 60 V DC 4 120 V AC (110 V DC) 5 230 V AC (220 V DC) Technical data Input data Permissible range (based on UN) Switching level (with reference to UN) Typ. input current at UN Typ. turn-on time for UN Typ. turn-off time at UN Transmission frequency flimit Input circuit DC Input circuit AC/DC Output data Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. inrush current Min. switching current Output circuit Output protection Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current Leakage current in off condition Phase angle (cos ϕ) Max. load value General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature range Rated operating mode Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94 Standards/regulations Pollution degree/surge voltage category Assembly position/mounting Dimensions 1 signal ("H") 0 signal ("L") [mA] [ms] [ms] [Hz]

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 48DC/100 PLC-OSC- 48DC/ 48DC/100 PLC-OSC- 60DC/ 48DC/100 PLC-OSC-125DC/ 48DC/100 PLC-OSC-120UC/ 48DC/100 PLC-OSC-230UC/ 48DC/100 PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 48DC/100 PLC-OSP- 48DC/ 48DC/100 PLC-OSP- 60DC/ 48DC/100 PLC-OSP-120UC/ 48DC/100 PLC-OSP-230UC/ 48DC/100 1 2 3 4 5

2966728 2966993 2967455 2980047 2966744 2966757 2967549 2967743 2967756 2967552 2967565 6

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.9 0.9 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.9 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.3 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.3 ≤ 0.3 8.5 9 5 3 3.5 3.5 0.02 0.03 0.04 1 3 3 0.3 0.3 2 3 4 5 300 300 100 50 10 10 LED yellow, polarity protection, free-wheeling diode LED yellow, bridge rectifier 48 V DC 3 V DC 100 mA 2-conductor floating Polarity protection, surge protection ≤1V 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -25°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor V0 IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, basic insulation 2 / III Any / In rows with zero spacing 6.2 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm

W/H/D

78

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
H W D H W D

PLC-O...24DC/2
Equipped with pluggable power solid-state relay

PLC-O...230AC/1
Equipped with pluggable power solid-state relay

Terminal width 6.2

UuPF

Terminal width 6.2

UPF

A2 A1

13+ 14

A2 A1

13+ 14

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 2 PLC-OSC- 48DC/ 24DC/ 2 PLC-OSC- 60DC/ 24DC/ 2 PLC-OSC-125DC/ 24DC/ 2 PLC-OSC-120UC/ 24DC/ 2 PLC-OSC-230UC/ 24DC/ 2 PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 24DC/ 2 PLC-OSP- 48DC/ 24DC/ 2 PLC-OSP- 60DC/ 24DC/ 2 PLC-OSP-120UC/ 24DC/ 2 PLC-OSP-230UC/ 24DC/ 2 1 2 3 4 5

2966634 2967002 2967468 2980050 2966650 2966663 2967471 2967727 2967730 2967484 2967497 6

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

PLC-OSC- 24DC/230AC/ 1 PLC-OSC- 48DC/230AC/ 1 PLC-OSC- 60DC/230AC/ 1 PLC-OSC-125DC/230AC/ 1 PLC-OSC-120UC/230AC/ 1 PLC-OSC-230UC/230AC/ 1 PLC-OSP- 24DC/230AC/ 1 PLC-OSP- 48DC/230AC/ 1 PLC-OSP- 60DC/230AC/ 1 PLC-OSP-120UC/230AC/ 1 PLC-OSP-230UC/230AC/ 1 1 2 3 4 5

2967840 2967853 2967866 2980063 2967879 2967882 2967895 2967905 2967918 2967921 2967934 6

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.9 0.9 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.3 ≤ 0.3 ≤ 0.3 ≤ 0.3 8.5 9 5 3 3.5 3.5 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.04 3.5 4 0.3 0.3 0.5 0.6 7 7 300 300 100 100 10 10 LED yellow, polarity protection, free-wheeling diode LED yellow, bridge rectifier 33 V DC 3 V DC 3A 15 A (10 ms) 2-conductor floating Polarity protection, surge protection ≤ 200 mV 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -25°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor V0 IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, basic insulation 2 / III Any / In rows with zero spacing 6.2 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm

0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.9 0.8 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.25 ≤ 0.25 ≤ 0.3 ≤ 0.3 ≤ 0.25 ≤ 0.25 8 9 6 3.5 4 3.5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 3 3 LED yellow, polarity protection, free-wheeling diode LED yellow, bridge rectifier 253 V AC 24 V AC 0.75 A 30 A (10 ms) 10 mA 2-conductor floating RCV circuit <1V < 1 mA 0.5 4.5 A2s 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -25°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor V0 IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, basic insulation 2 / III Any / In rows with zero spacing 6.2 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT

79

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series PLC actuator series, optimized with respect to costs, space and wiring for output functions In interface applications between the PLC and the actuators, such as motors, contactors or solenoid valves, often only an N/O function is required. Here, people turn to the PLC-...ACT output interface. It consists of a 6.2 or 14 mm basic terminal block with either screw or spring-cage connections and a plug-in miniature relay or a solid-state relay. Output terminal blocks are unnecessary A unique feature is that all the actuator connections, including the load return line, are connected directly to the PLC actuator relay. This eliminates the need for additional output terminal blocks. The savings: – Reduces the number of output terminal blocks, – Space savings of approx. 80%, – Time saving approx. 60%, – Reduction in wiring thanks to plug-in bridges. Optimum use of plug-in bridges The A1/A2 connection on the coil side and the load supply (13) on the contact side, as well as the load return line (BB) can be bridged with the convenient plug-in bridge system, FBST.... No stripping, no pressing on of ferrules, no connecting. Further advantages: – Integrated input circuit, – Relay with safe isolation in acc. with DIN EN 50178 (VDE 0160), – Inflammability class V0 in acc. with UL 94. Note: For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, refer to page 97.
H W D

Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog. Insulating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....

PLC-R...24DC/1/ACT
Equipped with plug-in power contact relay 1 N/O contact (1)

Terminal width 6.2

UuVPF

solid Connection data Screw connection Spring-cage conn.

stranded [mm2] 0.14-2.5 0.2-2.5

AWG 26-14 24-14

A2 A1

13 BB 14

0.14-2.5 0.2-2.5

Description PLC-INTERFACE, with screw connection 1 2 PLC-INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection 1 2 Technical data Input data Permissible range (based on UN) Switching level (with reference to UN) Typ. input current at UN Typ. response time/ switch-on time at Un Typ. release time/ switch-off time at Un Transmission frequency flimit Input circuit DC Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. inrush current Min. switching current Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load

Input voltage UN 5 V DC 24 V DC 5 V DC 24 V DC

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1/ACT

2966210

10

PLC-RSP- 24DC/ 1/ACT 2 See diagram

2967345

10

1 signal ("H") 0 signal ("L") [mA] [ms] [ms] [Hz]

9 5 8 LED yellow, polarity protection, free-wheeling diode Single contact, 1 N/O contact AgSnO 250 V AC/DC 12 V AC/DC 6A (on request) 10 mA 140 W 20 W 18 W 23 W 40 W 1500 VA 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -25°C ... 60°C V0 2 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts), DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160, IEC 60255/DIN VDE 0435 (in relevant parts) 3 / III 6.2 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm

24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 220 V DC 250 V AC

Output circuit Output protection Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current Leakage current in off condition Phase angle (cos ϕ) Max. load value General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature range Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94 Mechanical service life Standards/regulations

Pollution degree/surge voltage category Dimensions

W/H/D

80

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
H W D H W D H W D

PLC-R...24DC/1-1/ACT
Equipped with plug-in power contact relay 2 N/O contacts (1-1)

PLC-O...DC/24DC/2/ACT
Equipped with pluggable power solid-state relay

PLC-O...230AC/1/ACT
Equipped with pluggable power solid-state relay

Terminal width 14

UuPF
23 BB

Terminal width 6.2

PF

Terminal width 6.2

UPF

A2 13 A1 BB 14

24

A2 A1

13+ BB 14

A2 A1

13+ BB 14

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1- 1/ACT

2967109

10

PLC-OSC- 5DC/ 24DC/ 2/ACT PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 2/ACT PLC-OSP- 5DC/ 24DC/ 2/ACT PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 24DC/ 2/ACT

2980144 2966676 2980157 2967507

10 10 10 10

PLC-OSC- 24DC/230AC/ 1/ACT

2967947

10

2 See diagram

1

2

2 0.8 1.2 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.25 9 3 9 10 LED yellow, polarity protection, free-wheeling diode 253 V AC 24 V AC 0.75 A 30 A (10 ms) 10 mA 2-conductor floating RCV circuit <1V < 1 mA (in off state) 0.5 4.5 A2s 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -25°C ... 60°C V0 IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, basic insulation

18 8 10 LED yellow, polarity protection, free-wheeling diode Single contact, 2 N/O contact AgNi 250 V AC/DC 5 V AC/DC 6A 8A 10 mA 140 W 85 W 60 W 40 W 60 W 1500 VA 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -25°C ... 60°C V0 3 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts), IEC 60255/DIN VDE 0435 (in relevant parts), DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 3 / III 14 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm

0.8 0.8 1.2 1.2 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.25 ≤ 0.4 9.5 8.5 0.02 0.02 0.3 0.3 300 300 LED yellow, polarity protection, free-wheeling diode 33 V DC 3 V DC 3A 15 A (10 ms) 2-conductor floating Polarity protection, surge protection ≤ 200 mV 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -25°C ... 60°C V0 IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, basic insulation

2 / III 6.2 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm

2 / III 6.2 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm PHOENIX CONTACT

81

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series PLC actuator series

PLC-O… with solid-state relays as an interface between the PLC and the actuators. The output terminals are not required since all connections of the actuators are connected to the PLC actuator interface. Note: For derating curves, see page 177.
Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog. Insulating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....

PLC-OSC-24DC/24DC/5/ACT
Equipped with pluggable input solid-state relay

PLC-OSC-24DC/230AC/2/ACT
Equipped with pluggable power solid-state relay

Terminal width 14

Terminal width 14

23 BB
solid Connection data Screw connection stranded [mm2] 0.14-2.5 AWG 26-14

23 BB A2 13 A1 BB 14 24

A2 13 A1

24

0.14-2.5

BB 14

Description PLC-INTERFACE, with screw connection 1 Technical data Input data Permissible range (based on UN) Switching level (with reference to UN) Typ. input current at UN Typ. turn-on time for UN Typ. turn-off time at UN Transmission frequency flimit Input circuit DC Output data Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. inrush current Min. switching current Output circuit Output protection Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current Leakage current in off condition Phase angle (cos ϕ) Max. load value General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature range Rated operating mode Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94 Standards/regulations Pollution degree/surge voltage category Assembly position/mounting Dimensions

Input voltage UN 24 V DC

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 5/ACT 1

2982786

10

PLC-OSC- 24DC/230AC/ 2/ACT 1

2982760

10

1 signal ("H") 0 signal ("L") [mA] [ms] [ms] [Hz]

0.8 1.2 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 9 0.02 0.4 300 LED yellow, polarity protection, free-wheeling diode 33 V DC 3 V DC 5A 15 A (10 ms) 2-conductor floating Polarity protection, surge protection ≤ 200 mV 100 V DC 1.5 kV -20°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor V0 DIN EN 50178, basic insulation 2 / III Refer to Derating / In rows with zero spacing 14 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm

0.8 1.2 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 9 10 10 10 LED yellow, polarity protection, free-wheeling diode 253 V AC 24 V AC 2A 30 A (10 ms) 25 mA 2-conductor floating, zero voltage switch Surge protection ≤1V Typ. 1 mA 0.5 4 A2s (tp = 10 ms, @ 25°C) 250 V AC 4 kV -20°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor V0 DIN EN 50178, basic insulation 2 / III Refer to Derating / In rows with zero spacing 14 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm

W/H/D

82

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series PLC actuator series

PLC-BS… basic terminal block, for assembly with mechanical relays or solidstate relays as an interface between the PLC and the actuators such as motors, contactors or solenoid valves. The output terminals are not required since all connections of the actuators are connected to the PLC actuator interface. Features: – Screw or spring-cage connection method – Plug-in bridges.

PLC-B...24UC/1/ACT
Basic terminal block, for assembly with mechanical relay and solidstate relay

PLC-B...24UC/1/ACT
Basic terminal block, for assembly with mechanical relay and solidstate relay

Terminal width 6.2

Terminal width 6.2

solid

stranded [mm2]

AWG

I [A] * *

U [V] * *

A2 A1

13 BB

A2 A1

13 BB 14

A2 A1

13 BB 14

Connection data Screw connection 0.14-2.5 0.14-2.5 26-14 Spring-cage conn. 0.2-2.5 0.2-2.5 24-14 * The electrical data is determined by the relay.

AC/DC 14

AC/DC

Description PLC-INTERFACE, with screw connection

Voltage UN

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

24 V AC/DC PLC-INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection 24 V AC/DC Pluggable miniature relays with gold contact with power contact Pluggable solid-state relays Solid-state input relays Solid-state power relays Solid-state power relays Technical data Input data Permissible range (based on UN) Typ. input current with UN (50 /60 Hz) Typ. response time at UN Typ. release time at UN Input circuit Output data with: Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Min. switching current Interrupting rating (ohmic load)

PLC-BSC- 24UC/ 1/ACT PLC-BSP- 24UC/ 1/ACT REL-MR- 24DC/21AU REL-MR- 24DC/21

2982799 2982809 2961121 2961105

10 10 10 10

PLC-BSC- 24UC/ 1/ACT PLC-BSP- 24UC/ 1/ACT

2982799 2982809

10 10

OPT-24DC/ 48DC/100 OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 2 OPT-24DC/230AC/ 1

2966618 2966595 2967950

10 10 10

0.8 ... 1.2 15.6 mA / 8.5 mA 5 ms 30 ms LED yellow, bridge rectifier REL-MR-24DC/21AU Single contact, 1 N/O contact AgSnO, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV 50 mA 1 mA 1.2 W -

REL-MR-24DC/21 Single contact, 1 N/O contact AgSnO 250 V AC/DC 12 V AC/DC 6A 10 mA 140 W 20 W 18 W 23 W 40 W 1500 VA -

0.8 ... 1.2 15 mA / 8.3 mA 10 ms 20 ms LED yellow, bridge rectifier OPT...48DC/... OPT...24DC/... 48 V DC 33 V DC 3 V DC 3 V DC 100 mA 3 A (see derating curve) Polarity protection, surge protection ≤1V Polarity protection, surge protection ≤ 150 mV -

OPT...230AC/... 253 V AC 24 V AC 0.75 A (see derating curve) RCV circuit

24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 220 V DC 250 V AC

Output protection

Voltage drop at limiting continuous current Leakage current in off condition Max. load value I2 x t (t = 10 ms) General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage / insulation Ambient temperature (operation) Nominal operating mode Inflammability class acc. to UL 94 Air and creepage distances Pollution degree / Surge voltage category Mounting position / Assembly Dimensions

-

-

≤1V ≤ 1 mA 4.5 A2s (tp = 10 ms, @ 25°C)

250 V AC 6 kV / Safe isolation, reinforced insulation -20°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor V0 DIN EN 50178 2 / III Any / In rows with zero spacing 6.2 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm

250 V AC 6 kV / Safe isolation, reinforced insulation -20°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor V0 DIN EN 50178 2 / III Any / In rows with zero spacing 6.2 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm PHOENIX CONTACT

W/H/D

83

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series PLC Sensor, "The Input Specialist"
H W D

In interface applications between the PLC and the sensors, such as proximity switches, limit switches or auxiliary contacts, an N/O function is often required. Here, people turn directly to the PLC-...SEN input interface. This interface consists of a 6.2 mm basic terminal block with either screw or spring-cage connections and a plug-in miniature relay or a solid-state relay. No need for power terminal blocks All the sensor connections, including the voltage supply for the sensors/switches, are connected directly to the PLC sensor interface. This eliminates the need for additional modular terminal blocks. The savings: – Reduces the number of modular terminal blocks, – Space savings of approx. 80%, – Time saving approx. 60%, – Reduction in wiring thanks to plug-in bridges. Optimum use of plug-in bridges All power supply units of the sensors/switches (BB), the sensor ground (A2) and the common supply potential of the PLC (13) can be bridged conveniently with the plug-in bridge system, FBST.... No stripping, no pressing on of ferrules, no connecting. Further advantages: – Integrated input circuit, – Relay with safe isolation in acc. with DIN EN 50178 (VDE 0160), – Inflammability class V0 in acc. with UL 94. Note: For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, refer to page 97.

Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog. Insulating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500.... If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter service life than with a pure power contact. 1) 120 and 230 V types up to 55°C

PLC-R...1/AU/SEN
Equipped with plug-in multi-layer contact relay 1 N/O contact (1)

Terminal width 6.2

uVPF

solid Connection data Screw connection Spring-cage conn.

stranded [mm2] 0.14-2.5 0.2-2.5

AWG 26-14 24-14

13 14

A2 BB A1

0.14-2.5 0.2-2.5

Description

Input voltage UN

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

PLC-INTERFACE, with screw connection 1 24 V DC 2 120 V AC (110 V DC) 3 230 V AC (220 V DC) PLC-INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection 1 24 V DC 2 120 V AC (110 V DC) 3 230 V AC (220 V DC) Technical data Input data Permissible range (based on UN) Switching level (with reference to UN) Typ. input current at UN Typ. response time/ switch-on time at Un Typ. release time/ switch-off time at Un Transmission frequency flimit Input circuit DC Input circuit AC/DC Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. inrush current Min. switching current Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load 1 signal ("H") 0 signal ("L") [mA] [ms] [ms] [Hz]

PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1AU/SEN PLC-RSC-120UC/ 1AU/SEN PLC-RSC-230UC/ 1AU/SEN PLC-RSP- 24DC/ 1AU/SEN PLC-RSP-120UC/ 1AU/SEN PLC-RSP-230UC/ 1AU/SEN 1 2 3

2966317 2966320 2966333 2967374 2967390 2967413

10 10 10 10 10 10

See diagram

9 5 8

3.5 6 15

3.2 7 15

LED yellow, polarity protection, free-wheeling diode LED yellow, bridge rectifier Single contact, 1 N/O contact Ag alloy, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV 50 mA 50 mA 1 mA 1.2 W -

( 250 V AC/DC ) ( 12 V AC/DC ) (6A) ( 10 mA ) ( 140 W ) ( 20 W ) ( 18 W ) ( 23 W ) ( 40 W ) ( 1500 VA )

24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 220 V DC 250 V AC

Output circuit Output protection Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature range Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94 Mechanical service life Standards/regulations

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -25°C ... 60°C1) V0 2 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts), DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160, IEC 60255/DIN VDE 0435 (in relevant parts) 3 / III Any / In rows with zero spacing 6.2 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm

Pollution degree/surge voltage category Assembly position/mounting Dimensions

W/H/D

84

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
H W D

PLC-O...48DC/100/SEN
Equipped with pluggable input solid-state relay

Terminal width 6.2

UuPF

13+ 14

A2 BB A1

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 48DC/100/SEN PLC-OSC-120UC/ 48DC/100/SEN PLC-OSC-230UC/ 48DC/100/SEN PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 48DC/100/SEN PLC-OSP-120UC/ 48DC/100/SEN PLC-OSP-230UC/ 48DC/100/SEN 1 2 3

2966773 2966799 2966809 2967578 2967581 2967594

10 10 10 10 10 10

0.8 0.8 0.8 1.2 1.1 1.1 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.3 ≤ 0.3 8.5 3.5 3.5 0.02 6 3 0.3 10 5 300 10 10 LED yellow, polarity protection, free-wheeling diode LED yellow, bridge rectifier 48 V DC 3 V DC 100 mA 2-conductor floating Polarity protection, surge protection ≤1V 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -25°C ... 60°C V0 IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, basic insulation

2 / III Any / In rows with zero spacing 6.2 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm PHOENIX CONTACT

85

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series PLC-INTERFACE for high inrush currents (lamp loads, capacitive loads etc.) PLC-INTERFACE provides relay interfaces for special load applications such as lamp loads, capacitive loads and / or loads with a high continuous current. Lamp loads and capacitive loads The loads most difficult to control include all loads with high inrush currents. The consequence in the event of a wrongly selected relay: short service life due to welded contacts. These complex loads include all types of lamps causing high inrush currents as a result of their low cold resistance. This category also includes the loads that cause high switch-on peaks due to capacitors in the circuit, for example energy-saving lamps, parallel-compensated fluorescent tubes or those with electronic control gears, AC motors with starting capacitors etc. Inrush currents up to 130 A The 14 mm narrow inrush current relay PLC-RSC-24DC/1IC/ACT with an N/O contact optimized for these applications provides an ideal solution. This relay can reliably control short-term switchon peaks up to 130 A. The permissible continuous current is max. 6 A. When the double contact connections of the relay are bridged (e.g. with the FBST 14-PLC... plug-in bridge), continuous currents of up to 10 A are possible. The actuator-type component provides connection and bridging options for the lamp or motor return line, so that additional return line terminal blocks are unnecessary. Further advantages of PLC The PLC-RSC-24DC/1IC/ACT series naturally has the usual features of the PLC range. – Convenient plug-in bridge system, – Integrated input circuit, – Safe isolation between input/output. Note: For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, refer to page 97.
H W D

Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog. Insulating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....

PLC-R...24DC/1IC/ACT
Equipped with pluggable miniature relay for high inrush currents, 1 N/O contact (1)

Terminal width 14

UuPF

solid Connection data Screw connection Spring-cage conn.

stranded [mm2] 0.14-2.5 0.2-2.5

13
AWG 26-14 24-14

A2 A1

0.14-2.5 0.2-2.5

BB 14

Description PLC-INTERFACE, with screw connection 1 PLC-INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection 1 Technical data Input data Permissible range (based on UN) Typ. input current at UN Typ. response time at UN Typ. release time at UN Input circuit DC Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. inrush current

Input voltage UN 24 V DC 24 V DC

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

PLC-RSC- 24DC/ 1IC/ACT PLC-RSP- 24DC/ 1IC/ACT 1

2967604 2912413

10 10

[mA] [ms] [ms]

See diagram 18 8 10 LED yellow, polarity protection, free-wheeling diode Single contact, 1 N/O contact AgSnO 250 V AC/DC 12 V AC/DC 6A 80 A (for 20 ms) / 130 A (peak, at capacitive load, 230 V AC, 24 µF) 100 mA 144 W 58 W 48 W 50 W 80 W 1500 VA 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -25°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor V0 3 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts), IEC 60255/DIN VDE 0435 (in relevant parts), DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 Any / In rows with zero spacing 14 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm

Min. switching current Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load

24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 220 V DC 250 V AC

General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature range Rated operating mode Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94 Mechanical service life Standards/regulations

Assembly position/mounting Dimensions

W/H/D

86

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series PLC-INTERFACE for high continuous current and/or long electrical service life PLC-INTERFACE provides relay interfaces for special load applications such as loads with a high continuous current and / or stricter demands on the electrical contact service life. Loads with high continuous current A number of applications such as electrical heating systems require higher continuous load currents than miniature relays can carry and switch. The highcurrent version PLC-RSC-.../21HC measuring 14 mm in width that has the same shape as the proven 6.2 mm PLC series provides a PDT contact and allows continuous load currents of up to 10 A. Here, the modern 16A power relay used offers sufficient reserve to also withstand inrush currents or brief overloads without damage. Long electrical service life A further positive side effect of the powerful relay is the longer-than-average service life of the contacts that is quite noticeable, particularly in the medium load range, compared with less powerful relays. The intervals between services can be extended to two to three times the normal period, thus saving costs. Further advantages of PLC The PLC-RSC-.../21HC series naturally has the usual features of the PLC range: – Convenient plug-in bridge system, – Integrated input circuit, – relay can be quickly replaced using the engagement lever, – safe isolation between input/output, – All common input voltages of 12 V DC to 230 V AC Note: For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, refer to page 97.
H W D

Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog. Insulating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
1)

230 V types up to 55°C

PLC-R...21HC
Equipped with pluggable miniature relay for high continuous current, 1 PDT (21)

Terminal width 14

UuPF

solid Connection data Screw connection Spring-cage conn.

stranded [mm2] 0.14-2.5 0.2-2.5

11
AWG 26-14 24-14

A2 A1

0.14-2.5 0.2-2.5

14 12

Description

Input voltage UN

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

PLC-INTERFACE, with screw connection 1 12 V DC 2 24 V DC 3 24 V AC/DC 4 48 V DC 5 60 V DC 6 120 V AC (110 V DC) 7 230 V AC (220 V DC) PLC-INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection 1 12 V DC 2 24 V DC 3 24 V AC/DC 4 48 V DC 5 60 V DC 6 120 V AC (110 V DC) 7 230 V AC (220 V DC) Technical data Input data Permissible range (based on UN) Typ. input current at UN Typ. response time at UN Typ. release time at UN Input circuit DC Input circuit AC/DC Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. inrush current Min. switching current Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load

PLC-RSC- 12DC/21HC PLC-RSC- 24DC/21HC PLC-RSC- 24UC/21HC PLC-RSC- 48DC/21HC PLC-RSC- 60DC/21HC PLC-RSC-120UC/21HC PLC-RSC-230UC/21HC PLC-RSP- 12DC/21HC PLC-RSP- 24DC/21HC PLC-RSP- 24UC/21HC PLC-RSP- 48DC/21HC PLC-RSP- 60DC/21HC PLC-RSP-120UC/21HC PLC-RSP-230UC/21HC 1 2 3 4 5

2967617 2967620 2967633 2967646 2967659 2967662 2967675 2912264 2912277 2912280 2912293 2912303 2912316 2912329 6 7

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

[mA] [ms] [ms]

See diagram 33 18 17.5 20 10 4.5 4.5 8 8 8 8 8 7 7 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 LED yellow, polarity protection, free-wheeling diode LED yellow, bridge rectifier Single contact, 1 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 12 V AC/DC 10 A 30 A (300 ms) 100 mA 240 W 58 W 48 W 50 W 80 W 2500 VA 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -25°C ... 60°C1) V0 3 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts), IEC 60255/DIN VDE 0435 (in relevant parts), DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160

24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 220 V DC 250 V AC

General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature range Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94 Mechanical service life Standards/regulations

Dimensions

W/H/D

14 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm PHOENIX CONTACT

87

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series PLC-INTERFACE with integrated filter against interference currents and interference voltages PLC-INTERFACE offers an extended range of interfaces for applications in which interference voltages or interference currents occur on the control (coil) side. Long lines A familiar situation for most technicians: Relays fail to drop out at "0" because interference voltages are still present along the control lines. Long lines are often responsible for this. Interference voltages frequently reaching up to multiplications of 10 V couple in from neighboring lines. Conventional coupling relays are often unable to cope with such undefined signals and fail to show a clear switching behavior. Residual currents at AC outputs The same effect occurs when electronic AC outputs supply leakage currents. This is the case with many AC initiators and PLC AC output cards. The leakage currents often reach several mA and can also lead to conventional relays failing to work correctly and "getting stuck". Solution: For applications in 120 V AC or 230 V AC networks and with a high proportion of interference voltage, there is now the PLC-...SO46 version with integrated filter. This multiple stage filter circuit reduces the interferences in the control circuit considerably, thus contributing to reliable transmission of signals. PLC-...SO46 is supplied as a basic terminal block with filter, but without relay or solidstate relay. Note: For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, refer to page 97.
H W D

Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog. Insulating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....

PLC-B...UC/21/SO46
Basic terminal block with integrated filter

Terminal width 6.2

uF

solid

stranded [mm2]

AWG

I [A] * *

U [V] * *

A2 A1

Connection data Screw connection 0.14-2.5 0.14-2.5 26-14 Spring-cage conn. 0.2-2.5 0.2-2.5 24-14 * The electrical data is determined by the relay.

11 14 12

Description

Voltage UN

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

PLC-INTERFACE basic terminal block, for pluggable miniature relays or solid-state relays With screw connection 120 V AC With screw connection 230 V AC With spring-cage connection 120 V AC With spring-cage connection 230 V AC Pluggable miniature relays with gold contact with power contact Technical data Input data Nominal input voltage UN Permissible range (based on UN) Typ. release voltage (with relay) Typ. input current with UN (50 /60 Hz) Typ. response time at UN Typ. release time at UN Input circuit Output data with: Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. inrush current Min. switching current Interrupting rating (ohmic load)

PLC-BSC-120UC/21/SO46 PLC-BSC-230UC/21/SO46 PLC-BSP-120UC/21/SO46 PLC-BSP-230UC/21/SO46 REL-MR- 60DC/21AU REL-MR- 60DC/21

2980319 2980335 2980351 2980377 2961134 2961118

10 10 10 10 10 10

24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 220 V DC 250 V AC

120 V AC 0.8 ... 1.4 50 V AC 7 mA / 8 mA 7 ms 20 ms LED yellow, bridge rectifier, filter REL-MR-60DC/21 Single contact, 1 PDT AgSnO 250 V AC/DC 12 V AC/DC 6A (on request) 10 mA 140 W 20 W 18 W 23 W 40 W 1500 VA

230 V AC 0.78 ... 1.14 80 V AC 8.8 mA / 10 mA 7 ms 20 ms REL-MR-60DC/21AU Single contact, 1 PDT AgSnO, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV 50 mA 50 mA 1 mA 1.2 W -

General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature (operation) Nominal operating mode Inflammability class acc. to UL 94 Mechanical life Standards/regulations

4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 55°C 100% operating factor V0 2 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts), IEC 60255/DIN VDE 0435 (in relevant parts) 3 / III Any / In rows with zero spacing 6.2 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm

Pollution degree / Surge voltage category Mounting position / Assembly Dimensions

W/H/D

88

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
H W D H W D H W D

PLC-B...UC/1/SEN/SO46
Basic terminal block with integrated filter

PLC-BSC...21-21/SO46
Basic terminal block with integrated filter

PLC-BSC...21HC/SO46
Basic terminal block with integrated filter

Terminal width 6.2

uF

Terminal width 14

uF
21 24

Terminal width 14

uF

11 A2 14 A1 12

13 14

A2 BB A1

A2 11 A1 14 12

22

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

PLC-BSC-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO46 PLC-BSC-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO46 PLC-BSP-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO46 PLC-BSP-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO46 REL-MR- 60DC/21AU REL-MR- 60DC/21

2980322 2980348 2980364 2980380 2961134 2961118

10 10 10 10 10 10

PLC-BSC-120UC/21-21/SO46 PLC-BSC-230UC/21-21/SO46

2980416 2980429

10 10

PLC-BSC-120UC/21HC/SO46 PLC-BSC-230UC/21HC/SO46

2980432 2980445

10 10

REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU REL-MR-110DC/21-21

2961228 2961202

10 10

REL-MR-110DC/21HC

2961338

10

120 V AC 0.8 ... 1.4 50 V AC 7 mA / 8 mA 7 ms 20 ms LED yellow, bridge rectifier, filter REL-MR-60DC/21 Single contact, 1 N/O contact AgSnO 250 V AC/DC 12 V AC/DC 6A (on request) 10 mA 140 W 20 W 18 W 23 W 40 W 1500 VA

230 V AC 0.78 ... 1.14 80 V AC 8.8 mA / 10 mA 7 ms 20 ms REL-MR-60DC/21AU Single contact, 1 N/O contact AgSnO, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV 50 mA 50 mA 1 mA 1.2 W -

120 V AC 0.78 ... 1.4 16 V AC 6 mA / 7 mA 7 ms 10 ms LED yellow, bridge rectifier, filter REL-MR-110DC/21-21 Single contact, 2 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 5 V AC/DC 6A 15 A (300 ms) 10 mA 140 W 85 W 60 W 44 W 60 W 1500 VA

230 V AC 0.78 ... 1.14 70 V AC 8.5 mA / 10 mA 7 ms 10 ms REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU Single contact, 2 PDT AgNi, + 5 µm Au 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV 50 mA 50 mA 1 mA 1.2 W -

120 V AC 0.85 ... 1.4 16 V AC 6 mA / 7 mA 7 ms 20 ms LED yellow, bridge rectifier, filter REL-MR-110DC/21HC Single contact, 1 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 12 V AC/DC 10 A 30 A (300 ms) 100 mA 240 W 58 W 48 W 50 W 80 W 2500 VA

230 V AC 0.78 ... 1.14 70 V AC 8.5 mA / 10 mA 7 ms 20 ms

4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 55°C 100% operating factor V0 2 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts), IEC 60255/DIN VDE 0435 (in relevant parts) 3 / III Any / In rows with zero spacing 6.2 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm

4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 55°C 100% operating factor V0 3 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts), IEC 60255/DIN VDE 0435 (in relevant parts) 3 / III Any / In rows with zero spacing 14 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm

4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 55°C 100% operating factor V0 3 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts), IEC 60255/DIN VDE 0435 (in relevant parts) 3 / III Any / In rows with zero spacing 14 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT

89

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series PLC-INTERFACE with integrated filter against interference currents and interference voltages PLC-INTERFACE offers an extended range of interfaces for applications in which interference voltages or interference currents occur on the control (coil) side. Long lines A familiar situation for most technicians: Relays fail to drop out at "0" because interference voltages are still present along the control lines. Long lines are often responsible for this. Interference voltages frequently reaching up to multiplications of 10 V couple in from neighboring lines. Conventional coupling relays are often unable to cope with such undefined signals and fail to show a clear switching behavior. Residual currents at AC outputs The same effect occurs when electronic AC outputs supply leakage currents. This is the case with many AC initiators and PLC AC output cards. The leakage currents often reach several mA and can also lead to conventional relays failing to work correctly and "getting stuck". Solution: For applications in 120 V AC or 230 V AC networks and with a high proportion of interference voltage, there is now the PLC-...SO46 version with integrated filter. This multiple stage filter circuit reduces the interferences in the control circuit considerably, thus contributing to reliable transmission of signals. PLC-...SO46 is supplied as a basic terminal block with filter, but without relay or solidstate relay. Note: For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, refer to page 97.
H W D

Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog. Insulating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....

PLC-B...UC/21/SO46
Basic terminal block with integrated filter

Terminal width 6.2

uF

solid

stranded [mm2]

AWG

I [A]

U [V]

A2 A1

11 14 12

A2 A1

11 14 12

Connection data Screw connection 0.14-2.5 0.14-2.5 26-14 * * Spring-cage conn. 0.2-2.5 0.2-2.5 24-14 * * * The electrical data is determined through the solid-state relay.

DC

AC

Description

Voltage UN

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

PLC-INTERFACE basic terminal block, for pluggable miniature relays or solid-state relays With screw connection 120 V AC With screw connection 230 V AC With spring-cage connection 120 V AC With spring-cage connection 230 V AC Pluggable solid-state relays Solid-state input relays Solid-state power relays Solid-state power relays Technical data Input data Nominal input voltage UN Permissible range (based on UN) Switching level (with optocoupler) 0 signal ("L") Typ. input current with UN (50 /60 Hz) Typ. response time/ switch-on time at Un Typ. turn-off time at UN Input circuit Output data with: Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. inrush current Output circuit Output protection

PLC-BSC-120UC/21/SO46 PLC-BSC-230UC/21/SO46 PLC-BSP-120UC/21/SO46 PLC-BSP-230UC/21/SO46 OPT-60DC/ 48DC/100 OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 2 OPT-60DC/230AC/ 1

2980319 2980335 2980351 2980377 2966621 2966605 2967963

10 10 10 10 10 10 10

120 V AC 0.85 ... 1.1 ≤ 0.4 7 mA / 8 mA 6 ms 10 ms LED yellow, bridge rectifier, filter OPT...48DC/... OPT...24DC/... 48 V DC 30 V DC 3 V DC 3 V DC 100 mA 3A 15 A (10 ms) 2-conductor 2-conductor floating floating Polarity Polarity protection, surge protection, surge protection protection <1V < 200 mV -

230 V AC 0.8 ... 1.1 ≤ 0.4 8.8 mA / 10 mA 6 ms 10 ms OPT...230AC/... 253 V AC 24 V AC 0.75 A 30 A (10 ms) 2-conductor floating RCV circuit

Voltage drop at limiting continuous current Leakage current in off condition Max. phase shift (inductive consumer) Max. load value I2 x t (t = 10 ms) General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature (operation) Nominal operating mode Inflammability class acc. to UL 94 Standards/regulations Pollution degree / Surge voltage category Mounting position / Assembly Dimensions

<1V < 1 mA 0.5 4.5 A2s

W/H/D

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 55°C 100% operating factor V0 IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110 2 / III Any / In rows with zero spacing 6.2 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm

90

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
H W D

PLC-B...UC/1/SEN/SO46
Basic terminal block with integrated filter

Terminal width 6.2

uF

13 14

A2 BB A1

13 14

A2 BB A1

DC

AC

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

PLC-BSC-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO46 PLC-BSC-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO46 PLC-BSP-120UC/ 1/SEN/SO46 PLC-BSP-230UC/ 1/SEN/SO46 OPT-60DC/ 48DC/100 OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 2 OPT-60DC/230AC/ 1

2980322 2980348 2980364 2980380 2966621 2966605 2967963

10 10 10 10 10 10 10

120 V AC 0.85 ... 1.1 ≤ 0.4 7 mA / 8 mA 6 ms 10 ms LED yellow, bridge rectifier, filter OPT...48DC/... OPT...24DC/... 48 V DC 30 V DC 3 V DC 3 V DC 100 mA 3A 15 A (10 ms) 2-conductor 2-conductor floating floating Polarity Polarity protection, surge protection, surge protection protection <1V < 200 mV -

230 V AC 0.8 ... 1.1 ≤ 0.4 8.8 mA / 10 mA 6 ms 10 ms OPT...230AC/... 253 V AC 24 V AC 0.75 A 30 A (10 ms) 2-conductor floating RCV circuit

<1V < 1 mA 0.5 4.5 A2s

2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 55°C 100% operating factor V0 IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110 2 / III Any / In rows with zero spacing 6.2 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT

91

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series Pluggable miniature relays

The miniature relays are not just useable for the equipment of the PLC range, but can also be used as PCB relays in industrial products of all kinds. Despite their small dimensions, they are robust and have features such as: – Power contacts up to 250 V AC/16 A – As an alternative with a gold layer for small switching capacities (mA), – 4 kVrms or 5 kVrms electrical isolation between input and output, – Safe isolation in acc. with DIN EN 50178 (VDE 0160), – High degree of protection up to RT III depending on the type. Ordering replacement relays Due to circuitry in the PLC basic terminal block, the relay coil voltage is not always identical to the input voltage of the module. When reordering, always pay attention to the voltage shown on the relay. Note: For dimensional drawing, perforation and derating curves, see page 176.

Notes: If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter service life than with a pure power contact.

REL-MR...21
Pluggable miniature relay 1 PDT (21)

Width 5

uJVPF

A2

A1

12

11

14

Description Pluggable miniature relays with power contact with power contact with power contact with power contact with power contact with power contact Pluggable miniature relays with gold contact with gold contact with gold contact with gold contact with gold contact with gold contact Technical data Input data Permissible range (based on UN) Typ. input current at UN Typ. response time at UN Typ. release time at UN Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. inrush current Min. switching current Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load

Input voltage UN 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 4.5 V DC 12 V DC 18 V DC 24 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 4.5 V DC 12 V DC 18 V DC 24 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

REL-MR 4,5DC/21 REL-MR- 12DC/21 REL-MR- 18DC/21 REL-MR- 24DC/21 REL-MR- 60DC/21

2961367 2961150 2961383 2961105 2961118

10 10 10 10 10

REL-MR 4,5DC/21AU REL-MR- 12DC/21AU REL-MR- 18DC/21AU REL-MR- 24DC/21AU REL-MR- 60DC/21AU 1 2 3 4 5

2961370 2961163 2961493 2961121 2961134

10 10 10 10 10

[mA] [ms] [ms]

See diagram 38 14 5 5 2.5 2.5

9 5 2.5

7 5 2.5

3 5 2.5 Single contact, 1 PDT Ag alloy, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC ( 250 V AC ) 100 mV ( 12 V AC/DC ) 50 mA ( 6 A ) (on request) 1 mA 1.2 W ( 140 W ) - ( 20 W ) - ( 18 W ) - ( 23 W ) - ( 40 W ) - ( 1500 VA )

Single contact, 1 PDT AgSnO 250 V AC/DC 12 V AC/DC 6A (on request) 10 mA 24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 220 V DC 250 V AC 140 W 20 W 18 W 23 W 40 W 1500 VA

General data Test voltage (winding / contact) Ambient temperature range Rated operating mode Mechanical service life Standards/regulations

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -40°C ... 85°C 100% operating factor 2 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, DIN VDE 0106-101, DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts) Any / In rows with zero spacing W/H/D 5 mm / 15 mm / 28 mm

Assembly position/mounting Dimensions

92

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series

REL-MR...21-21
Pluggable miniature relay 2 PDT (21-21)

REL-MR...1IC
Pluggable miniature relay for lamp loads and capacitive loads 1 N/O contact (1)

REL-MR...21HC
Pluggable miniature relay, high-current version 1 PDT (21)

Width 12.7

uVPF

Width 12.7

uVPF

Width 12.7

uVPF

A1 A2

12 22

11 21

14 24

A1 A2

A1 A2

13

14

12

11

14

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

REL-MR- 12DC/21-21 REL-MR- 24DC/21-21 REL-MR- 60DC/21-21 REL-MR-110DC/21-21

2961257 2961192 2961273 2961202

10 10 10 10 REL-MR- 24DC/ 1IC 2961341 10

REL-MR- 12DC/21HC REL-MR- 24DC/21HC REL-MR- 60DC/21HC REL-MR-110DC/21HC

2961309 2961312 2961325 2961338

10 10 10 10

REL-MR- 12DC/21-21AU REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU REL-MR- 60DC/21-21AU REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU 2 See diagram 33 7 3 Single contact, 2 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 5V 8A 15 A (300 ms) 10 mA 190 W 85 W 60 W 44 W 60 W 2000 VA 4 5

2961299 2961215 2961286 2961228 6

10 10 10 10 4 See diagram 2 See diagram 33 7 3 Single contact, 1 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 12 V 16 A 30 A (300 ms) 100 mA 384 W 58 W 48 W 50 W 80 W 4000 VA 5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -40°C ... 85°C 100% operating factor 3 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, DIN VDE 0106-101, DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts) Any / Can be aligned without spacing (> 70°C ≥ 2.5 mm) 12.7 mm / 15.7 mm / 29 mm 4 5 6

17 7 3

8.2 7 3

4.1 7 3

17 8 3 Single contact, 1 N/O contact AgSnO 250 V AC/DC 12 V 16 A 80 A (20 ms) 100 mA 384 W 58 W 48 W 50 W 80 W 4000 VA 5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -40°C ... 85°C 100% operating factor 3 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, DIN VDE 0106-101, DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts) Any / Can be aligned without spacing (> 70°C ≥ 2.5 mm) 12.7 mm / 15.7 mm / 29 mm

17 7 3

8.2 7 3

4.1 7 3

Single contact, 2 PDT AgNi, + 5 µm Au 30 V AC / 36 V DC ( 250 V ) 100 mV ( 5 V ) 50 mA ( 8 A ) 50 mA ( 15 A (300 ms) ) 1 mA ( 10 mA ) 1.2 W ( 190 W ) - ( 85 W ) - ( 60 W ) - ( 44 W ) - ( 60 W ) - ( 2000 VA )

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -40°C ... 85°C 100% operating factor 3 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, DIN VDE 0106-101, DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts) Any / Can be aligned without spacing (> 70°C ≥ 2.5 mm) 12.7 mm / 15.7 mm / 29 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT

93

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series Pluggable solid-state relays

The solid-state relays OPT-... have the following features: – Switching capacity up to 24 V DC/5 A or 230 V AC/ 2 A, – IP67 protected housing, – Vibration and shock-resistant, – Wear-free and long-lasting, – Zero voltage switch at AC output, – Can be soldered in to the PCBs. Spare order of solid-state relays Always pay attention to the voltage specifications on the solid-state relay in case of repeat orders. Note: For dimensional drawing, perforation and derating curves, see page 176.
Width 5

OPT-...DC/24DC/2
Pluggable solid-state relay

OPT-...DC/48DC/100
Pluggable solid-state relay

uPF

Width 5

uPF

A2

A1

13+

14

A2

A1

13+

14

Description Pluggable solid-state relays Solid-state power relays Solid-state power relays Solid-state power relays Pluggable solid-state relays Solid-state input relays Solid-state input relays Solid-state input relays Technical data Input data Permissible range (based on UN) Switching level

Input voltage UN 1 2 3 1 2 3 5 V DC 24 V DC 60 V DC 5 V DC 24 V DC 60 V DC

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/ 2 OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 2 OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 2

2967989 2966595 2966605

10 10 10 OPT- 5DC/ 48DC/100 OPT-24DC/ 48DC/100 OPT-60DC/ 48DC/100 2967992 2966618 2966621 10 10 10

1 0.8 1.2 2.5 0.8 9 20 300 300

2 0.8 1.2 16 10 7 20 300 300

3 0.8 1.2 35 20 3 40 500 300

1 0.8 1.2 2.5 0.8 4 20 300 300

2 0.8 1.2 16 10 7 20 300 300

3 0.9 1.1 52 40 3 50 800 100

Typ. input current at UN Typ. turn-on time for UN Typ. turn-off time at UN Transmission frequency flimit Output data Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Min. load current Max. inrush current Leakage current in off condition Phase angle (cos ϕ) Output circuit Max. load value Output protection Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature range Rated operating mode Standards/regulations Pollution degree/surge voltage category Assembly position/mounting Dimensions

1 signal ("H") [V DC] ≥ 0 signal ("L") [V DC] ≤ [mA] [µs] [µs] [Hz]

33 V DC 3 V DC 3A 15 A (10 ms) 2-conductor floating Polarity protection, surge protection ≤ 150 mV 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -25°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, basic insulation 2 / III Any / In rows with zero spacing 5 mm / 15 mm / 28 mm

48 V DC 3 V DC 100 mA 2-conductor floating Polarity protection, surge protection ≤1V 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -25°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, basic insulation 2 / III Any / In rows with zero spacing 5 mm / 15 mm / 28 mm

W/H/D

94

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series

OPT-...DC/24DC/5
Pluggable solid-state relay

OPT-...DC/230AC/1
Pluggable solid-state relay

OPT-...DC/230AC/2
Pluggable solid-state relay

Width 12.7

u

Width 5

uPF

Width 12.7

u

A1

13+

14

A1 A2 A2 A1 13+ 14

13

14

A2

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/ 5 OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 5 OPT-60DC/ 24DC/ 5

2982113 2982100 2982126

10 10 10

OPT-24DC/230AC/ 1 OPT-60DC/230AC/ 1

2967950 2967963

10 10

OPT- 5DC/230AC/ 2 OPT-24DC/230AC/ 2 OPT-60DC/230AC/ 2

2982168 2982171 2982184

10 10 10

1 0.8 1.2 2.5 0.8 9 10 400 300

2 0.8 1.2 16 10 7 20 400 300

3 0.9 1.1 35 20 3 25 400 300

2 0.8 1.2 10 5 3 6000 500 10

3 0.9 1.1 30 15 3 9000 700 10

1 0.8 1.2 3 1 15 10000 10000 10

2 0.8 1.2 18 8.4 7 10000 10000 10

3 0.9 1.1 40 20 2.6 10000 10000 10

33 V DC 3 V DC 5 A (see derating curve) 15 A (10 ms) 2-conductor floating Polarity protection, surge protection ≤ 200 mV 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -25°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor DIN EN 50178, basic insulation 2 / III Any / In rows with zero spacing 12.7 mm / 15.7 mm / 29 mm

253 V AC 24 V AC 0.75 A 10 mA 30 A (10 ms) < 1 mA 0.5 2-conductor floating, zero voltage switch 4.5 A2s RCV circuit <1V 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -25°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, basic insulation 2 / III Any / In rows with zero spacing 5 mm / 15 mm / 28 mm

253 V AC 24 V AC 2 A (see derating curve) 25 mA 30 A (10 ms) < 1 mA 2-conductor floating, zero voltage switch 4 A2s (tp = 10 ms, @ 25°C) Surge protection ≤1V 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -25°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor DIN EN 50178 2 / III Any / See derating curve 12.7 mm / 15.7 mm / 29 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT

95

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series 6.2 mm basic terminal blocks with one contact with the screw connection method
Nominal input voltage 5 V DC 12 V DC 24 V DC 24 V AC/DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 125 V DC 120 V AC/DC 230 V AC/DC 1 PDT basic terminal block, without components PLC-BSC-5DC/211) Order No.: 2980225 PLC-BSC-12DC/212) Order No.: 2966896 PLC-BSC-24DC/213) Order No.: 2966016 PLC-BSC-24UC/214) Order No.: 2966029 PLC-BSC-48DC/213) Order No.: 2966090 PLC-BSC-60DC/215) Order No.: 2966100 PLC-BSC-125DC/215) Order No.: 2980018 PLC-BSC-120UC/215) Order No.: 2966032 PLC-BSC-230UC/215) Order No.: 2966045 Actuator basic terminal block, without components Sensor basic terminal block, without components

PLC-BSC-24DC/1/ACT3) Order No.: 2966058 PLC-BSC-24UC/1/ACT3) Order No.: 2982799

PLC-BSC-24DC/1/SEN3) Order No.: 2966061

PLC-BSC-120UC/1/SEN5) Order No.: 2966074 PLC-BSC-230UC/1/SEN5) Order No.: 2966087

Compatible components: 1) REL-MR-4,5DC/21, REL-MR-4,5DC/21AU, OPT-5DC/24DC/2, OPT-5DC/48DC/100 2 ) REL-MR-12DC/21, REL-MR-12DC/21AU 3 ) REL-MR-24DC/21, REL-MR-24DC/21AU, OPT-24DC/24DC/2, OPT-24DC/48DC/100, OPT-24DC/230AC/1 4) REL-MR-24DC/21, REL-MR-24DC/21AU 5 ) REL-MR-60DC/21, REL-MR-60DC/21AU, OPT-60DC/24DC/2, OPT-60DC/48DC/100, OPT-60DC/230AC/1

6.2 mm basic terminal blocks with one contact with the spring-cage connection method
Nominal input voltage 5 V DC 12 V DC 24 V DC 24 V AC/DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 120 V AC/DC 230 V AC/DC 1 PDT basic terminal block, without components PLC-BSP-5DC/211) Order No.: 2980238 PLC-BSP-12DC/212) Order No.: 2967426 PLC-BSP-24DC/213) Order No.: 2967219 PLC-BSP-24UC/214) Order No.: 2967222 PLC-BSP-48DC/213) Order No.: 2967329 PLC-BSP-60DC/215) Order No.: 2967332 PLC-BSP-120UC/215) Order No.: 2967167 PLC-BSP-230UC/215) Order No.: 2967183 Actuator basic terminal block, without components Sensor basic terminal block, without components

PLC-BSP-24DC/1/ACT3) Order No.: 2967196 PLC-BSP-24UC/1/ACT3) Order No.: 2982809

PLC-BSP-24DC/1/SEN3) Order No.: 2967206

PLC-BSP-120UC/1/SEN5) Order No.: 2967154 PLC-BSP-230UC/1/SEN5) Order No.: 2967170

Compatible components: 1) REL-MR-4,5DC/21, REL-MR-4,5DC/21AU, OPT-5DC/24DC/2, OPT-5DC/48DC/100 2) REL-MR-12DC/21, REL-MR-12DC/21AU 3) REL-MR-24DC/21, REL-MR-24DC/21AU, OPT-24DC/24DC/2, OPT-24DC/48DC/100, OPT-24DC/230AC/1 4) REL-MR-24DC/21, REL-MR-24DC/21AU 5) REL-MR-60DC/21, REL-MR-60DC/21AU, OPT-60DC/24DC/2, OPT-60DC/48DC/100, OPT-60DC/230AC/1

14 mm basic terminal blocks (empty) with two contacts with screw and spring-cage connection method
Nominal input voltage 12 V DC 24 V DC 24 V AC/DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 120 V AC/DC 230 V AC/DC Two PDT, with screw connection PLC-BSC-12DC/21-211) Order No.: 2967251 PLC-BSC-24DC/21-212) Order No.: 2967015 PLC-BSC-24UC/21-2110) Order No.: 2967028 PLC-BSC-48DC/21-212) Order No.: 2967264 PLC-BSC-60DC/21-213) Order No.: 2967316 PLC-BSC-120UC/21-214) Order No.: 2967031 PLC-BSC-230UC/21-214) Order No.: 2967044 Two PDT, with springcage connection PLC-BSP-12DC/21-211) Order No.: 2912426 PLC-BSP-24DC/21-212) Order No.: 2912439 PLC-BSP-24UC/21-2110) Order No.: 2912442 PLC-BSP-48DC/21-212) Order No.: 2912455 PLC-BSP-60DC/21-213) Order No.: 2912468 PLC-BSP-120UC/21-214) Order No.: 2912471 PLC-BSP-230UC/21-214) Order No.: 2912484 IC basic terminal block, with screw connection IC basic terminal block, with spring-cage connection HC basic terminal block, with screw connection PLC-BSC-12DC/21HC6) Order No.: 2967769 PLC-BSC-24DC/21HC7) Order No.: 2967772 PLC-BSC-24UC/21HC11) Order No.: 2967785 PLC-BSC-48DC/21HC7) Order No.: 2967798 PLC-BSC-60DC/21HC8) Order No.: 2967808 PLC-BSC-120UC/21HC9) Order No.: 2967811 PLC-BSC-230UC/21HC9) Order No.: 2967824 HC basic terminal block, with spring-cage connection PLC-BSP-12DC/21HC6) Order No.: 2912332 PLC-BSP-24DC/21HC7) Order No.: 2912345 PLC-BSP-24UC/21HC11) Order No.: 2912358 PLC-BSP-48DC/21HC7) Order No.: 2912361 PLC-BSP-60DC/21HC8) Order No.: 2912374 PLC-BSP-120UC/21HC9) Order No.: 2912387 PLC-BSP-230UC/21HC9) Order No.: 2912390

PLC-BSC-24DC/1IC/ACT5) Order No.: 2967837

PLC-BSP-24DC/1IC/ACT5) Order No.: 2912400

Compatible components: 1) REL-MR-12DC/21-21, REL-MR-12DC/21-21AU 2) REL-MR-24DC/21-21, REL-MR-24DC/21-21AU, OPT-24DC/24DC/5, OPT-24DC/230AC/2 3) REL-MR-60DC/21-21, REL-MR-60DC/21-21AU, OPT-60DC/24DC/5, OPT-60DC/230AC/2 4) REL-MR-110DC/21-21, REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU 5) REL-MR-24DC/1IC, OPT-24DC/24DC/5, OPT-24DC/230AC/2 6) REL-MR-12DC/21HC 7) REL-MR-24DC/21HC, OPT-24DC/24DC/5, OPT-24DC/230AC/2 8) REL-MR-60DC/21HC, OPT-60DC/24DC/5, OPT-60DC/230AC/2 9) REL-MR-110DC/21HC 10) REL-MR-24DC/21-21, REL-MR-24DC/21-21AU 11) REL-MR-24 DC/21HC

96

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series Operating voltage ranges for PLC-INTERFACE, 6.2 mm versions, equipped with relay
PLC-R...-12DC...
U U N 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 UN= 12 V DC 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 TU [ ° C] B 1 0,9 0,8 B 0,7 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 TU [ ° C] A U U N 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 UN= 24 V DC A

PLC-R...-24DC...

PLC-R...-24UC...
U U N 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 UN= 24 V DC / 24 V AC 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 TU [ ° C] B 1 0,9 0,8 B 0,7 20 25 30 35 A U U N 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 UN= 48 V DC A

PLC-R...-48DC...
U U N 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 UN= 60 V DC 1 0,9 0,8 B 0,7 40 45 50 55 60 65 20 25 30 35 A

PLC-R...-60DC...

40

45

50

55

60

65

TU [ ° C]

TU [ ° C]

PLC-R...-120UC...
U U N 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 UN= 110 V DC / 120 V AC 1 0,9 0,8 B 0,7 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 TU [ ° C] 0,7 20 25 30 35 1 0,9 0,8 B A U U N 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 UN= 125 V DC A

PLC-R...-125DC...
U U N 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 A

PLC-R...-230UC...

UN= 220 V DC / 230 V AC 1 0,9 0,8 B 0,7 40 45 50 55 60 65 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 TU [ ° C] TU [ ° C]

Operating voltage ranges for PLC-INTERFACE, 14 mm versions, equipped with relay

PLC-R...-12DC...
U U N 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 UN= 12 V DC 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 TU [ ° C] B 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 20 25 30 35 B A U U N 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 UN= 24 V DC A

PLC-R...-24DC...

40

45

50

55

60

65

TU [ ° C]

PLC-R...-24UC...
U U N 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 UN= 24 V DC / 24 V AC 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 TU [ ° C] B 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 20 25 30 35 40 B A U U N 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 UN= 48 V DC A

PLC-R...-48DC...
U U N 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 UN= 60 V DC 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 45 50 55 60 65 20 25 30 35 B A

PLC-R...-60DC...

40

45

50

55

60

65

TU [ ° C]

TU [ ° C]

PLC-R...-120UC...
U U N 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1 0,9 0,8 0,7 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 TU [ ° C] B UN= 120 V AC UN= 110 V DC A UN= 110 V DC U U N 1,4 1,3

PLC-R...-230UC...

UN= 220 V DC UN= 120 V DC 1,2 1,1 UN= 230 V AC 1 0,9 0,8 B 0,7 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 TU [ ° C] UN= 230 V AC UN= 220 V DC A

General conditions: Direct alignment in the block, all devices 100% operating factor, horizontal or vertical mounting. Curve A Maximum permissible continuous voltage Umax with limiting continuous current on the contact side (see respective technical data). Curve B Minimum permissible operate voltage Uop after pre-excitation1) (see respective technical data). 1) Pre-excitation: Relay has been operated in a thermally steady state at the ambient temperature TU with nominal voltage UN and limiting continuous current on the contact side (see respective technical data) (warm coil). After being switched off for a short time, the relay must reliably pick up again at Uop. The values Uop for cold coils (Tcoil = TU = 20 C) indicated by other manufacturers yield better values, but are not practical.

PHOENIX CONTACT

97

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series PLC-INTERFACE with two integrated relays Two channels can be independently switched with the relay module PLC-2R…24DC/1. The two integrated relays in the just 6.2 mm narrow housing lead to 100% more channel density compared to the conventional 6.2 mm relay modules. The relay module is designed for applications in which space along with reliability and fast wiring plays an important role. The advantages of the module: – 100% more channel density than the conventional 6.2 mm relay – Two switching channels on just 6.2 mm design width – Maximum switching current 3.5 A – Integrated input/protective circuit – Spring-cage and screw connection types available – Safe disconnection between input and output as per DIN EN 50178 – Safe isolation between the contacts as per DIN EN 50178
Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

PLC-2R...24DC/1
Relay module with two integrated relays

Terminal width 6.2

A1.1+ K1

13

solid Connection data Screw connection Spring-cage conn.

stranded [mm2] 0.14-2.5 0.2-2.5

AWG 26-14 24-14

A2– K2

14 23

0.14-2.5 0.2-2.5

A1.2+

24

Description PLC-INTERFACE, with screw connection 1 PLC-INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection 1 Technical data Input data Permissible range (based on UN) Typ. input current at UN Typ. response time at UN Typ. release time at UN Input circuit DC Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Min. switching current Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load

Input voltage UN 24 V DC 24 V DC

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

PLC-2RSC-24DC/ 1 PLC-2RSP-24DC/ 1 1

2987309 2987312

10 10

[mA] [ms] [ms]

See diagram 7 4 6 LED yellow, polarity protection, free-wheeling diode Single contact, 2 x 1 N/O contact AgNi 250 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC 3.5 A 5 mA 84 W 24 W 24 W 31 W 46 W 875 VA 3 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) 3 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor V0 2 x 107 cycles EN 50178, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4 Any / In rows with zero spacing 6.2 mm / 86 mm / 80 mm

24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 220 V DC 250 V AC

General data Test voltage input/output Test voltage output/output Ambient temperature range Rated operating mode Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94 Mechanical service life Standards/regulations Assembly position/mounting Dimensions

W/H/D

98

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series

Application example PLC-2RS...24DC/1

VCC +-

A1.2 A1.2 A2– A2– A1.1 A1.1

14 13 23 24

14 13 23 24

y1

y2

y3

y4

Operating voltage range

U U N 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1

A

UN= 24 V DC 1
Input voltage

0,9 0,8 0,7 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
Ambient temperature

B

TU [ ° C]

Interrupting rating

20 10 6 4
Switching current [A]

2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1

1

10 20 30 Switching voltage [V] 1 DC, ohmic load

50

70

100

200

300

PHOENIX CONTACT

99

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series PLC-INTERFACE with integrated switch and relay With the PLC-RS...1/S/... interface module, the "Manual", "0" and "Automatic" functions can be realized. The load can be started directly with the module. The "Automatic" switching status is acknowledged through a floating contact. The advantages of the module: – Width of just 6.2 mm, – Maximum switching current 6 A, – Integrated input circuit/protection circuit, – Spring-cage and screw connection types available, – Floating confirmation contact for switching state "Automatic". Depending on the version, the switch is operated either just by hand or using a screwdriver. Note: For application examples and operating voltage range, see page 177.
Connection data Screw connection Spring-cage conn. Notes: Type of housing: Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog. For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be dampened with an effective protection circuit. Insulating plate PLC-ATP is to be used in the following cases: always at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages greater than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between the same terminal points of neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between neighboring modules. Module height: PLC-...-S/H = 90 mm; PLC-...-S/L: = 86 mm PLC...H - manual operation PLC...L - operation using screwdriver

H W D

PLC-RS...1/S/H
With switch for Manual-0-Automatic operation and soldered power contact relay 1 N/O (1)

Terminal width 6.2

Applied for: UL / CUL / GL

A2
solid stranded [mm2] 0.14-2.5 0.2-1.5

M
AWG

13 0 14 2(CTL)

A1
0.14-2.5 0.2-2.5 26-14 24-14

1(CTL)

Description PLC-INTERFACE, with screw connection 1 2 PLC-INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection 1 2 Technical data Input data Permissible range (based on UN) Typ. input current at UN Typ. response time at UN Typ. release time at UN Input circuit AC/DC Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. inrush current Min. switching current Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load

Input voltage UN 24 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

PLC-RSC- 24UC/ 1/S/H PLC-RSC- 24UC/ 1/S/L PLC-RSP- 24UC/ 1/S/H PLC-RSP- 24UC/ 1/S/L 1 2

2982236 2834876 2982249 2834889

10 10 10 10

[mA] [ms] [ms]

See diagram 11 11 6 6 15 15 LED yellow, bridge rectifier Single contact, 1 N/O contact AgSnO 250 V AC/DC 12 V AC/DC 6A (on request) 10 mA 140 W 20 W 18 W 23 W 40 W 1500 VA Max. 30 V AC/DC / 50 mA Min. 2 V AC/DC / 1 mA 250 V AC 6 kV -20°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor DIN EN 50178 2 / III Any / In rows with zero spacing 6.2 mm / 90 mm / 80 mm

24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 220 V DC 250 V AC

Feedback Operating mode "Automatic" floating General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature range Rated operating mode Standards/regulations Pollution degree/surge voltage category Assembly position/mounting Dimensions

W/H/D

100

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series PLC-INTERFACE with integrated switch When PLC-INTERFACE modules are combined using PLC plug-in bridges, it is possible to realize the functions "Manual", "0" und "Automatic" with switch terminal block PLC-S.../S... . PLC modules with an input voltage of ≤ 72 V AC/DC can be used. The switch module is ideal for applications where switching operations are seldom, e.g. startup, tests, manual/emergency operation level. Further advantages: – Width of just 6.2 mm, – Floating feedback for switching status "Automatic". Identification on the PLC switch housing makes it possible to clearly assign it to the particular PLC-INTERFACE module. Depending on the version, the switch is operated either just by hand or using a screwdriver. Note: For application example, see page 177.
Notes: Type of housing: Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog. For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be dampened with an effective protection circuit. Insulating plate PLC-ATP is to be used in the following cases: always at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages greater than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between the same terminal points of neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between neighboring modules. Module height: PLC-...-S/H = 90 mm; PLC-...-S/L: = 86 mm PLC...H - manual operation PLC...L - operation using screwdriver

H W D

PLC-S...-S/...
With switch for Manual-0-Automatic mode

Terminal width 6.2

Applied for: UL / CUL

AUTO I 0
solid Connection data Screw connection Spring-cage conn. stranded [mm2] 0.14-2.5 0.2-2.5

OUT
AWG

MANUELL A1

0.14-2.5 0.2-2.5

26-14 24-14

2(CTL) 1(CTL)

Description PLC-INTERFACE, with screw connection

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

PLC-SC-S/H PLC-SC-S/L PLC-INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection PLC-SP-S/H PLC-SP-S/L Technical data Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Max. inrush current Min. switching current Cycles, max. Feedback Operating mode "Automatic" floating General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature range Rated operating mode Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94 Standards/regulations Pollution degree/surge voltage category Assembly position/mounting Dimensions

2980733 2980775 2980746 2980788

10 10 10 10

72 V DC 2 V DC 50 mA 1 mA 100 (at 72 V DC / 50 mA) / 10000 (at 12 V DC / 100 mA)

≤ 72 V DC / 50 mA 85 V AC 0.5 kV -20°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor V0 DIN EN 50178, basic insulation 2 / III Any / In rows with zero spacing 6.2 mm / 90 mm / 80 mm

W/H/D

PHOENIX CONTACT

101

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series PLC-INTERFACE with an integrated solid-state relay The new slim 6.2 mm PLC housing with integrated electronics supplements the reliable PLC series with pluggable relays or solid-state relays. In a variety of versions, it offers the following advantages: – Option of bridging adjacent modules, – Status display, – Protection circuits in input and output, – Wear-resistant and bounce-free switching, – Insensitive to vibration and shock. The following versions are available: PLC-OS...-300DC/1 The PLC power solid-state relay can switch DC loads up to 300 V DC/1 A and is available in all conventional industrial voltages from 5 V to 230 V on the control side. PLC-OS...24DC/24DC/10/R On the output side, this short circuit proof PLC solid-state relay can switch contactors, solenoid valves or motors, for example, up to max. 24 V DC/10 A. The reply output provides a possibility for reporting an error to the control unit, for example, in the event of overload or short circuit. This state is indicated with a LED red on the PLC solid-state relay. PLC-OS...-24DC/48DC/500/W This PLC input solid-state relay has an electronic PDT output. This PLC module is used for applications in which N/O and/or N/C functions are required (e.g. where there is a high switching frequency). Both outputs can switch loads of up to 48 V DC/500 mA. Note: For derating curves, see page 178.
Connection data Screw connection Spring-cage conn. Notes: Type of housing: Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog. For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be dampened with an effective protection circuit. Insulating plate PLC-ATP is to be used in the following cases: always at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages greater than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between the same terminal points of neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between neighboring modules. The housings of the following modules is open on one side: - PLC-OS...-...-300DC/1 - PLC-OS...-24DC/24DC/10/R

H W D

PLC-OS...300DC/1
Power solid-state relay with DC voltage output, max 1 A

Terminal width 6.2

Applied for: UL / CUL / GL

14 A1
solid stranded [mm2] 0.14-2.5 0.2-2.5

14

AWG 26-14 24-14

A2

13+

0.14-2.5 0.2-2.5

A2

13+

Description PLC-INTERFACE, with screw connection 1 2 3 48 V DC ... 60 V DC 4 5 6 7 8 PLC-INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection 1 2 3 48 V DC ... 60 V DC 4 5 6 7 8 Technical data Input data Permissible range (based on UN) Switching level (with reference to UN) Typ. input current at UN Typ. turn-on time for UN Typ. turn-off time at UN Transmission frequency flimit Input circuit AC Input circuit DC Alarm output Operating range Residual voltage drop at "H" Output protection Output data Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Output protection Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature range Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94 Standards/regulations Pollution degree/surge voltage category Dimensions

Input voltage UN 5 V DC 12 V DC 24 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 220 V DC 120 V AC 230 V AC 5 V DC 12 V DC 24 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 220 V DC 120 V AC 230 V AC

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

PLC-OSC- 5DC/300DC/ 1 PLC-OSC- 12DC/300DC/ 1 PLC-OSC- 24DC/300DC/ 1 PLC-OSC- 60DC/300DC/ 1 PLC-OSC-110DC/300DC/ 1 PLC-OSC-220DC/300DC/ 1 PLC-OSC-120AC/300DC/ 1 PLC-OSC-230AC/300DC/ 1 PLC-OSP- 5DC/300DC/ 1 PLC-OSP- 12DC/300DC/ 1 PLC-OSP- 24DC/300DC/ 1 PLC-OSP- 60DC/300DC/ 1 PLC-OSP-110DC/300DC/ 1 PLC-OSP-220DC/300DC/ 1 PLC-OSP-120AC/300DC/ 1 PLC-OSP-230AC/300DC/ 1 1 2 3 4 5

2980652 2980665 2980678 2980681 2980694 2980704 2980717 2980720 2980814 2980827 2980830 2980843 2980856 2980869 2980872 2980885 6 7 0.8 1.1 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 3 19 6 50

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 8 0.8 1.1 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 3 19 6 50

1 signal ("H") 0 signal ("L") [mA] [ms] [ms] [Hz]

0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 5 6 8 5 5 3 0.8 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.4 1.5 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.7 1.4 50 50 50 50 50 50 LED yellow, bridge rectifier LED yellow, polarity protection, surge protection -/300 V DC 12 V DC 1A Polarity protection, surge protection < 500 mV 300 V 4 kV -25°C ... 60°C V0 DIN EN 50178, basic insulation 2 / III 6.2 mm / 86 mm / 80 mm

W/H/D

102

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
H W D H W D

PLC-OS...24DC/24DC/10/R
Power solid-state relay with short circuit proof DC voltage output, max. 10 A, with feedback

PLC-OS...24DC/48DC/500/W
Input solid-state relay with DC voltage output, max 500 mA, with electronic PDT

Terminal width 6.2

Applied for: UL / CUL / GL

Terminal width 6.2

Applied for: UL Listed / CUL Listed

A1

0

12

A1 A A2 14 + A2 +24V Err A2 11 11

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/ 10/R

2982702

10

PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 48DC/500/W

2980636

10

PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 24DC/ 10/R

2982715

10

PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 48DC/500/W

2980649

10

3 0.8 1.2 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 3 0.15 1 100 LED yellow, polarity protection, surge protection 3 V DC ... 33 V DC (High active) / 100 mA < 1.2 V LED red, polarity protection, surge protection 33 V DC 5 V DC 10 A Polarity protection, surge protection ≤ 50 mV 300 V 4 kV -25°C ... 60°C V0 DIN EN 50178, basic insulation 2 / III 6.2 mm / 86 mm / 80 mm

3 0.8 1.2 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 3 0.03 0.15 1000 LED yellow, polarity protection, surge protection -/48 V DC 3 V DC 500 mA Polarity protection, surge protection < 1.2 mV 300 V 4 kV -25°C ... 60°C V0 DIN EN 50178, basic insulation 2 / III 6.2 mm / 86 mm / 80 mm PHOENIX CONTACT

103

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series PLC-INTERFACE for the TTL signal at input The PLC-BS…TTL/1 basic terminal block is controlled using a TTL (5 V) input signal and can be optionally equipped with a mechanical relay or a solid-state relay. The basic terminal block equipped with a rugged miniature relay has the following features: – 6.2 mm slim design width – Bridging options – Status indicator – Screw and spring-cage connection – RTIII degree of protection – Safe isolation in accordance with EN 50178 (VDE 0160) – 4 kVrms electrical isolation between coil and contact.
Notes: Type of housing: Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

H W D

PLC-B...-TTL/1
Basic terminal block, for fitting with relay for TTL (5 V)

Terminal width 6.2

solid

stranded [mm2]

AWG

I [A] * *

U [V]

Connection data Screw connection 0.14-2.5 0.14-2.5 26-14 Spring-cage conn. 0.2-2.5 0.2-2.5 24-14 * The electrical data is determined by the relay.

13+
* *

GND UVN IN

14

Description PLC-INTERFACE With screw connection With spring-cage connection Pluggable miniature relays With gold contact With power contact Technical data Input data Rated control supply voltage UVN Rated control supply voltage range with reference to UVN Rated control supply current IVN Rated actuating voltage Uc (IN) Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC Rated actuating current IC Typ. response time at Uc Typ. release time for Uc Input circuit Output data with: Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. inrush current Min. switching current Interrupting rating (ohmic load)

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

PLC-BSC-TTL/1 PLC-BSP-TTL/1 REL-MR 4,5DC/21AU REL-MR 4,5DC/21

2982689 2982692 2961370 2961367

10 10 10 10

5 V DC 0.9 ... 1.2 41 mA 5 V DC (TTL) 0.9 ... 1.2 2.5 mA 4.5 ms 3.5 ms LED yellow, polarity protection, surge protection REL-MR-4,5DC/21 AU REL-MR-4,5DC/21 Single contact, 1 N/O contact Single contact, 1 N/O contact AgSnO, hard gold-plated AgSnO 30 V AC / 36 V DC 250 V AC/DC 100 mV 12 V AC/DC 50 mA 6A 50 mA (on request) 1 mA 10 mA 1.2 W 140 W 20 W 18 W 23 W 40 W 1500 VA 250 V 6 kV -20°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor V0 2 x 107 cycles DIN EN 50178 2 / III Any / In rows with zero spacing 6.2 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm

24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 220 V DC 250 V AC

General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage / insulation Ambient temperature (operation) Nominal operating mode Inflammability class acc. to UL 94 Mechanical life Air and creepage distances between the power circuits Pollution degree / Surge voltage category Mounting position / Assembly Dimensions

W/H/D

104

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series PLC-INTERFACE for the TTL signal at input The PLC-BS…TTL/1 basic terminal block is controlled using a TTL (5 V) input signal and can be optionally equipped with a mechanical relay or a solid-state relay. The basis terminal block equipped with a solidstate relay has the following features: – 6.2 mm slim design width – Bridging options – Status indicator – Screw and spring-cage connection – IP67-protected solid-state relay electronic unit – Switching capacity of up to 24 V DC/3 A – Alternative input or power solid-state relay – Wear-free and output-free – Resistant to vibrations and shocks – Integrated protective circuit – 2.5 kVrms electrical isolation between input and output Note: For derating curves, see page 176.
Notes: Type of housing: Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

H W D

PLC-B...-TTL/1
Basic terminal block for fitting with solid-state relay for TTL (5 V)

Terminal width 6.2

solid

stranded [mm2]

AWG

I [A]

U [V]

Connection data Screw connection 0.14-2.5 0.14-2.5 26-14 * * Spring-cage conn. 0.2-2.5 0.2-2.5 24-14 * * * The electrical data is determined through the solid-state relay.

13+ 14

GND UVN IN

Description PLC-INTERFACE With screw connection With spring-cage connection Pluggable solid-state relays Solid-state input relays Solid-state power relays Technical data Input data Rated control supply voltage UVN Rated control supply voltage range with reference to UVN Rated control supply current IVN Rated actuating voltage Uc (IN) Switching level 1 signal ("H") (TTL signal) Switching level 0 signal ("L") (TTL signal) Rated actuating current IC Typ. response time/switch-on time at Uc Typ. turn-off time for Uc Input circuit Output data with: Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Output circuit Output protection Voltage drop at limiting continuous current General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage / insulation Ambient temperature (operation) Nominal operating mode Inflammability class acc. to UL 94 Air and creepage distances between the power circuits Pollution degree / Surge voltage category Mounting position / Assembly Dimensions

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

PLC-BSC-TTL/1 PLC-BSP-TTL/1 OPT- 5DC/ 48DC/100 OPT- 5DC/ 24DC/ 2

2982689 2982692 2967992 2967989

10 10 10 10

5 V DC 0.9 ... 1.2 11.5 mA 5 V DC (TTL) > 2 V DC < 0.8 V DC 2.5 mA 35 µs 320 µs LED yellow, polarity protection, surge protection OPT-5DC/48DC/100 OPT-5DC/24DC/2 48 V DC 33 V DC 3 V DC 3 V DC 100 mA 3A 2-conductor floating 2-conductor floating Polarity protection, Polarity protection, surge protection surge protection <1V < 200 mV 250 V 6 kV -20°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor V0 DIN EN 50178 2 / III Any / In rows with zero spacing 6.2 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm

W/H/D

PHOENIX CONTACT

105

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series PLC-INTERFACE for the TTL signal at output The PLC-OS…24DC/TTL with a built-in solid-state relay can be used for fast and wear-free switching of TTL (5 V) signals. This module has the following features: – Switching capacity TTL (5 V), fan out = 1 – 6.2 mm slim design width – Bridging options – Status indicator – Screw and spring-cage connection – Resistant to vibrations and shocks – Integrated protective circuit
Notes: Type of housing: Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

H W D

PLC-O...24DC/TTL
Input solid state relay with TTL (5 V) output

Terminal width 6.2

A1 + A1 +
solid stranded [mm2] I [A] U [V]

+ + +

AWG

Connection data Screw connection 0.14-2.5 0.14-2.5 26-14 * * Spring-cage conn. 0.2-2.5 0.2-2.5 24-14 * * * The electrical data is determined through the solid-state relay.

A2 – A2 – A2 –

A 0 0

Description PLC-INTERFACE, with screw connection

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

PLC-OSC- 24DC/TTL PLC-INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection PLC-OSP- 24DC/TTL Technical data Input data Rated actuating voltage UC Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC Switching level 1 signal ("H") Switching level 0 signal ("L") Rated actuating current IC Typ. switch-on time for Uc Typ. turn-off time for Uc Transmission frequency flimit Input circuit DC Output data with: Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US Limiting continuous current Output protection Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage / insulation Ambient temperature (operation) Inflammability class acc. to UL 94 Air and creepage distances between the power circuits Pollution degree/surge voltage category Dimensions

2982728 2982731

10 10

24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.2 > 0.8 < 0.4 3.4 mA 35 µs 35 µs 1 kHz LED yellow, polarity protection, surge protection 5 V DC 0.9 ... 1.2 a TTL load (Fan out = 1) / 50 mA for switching mode Polarity protection, surge protection < 80 mV 250 V DC 4 kV / basic insulation -25°C ... 60°C V0 DIN EN 50178 2 / III 6.2 mm / 86 mm / 80 mm

W/H/D

106

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series PLC-INTERFACE with solid-state relays for railway applications The PLC-OSP...RW interface modules are intended for use as per DIN EN 50155 (VDE 0115 part 200) "Railway applications, Part 200: Electronic devices in rail vehicles". Its main features are: – Temperature range -25°C to +70°C, – Input voltage range 0.7-1.25 x UN, – Shock resistance in acc. with DIN 50155 (requirements in acc. with EN 61373). Note: Derating curve see page 178.
Notes: Type of housing: Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see Catalog CLIPLINE.

H W D

H W D

PLC-OSP.../24DC/3RW
Power solid-state relay with DC voltage output, max 3 A

PLC-OSP.../110DC/3RW
Power solid-state relay with DC voltage output, max 3 A

Terminal width 6.2

Applied for: UL Listed / CUL Listed

Terminal width 6.2

Applied for: UL / CUL / GL

A1

14 14

A1

14 14

solid Connection data Spring-cage conn.

stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5

AWG

A2
0.2-2.5 24-14

13+

A2

13+

A2

13+

A2

13+

Description PLC-INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection 1 2 3 4 5 6 Technical data Input data Permissible range (based on UN) Switching level (with reference to UN) Typ. input current at UN Typ. turn-on time for UN Typ. turn-off time at UN Transmission frequency flimit Input circuit DC Output data Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Output circuit Output protection Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature range Rated operating mode Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94 Standards/regulations Pollution degree/surge voltage category Assembly position/mounting Dimensions

Input voltage UN 24 V DC 36 V DC 48 V DC 72 V DC 96 V DC 110 V DC

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 24DC/ 3RW

2980513

10

PLC-OSP-110DC/ 24DC/ 3RW 1 0.7 1.25 ≥ 0.6 ≤ 0.3 8.5 0.04 0.2 300 LED yellow, polarity protection 33 V DC 3 V DC 3A 2-conductor floating Polarity protection, surge protection < 200 mV 250 V 4 kV -25°C ... 70°C 100% operating factor V0 DIN EN 50178, basic insulation 2 / III Any / In rows with zero spacing 6.2 mm / 86 mm / 80 mm

2980526 6 0.7 1.25 ≥ 0.6 ≤ 0.3 3 0.08 0.6 100

10

PLC-OSP- 24DC/110DC/ 3RW PLC-OSP- 36DC/110DC/ 3RW PLC-OSP- 48DC/110DC/ 3RW PLC-OSP- 72DC/110DC/ 3RW PLC-OSP- 96DC/110DC/ 3RW PLC-OSP-110DC/110DC/ 3RW 1 2 3 4 5

2982511 2982524 2982537 2982540 2982553 2982566 6

10 10 10 10 10 10

1 signal ("H") 0 signal ("L") [mA] [ms] [ms] [Hz]

0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 > 0.6 > 0.6 > 0.6 > 0.6 > 0.6 > 0.6 < 0.4 < 0.4 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3 < 0.3 12 12 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 0.4 0.4 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.4 0.2 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 50 50 300 300 300 300 LED yellow, polarity protection, surge protection 140 V DC 12 V DC 3A 2-conductor floating Polarity protection, surge protection < 150 mV 160 V DC 4 kV -25°C ... 70°C 100% operating factor V0 DIN EN 50178, basic insulation 2 / III Any / In rows with zero spacing 6.2 mm / 86 mm / 80 mm

W/H/D

PHOENIX CONTACT

107

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series PLC-INTERFACE with relay for railway applications The PLC-BSP-24DC/21RW interface module with extended input voltage and temperature range is intended for use in railway applications as per EN 50155 Part 200. The PLC-BSP...RW is designed such that an operating voltage of 0.7-1.25 x UN and an ambient temperature range of -25°C to +70°C is permissible. The module is supplied only as a basic terminal block without relays. Its features are: – Temperature range -25°C to +70°C – Input voltage range 0.7-1.25 x UN – Vibration and shock resistance as per EN 50155(requirements as per EN 61373) – Spring-cage connection method – Convenient, vibration-resistant plug-in bridge system – Integrated input and protection circuit Note: For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, refer to page 178.
Description Voltage UN Type Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog. Insulating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500.... If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter service life than with a pure power contact.

H W D

PLC-BSP-24DC/21RW
Basic terminal block for assembly with relay

Terminal width 6.2

u

solid Connection data Spring-cage conn.

stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5

AWG 24-14

A2 A1

11 14 12

0.2-2.5

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

PLC-INTERFACE basic terminal block, for pluggable miniature relay With spring-cage connection 24 V DC Pluggable miniature relays With power contact With gold contact Technical data Input data Nominal input voltage UN Permissible range (based on UN) Typ. input current at UN Typ. response time at UN Typ. release time at UN Input circuit Output data with: Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. inrush current Min. switching current Interrupting rating (ohmic load)

PLC-BSP- 24DC/21RW REL-MR- 18DC/21 REL-MR- 18DC/21AU

2961396 2961383 2961493

10 10 10

24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 220 V DC 250 V AC

24 V DC See diagram 12 mA 5 ms 8 ms LED yellow, polarity protection, free-wheeling diode REL-MR-18DC/21 REL-MR-18DC/21AU Single contact, 1 PDT Single contact, 1 PDT AgSnO Ag alloy, hard gold-plated 250 V AC/DC 30 V AC / 36 V DC 12 V AC/DC 100 mV 3A 50 mA (on request) 50 mA 10 mA 1 mA 72 W 1.2 W 20 W 18 W 23 W 40 W 750 VA 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -25°C ... 70°C 100% operating factor V0 2 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts), IEC 60255/DIN VDE 0435 (in relevant parts), DIN VDE 0106-101 3 / III Any / In rows with zero spacing 6.2 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm

General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature (operation) Nominal operating mode Inflammability class acc. to UL 94 Mechanical life Standards/regulations

Pollution degree / Surge voltage category Mounting position / Assembly Dimensions

W/H/D

108

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series PLC-INTERFACE with relay for railway applications The relay module PLC-RSP-230UC/2121AU/RWF is designed for input voltages with a nominal frequency of 16.7 Hz and thus is intended for use in railway applications. It consists of a 14 mm narrow basic terminal block with a spring-cage connection and a pluggable multi-layer contact relay with two PDT contacts. Its features are: – Input nominal frequency 16.7 Hz – Vibration and shock resistance as per EN 50155(requirements as per EN 61373) – Spring-cage connection method – Convenient, vibration-resistant plug-in bridge system – Integrated input and protection circuit Note: For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, refer to page 178.
solid Connection data Spring-cage conn. stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5 AWG 24-14 Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog. Insulating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500.... If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter service life than with a pure power contact.

H W D

PLC-RSP-230UC/21-21AU/RWF
Equipped with pluggable multi-layer contact relay, 2 PDT (21-21)

Terminal width 14

Applied for: UL / CUL / GL

21 24 A2 A1 22 11 14 12
Pcs. / Pkt.

0.2-2.5

Description PLC-INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection

Voltage UN

Type

Order No.

230 V AC Technical data Input data Nominal input voltage UN Input nominal frequency Permissible range (based on UN) Typ. input current at UN Typ. response time at UN Typ. release time at UN Input circuit Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. inrush current Min. switching current Interrupting rating (ohmic load)

PLC-RSP-230UC/21-21AU/RWF

2968001

10

230 V AC 16.67 Hz See diagram 4.8 mA (with AC) 20 ms 60 ms LED yellow, bridge rectifier Single contact, 2 PDT AgNi, + 5 µm Au 30 V AC / 36 V DC 100 mV 50 mA 50 mA 1 mA 1.2 W -

24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 220 V DC 250 V AC

( 250 V AC/DC ) ( 5 V AC/DC ) (6A) (8A) ( 10 mA ) ( 140 W ) ( 85 W ) ( 60 W ) ( 44 W ) ( 60 W ) ( 1500 VA )

General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature (operation) Nominal operating mode Inflammability class acc. to UL 94 Mechanical life Standards/regulations Pollution degree / Surge voltage category Mounting position / Assembly Dimensions

6 kV -25°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor V0 Approx. 3 x 107 cycles DIN EN 50178 safe isolation, reinforced insulation 2 / III Any / In rows with zero spacing 14 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm

W/H/D

PHOENIX CONTACT

109

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series PLC-INTERFACE with a pluggable relay for railway applications (EN 50155 certified) Besides other requirements, railway applications also put forth the highest requirements as regards the temperature and voltage range of coupling relays. Conventional relays do not cover the required input voltage range of 70% to 125% of the nominal voltage at higher ambient temperatures and in case of a closely aligned assembly. The space-saving coupling relay series PLC...RW with one or two PDT contacts has been developed for use in rail vehicles as per EN 50155. Integrated wide-range technology always ensures operation of the relay at optimal operating point. Result: very little temperature rise and safe operation throughout the entire operating voltage and ambient temperature range. Its features are: – Certified as per EN 50155 (certificate on request) – Only 6.2 mm or 14 mm constructional width – Spring-cage connections – For railway voltages 24 V, 72 V and 110 V (other input voltages on request) – Control-side operation possible either with AC or DC voltage – Less power consumption and temperature rise – Switching capacity depends on type up to 2500 VA with power contact relay – Alternative, hard gold-plated contacts for signal applications – Pluggable relays protected against environmental influences (degree of protection RTII and RTIII) – Integrated input and protective circuit as well as status LED – Easy-to-assemble plug-in bridge systems for potential distribution – Temperature range from -40°C to +70°C (short-term 85°C) and – Voltage range from 0.7-1.25 x UN (shortterm 1.4 x UN) Solid-state relays as per EN 50155 are also available as a wear-proof alternative in the PLC series. Note: For diagrams, see page 178.
General data Test voltage (winding / contact) Ambient temperature range Rated operating mode Inflammability class in acc. with UL 94 Mechanical service life Standards/regulations Assembly position/mounting Dimensions

Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog. Insulating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500.... If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter service life than with a pure power contact.

H W D

PLC-RSP-...UC/21/RW
Equipped with pluggable relay 1 PDT (21)

Width 6.2

Applied for: UL / CUL / GL

A2 A1

11 14 12

Description PLC-INTERFACE, with power contact With spring-cage connection

Input voltage UN 24 V DC 72 V DC 110 V DC

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

1 2 3 PLC-INTERFACE, with hard gold-plated contact With spring-cage connection 1 2 3

PLC-RSP- 24UC/21/RW PLC-RSP- 72UC/21/RW PLC-RSP-110UC/21/RW

2987011 2987037 2987053

10 10 10

24 V DC 72 V DC 110 V DC

PLC-RSP- 24UC/21AU/RW PLC-RSP- 72UC/21AU/RW PLC-RSP-110UC/21AU/RW 1 2 3

2987024 2987040 2987066

10 10 10

Technical data Input data Permissible range (based on UN) Typ. input current at UN Typ. response time at UN Typ. release time at UN Input protection: Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. inrush current Min. switching current Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load 24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 220 V DC 250 V AC [mA] [ms] [ms]

0.7 0.7 0.7 1.25 1.25 1.25 5.1 2.9 1.5 8 8 8 11 11 11 LED yellow, bridge rectifier, free-wheeling diode

Single contact, 1 PDT AgSnO 250 V AC/DC 12 V AC/DC 6A (on request) 10 mA 140 W 20 W 18 W 23 W 40 W 1500 VA

Single contact, 1 PDT Ag alloy, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC ( 250 V AC/DC ) 100 mV ( 12 V AC/DC ) 50 mA ( 6 A ) 50 mA 1 mA ( 10 mA ) 1.2 W -

W/H/D

4 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min) -40°C ... 70°C (temperature class TX) 100% operating factor V0 Approx. 2 x 107 cycles EN 50155 (VDE 0115 part 200), EN 50178 (VDE 0160), IEC 62103, EN 61373, EN 50121 Any / In rows with zero spacing 6.2 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm

110

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series
H W D H W D

PLC-RSP-...UC/21-21/RW
Equipped with pluggable relay 2 PDT (21-21)

PLC-RSP-...UC/21HC/RW
Equipped with pluggable relay for high continuous currents 1 PDT (21)

Width 14

Applied for: UL / CUL / GL

Width 14

Applied for: UL / CUL / GL

21 24 A2 A1 22 11 14 12
Pcs. / Pkt. Pcs. / Pkt.

11 A2 A1 14 12

Type

Order No.

Type

Order No.

PLC-RSP- 24UC/21-21/RW PLC-RSP- 72UC/21-21/RW PLC-RSP-110UC/21-21/RW

2987105 2987121 2987147

10 10 10

PLC-RSP- 24UC/21HC/RW PLC-RSP- 72UC/21HC/RW PLC-RSP-110UC/21HC/RW

2987079 2987082 2987095

10 10 10

PLC-RSP- 24UC/21-21AU/RW PLC-RSP- 72UC/21-21AU/RW PLC-RSP-110UC/21-21AU/RW 1 2 3

2987118 2987134 2987150

10 10 10 1 2 3

0.7 0.7 0.7 1.25 1.25 1.25 12 5.9 4 8 8 8 11 11 11 LED yellow, bridge rectifier, free-wheeling diode

0.7 0.7 0.7 1.25 1.25 1.25 12 5.9 4 8 8 8 11 11 11 LED yellow, bridge rectifier, free-wheeling diode

Single contact, 2 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 12 V AC/DC 2x 6 A 15 A (300 ms) 10 mA 140 W 85 W 60 W 44 W 60 W 1500 VA

Single contact, 2 PDT AgNi, + 5 µm Au 30 V AC / 36 V DC ( 250 V AC/DC ) 100 mV ( 5 V AC/DC ) 50 mA ( 6 A ) 50 mA ( 8 A ) 1 mA ( 10 mA ) 1.2 W -

Single contact, 1 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 12 V AC/DC 10 A (with inserted bridge 2967691) 30 A (300 ms) 10 mA 240 W 58 W 48 W 50 W 75 W 2500 VA 5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min) -40°C ... 70°C (temperature class TX) 100% operating factor V0 Approx. 3 x 107 cycles EN 50155 (VDE 0115 part 200), EN 50178 (VDE 0160), IEC 62103, EN 61373, EN 50121 Any / In rows with zero spacing 14 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm

5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min) -40°C ... 70°C (temperature class TX) 100% operating factor V0 Approx. 3 x 107 cycles EN 50155 (VDE 0115 part 200), EN 50178 (VDE 0160), IEC 62103, EN 61373, EN 50121 Any / In rows with zero spacing 14 mm / 94 mm / 80 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT

111

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series PLC electronic sensor terminal block for NAMUR proximity sensors The electronic sensor terminal block, PLC-...-EIK 1-SVN from Phoenix converts the changeable resistance of a NAMUR sensor unit into a digital signal that can be read by all PLCs. In addition, the electronics unit monitors the sensor side for short circuits or wire breaks and reports this error via an integrated LED. Due to a corresponding resistance circuit, the PLC-...-EIK 1-SVN can be used to monitor all mechanical switches (N/C contact or N/O contact) for short circuits and/or wire break. In addition to a high packing density, this switching amplifier features the following: – Regulated power supply for the NAMUR proximity switch, – Defined recognition and evaluation of the analog sensor signal, – Monitoring of the sensor line for short circuits and strand breakage; a fault is signalized by the LED red, – Status display (output signal) via LED green, – 24 V/50 mA digital output for directly connecting programmable logic controls, – Output positive or negative switching depending on design, – Additional output for error message, positive or negative switching depending on design, – Connection option for PLC-V8 adapter, – Bridging and marking with standard terminal accessories. Note: For application example, see page 179.
Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog. Insulating plate PLC-ATP is to be used in the following cases: always at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages greater than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between the same terminal points of neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between neighboring modules. Pin configuration PLC-NAMUR, see circuit diagram: For positive switching (P), data without parentheses applies, both +24 V connection terminals are connected internally. For minus switching (M), data in parenthese applies, both GND connection terminals are connected internally.

H W D

PLC-...-EIK 1-SVN 24.../...
For inductive proximity sensors acc. to NAMUR, with light indicators for sensor signal and faults,

Terminal width 6.2

Applied for: UL / CUL / GL

Out (GND) Out ERR GND

solid Connection data Screw connection Spring-cage conn.

stranded [mm2] 0.14-2.5 0.2-2.5

UVN

AWG 26-12 24-12

(OUT) 24V ERR (ERR)

UVN

0.14-2.5 0.2-2.5

(M) (P)

+

Description Switching amplifier electronic terminal block, positive switching With screw connection With spring-cage connection Switching amplifier electronic terminal block, negative switching With screw connection With spring-cage connection Double-level terminal block, with preassembled resistors With screw connection Technical data Supply Input supply nominal voltage UVN Typ. input current at UVN Transmission frequency flimit Input circuit Control circuit No-load voltage Switching points in accordance with EN 60947-5-6:

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

PLC-SC-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P PLC-SP-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P

2982663 2982676

10 10

PLC-SC-EIK 1-SVN 24M PLC-SP-EIK 1-SVN 24M

2982595 2982605

10 10

UKK 5-2R/NAMUR

2941662

50

24 V DC ±20% (UVN) Approx. 14 mA Approx. 350 Hz LED green, polarity protection, surge protection 8.2 V DC ±10% ≥ 2.1 mA (in conductive state) ≤ 1.2 mA (in blocking state) Approx. 20 mA (in the event of a short circuit) Approx. 12 mA (in the event of a wire break) Approx. 0.2 mA Approx. 1 kΩ Surge protection UVN - URest 3 V DC ... 33 V DC 50 mA ≤ 1.5 V (UR) LED red, surge protection 50 mA ≤ 1.5 V (UR) ≤ 100 mV (in conductive state) UVN - UR (in blocking state) 3 V DC ... 33 V DC Surge protection 50 V DC 0.4 kV / Basic insulation -25°C ... 50°C 100% operating factor V0 DIN EN 50178 2/I Any / In rows with zero spacing 6.2 mm / 86 mm / 80 mm

Switching hysteresis Internal resistance Protective circuit Alarm output Operating voltage range (positive switching) Operating voltage range (negative switching) Limiting continuous current Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current Output protection Signal output Limiting continuous current Voltage drop UR at max. limiting continuous current Output voltage (positive switching) Output voltage range (negative switching) Output protection General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage / insulation Ambient temperature range Nominal operating mode Inflammability class acc. to UL 94 Air and creepage distances Pollution degree / Surge voltage category Assembly position/mounting Dimensions

W/H/D

112

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series PLC series Electronic reversing load relay for DC motors The electronic reversing load relays PLC-S...-ELR W 1/2-24DC allow mechanically commutated DC motors to be switched. They reverse and reduce the speed of DC motors up to 24 V/2 A, in a wear-free manner. A short circuit, surge voltage and overload proof output guarantees reliable use in the plant. If a 24 V DC signal is applied to the "left" input, the ELR-DC is interconnected so that the output supplies the motor with voltage. If the "right" input is triggered, the polarity of the voltage is inverted on the output. By triggering both inputs, i.e. "right" and "left", the motor is short-circuited internally via the ELR-DC and reduces the speed. Thanks to the internal interlocking circuit and load wiring, wiring expense is reduced to a minimum. The modules are available with either screw or spring-cage connections. Adjacent modules can be bridged with the PLC plug-in bridges if necessary. Note: For application example, status table and derating curve, refer to page 179.
H W D

Notes: Type of housing: Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog. Insulating plate PLC-ATP is to be used in the following cases: always at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages greater than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between the same terminal points of neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between neighboring modules. For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be dampened with an effective protection circuit. PWM = Pulse Width Modulation

PLC-S...-ELR W 1/2-24DC
With overload and short circuit proof output

Terminal width 6.2

Applied for: UL Listed / CUL Listed

UV

solid Connection data Screw connection Spring-cage conn.

stranded [mm2] 0.14-2.5 0.2-2.5

AWG 26-14 24-14

R L

0.14-2.5 0.2-2.5

Description Electronic reversing load relays, for driving DC motors, with light indicator and protection circuit With screw connection With spring-cage connection Technical data Input data Control voltage UST right/left Control input current IST right/left Input protection: PWM option Max. clock frequency of the PWM at the control inputs Pulse width repetition rate of the PWM Output data Supply voltage range UV Quiescent current Output protection Motor switching output Continuous current IA max. Current limitation at short-circuits General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage / insulation Ambient temperature range Nominal operating mode Inflammability class acc. to UL 94 Air and creepage distances between the power circuits Pollution degree / Surge voltage category Mounting position Assembly Dimensions

Type

PLC-SC-ELR W1/ 2-24DC PLC-SP-ELR W1/ 2-24DC

24 V DC ±20% Approx. 3 mA LED yellow, polarity protection, surge protection 1000 Hz 0% ... 100% 10 V DC ... 30 V DC 10 mA LED green, polarity protection, surge protection 2 A (see derating curve) 15 A (during braking) 50 V DC 0.5 kV / basic insulation -25°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor V0 DIN EN 50178/VDE 0110 2 / II Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) In rows with zero spacing 6.2 mm / 86 mm / 80 mm

W/H/D

T M+ MGND
Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. 2980539 2980555 1 1 PHOENIX CONTACT

113

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series PLC accessories

The power terminal PLC-ESK helps in supplying the bridge potentials, the insulating plate PLC-ATP helps in optical and safe disconnection of the adjacent PLC modules. The passive feed-through bridge PLC-BP (A1-14) is used instead of a relay and connects the A1 and 14 terminal points.

PLC-ESK GY
Description Color Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. Type

PLC-BP (A1-14)
Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

Power terminal, for supply of up to four potentials, with the same shape as PLC standard series, max. 32 A/250 V AC gray Insulating plate, thickness 2 mm, required at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip. It also serves in visual separation of groups, safe isolation of different voltages of neighboring PLC interfaces as per DIN EN 50178/VDE0160, separation of neighboring bridges of different potentials and separation of PLC interfaces at voltages >250 V black Screwdriver Blade: 0,6 x 3.5 x 100 mm, length: 181 mm Passive feed-through bridge, can be plugged in instead of relay or solid-state relay, bridges terminal points A1 and 14 black PLC-BP (A1-14) 2980283 10 PLC-ESK GY 2966508 5

PLC-ATP BK SZF 1-0,6X3,5

2966841 1204517

25 10

PLC accessories

The colored isolated FBST plug-in bridges are not required for the PLC interface to up to 70%. The 500 mm long "Endless bridges" FBST 500-PLC are especially effective. The 2-pos. single plug-in bridges FBST 6 are especially suited for bridging a smaller number of PLC modules.

FBST 500-PLC...
Description Color Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

ZB 6,LGS:FORTL.ZAHLEN
Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

Cont. plug-in bridge, 500 mm long, isolated, can be cut to length, for potential distribution red blue gray Plug-in bridge, 2-pos., 6 mm long, for potential distribution red blue gray Plug-in bridge, 2-pos., 8 mm long, for potential distribution with a partition plate gray Plug-in bridge, 2-pos., 14 mm long, insulated, for potential distribution black Zack marker strip, printed horizontally, 10-section, with consecutive numbers, e.g. 1-10, 11-20, etc. up to 91-100 white white

FBST 500-PLC RD FBST 500-PLC BU FBST 500-PLC GY

2966786 2966692 2966838

20 20 20

FBST 6-PLC RD FBST 6-PLC BU FBST 6-PLC GY

2966236 2966812 2966825

50 50 50

FBST 8-PLC GY

2967688

50

FBST 14-PLC BK

2967691

50

ZB 6,LGS:FORTL.ZAHLEN ZB 6:UNBEDRUCKT

1051016 1051003

10 10

114

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
PLC series Adapter for PLC-INTERFACE

PLC-V8/... are VARIOFACE adapters which connect the 6.2 mm wide PLCINTERFACE modules to the VARIOFACE system cabling:
Note: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

PLC-V8/...
VARIOFACE adapter for 6.2 mm PLC-INTERFACE

PLC-V8L/...
VARIOFACE adapter for 14 mm PLC-INTERFACE

uPF
Description No. of pos. Module width W Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

VARIOFACE-V8 adapter, for eight PLC interfaces (6.2 mm), with 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable connection, for PLC system cabling, positive switching OUTPUT 14 49.6 mm INPUT 14 49.6 mm VARIOFACE-V8 adapter, for eight PLC interfaces (6.2 mm), with 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable connection, for PLC system cabling, negative switching OUTPUT 14 49.6 mm INPUT 14 49.6 mm VARIOFACE output adapter, for eight PLC interfaces (6.2 mm), with 15-pos. D-SUB connection Pin strip 15 49.6 mm Socket strip 15 49.6 mm VARIOFACE input adapter, for eight PLC interfaces (6.2 mm), with 15-pos. D-SUB connection Pin strip 15 49.6 mm Socket strip 15 49.6 mm VARIOFACE-V8 adapter, for eight PLC interfaces (14 mm), with 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable connection, for PLC system cabling, positive switching 14 112.3 mm VARIOFACE-V8 adapter, for eight PLC interfaces (14 mm), with 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable connection, for PLC system cabling, negative switching 14 Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current (per branch) Max. total current (voltage supply) Test voltage Ambient temperature range Mounting position Standards/regulations Connection method 112.3 mm 24 V DC 1 A (per signal path) 3A 500 V AC (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 60°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Screw connection Flat-ribbon cable connector, in acc. with IEC 60603-13 (engagement catches based on IEC 60603-13) 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 94 mm / 100 mm PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT PLC-V8/FLK14/IN 2295554 2296553 1 1

PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT/M PLC-V8/FLK14/IN/M

2304102 2304115

1 1

PLC-V8/D15S/OUT PLC-V8/D15B/OUT

2296058 2296061

1 1

PLC-V8/D15S/IN PLC-V8/D15B/IN

2296074 2296087

1 1

PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT

2299660

1

PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT/M

2304306

1

Power supply Signal level

24 V DC 1 A (per signal path) 3A 500 V (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 60°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Screw connection Flat-ribbon cable connector, in acc. with IEC 60603-13 (engagement catches based on IEC 60603-13) 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 94 mm / 100 mm

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions

H/D

PHOENIX CONTACT

115

INTERFACE Relay
DEK series

The Phoenix Contact interface terminal blocks DEK provide complete interface functions in modular terminal block housings that are just 6.2 mm wide. In conjunction with standard terminal block accessories, these high capacity interfaces have not only the design but also the high level of user convenience of modular terminal blocks. The main common feature of all Phoenix Contact interface terminal blocks is their constructional width of just 6.2 mm. This saves 60% space in the control cabinet in comparison to conventional 15 mm wide coupling relays from modular systems. The DEK range offers the best solution for all industrial voltages both for signal input and output. High switching capacities are a matter of course for the relay terminal block DEKREL... and the solid-state relay terminal block DEK-OV.... The wear-free power solid-state relay terminal block DEK-OV... is used for applications that require a greater switching frequency in which electromechanical relays reach the end of their service life in a short time.

Integrated LEDs clearly indicate the switching status of the electronic terminal blocks and provide an excellent overview of the coupling level and the system. Colored insertion bridges EB-DIK for the supply and ground signals make it possible to design the circuit simply and effectively. Integrated protective circuits such as free-wheeling diodes, polarity reversal protection diodes and surge protection elements protect the coupling modules and ensure optimum availability of the system.

116

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
DEK series Relay terminal block DEK-REL-...
H W D

The Phoenix relay terminal block with PDT contact offers the following advantages: – Width of only 6.2 mm, – High switching capacity of 250 V AC / 6 A, – Less storage, since PDT, N/O or N/C contacts can be wired, – Little wiring expense, due to the use of EB-DIK insertion bridges, – IP67 protected relay housing, – Cadmium-free relay contacts, – 4 kV electrical isolation of input and output, – Safe isolation in acc. with DIN EN 50178 (VDE 0160), – Light indicator for signalizing the switching status.

Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog. For the protection of relay coils and contacts, inductive loads must be dampened with an efficient protection circuit. Other insertion bridges EB...DIK... refer to page 133.

DEK-REL-G24/21
For medium to high loads 1 PDT (21)

Width 6.2

uP
12 14

A1 +

solid Connection data Screw connection

stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5

AWG 24-14

0.2-2.5

A2 -

11

Description Relay terminal block with power relay 1 Cover

Input voltage UN 24 V DC

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

DEK-REL-G24/21 D-DEK 1,5 GN

2964500 2716949

10 50

Insertion bridge, for middle and lower levels Divisible

No. of pos. 80 80 80

Color blue red white EB 80- DIK BU EB 80- DIK RD EB 80- DIK WH 1 0.8 1.1 9 8 5 LED yellow, polarity protection, free-wheeling diode Single contact, 1 PDT AgSnO 250 V AC/DC 12 V AC/DC 6A 6A 10 mA 24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 220 V DC 250 V AC 140 W 20 W 18 W 23 W 40 W 1500 VA 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C Approx. 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, IEC 60255/VDE 0435 (in relevant parts), DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts) W/H/D 6.2 mm / 56 mm / 80 mm 2715940 2715953 2715788 1 1 1

Technical data Input data Permissible range (based on UN) Typ. input current at UN Typ. response time at UN Typ. release time at UN Input protection: Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. inrush current Min. switching current Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load [mA] [ms] [ms]

General data Test voltage (winding / contact) Ambient temperature range Mechanical service life Standards/regulations

Dimensions

PHOENIX CONTACT

117

INTERFACE Relay
DEK series Input interface DEK-REL-24/1/SEN and output interface DEK-REL-24/1/AKT In addition to the familiar advantages of the electronic terminal blocks DEK-REL... such as – 2-layer contact with hard gold-plating for universal applications from 1 mA to 5 A continuous current, – 2 kVrms electrical isolation between input and output – Integrated input circuit. With this terminal block, "ALL" connections for a sensor or actuator are provided over a width of just 6.2 mm! This means that 16 outputs take up a total constructional width of just 105.4 mm (including the power terminal block). Advantages: – Lower costs as the N terminal block is no longer required, – Wiring is reduced to a minimum, – Up to 73% more space.
H W D

Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog. For the protection of relay coils and contacts, inductive loads must be dampened with an efficient protection circuit. Other insertion bridges EB...DIK... refer to page 133.

DEK-REL-.../I/1
For small to medium loads 1 N/O contact (1)

Width 6.2

P
13

A1

solid Connection data Screw connection

stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5

AWG

14
0.2-2.5 24-14

A2

14

Description Relay terminal block with miniature relay

Input voltage UN

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

1 5 V AC/DC 2 24 V AC/DC Terminal block, with three through contacts, for mounting on NS 35... For busbar feeding Cover Insertion bridge, for middle and lower levels Divisible No. of pos. 80 80 80 Color blue red white

DEK-REL- 5/I/1 DEK-REL- 24/I/1

2941183 2940171

10 10

D-DEK 1,5 GN

2716949

50

EB 80- DIK BU EB 80- DIK RD EB 80- DIK WH 1 2

2715940 2715953 2715788

1 1 1

Technical data Input data Permissible range (based on UN) Typ. input current at UN Typ. response time at UN Typ. release time at UN Input protection: Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. inrush current Min. switching current Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load [mA] [ms] [ms]

0.9 0.8 1.1 1.1 23 6.5 8 5 15 15 LED yellow, bridge rectifier Double contact, 1 N/O contact AgNi, 5 µm hard gold-plated 250 V AC / 125 V DC 0.1 V 3 A (5 A up to 35°C at 24 V DC) 5A 1 mA

Signal load Supply (+) Load Ground load

PLC OUT

-PLC

Pin configuration, DEK-REL-...AKT

24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 250 V AC General data Test voltage (winding / contact) Ambient temperature range Mechanical service life Standards/regulations

72 W 60 W 50 W 50 W 750 VA 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C Approx. 2 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, IEC 60255/DIN VDE 0435 (in relevant parts), DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts)

A 0

SPS IN

+SPS +
Dimensions W/H/D

6.2 mm / 56 mm / 80 mm

Pin configuration DEK-REL-...SEN

118

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
DEK series
H W D H W D H W D

DEK-REL-.../O/1
For small to medium loads 1 N/O contact (1)

DEK-REL-...AKT
For small to medium loads 1 N/O contact (1)

DEK-REL-...SEN
For small to medium loads 1 N/O contact (1)

Width 6.2

P
13

Width 6.2

uP
13

Width 6.2

uP
13

A1

A1

A1

A2 A2 14 A2

14

A2 14

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

DEK-REL- 5/O/1 DEK-REL- 24/O/1

2941170 2941154

10 10

DEK-REL- 24/1/AKT

2964063

10

DEK-REL- 24/1/SEN

2964050

10

DIKD 1,5 D-DEK 1,5 GN 2716949 50 D-DEK 1,5 GN

2715979 2716949

50 50

DIKD 1,5 D-DEK 1,5 GN

2715979 2716949

50 50

EB 80- DIK BU EB 80- DIK RD EB 80- DIK WH 1 2

2715940 2715953 2715788

1 1 1

EB 80- DIK BU EB 80- DIK RD EB 80- DIK WH 1 0.8 1.1 6.5 5 15 LED yellow, bridge rectifier Double contact, 1 N/O contact AgNi, 5 µm hard gold-plated 250 V AC / 125 V DC 0.1 V 3 A (5 A up to 35°C at 24 V DC) 5A 1 mA 72 W 60 W 50 W 50 W 750 VA

2715940 2715953 2715788

1 1 1

EB 80- DIK BU EB 80- DIK RD EB 80- DIK WH 1 0.8 1.1 6.5 5 15 LED yellow, bridge rectifier Double contact, 1 N/O contact AgNi, 5 µm hard gold-plated 250 V AC / 125 V DC 0.1 V 3 A (5 A up to 35°C at 24 V DC) 5A 1 mA 72 W 60 W 50 W 50 W 750 VA

2715940 2715953 2715788

1 1 1

0.9 0.8 1.1 1.1 23 6.5 8 5 15 15 LED yellow, bridge rectifier Double contact, 1 N/O contact AgNi, 5 µm hard gold-plated 250 V AC / 125 V DC 0.1 V 3 A (5 A up to 35°C at 24 V DC) 5A 1 mA 72 W 60 W 50 W 50 W 750 VA 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C Approx. 2 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, IEC 60255/DIN VDE 0435 (in relevant parts), DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts) 6.2 mm / 56 mm / 80 mm

2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C Approx. 2 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, IEC 60255/DIN VDE 0435 (in relevant parts), DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts) 6.2 mm / 56 mm / 80 mm

2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C Approx. 2 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, IEC 60255/DIN VDE 0435 (in relevant parts), DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts) 6.2 mm / 56 mm / 80 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT

119

INTERFACE Relay
DEK series Solid-state relay terminal blocks DEK-OE... and DEK-OV... Phoenix Contact DEK-OE and DEK-OV interface terminal blocks are only 6.2 mm wide but still provide a complete input or output interface with: – Electrical isolation between input and output at up to 2.5 kVrms – Integrated input circuit, – Status display, – Insertion bridges EB-DIK, – Labeling and mounting with modular terminal block convenience, – Wear-free switching up to 24 V DC/10 A and 240 V AC/800 mA, – Integrated output protection circuit, – Zero voltage switch at AC output, – Actuator version available. Note: For load current diagram, refer to page 179.
Screw connection Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog. For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be dampened with an effective protection circuit. Other insertion bridges EB...DIK... refer to page 133.

H W D

DEK-OE.../48DC/100
With DC voltage output max. = 100 mA

Width 6.2

P

A1 +
stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5 0.2-2.5 solid

+ A

A1

+ A 0

AWG 24-14

A2 -

0 A2

DC

AC

Description Solid-state input relays 1 2 3 4 5 6 Solid-state power relays 1 2 3 7 No. of pos. 80 80 80

Input voltage UN 5 V DC 12 V DC 24 V DC 60 V DC 120 V AC 230 V AC 5 V DC 12 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC Color blue red white

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

DEK-OE- 5DC/ 48DC/100 DEK-OE- 12DC/ 48DC/100 DEK-OE- 24DC/ 48DC/100 DEK-OE- 60DC/ 48DC/100 DEK-OE-120AC/ 48DC/100 DEK-OE-230AC/ 48DC/100

2940223 2964487 2940207 2941536 2941659 2940210

10 10 10 10 10 10

Actuator principle Insertion bridge, for middle and lower levels Divisible

EB 80- DIK BU EB 80- DIK RD EB 80- DIK WH 1 2 3 4

26 A 26 A 26 A 5

2715940 2715953 2715788 6

1 1 1

Technical data Input data Permissible range (based on UN) Switching level with reference to UN Typ. input current at UN Transmission frequency flimit Input circuit AC Input circuit DC Output data Operating voltage range Periodic peak reverse voltage Limiting continuous current Min. load current Surge current Switching time tin /tout Leakage current in off condition Phase angle (cos ϕ) Output circuit Max. load value Output protection Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature range Standards/regulations Pollution degree/surge voltage category Assembly position/mounting Dimensions 1 signal ("H") 0 signal ("L") [mA] [Hz]

0.9 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.9 0.9 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.9 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 6.5 11 7 4 3.2 2.5 300 300 300 300 3 3 LED yellow, polarity protection, purge protection LED yellow, polarity protection 3 V DC ... 48 V DC 100 mA 20 µs / 200 µs 10 ms / 20 ms 2-conductor floating, 3-conductor ground-referenced Polarity protection, free-wheeling diode ≤ 0.9 V 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 60°C IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, basic insulation 2 / III Any / In rows with zero spacing 6.2 mm / 56 mm / 80 mm

DC input AC input

W/H/D

120

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
DEK series
H W D H W D H W D

DEK-OV.../24DC/3
With DC voltage output max. = 3 A

DEK-OV-.../24DC/10
With DC voltage output max. = 10 A

DEK-OV.../240AC/800
With AC voltage output max. = 800 mA

Width 6.2

P

Width 6.2

u
A

Width 6.2

P

A1+

14 A1+

14

A1

A1 +

13 13

A2A2-

13+ A2-

13+ A2 +

DEK-OV.../24DC/3

DEK-OV.../24DC/3/AKT

0

A2 -

14

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

DEK-OV- 5DC/ 24DC/ 3 DEK-OV- 12DC/ 24DC/ 3 DEK-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/ 3 DEK-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/ 3/AKT

2941361 2941387 2941374 2964296

10 10 10 10

DEK-OV- 5DC/ 24DC/ 10 DEK-OV- 12DC/ 24DC/ 10 DEK-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/ 10

2961752 2961749 2964322

10 10 10

DEK-OV- 5DC/240AC/800 DEK-OV- 12DC/240AC/800 DEK-OV- 24DC/240AC/800

2964623 2964636 2964649

10 10 10

EB 80- DIK BU EB 80- DIK RD EB 80- DIK WH 1 0.8 1.2 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 11 300 2 0.8 1.2 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 8.5 300 3 0.8 1.2 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 7 300

26 A 26 A 26 A

2715940 2715953 2715788 7 0.8 1.2 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 7 300

1 1 1

EB 80- DIK BU EB 80- DIK RD EB 80- DIK WH 1 0.8 1.2 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 5.1 100 2 0.8 1.2 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 4.7 100 3 0.8 1.2 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 3.5 100

26 A 26 A 26 A

2715940 2715953 2715788

1 1 1

EB 80- DIK BU EB 80- DIK RD EB 80- DIK WH 1 0.8 1.2 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 10.2 10 2 0.8 1.2 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 10.5 10 3 0.8 1.2 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 10.7 10

26 A 26 A 26 A

2715940 2715953 2715788

1 1 1

LED yellow, polarity protection 3 V DC ... 30 V DC 3A 40 µs / 200 µs -/2-conductor floating Polarity protection, surge protection ≤ 0.2 V 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 60°C IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, basic insulation 2 / III Any / In rows with zero spacing 6.2 mm / 56 mm / 80 mm

LED yellow, polarity protection, purge protection 5 V DC ... 30 V DC 10 A 100 A (t = 20 ms) 250 µs / 800 µs -/3-conductor, ground-referenced Polarity protection, surge protection < 50 mV 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 60°C IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, basic insulation 2 / III Any / In rows with zero spacing 6.2 mm / 56 mm / 80 mm

LED yellow, polarity protection, purge protection 10 V AC ... 253 V AC (50/60 Hz) 600 V 0.8 A 10 mA 30 A (t = 10 ms) < 10 ms / < 10 ms -/1.2 mA 0.5 2-conductor floating, zero voltage switch 4.5 A2s RCV circuit ≤1V 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 60°C IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, basic insulation 2 / III Any / In rows with zero spacing 6.2 mm / 56 mm / 80 mm PHOENIX CONTACT

121

INTERFACE Relay
EMG series

The EMG series is an extensive range of flexibly combinable interface modules. It provides a large choice of relay and solid-state relay interfaces in a robust, railmountable housing system for many areas of application. The circuit diagram of the respective component is printed on all modules. The function of the modules can therefore be easily recognized even when the DIN rail is equipped to capacity and the cables are connected. This is an advantage which saves time and costs when servicing and expanding the system. Extremely narrow constructions enable the interfaces to be used in applications where the complexity of the system leaves little space. The modules can be mounted in rows with zero spacing on EN DIN rails. The circuit variants of the interfaces of the EMG series offer all the possibilities of process and control-related signal processing.

All common industrial voltages The EMG series offers the right solutions for signal input and output for all common industrial voltages. Integrated protection circuit The protective circuit integrated in the coupling modules, such as a free-wheeling diode and reverse polarity protection diode and surge protection elements, provides protection for the EMG modules and ensures optimum system availability. Switching status indication The switching status is signaled clearly and visibly via integrated LEDs, giving a good overview of the coupling level and of the system. High switching capacity Along with your EMG-REL... and EMG...OV modules, the EMG series provides coupling elements for high switching capacities.

122

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
EMG series Relay modules with miniature relays
H W D

On the input side, free-wheeling and polarity protection diodes ensure safe operation even when connected to sensitive electronic components. A light indicator displays the operational status of the relay. For the contacts, alternative versions can be supplied with an N/O, N/C or a PDT. Rotated EMG 10-REL/KSR...LCU versions are now available for use where input and output modules are arranged together. This means the labeling and the circuit diagram can be read while the signal direction is maintained.

Notes: Type of housing: Polycarbonate fiber reinforced PC-F, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog. For the protection of relay coils and contacts, inductive loads must be dampened with an efficient protection circuit.

EMG 10-REL/KSR.../1-LC...
For low or medium to high loads 1 N/O contact (1)

Width 10.6

uP
13

A1 +

solid Connection data Screw connection

stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5

AWG 24-12

0.2-4

A2 -

14

Description Relay module with multi-layer contact relay

Input voltage UN

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

1 24 V DC 2 60 V DC Relay module same as before, structure turned by 180° 1 Relay module with multi-layer contact relay 3 4 Relay module with power contact-relay 1 24 V DC 2 60 V DC Relay module same as before, structure turned by 180° 1 Relay module with power contact-relay 3 4 Technical data Input data Permissible range (based on UN) Typ. input current at UN Typ. response time at UN Typ. release time at UN Input protection: Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. inrush current Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load [mA] [ms] [ms] 120 V AC/DC 230 V AC/DC 24 V DC 120 V AC/DC 230 V AC/DC 24 V DC

EMG 10-REL/KSR-G 24/ 1-LC AU EMG 10-REL/KSR-G 60/ 1-LC AU

2940087 2941400

10 10

EMG 10-REL/KSR-G 24/ 1-LCU AU EMG 10-REL/KSR-120/1-LC AU EMG 10-REL/KSR-230/ 1-LC AU EMG 10-REL/KSR-G 24/ 1-LC EMG 10-REL/KSR-G 60/ 1-LC

2940362 2964461 2964416 2942108 2941303

10 10 10 10 10

EMG 10-REL/KSR-G 24/ 1-LCU EMG 10-REL/KSR-120/1-LC EMG 10-REL/KSR-230/ 1-LC 1 2 3 4

2942807 2964432 2964403

10 10 10

0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 21 10 5 5 7 8 7 7 11 10 11 11 LED yellow, polarity protection, free-wheeling diode Single contact, 1 N/O contact AgNi 250 V AC/DC 6A 8A Double contact, 1 N/O contact AgPd60 5 µm hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC ( 125 V AC ) 0.5 A ( 2 A ) 0.2 A ( 2 A ) 5 W ( 29 W ) - ( 29 W ) - ( 29 W ) -

24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 220 V DC 250 V AC General data Test voltage (winding / contact) Ambient temperature range Mechanical service life Standards/regulations

140 W 60 W 45 W 35 W 55 W 1500 VA

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 40°C Approx. 2 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts), basic insulation 2 / III 10.6 mm / 53.5 mm / 75 mm PHOENIX CONTACT

Pollution degree/surge voltage category Dimensions

W/H/D

123

INTERFACE Relay
EMG series Relay modules with miniature switching relay
Notes: Type of housing: Polycarbonate fiber reinforced PC-F, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog. For the protection of relay coils and contacts, inductive loads must be dampened with an efficient protection circuit.

H W D

H W D

EMG 10-REL/KSR.../2-LC...
For low or medium to high loads 1 N/C contact (2)

EMG 10-REL/KSR-G 24/21-LC
For low or medium to high loads 1 PDT (21)

Width 10.6

uP
12

Width 10.6

uP
12 14

A1 +

A1 +

solid Connection data Screw connection

stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5

AWG 24-12

0.2-4

A2 -

11

A2 -

11

11

Description Relay module with multi-layer contact relay

Input voltage UN

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

1 24 V DC 2 48 V DC Relay module same as before, structure turned by 180° 1 Relay module with multi-layer contact relay 2 3 4 Relay module with power contact-relay 1 24 V DC 2 48 V DC Relay module same as before, structure turned by 180° 1 Relay module with power contact-relay 1 2 3 4 Equipment marker 24 V AC/DC 48 V AC/DC 120 V AC/DC 230 V AC/DC 24 V DC 48 V AC/DC 120 V AC/DC 230 V AC/DC 24 V DC

EMG 10-REL/KSR-G 24/ 2-LC AU

2940126

10

EMG 10-REL/KSR-G 24/21-LC AU EMG 10-REL/KSR-G 48/21-LC AU

2940090 2964225

10 10

EMG 10-REL/KSR-G 24/ 2-LCU AU

2940375

10

EMG 10-REL/KSR-G 24/21-LCU AU EMG 10-REL/KSR- 48/21-LC AU EMG 10-REL/KSR-120/21-LC AU EMG 10-REL/KSR-230/21-LC AU

2940388 2964762 2964458 2964393 2942153 2963019

10 10 10 10 10 10

EMG 10-REL/KSR-G 24/ 2-LC

2942111

10

EMG 10-REL/KSR-G 24/21-LC EMG 10-REL/KSR-G 48/21-LC

EMG 10-REL/KSR-G 24/ 2-LCU

2940346

10

EMG 10-REL/KSR-G 24/21-LCU EMG 10-REL/KSR- 24/21-LC EMG 10-REL/KSR- 48/21-LC EMG 10-REL/KSR-120/21-LC EMG 10-REL/KSR-230/21-LC

2940359 2942658 2964526 2964445 2964380 2947585

10 10 10 10 10 50

EMG-SGKS 10 Technical data Input data Permissible range (based on UN) Typ. input current at UN Typ. response time at UN Typ. release time at UN Input protection: Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. inrush current Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load [mA] [ms] [ms] 1

2947585

50

EMG-SGKS 10 1 2 3 4

0.8 1.1 21 7 11 LED yellow, polarity protection, free-wheeling diode Single contact, 1 N/C contact AgNi 250 V AC/DC 6A 8A Double contact, 1 N/C contact AgPd60 5 µm hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC ( 125 V AC ) 0.5 A ( 2 A ) 0.2 A ( 2 A ) 5 W ( 29 W ) -

0.8 0.9 0.8 0.8 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 21 8 5 5 7 7 7 7 11 11 11 11 LED yellow, polarity protection, free-wheeling diode Single contact, 1 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 6A 8A 140 W 1500 VA Double contact, 1 PDT AgPd60 5 µm hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC ( 125 V AC ) 0.5 A ( 2 A ) 0.2 A ( 2 A ) 5 W ( 29 W ) -

24 V DC 250 V AC General data Test voltage (winding / contact) Ambient temperature range Mechanical service life Standards/regulations

140 W 1500 VA

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 40°C Approx. 2 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts), basic insulation 2 / III 10.6 mm / 53.5 mm / 75 mm

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 40°C Approx. 2 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts), basic insulation 2 / III 10.6 mm / 62.5 mm / 75 mm

Pollution degree/surge voltage category Dimensions

W/H/D

124

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
EMG series Relay modules with miniature switching relay
Notes: Type of housing: Polycarbonate fiber reinforced PC-F, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog. For the protection of relay coils and contacts, inductive loads must be dampened with an efficient protection circuit.
1) 2)

H W D

H W D

Varistor only in 120 V and 230 V types 230 V types with AC voltage relays without bridge rectifier

EMG 17-REL/KSR.../21-21-LC...
For low or medium to high loads 2 PDT (21-21)

EMG 22-REL/KSR.../21...
For low or medium to high loads 1 PDT (21)

Width 17.5

uP
12 14 22 24

Width 22.5

P
12 14

A1

A1 A1

solid Connection data Screw connection

stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5

AWG

A2
0.2-4 24-12

A2 A2 11 11

A2 11 21

Description

Input voltage UN

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Relay connector with miniature multi-layer contact relay 1 2 3 4 5 6 Relay module with power contact-relay 1 2 3 4 5 6 Equipment marker EMG-GKS 12 Technical data Input data Permissible range (based on UN) Typ. input current at UN Input protection: Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load 24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 220 V DC 250 V AC General data Test voltage (winding / contact) Test voltage (contact/contact) Ambient temperature range Rated operating mode Mechanical service life Standards/regulations [mA] 1 2 3 4 2947035 6 0.85 1.1 4 50 EMG-GKS 12 1 2 3 4 5 2947035 50 24 V AC/DC 48 V AC/DC 60 V AC/DC 120 V AC/DC 230 V AC/DC 230 V AC2) EMG 17-REL/KSR- 24/21-21-LC EMG 17-REL/KSR- 48/21-21-LC EMG 17-REL/KSR- 60/21-21-LC EMG 17-REL/KSR-120/21-21-LC EMG 17-REL/KSR-W230/21-21-LC 2940391 2940401 2940414 2940427 2940430 10 10 10 10 10 EMG 22-REL/KSR- 24/21 EMG 22-REL/KSR- 48/21 EMG 22-REL/KSR- 60/21 EMG 22-REL/KSR-120/21 EMG 22-REL/KSR-230/21 2951885 2951908 2951911 2953964 2952855 10 10 10 10 10 24 V AC/DC 48 V AC/DC 60 V AC/DC 120 V AC/DC 230 V AC/DC 230 V AC2) EMG 17-REL/KSR- 24/21-21-LC AU EMG 17-REL/KSR- 48/21-21-LC AU EMG 17-REL/KSR- 60/21-21-LC AU EMG 17-REL/KSR-120/21-21-LC AU EMG 17-REL/KSR-W230/21-21-LCAU 2941439 2941332 2941442 2941455 2941468 10 10 10 10 10 EMG 22-REL/KSR- 24/21AU 2947721 10

EMG 22-REL/KSR-230/21/AU

2949295

10

0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 18 10 8 6 LED yellow, bridge rectifier Single contact, 2 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 5A 120 W 95 W 60 W 40 W 55 W 1250 VA 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) 1 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 40°C 100% operating factor Approx. 5 x 107 cycles

0.9 0.9 0.8 0.85 - 0.9 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.06 1.06 18 10 8 4 5 LED yellow, bridge rectifier, varistor 1) Single contact, 1 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 6A 140 W 60 W 50 W 50 W 80 W 1500 VA Single contact, 1 PDT AgNi, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC ( 250 V AC/DC ) 50 mA ( 5 A ) 1.2 W ( 120 W ) - ( 60 W ) - ( 50 W ) - ( 50 W ) - ( 80 W ) - ( 1250 VA )

Single contact, 2 PDT AgNi, hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC ( 250 V AC/DC ) 50 mA ( 5 A ) 1.2 W ( 120 W ) - ( 95 W ) - ( 60 W ) - ( 40 W ) - ( 55 W ) - ( 1250 VA )

4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) 1 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C 100% operating factor Approx. 5 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts), basic insulation 2 / III Any / In rows with zero spacing 22.5 mm / 62.5 mm / 75 mm PHOENIX CONTACT

Pollution degree/surge voltage category Assembly position/mounting Dimensions

W/H/D

2 / III Any / In rows with zero spacing 17.5 mm / 62.5 mm / 75 mm

125

INTERFACE Relay
EMG series Hybrid relay modules
H W D

These modules are used in cases where weak signals from process computers or programmable logic controls must be used for triggering actuators. For this purpose, a transistor level on the input side amplifies the input signal for driving the integrated miniature switching relay. The transistor is turned on with the PLC or process computer signal via the control input B. The voltage circuit connected with 24 V via inputs A1 and A2 is activated and the relay picks up. The control input B can be wired with a positive or negative signal depending on the module version. A polarity protection diode prevents reverse polarity of the 24 V power supply and provides the basis for faultless operation of the following relay circuit. The coil is wired with a free-wheeling diode which comes into action during the critical switch-off process. An LED indicates the switching status of the relay. The modules are wired reliably via screw connections with a cable cross-section of up to 2.5 mm2. The connections can be labeled on both sides with the equipment marker.

Notes: Type of housing: Polycarbonate fiber reinforced PC-F, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog. For the protection of relay coils and contacts, inductive loads must be dampened with an efficient protection circuit.

EMG 22-REL/KSR-G24/TRN...
For medium to high loads 1 PDT (21)

Width 22.5

P
12 14

A1 + B+
solid Connection data Screw connection stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5 AWG 24-12

0.2-4

A2 A2 11

Description

Nominal control voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Relay module with miniature power contact relay with integrated NPN transistor control, for low control currents 1 5 V DC 2 12 V DC 3 24 V DC Relay module with miniature power contact relay with integrated PNP transistor control, for low control currents 1 2 3 Equipment marker EMG-GKS 12 Technical data Input data Relay supply voltage UN ± 10% Min. control voltage Max. control voltage Min. control current Max. control current Typ. input current at UN Typ. response time at UN Typ. release time at UN Input protection: Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. inrush current Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load 1 [V DC] [V DC] [V DC] [mA] [mA] [mA] [ms] [ms] 2 3 2947035 50 5 V DC 12 V DC 24 V DC EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRN 5 EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRN12 EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRN35 2949787 2952363 2952350 10 10 10

24 24 24 2.7 5 15 5.25 13.2 35 2.6 0.5 0.5 7.7 1 1 21 21 21 9 9 9 10 10 10 LED yellow, polarity protection, free-wheeling diode Single contact, 1 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 5A 8A

24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 220 V DC 250 V AC General data Test voltage (winding / contact) Ambient temperature range Rated operating mode Mechanical service life Standards/regulations

120 W 60 W 50 W 50 W 80 W 1250 VA 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C 100% operating factor Approx. 5 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts), basic insulation 2 / III Any 22.5 mm / 62.5 mm / 75 mm

Pollution degree/surge voltage category Assembly position/mounting Dimensions

W/H/D

126

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
EMG series
H W D

EMG 22-REL/KSR-G24/TRP...
For medium to high loads 1 PDT (21)

Width 22.5

P
12 14

A1 + B-

A2 A2 11

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRP 5 EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRP12 EMG 22-REL/KSR-G 24/TRP35 EMG-GKS 12 1 2 3

2949790 2952156 2952169 2947035

10 10 10 50

24 24 24 -2.4 -6.9 -17.5 -5.25 -13.2 -38.5 1.2 0.6 0.6 1.7 1 1.4 21 21 21 9 9 9 10 10 10 LED yellow, polarity protection, free-wheeling diode Single contact, 1 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 5A 8A 120 W 60 W 50 W 50 W 80 W 1250 VA 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C 100% operating factor Approx. 5 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts), basic insulation 2 / III Any / In rows with zero spacing 22.5 mm / 62.5 mm / 75 mm PHOENIX CONTACT

127

INTERFACE Relay
EMG series Solid-state power relays EMG-OV
H W D

Due to their rugged design, the solidstate relays are used in all areas of production and process engineering. Their most important electrical features are: – Protection circuits in input and output, – Direct control with switching levels from 5 V to 230 V and up to 2 A, – Status display, – Electrical isolation, – EMG-17-OV, short-circuit proof with indicator LED. Solid-state relay with AC voltage output also includes: – Zero voltage switch, – RC protection circuit. Note: For load current diagram, refer to page 180.

Notes: Type of housing: Polycarbonate fiber reinforced PC-F, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog. For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be dampened with an effective protection circuit.

EMG 10-OV
With DC voltage output max. = 1 A

Width 10

P

A1 +
stranded [mm2] AWG 0.2-4 0.2-2.5 24-12 solid

13 +

A1 +

13 +

Screw connection

A2 -

14

A2 -

14

DC

AC

Description Solid-state power relays 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Input voltage UN 5 V DC 12 V DC 24 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 220 V DC 120 V AC 230 V AC

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

48 V DC ... 60 V DC

EMG 10-OV- 5DC/24DC/1 EMG 10-OV- 12DC/24DC/1 EMG 10-OV- 24DC/24DC/1 EMG 10-OV- 60DC/24DC/1 EMG 10-OV-110DC/24DC/1 EMG 10-OV-220DC/24DC/1 EMG 10-OV-120AC/24DC/1 EMG 10-OV-230AC/24DC/1 EMG-SGKS 10

2944203 2944216 2944229 2944232 2944245 2944258 2944261 2944274 2947585

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 50 8 0.9 1.1 ≥ 0.45 ≤ 0.27 4 10

Equipment marker

Technical data Input data Permissible range (based on UN) Switching level with reference to UN Typ. input current at UN Transmission frequency flimit Input circuit AC Input circuit DC Output data Operating voltage range Periodic peak reverse voltage Limiting continuous current Current limitation at short-circuits Min. load current Surge current Switching time tin /tout 1 signal ("H") 0 signal ("L") [mA] [Hz]

1

2

3

4 0.9 1.1 ≥ 0.9 ≤ 0.18 4.7 500

5 0.9 1.1 ≥ 0.9 ≤ 0.23 4 500

6 0.9 1.1 ≥ 0.9 ≤ 0.27 3.5 500

7 0.8 1.1 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.25 4 10

0.9 0.9 0.9 1.1 1.1 1.1 ≥ 0.9 ≥ 0.9 ≥ 0.9 ≤ 0.6 ≤ 0.33 ≤ 0.21 4.2 4 4.4 500 500 500 Polarity protection Polarity protection 5 V DC ... 36 V DC 45 V DC 1A 2 A (t = 1 s) 0.1 ms / 0.2 ms

DC input

AC input

25 ms / 25 ms

Leakage current in off condition Phase angle (cos ϕ) Output circuit Max. load value Output protection Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature range Standards/regulations Assembly position/mounting Dimensions W/H/D

2-conductor floating Polarity protection ≤1V 3.5 kV AC -20°C ... 50°C DIN VDE 0110, basic insulation Any / In rows with zero spacing 10 mm / 102 mm / 75 mm

128

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
EMG series
H W D H W D H W D

EMG 12-OV
With DC voltage output max. = 1 A

EMG 12-OV
With AC voltage output max. = 1 A

EMG 17-OV
With short circuit proof DC voltage output max. = 2 A

Width 12.5

P

Width 12.5

P

Width 17.5

P

A1 +

13 A1 + +

13 +

A1 +

13 A1 +

13

A1 + A2 -

A1 + + A A2 -

+ A

A2 -

14

A2 -

14 A2 14 A2 DC AC 14

A2 DC

0 A2 AC

0

DC

AC

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

EMG 12-OV- 5DC/ 60DC/1 EMG 12-OV- 12DC/ 60DC/1 EMG 12-OV- 24DC/ 60DC/1 EMG 12-OV- 60DC/ 60DC/1 EMG 12-OV-110DC/ 60DC/1 EMG 12-OV-220DC/ 60DC/1 EMG 12-OV-120AC/ 60DC/1 EMG 12-OV-230AC/ 60DC/1

2948720 2948733 2948746 2948759 2948762 2948775 2948788 2948791

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

EMG 12-OV- 5DC/240AC/1 EMG 12-OV- 12DC/240AC/1 EMG 12-OV- 24DC/240AC/1 EMG 12-OV- 60DC/240AC/1 EMG 12-OV-110DC/240AC/1 EMG 12-OV-220DC/240AC/1 EMG 12-OV-120AC/240AC/1 EMG 12-OV-230AC/240AC/1

2948801 2948814 2948827 2948830 2948843 2948856 2948869 2948872

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

EMG 17-OV- 5DC/ 24DC/2 EMG 17-OV- 12DC/ 24DC/2 EMG 17-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/2 EMG 17-OV- 60DC/ 24DC/2 EMG 17-OV-110DC/ 24DC/2 EMG 17-OV-220DC/ 24DC/2 EMG 17-OV-120AC/ 24DC/2 EMG 17-OV-230AC/ 24DC/2

2946780 2946793 2946803 2946816 2946829 2946832 2946845 2946858

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

EMG-GKS 12 1 2 3 4 5

2947035 6 0.8 1.2 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 4.5 300 7 0.9 1.1 ≥ 0.9 ≤ 0.4 4 10

50 8 0.8 1.2 ≥ 0.9 ≤ 0.4 4 10

EMG-GKS 12 1 2 3 4 5

2947035 6 0.8 1.1 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 3 25 7 0.8 1.08 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.36 5.5 10

50 8 0.8 1.05 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.29 3 10

EMG-GKS 12 1 2 3 4 5

2947035 6 0.8 1.2 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 1.7 1000 7 0.8 1.16 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 2.1 10

50 8 0.8 1.2 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 2 10

0.8 0.8 0.8 0.64 - 0.8 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.64 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 7 7 7 6.5 6.5 500 500 500 500 300 Polarity protection, surge protection Polarity protection, surge protection 12 V DC ... 60 V DC 60 V DC 1A 20 µs / 200 µs

0.8 0.8 0.8 0.64 - 0.8 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.1 1.1 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.64 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.32 ≤ 0.4 10 7 6.8 4.5 3 25 25 10 25 25 Polarity protection, surge protection Polarity protection, surge protection

0.8 0.8 0.8 0.64 - 0.8 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.64 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.32 ≤ 0.4 4.5 4.6 3.5 2.1 1.7 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 Polarity protection, surge protection Polarity protection, surge protection 10 V DC ... 30 V DC 33 V DC 2A > 2 A (short circuit resistant) 120 µs / 230 µs

24 V AC ... 280 V AC (50 Hz ... 60 Hz) 600 V 1A 50 mA 125 A (t = 10 ms) (max. one half cycle - zero-voltage crossing) / (max. one half cycle zero-current crossing) 24 ms (max. one half cycle - zero-voltage crossing) / (max. one half cycle - zero-current crossing) 3.5 mA 0.5 2-conductor floating 78 A2s (I2 x t where t = 10 ms) RC element ≤ 1.5 V 3.5 kV AC -20°C ... 60°C DIN VDE 0110, basic insulation Any / Mounted in rows with zero spacing: Horizontal/not in rows: Any 12.5 mm / 102 mm / 75 mm

3 ms / 13 ms

50 ms / 12 ms

2-conductor floating Polarity protection, surge protection 1.2 V 3.5 kV AC -20°C ... 60°C DIN VDE 0110, DIN VDE 0106-101 Any / In rows with zero spacing 12.5 mm / 102 mm / 75 mm

150 µA 3-conductor, ground-referenced Polarity protection, free running ≤ 0.3 V 2.5 kV AC -20°C ... 60°C DIN VDE 0110, basic insulation Any / In rows with basic spacing 17.5 mm / 102 mm / 75 mm PHOENIX CONTACT

129

INTERFACE Relay
EMG series Solid-state power relays EMG-OV
H W D

Their most important electrical features are: – Defined switching levels (TTL/CMOS logic levels), – Protection circuits in input and output, – Status display, – Electrical isolation, – EMG-17-OV, short-circuit proof with indicator LED. Solid-state relay with AC voltage output also includes: – Zero voltage switch, – RC protection circuit. Note: For load current diagram, refer to page 180.

Notes: Type of housing: Polycarbonate fiber reinforced PC-F, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog. For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be dampened with an effective protection circuit.

EMG 17-OV
With DC voltage output max. = 3 A

Width 17.5

P

A1 +
stranded [mm2] AWG 0.2-4 0.2-2.5 24-12 solid

13 A1 + + A2 14 A2 DC AC

13 +

A2 A2

Screw connection

14

Description Solid-state power relays 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Input voltage UN 5 V DC 12 V DC 24 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 220 V DC 120 V AC 230 V AC

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

48 V DC ... 60 V DC

EMG 17-OV- 5DC/ 60DC/3 EMG 17-OV- 12DC/ 60DC/3 EMG 17-OV- 24DC/ 60DC/3 EMG 17-OV- 60DC/ 60DC/3 EMG 17-OV-110DC/ 60DC/3 EMG 17-OV-220DC/ 60DC/3 EMG 17-OV-120AC/ 60DC/3 EMG 17-OV-230AC/ 60DC/3 EMG-GKS 12

2954138 2954141 2954154 2954167 2954170 2954183 2954196 2954206 2947035

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 50 8

Equipment marker Technical data Input data Permissible range (based on UN) Switching level with reference to UN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1 signal ("H") 0 signal ("L")

≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4

≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4

≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4

≥ 0.64 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4

≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4

≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4

≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4

Typ. input current at UN Transmission frequency flimit Input circuit AC Input circuit DC Auxiliary voltage Auxiliary current Output data Operating voltage range Periodic peak reverse voltage Limiting continuous current Min. load current Surge current Switching time tin /tout

[mA] [Hz]

7 7 7 6.5 5.5 500 500 500 500 300 Polarity protection, surge protection Polarity protection, surge protection 12 V DC ... 60 V DC 60 V DC 3A 20 µs / 200 µs

4.5 300

4 10

4 10

DC input

AC input

3 ms / 13 ms

Leakage current in off condition Phase angle (cos ϕ) Output circuit Max. load value Output protection Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature range Standards/regulations Assembly position/mounting Dimensions

2-conductor floating Polarity protection, surge protection 1.2 V 3.5 kV AC -20°C ... 60°C DIN VDE 0110, DIN VDE 0106-101 Any / In rows with zero spacing 17.5 mm / 102 mm / 75 mm

W/H/D

130

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
EMG series
H W D H W D H W D

EMG 17-OV
With AC voltage output max. = 3 A

EMG 17-OV-TTL
With short circuit proof DC voltage output max. = 2 A

EMG 10-OE
With DC voltage output max. = 100 mA

Width 17.5

P

Width 17.5

P

Width 10

P

A1 + A2 A2 DC

A1 13 + A2 14 A2 AC

IN 13 T
&

+

A1 +

+ A1

+

A A2 A A2 A

14

5V +

0 DC AC

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

EMG 17-OV- 5DC/240AC/3 EMG 17-OV- 12DC/240AC/3 EMG 17-OV- 24DC/240AC/3 EMG 17-OV- 60DC/240AC/3 EMG 17-OV-110DC/240AC/3 EMG 17-OV-220DC/240AC/3 EMG 17-OV-120AC/240AC/3 EMG 17-OV-230AC/240AC/3 EMG-GKS 12 1 2 3 4 5

2954219 2954222 2954235 2954248 2954251 2954264 2954277 2954280 2947035 6 7

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 50 8

EMG 17-OV-TTL/ 24DC/2

2943259

10

EMG 10-OE- 5DC/ 48DC/100 EMG 10-OE- 12DC/ 48DC/100 EMG 10-OE- 24DC/ 48DC/100 EMG 10-OE- 60DC/ 48DC/100 EMG 10-OE-110DC/ 48DC/100 EMG 10-OE-220DC/ 48DC/100 EMG 10-OE-120AC/ 48DC/100 EMG 10-OE-230AC/ 48DC/100 EMG-GKS 12 1 2 3 4 5

2948885 2948898 2948908 2948911 2948924 2948937 2948940 2948953 2947035 6 7

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 50 8

EMG-GKS 12 3

2947035

50

≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4

≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4

≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4

≥ 0.64 ≤ 0.32

≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4

≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4

≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4

≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4

4.2 4.1 3.6 6 3.6 4.7 25 25 25 25 25 25 LED yellow, polarity protection, surge protection LED yellow, polarity protection, surge protection -

3.2 10

3 10

TTL (2 V) TTL (0.8 V) 2.6 1000 Polarity protection, surge protection, free running 5 V DC ± 20% 2.8 mA 10 V DC ... 30 V DC 33 V DC 2A 170 µs / 190 µs

≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4

≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4

≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4

≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4

≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4

≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4

≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4

≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4

12 10 8.5 7.5 4.5 500 500 500 500 500 Polarity protection, surge protection Polarity protection, surge protection 4 V DC ... 48 V DC 100 mA 20 µs / 100 µs

4 500

4.8 10

3.5 10

48 V AC ... 280 V AC (50 Hz ... 60 Hz) 600 V 3A 50 mA 160 A (t = 10 ms) (max. one half cycle - zero-voltage crossing) / (max. one half cycle zero-current crossing) (max. one half cycle - zero-voltage crossing) / (max. one half cycle zero-current crossing) 4 mA (in off state) 0.5 2-conductor floating 128 A2s (I2 x t where t = 10 ms) RC element, surge protection ≤1V 3.5 kV AC -20°C ... 60°C DIN VDE 0110, basic insulation Horizontal / In rows with zero spacing 17.5 mm / 102 mm / 75 mm

-/-

10 ms / 10 ms

150 µA 3-conductor, ground-referenced Polarity protection, free-wheeling diode ≤ 0.3 V 2.5 kV AC -20°C ... 60°C DIN VDE 0110, basic insulation Any / In rows with zero spacing 17.5 mm / 102 mm / 75 mm

2-conductor floating Polarity protection, surge protection 0.9 V 3.5 kV AC -20°C ... 60°C DIN VDE 0110, DIN VDE 0106-101 Any / In rows with zero spacing 10 mm / 102 mm / 75 mm PHOENIX CONTACT

131

INTERFACE Relay
Special relays and solid-state relays

Switch/relay terminal block DEK-REL-24/1/S The functions "Manual", "0", "Automatic" are provided in a 6.2 mm narrow relay terminal block. Interference-free relay and solid-state relay interfaces Coupled interference voltages on the coil lines or leakage currents can cause malfunctions in conventional modules. These special interface modules, equipped with high switching thresholds and/or effective filters, ensure good functioning. Relay interfaces for switching lamp loads ST -REL... and EMG 17-REL... Lamp loads and capacitive consumers produce extremely high inrush currents which weld conventional relay contacts. To prevent this, Phoenix Contact uses an arcresistant contact optimized for these applications, which keeps these peaks under control.

Pluggable solid-state power relays ST-OV 3-24DC/400/3 The output of this component, dimensioned with a peak reverse voltage of 800 V, allows, for example, 230 V motors to be driven in simple reversible mode. Power circuit breaker solid-state relay, with signal logic These modules combine the features of a short circuit proof power solid-state relay and those of a thermomagnetic protection element. 100-kHz input solid-state relay DEK-OE-...100KHZ Input solid-state relay for reliable transmission of high frequency signals of the type that occur with, for example, incremental encoders.

Electronic sensor terminal block for NAMUR proximity sensors For converting the changeable resistance of a NAMUR sensor into a digital signal that can be read by a PLC. Inverter module DEK-TR/INV Module for converting NPN outputs to PNP outputs and PNP to NPN. Logic pulse expansion module UEGM-OE/AV Input signals can be extended from 10 to 1500 ms. Remanence relay Bistable relay with one connection each to "Set" and "Reset".

132

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
Special relays and solid-state relays Relay terminal block with DEK-REL-24/1/S switch The relay module DEK-REL-24/1/S provides the functions "Manual", "0", "Automatic" over a design width of just 6.2 mm. Further advantages: – Neutral, space-saving interface in the terminal strip between the automation device and peripheral components – Simple interface testing and fast startup with switching status indication via LED for each circuit – Labeling and mounting with modular terminal block convenience – Possibility of combination with standard modular terminal blocks in a terminal strip – 2-layer contact with hard gold plating for universal applications.
Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog. For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be dampened with an effective protection circuit.

H W D

DEK-REL-24/1/S
For small to medium loads 1 N/O contact (1)

Width 6.2

uP

A 13 H
solid Connection data Screw connection stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5 AWG 24-14

0.2-2.5

A2

14

Description

Input voltage UN

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Relay terminal block with a miniature relay and an integrated "Manual", "0", "Automatic" switch 1 24 V AC/DC Cover Insertion bridge No. of pos. 2 3 4 5 10 2 3 4 5 10 80 80 80 Color red red red red red blue blue blue blue blue blue red white

DEK-REL- 24/1/S D-DEK 1,5 GN EB 2- DIK RD EB 3- DIK RD EB 4- DIK RD EB 5- DIK RD EB 10- DIK RD EB 2- DIK BU EB 3- DIK BU EB 4- DIK BU EB 5- DIK BU EB 10- DIK BU EB 80- DIK BU EB 80- DIK RD EB 80- DIK WH 1 0.8 1.1 6.5 5 15 LED yellow, bridge rectifier Double contact, 1 N/O contact AgNi, 5 µm hard gold-plated 250 V AC / 125 V DC 0.1 V 3 A (5 A up to 35°C at 24 V DC) 5A 1 mA

2964131 2716949 2716693 2716745 2716758 2716761 2716774 2716648 2716651 2716664 2716677 2716680 2715940 2715953 2715788

10 50 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 1 1

Divisible Divisible

Technical data Input data Permissible range (based on UN) Typ. input current at UN Typ. response time at UN Typ. release time at UN Input protection: Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. inrush current Min. switching current Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load [mA] [ms] [ms]

24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 250 V AC General data Test voltage (winding / contact) Ambient temperature range Mechanical service life Standards/regulations

72 W 60 W 50 W 50 W 750 VA 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C Approx. 2 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, IEC 60255/VDE 0435 (in relevant parts), DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts)

Dimensions

W/H/D

6.2 mm / 61 mm / 80 mm PHOENIX CONTACT

133

INTERFACE Relay
Special relays and solid-state relays Interface components against interference on the control side Interference voltages that are coupled on the feed lines of the control side can result in relays or solid-state relays not switching off reliably in spite of the low signal of the control unit. The ...SO46 series is developed especially for this case and improves the disconnection performance considerably in spite of the interference currents. The components are available in a modular or pluggable design. Note: For load current diagram, refer to page 180.
H W D H W D

ST-REL 3-KG.../21/SO46
For low or medium to high loads 1 PDT (21)

EMG 22-REL/KSR-230.../SO46
For low or medium to high loads 1 PDT (21)

Width 20.8

P
12 11 14

Width 22.5

P
12 14

A1 + A1
solid Connection data Screw connection stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5 AWG 24-12

0.2-4

A2 A2

11 11
A1 A2

Description Relay module with power contact-relay 1 2 3 Relay module with multi-layer contact relay 1 2 3 Basic terminal block, complete with end cover

Input voltage UN 24 V AC/DC 120 V AC/DC 230 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC 120 V AC/DC 230 V AC/DC

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

ST-REL3-KG 24/21/SO46 ST-REL3-KG120/21/SO46 ST-REL3-KG230/21/SO46 ST-REL3-KG 24/21/AU/SO46 ST-REL3-KG120/21/AU/SO46 ST-REL3-KG230/21/AU/SO46

2826091 2833026 2832027 2826981 2829797 2826266

10 10 10 10 10 10

EMG 22-REL/KSR-230/21/ SO46

2940760

10

EMG 22-REL/KSR-230/21/AU/SO46

2940061

10

URELG 3 Equipment marker

2820136

10 EMG-GKS 12 2947035 3 0.9 1.1 18 10 8 LED yellow, bridge rectifier, surge protection 50

Technical data Input data Permissible range (based on UN) Typ. input current at UN Typ. response time at UN Typ. release time at UN Input protection: Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. inrush current Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load 24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 220 V DC 250 V AC General data Test voltage (winding / contact) Ambient temperature range Mechanical service life Standards/regulations [mA] [ms] [ms]

1

2

3

0.9 0.85 - 0.9 1.1 1.1 1.1 26 19 18 8 8 10 10 11 8 LED yellow, bridge rectifier, surge protection

Single contact, 1 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 6A 8A 140 W 60 W 45 W 35 W 55 W 1500 VA

Double contact, 1 PDT Gold (Au) 30 V AC / 36 V DC 0.5 A 0.2 A 5W -

Single contact, 1 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 6A 8A 95 W 50 W 45 W 35 W 55 W 1500 VA

Double contact, 1 PDT AgPd60 5 µm hard gold-plated 30 V AC / 36 V DC ( 125 V AC ) 0.5 A ( 2 A ) 0.2 A ( 2 A ) 5W -

2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C Approx. 2 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, DIN VDE 0109-11, draft, DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts) Any 20.8 mm / 112 mm / 42.5 mm

2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 40°C Approx. 2 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, DIN VDE 0109-11, draft, DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts) Any 22.5 mm / 62.5 mm / 75 mm

Assembly position/mounting Dimensions

W/H/D

134

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
Special relays and solid-state relays
H W D H W D

Notes: Type of housing: ST-REL: Polyamide non-reinforced PA, color: bottom part gray, hood green EMG: Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green. DEK: Polyamide non-reinforced PA, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

DEK-OE-230AC/48DC/100/SO46
With DC voltage output max. = 100 mA

EMG 17-OV.../48DC/2
With DC voltage output max. = 2 A

Width 6.2

P

Width 17.5

P

A1
stranded [mm2] AWG 0.2-4 0.2-2.5 24-12 solid

+

A1 + A2 A2

+ A

A1 + A2 A2 AC

+ A

A

Screw connection

0 DC

0

A2

0

Description Solid-state power relays 1 2 Equipment marker

Input voltage UN 24 V DC 230 V AC

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

DEK-OE-230AC/ 48DC/100/SO 46

2964678

10

EMG 17-OV- 24DC/ 48DC/2 EMG 17-OV-230AC/ 48DC/2 EMG-GKS 12

2942810 2942823 2947035

10 10 50

Technical data Input data Permissible range (based on UN) Switching level 1 signal ("H") [V DC] ≥ 0 signal ("L") [V DC] ≤ [mA] [ms] [ms] [Hz]

2 0.9 1.1 207 92 2.5 4.4 14 5 LED yellow, surge protection, RC element

1

2

Typ. input current at UN Typ. turn-on time for UN Typ. turn-off time at UN Transmission frequency flimit Input circuit AC Input circuit DC Output data Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. inrush current Output circuit Output protection Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature range Standards/regulations Pollution degree/surge voltage category Assembly position/mounting Dimensions

0.8 0.8 1.2 1.1 16.8 180 16 155 8 9 0.02 25 0.2 35 300 3 Polarity protection Polarity protection 48 V DC 12 V DC 2A 5 A (t = 1 s) 3-conductor, ground-referenced Polarity protection, surge protection 1.1 V 3.5 kV AC -10°C ... 55°C DIN VDE 0110, DIN VDE 0106-101, IEC 65 (Sec) 68, reinforced insulation 2 / III - / Mounted in rows with zero spacing: Horizontal/not in rows: Any 17.5 mm / 102 mm / 75 mm

48 V DC 3 V DC 100 mA 3-conductor, ground-referenced Polarity protection, free running ≤ 0.9 V 2.5 kV AC 0°C ... 50°C IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, basic insulation 2 / III Any / In rows with zero spacing W/H/D 6.2 mm / 56 mm / 80 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT

135

INTERFACE Relay
Special relays and solid-state relays Relay modules for high inrush currents The Phoenix Contact relay modules of the type SO 38 have been designed for switching electrical equipment with high inrush currents. Areas of application are: – Inductive loads (motors, power contactors etc.) – Inductive/capacitive loads (fluorescent lamps etc.) – Ohmic loads (glow lamps, heaters). The module is based on a relay with a special arc-resistant tungsten lead contact. This takes over the high inrush and interrupting current capacitively. The inductive main contact made of AgCdO takes over the continuous current up to 10 A reliably. With the model EMG 17REL...2E/SO38, this switching capacity is reached using a power relay with a set of silver tin oxide (AgSnO) contacts. The module is available in two versions: – Modular, rail-mountable housing EMG with a constructional width of 17.5 mm, – Convenient plug-in housing ST-REL from the Phoenix ST series for mounting on the basic terminal blocks URELG or UDK-RELG. Further features are: – Snap-on mounting on the common EN rails, – Easy maintenance, – Clear labeling of the terminal blocks using Phoenix Contact marking material.
Notes: Type of housing: Polycarbonate fiber reinforced PC-F, color: green or black. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

H W D

ST-REL 3-KG24/1/SO38
Medium to high power 1 N/O contact (1)

Width 20.8

P
13 14

solid Connection data Screw connection

stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5

AWG 24-12

0.2-4

A1

A2

Description

Input voltage UN

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Relay module with power contact-relay + wolfram lead contact 1 24 V DC Relay module with power contact relay, with two inputs for manual, automatic 1 24 V DC Basic terminal block, complete with end cover ST-REL3-KG 24/ 1/SO38 2829564 10

URELG 3 Equipment marker Technical data Input data Permissible range (based on UN) Typ. input current at UN Typ. response time at UN Typ. release time at UN Input protection: Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. inrush current Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load 24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 220 V DC 250 V AC General data Test voltage (winding / contact) Ambient temperature range Mechanical service life Standards/regulations Assembly position/mounting Dimensions W/H/D [mA] [ms] [ms] 1 0.85 1.1 28 13 15 LED yellow, free-wheeling diode

2820136

10

1 N/O contact with lead contact Main contact, silver cadmium oxide (AgCdO): Lead contact, wolfram 250 V AC 10 A 80 A (20 ms) 2500 VA 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C Approx. 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, DIN VDE 0109-11, draft - / Horizontal with zero spacing, vertical with spacing 20.8 mm / 112 mm / 42.5 mm

136

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
Special relays and solid-state relays
H W D H W D

EMG 17-REL/KSR-G24/SO38
Medium to high power 1 N/O contact (1)

EMG 17-REL/KSR-G24/2E/SO38
Medium to high power 1 N/O contact (1)

Width 17.5

uP
14 A1 +

Width 17.5

P
13 13

A H

A2 -

M 13

14

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

EMG 17-REL/KSR-G 24/SO38 BK

2949994

10

EMG 17-REL/KSR-G 24/2E/SO38

2941646

10

EMG-GKS 12 1 0.85 1.1 28 13 15 LED yellow, free-wheeling diode

2947035

50

EMG-GKS 12 1

2947035

50

0.9 1.1 23 9 10 Automatic: LED yellow, Manual: LED red, free-wheeling diode, polarity protection Single contact, 1 N/O contact AgSnO 250 V AC/DC 10 A 120 A (20 ms) 240 W 120 W 85 W 70 W 90 W 2500 VA 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C 3 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, DIN VDE 0109-11, draft Any 17.5 mm / 62.5 mm / 75 mm

1 N/O contact with lead contact Main contact, silver cadmium oxide (AgCdO): Lead contact, wolfram 250 V AC 10 A 80 A (20 ms) 2500 VA 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C Approx. 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, DIN VDE 0109-11, draft Any 17.5 mm / 62.5 mm / 75 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT

137

INTERFACE Relay
Special relays and solid-state relays Pluggable solid-state power relays ST -OV 3 The pluggable power solid-state relay ST-OV 3 is used for the electrical isolation and amplification of low-capacity signals, e.g. from PLC output modules. Due to the 400 V AC/3 A power output, the Phoenix power solid-state relay also allows 230 V motors to be driven in simple reversible mode (e.g. synchronous motor in single-phase mode, see illustration). In this case, voltage values above the nominal voltage (230 V AC) occur at the motor and therefore also at the solid-state relay output, which overstress the standard outputs. The ST-OV 3-24DC/400AC/3 therefore extends the range of solid-state relays to include an important area of application. The pluggable version of the module provides all the advantages of the ST series, such as: – Simple, quick assembly on the basis of proven modular terminal technology (e.g. basic terminal block URELG 3), – Work is kept to a minimum with high flexibility for initiating, testing and exchanging the modules. Note: Derating curve see page 180.
Notes: Type of insulating housing: polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: bottom part gray, hood green Ground (minus) potential from the input and output of the optocoupler should not be connected. AC loads must be protected with a varistor or an RC element.

H W D

ST-OV 3-24DC/400AC/3
With AC voltage output max. = 3 A

Width 20.8

P
13 14

Screw connection

stranded [mm2] AWG 0.2-4 0.2-4 24-12

solid

I [A]

U [V]

A1 +

A2 -

Description Solid-state power relays 1 Basic terminal block, complete with end cover

Input voltage UN 24 V DC

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

ST-OV3- 24DC/400AC/3

2905417

10

URELG 3 Technical data Input data Switching level with reference to UN Typ. input current at UN Transmission frequency flimit Input protection: Output data Operating voltage Operating voltage range Periodic peak reverse voltage Limiting continuous current Min. load current Surge current Residual voltage drop at "H" Leakage current in off condition Output protection General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature range Standards/regulations Pollution degree/surge voltage category Assembly position/mounting Dimensions 1 1 signal ("H") 0 signal ("L") [mA] [Hz] ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 7 10 LED yellow, polarity protection, RC element 400 V AC 24 V AC ... 420 V AC 800 V 3A 50 mA 125 A (t = 10 ms) ≤ 1.2 V Approx. 12 mA Surge protection, RC element

2820136

10

2.5 kV AC 0°C ... 60°C IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, basic insulation 2 / III Horizontal DIN rail / 20.8 mm / 112 mm / 42.5 mm

W/H/D

138

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
Special relays and solid-state relays Power protection circuit solid-state relay with signal logic ST -OV 4-24DC/24DC/...-PRO The ST-OV 4-...PRO provides protection and monitoring functions that are otherwise only known from thermomagnetic protection elements. The PROtect modules have the following features: – Fast disconnection with short circuits and simultaneous current limitation, – Time-dependent overload disconnection for reliable protection against continuous overloads. Brief inrush peaks are ignored. – After an overload or short-circuit has been triggered, a defined reset of the control voltage must be carried out. This results in reliable protection of the interrupted system part against undesired restarting, – Reliable recognition and indication of a line break on the load side, – Electrically isolated acknowledgment of an error status. Note: For derating curve, time/current characteristic curves and status diagram, refer to page 181.
Description Output current Power circuit breaker solid-state relay, with signal logic 1A 4A Basic terminal block, complete with end cover Technical data Input data Operating voltage Switching level Typ. input current at UN Transmission frequency flimit Reset period after short-circuit / overload shut down Input circuit Output data signaling contact / CONTROL Operating voltage range Limiting continuous current Residual voltage drop at "H" Output protection Output circuit Output data load contact Operating voltage range Limiting continuous current Min. load current Residual voltage drop at "H" Open circuit alarm with load current Overload disconnection (~ 1.4 x continuous current) Short-circuit disconnection Current limitation at short-circuits Switching time tin /tout Output protection Output circuit General data Test voltage input/output Test voltage output/output Ambient temperature range Standards/regulations Assembly position/mounting Dimensions ST-OV4- 24DC/ 24DC/1-PRO ST-OV4- 24DC/ 24DC/4-PRO UDK-RELG 4 2905572 2905585 2777056 10 10 10

Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: bottom part gray, hood green For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog. For load current diagram, see page 181.

H W D

ST-OV 4-24DC/24DC/...-PRO
With short circuit proof DC voltage output max. = 1 A or 4 A

Width 27

P
+

A1

A2
stranded [mm2] AWG 0.2-4 0.2-4 24-12 solid

A

Screw connection

+

Type

1 signal ("H") 0 signal ("L")

ST-OV4- 24DC/ 24DC/1-PRO 24 V DC ± 50% 8.5 V DC 5 V DC 6.5 mA 100 Hz 1 ms

LED yellow, polarity protection diode 5 V DC ... 36 V DC 50 mA ≤ 1.5 V Polarity protection diode 3-conductor, ground-referenced 18 V DC ... 36 V DC 1A 4A 1 mA 300 mV 200 mV < 100 µA ≤ 100 ms (see the time-current characteristic curve) < 200 µs (see the time-current characteristic curve) Approx. 25 A Approx. 70 A 300 µs / 700 µs LED red, damping diode 3-conductor, ground-referenced 2.5 kV AC 2.5 kV AC 0°C ... 60°C IEC 60664 / IEC 60664 A / DIN VDE 0110 / Basic insulation Any / In rows with zero spacing 27 mm / 114 mm / 63.5 mm

W/H/D

T
Order No. ST-OV4- 24DC/ 24DC/4-PRO PHOENIX CONTACT

0

Pcs. / Pkt.

139

INTERFACE Relay
Special relays and solid-state relays 100 kHz input solid-state relay DEK-OE Solid-state relays must fulfill certain requirements for each application. The most important is electrical isolation of the input signal from the output. Another factor can be the transmission rate. If very high transmission frequencies, i.e. very short signal sequences, are to be conveyed and evaluated, standard input and output solid-state relays are often insufficient. The Phoenix input solid-state relay DEK-OE 100 KHZ works up to a limit frequency of 100 kHz. This ensures that even very short pulses can be recorded "reliably" in a square-wave form that can be evaluated. The input solid-state relay DEK-OE.../100KHZ-G is a particularly interesting version. It is designed with a push-pull stage on the output side. This variant is used when signal inputs must be made to PLC meter cards that are provided with a capacitor on the input side (for interference suppression).
Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

H W D

DEK-OE-...DC/24DC/100KHZ
With DC voltage output Transmission frequency 100 kHz

Width 6.2

P
A

A1 +

Screw connection

stranded [mm2] AWG 0.2-4 0.2-2.5 24-12

solid

+

A2 -

0

Description Solid-state input relays 1 2 Technical data Input data Permissible range (based on UN) Switching level with reference to UN Typ. input current at UN Typ. turn-on time for UN Typ. turn-off time at UN Transmission frequency flimit Input protection: Output data Operating voltage range Limiting continuous current Quiescent current Residual voltage drop at "H" Output circuit Output protection General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature range Rated operating mode Standards/regulations Pollution degree/surge voltage category Assembly position/mounting Dimensions

Input voltage UN 5 V DC 24 V DC

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

DEK-OE- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ DEK-OE- 24DC/ 24DC/100KHZ 1 2

2964270 2964283

10 10

1 signal ("H") 0 signal ("L") [mA] [µs] [µs] [kHz]

0.8 0.8 1.2 1.2 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 7 6 1.5 1.5 2 2 100 100 LED yellow, polarity protection, surge protection 4 V DC ... 30 V DC 50 mA 4.3 mA ≤ 0.5 V DC 3-conductor, ground-referenced Surge protection 2.5 kV AC -20°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, basic insulation 2 / II Any / In rows with zero spacing 6.2 mm / 56 mm / 80 mm

W/H/D

140

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
Special relays and solid-state relays
H W D H W D

DEK-OE-...DC/5DC/100KHZ-G
With DC voltage output push-pull Transmission frequency 100 kHz

DEK-OE-...DC/24DC/100KHZ-G
With DC voltage output push-pull Transmission frequency 100 kHz

Width 6.2

P
A

Width 6.2

P
A

A1 +

A1 +

+

+

A2 -

0

A2 -

0

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

DEK-OE- 5DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G DEK-OE- 24DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G 1 2

2964542 2964364

10 10

DEK-OE- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G DEK-OE- 24DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G 1 2

2964555 2964348

10 10

0.5 0.8 1.2 1.2 ≥ 0.5 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.3 ≤ 0.4 8 8 1 1 2 2 100 100 LED yellow, polarity protection, surge protection 4 V DC ... 18 V DC 50 mA 8.5 mA ≤ 1.2 V DC 3-conductor push-pull, ground referenced Surge protection 2.5 kV AC -20°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, basic insulation 2 / II Any / In rows with zero spacing 6.2 mm / 56 mm / 80 mm

0.5 0.8 1.2 1.2 ≥ 0.5 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.3 ≤ 0.4 8 8 1 1 2 2 100 100 LED yellow, polarity protection, surge protection 14 V DC ... 30 V DC 50 mA 15 mA ≤ 2.2 V DC 3-conductor push-pull, ground referenced Surge protection 2.5 kV AC -20°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, basic insulation 2 / II Any / In rows with zero spacing 6.2 mm / 56 mm / 80 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT

141

INTERFACE Relay
Special relays and solid-state relays Electronic sensor terminal block for NAMUR proximity sensors The electronic sensor terminal block, EIK 1-SVN 24-P from Phoenix converts the changeable resistance of a NAMUR sensor unit into a digital signal that can be read by all PLCs. In addition, the electronics unit monitors the sensor side for short circuits or wire breaks and reports this error via an integrated LED and switches the output to 0 V. Due to a corresponding resistance circuit, the EIK 1-SVN 24-P can be used to monitor all mechanical switches (N/C contact or N/O contact) for short circuits and/or wire break (see Application 2). – Regulated power supply for the NAMUR proximity switch, – Defined recognition and evaluation of the analog sensor signal, – Monitoring of the sensor line for short circuits and strand breakage; a fault is signalized by the LED red, – Status display (high signal) via LED green, – 24 V/50 mA digital output for directly connecting programmable logic controls, – Bridging and marking with standard terminal accessories. Note: For derating curve and applications, refer to page 181.
Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

H W D

EIK 1-SVN 24 P
For inductive proximity sensors acc. to NAMUR

Terminal width 6.2

P

solid Connection data Screw connection

stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5

+
AWG

OUT 24V

0.2-4

24-12

-

0V

Description Switching amplifier electronic terminal block, for inductive proximity initiators as per NAMUR, with light indicators for sensor signal and faults Terminal block, with three through contacts, for mounting on NS 35... Double-level terminal block, with preassembled resistors Insertion bridge Technical data Supply Input supply nominal voltage UVN Ripple Current consumption IImax Input circuit Control circuit Non-load voltage Switching points in accordance with EN 60947-5-6:

Type EIK1-SVN-24P

Order No. 2940799

Pcs. / Pkt. 10

DIKD 1,5 UKK 5-2R/NAMUR EB...-DIK... Ordering data at DEK-REL...

2715979 2941662

50 50

18.5 V DC ... 28.8 V DC (UVN, see derating curve) in acc. with DIN 19240 70 mA (at 50 mA output current) LED green, polarity protection diode 8.2 V DC ±10% ≥ 2.1 mA (in conductive state) ≤ 1.2 mA (in blocking state) 6.3 mA ... 10 mA (in the event of a short circuit) 0 mA ... 0.35 mA (in the event of a wire break) Approx. 0.2 mA Approx. 1 kΩ visual short circuit and wire break control with LED (red), 12 V Zener diode 50 mA ≤ 1.5 V (UR) ≤ 100 mV (in conductive state) UVN - UR (in blocking state) 36 V Zener diode as free-wheeling diode -25°C ... 50°C 1 kHz ≥ 0.5 ms ≥ 0.5 ms IEC 664 / IEC 664 A / IEC 664 A / Basic insulation NE 21 Part 1 (12.90) "Interference immunity requirements (EMC)" NE 21 Part 1 (12.90) "Interference immunity requirements (EMC)" 2 / III Any In rows with zero spacing 6.2 mm / 56 mm / 80 mm

Switching hysteresis Internal resistance Output protection Signal output Max. output current IOmax Residual voltage UR with IOmax Output voltage UO Output protection General data Ambient temperature range Transmission frequency (INPUT/OUTPUT) Input pulse length Input pause length Standards/regulations - Air and creepage distances - discharge of static electricity - transient disturbance variables (burst) Pollution degree / Surge voltage category Mounting position Assembly Dimensions

W/H/D

142

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
Special relays and solid-state relays Inverter module DEK-TR/INV
H W D

The Phoenix inverter module, DEK-TR/INV, inverts the signals of ground switching NPN transistor outputs into positive switching PNP outputs, and vice versa (see application example). The module is operated with a voltage of 24 V DC, whereby it must be guaranteed that transistor outputs (e.g. initiators, computer cards etc.) can be adapted to the common operating and control devices. The small housing width means that the inverter module can be snapped onto the commercially available EN 60715 DIN rails, thus saving space. Note: For connection examples, see page 181.

Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

DEK-TR/INV

Terminal width 6.2

uP

NPN

+ –

solid Connection data Screw connection

stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5

AWG 24-12

0.2-4

PNP

Description Inverter module Technical data Supply voltage Continuous current Residual voltage drop Leakage current Max. transmission frequency NPN input/PNP output Switch-on threshold Switch-off threshold Min. limit values Max. limit values Control circuit Switch-on threshold Switch-off threshold Min. limit values Max. limit values General data Ambient temperature range Standards/regulations

Type DEK-TR/INV 20 V DC ... 30 V DC (UV) 200 mA <1V < 1 mA 15 kHz < 5 V (at UV = 24 V; < (UV - 19 V)) > 15 V (at UV = 24 V; > (UV - 9 V)) -2 V 26 V (at U V = 24 V; UV + 2 V) > 19 V <9V -2 V 26 V (at U V = 24 V; UV + 2 V) -20°C ... 50°C IEC 60664 IEC 60664 A DIN VDE 0110-1 Basic insulation 2 / II Any 6.2 mm / 56 mm / 80 mm

Order No. 2964319

Pcs. / Pkt. 10

Pollution degree / Surge voltage category Assembly position/mounting Dimensions

W/H/D

PHOENIX CONTACT

143

INTERFACE Relay
Special relays and solid-state relays Logic pulse expansion module UEGM-OE/AV This logic module records pulses with a duration > 0.1 ms. Further features: – Electrical isolation of signals using solidstate relays, – Expansion times from 10 ms to 1,500 ms; If input signals are present longer than the set output pulse time, the output pulse is automatically extended to the duration of the input pulse. Attention: COMBICON connection plugs can be ordered separately. Note: For time diagrams and output pulse lengths, refer to page 181.
solid Connection data Screw connection stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5 Housing width 25 Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

H W D

UEGM-OE/AV-24DC/24DC/100
With DC voltage output max. = 100 mA

P

24V

0V

AWG 24-12

UE+ UE-

VCC UA GND

0.2-4

Description Pulse expansion module, without COMBICON connector COMBICON connector Technical data Input Supply voltage Current consumption Input circuit Input pulse through optocoupler (UI) Current consumption Input circuit Minimum pulse length Output Supply voltage Output current Output protection Output pulse via optocoupler Residual voltage drop at "H" General data Test voltage input/output Precision Ambient temperature range Standards/regulations

Type UEGM-OE/AV-24DC/24DC/100 MSTBT 2,5/12-ST-5,08

Order No. 2766850 1781085

Pcs. / Pkt. 1 50

20 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V, 0 V) Approx. 16 mA Polarity protection diode, surge protection 24 V DC (±20%) 6 mA RC element 0.1 ms 3 V DC ... 48 V DC (VCC, GND) 100 mA Polarity protection diode, damping diode 3-conductor, ground-referenced 1.4 V 1 kV Set time t ± 10% 0°C ... 55°C IEC 60664 IEC 60664 A DIN VDE 0110 Basic insulation 2 / III Any In rows with zero spacing 25 mm / 85 mm / 79 mm

Pollution degree / Surge voltage category Mounting position Assembly Dimensions

W/H/D

144

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
Special relays and solid-state relays Relay modules with remanence miniature switching relay This bistable remanence relay with a duplex winding provides a connection for "setting" and a connection for "resetting". Due to control by linear pulses, the module has the advantage that it hardly heats up.
Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. For the protection of relay coils and contacts, inductive loads must be dampened with an efficient protection circuit. If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The values in parentheses then apply for further operation. This can result in a shorter service life than with a pure power contact.

H W D

H W D

EMG 17-REL/SG-B.../21/M
For small to large loads 1 PDT (21)

EMG 17-REL/SG-B.../21/P
For small to large loads 1 PDT (21)

Width 17.5

P
12 14

Width 17.5

P
12 14

A1 A2 AWG 24-12

A1 + A2 +

solid Connection data Screw connection

stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5

0.2-4

A3 +

11

A3 -

11

Description

Input voltage UN

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Relay module with remanence relay, with diode wiring, negative switching (M) 1 24 V DC 2 48 V DC 3 60 V DC Relay module with remanence relay, with diode wiring, positive switching (P) 1 24 V DC 2 48 V DC 3 60 V DC Equipment marker Technical data Input data Permissible range (based on UN) Pulse time Input protection: Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. inrush current Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load 24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 220 V DC 250 V AC General data Test voltage (winding / contact) Ambient temperature range Rated operating mode Mechanical service life Standards/regulations Assembly position/mounting Dimensions [ms]

EMG 17-REL/SG-B 24/21/M EMG 17-REL/SG-B 48/21/M EMG 17-REL/SG-B 60/21/M

2952910 2953935 2953948

10 10 10

EMG 17-REL/SG-B 24/21/P EMG 17-REL/SG-B 48/21/P EMG 17-REL/SG-B 60/21/P EMG-GKS 12 1 2 3 2947035 50 EMG-GKS 12 1 2 3

2956411 2946654 2947491 2947035

10 10 10 50

0.8 0.8 0.8 1.1 1.1 1.1 30 30 30 5000 5000 5000 Free-wheeling diode, polarity protection Single contact, 1 PDT (AgAu) 24 V AC/DC ( 250 V AC/DC ) 0.5 A ( 5 A ) 0.2 A ( 6 A ) 5 W ( 120 W ) - ( 40 W ) - ( 35 W ) - ( 30 W ) - ( 55 W ) - ( 1250 VA ) 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C 100% operating factor (observe max. input pulse length) Approx. 3 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, DIN VDE 0109-11, draft, DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 Any / In rows with zero spacing 17.5 mm / 62.5 mm / 75 mm

0.8 0.8 0.8 1.1 1.1 1.1 30 30 30 5000 5000 5000 Free-wheeling diode, polarity protection Single contact, 1 PDT (AgAu) 24 V AC/DC ( 250 V AC/DC ) 0.5 A ( 5 A ) 0.2 A ( 6 A ) 5 W ( 120 W ) - ( 40 W ) - ( 35 W ) - ( 30 W ) - ( 55 W ) - ( 1250 VA ) 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C 100% operating factor (observe max. input pulse length) Approx. 3 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, DIN VDE 0109-11, draft, DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 Any / In rows with zero spacing 17.5 mm / 62.5 mm / 75 mm

W/H/D

PHOENIX CONTACT

145

INTERFACE Relay
Special relays and solid-state relays SMS relay modules

The PSI-MODEM-SMS-REL… is a compact control and signaling system. Six digital or as analog or digital configurable inputs and four relay outputs with PDT contacts are monitored and controlled via SMS over any GSM mobile network. The integrated telephone book saves up to 50 telephone numbers of SMS recipients. Every status change at the input sends a freely definable message to the selected recipient via SMS. The outputs can be switched off via SMS with the help of a predefined message. An error can thus be remotely acknowledged and eliminated. The status of inputs and outputs can be requested for obtaining an overview about the status of the system. The relay outputs can be switched for a pre-defined time and then return to the output status. Unauthorized access is excluded with the integrated password protection. Setup and configuration of PSI-MODEMSMS-REL… is done with the delivered configuration software. All settings can be easily and conveniently configured in this way; programming knowledge is not required. The features at a glance: – SMS status query of all inputs and outputs – SMS remote control of the outputs – Message via SMS in case of status change at the input – Alarming in case of voltage failure via SMS – Easy configuration on the PC without programming knowledge – Max. 5 recipients per SMS – Installation component device as per DIN 43880 Possible areas of application for the PSI-MODEM-SMS-REL… are: – Machine, building and system monitoring – Pumps, sewage treatment plants, water supply – Light controllers, remote switching systems – Lifts, doors – Alarm and domestic engineering – Climate and ventilation engineering – Temperature monitoring

88 19 4,5 28

59,5

81,6

90

45

SMS-Relay
75 Ø4 48,5
SMS remote and signaling system with six inputs and four relay outputs

Terminal width 88 Description SMS relay with six digital inputs and four relay outputs 110 V AC ... 240 V AC SMS relay with six analog or digital configurable inputs and four relay outputs 12 V DC ... 48 V DC GSM quad band antenna, with omnidirectional characteristic, 2 m antenna cable with SMA round connector, protection type: IP65, dimensions: 76 x 20 mm Connection cable, D-9-SUB to USB, with adapter D-9-SUB to D-25-SUB CM-KBL-RS232/USB Technical data Supply Supply voltage Nominal current consumption Input data Switching input 2881078 1 PSI-MODEM-SMS-REL/6 DI/4DO/AC 2313513 1 Voltage UN Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

PSI-MODEM-SMS-REL/6ADI/4DO/DC

2313520

1

PSI-GSM-QB-ANT

2313135

1

110 V AC ... 240 V AC 10 mA Digital: 6 x UN, switching threshold 85 V AC Analog: Single contact, 4x1 PDT contact 250 V AC/DC 12 V AC/DC 10 A

12 V DC ... 48 V DC 15 mA Digital: 6 x UN, switching threshold 9.5 V DC Analog: 0 - 10 V

Output data Contact type Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current GSM Frequencies

850 MHz (2 W (EGSM)) / 900 MHz (2 W (EGSM)) / 1800 MHz (1 W (EGSM)) / 1900 MHz (1 W (EGSM)) 3 volt SIM card 50 Ω impedance SMA antenna socket -25°C ... 55°C Conformance with R&TTE directive 1999/5/EEC 88 mm / 60 mm / 90 mm

SIM interface Antenna connection General data Ambient temperature (operation) Electromagnetic compatibility Dimensions

W/H/D

SMS
Input

GSM Status

SMS IN
PSM MODEM SMS RELAY

Output

PSI-MODEM-SMS-REL/AS/6DI/4DO Ord.No.: 23 13 513

Output 1...4 230V / 10A

Input

OUT
GSM Status

Output PSM MODEM SMS RELAY
PSI-MODEM-SMS-REL/AS/6DI/4DO Ord.No.: 23 13 513 Output 1...4 230V / 10A

146

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
Special relays and solid-state relays

PHOENIX CONTACT

147

INTERFACE Relay
CONTACTRON – Power electronics

Displays Depending on the device type, operating voltage, switching status and confirmations are displayed via the integrated LEDs. Some modules from the family of devices with motor management also show all relevant electric data, errors and messages via an LC display.

High switching capacity The following modules I are available: – Single-channel: 660 V AC to 50 A – Three-channel: 575 V AC to 37 A U – Three-channel reversing circuits: 575 V AC to 37 A – Single-channel reversing load relays for DC motors, 24 V DC 2/6 A.

Motor management These devices – the P combination of wear-free semiconductor switches and integrated measuring technology – switch and protect motors and the t entire system to the same extent; with special modules, this is also possible in Ex areas! Devices with "measuring/monitoring technology only" (for all performance classes), software and bus gateways round off the product range. For all loads and motors Power electronic units are used where switching occurs frequently or where particularly safe and precise switching is required: e.g. in case of control valves, production machines, heaters, conveyor systems, lighting units etc.

Approvals Depending on the DIN EN 50178 device type, important (VDE 0160) approvals, for e.g. safe E isolation in accordance with DIN EN 50178 A (VDE 0160) or the ATEX approval "PTB 03 ATEX 3114", are available and standard.

Protective circuits All devices contain the necessary protective circuits such as polarity protection diodes, RCV circuits, internal locking of the inputs and surge protection. Even heatsinks (when necessary) are a part of the "complete device".

148

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
CONTACTRON - Power electronics

Electronic motor management EMM The electronic motor management modules offer all the advantages of modern real power monitoring. The ELR-MM is a combination of fast, wear-free electronic reversing load relays and modern measurement and evaluation electronics. The EMM offers the same functions for all performance classes; however, without a power section. Power within limits Monitoring through freely programmable switching and signaling thresholds for overload and underload detection. The thresholds can be set identically or separately for both directions of rotation. The consumed real power (calculated with three currents, voltages and the phase angle) is used for parameterization, thus offering a much more precise basis, independent of voltage fluctuations and drive load, than when only the current is taken into consideration. If a switching threshold is exceeded or fallen below, the ELR-MM or EMM initiates an emergency shutdown of the motor immediately (or after an adjustable "delay time"). In addition, a message about an output can be delivered. This state can only be deactivated using a defined reset. If the effective power consumed is determined as being above or below the signaling thresholds, only one feedback is transmitted for the duration for which the module was triggered. In addition, signals are generated by the module for the recognition of the direction of rotation. Asymmetry and phase failures are detected and signalized.

Milling, drilling, grinding

Pumps

Inrush suppression

Delay time

Real power (P)

Excess performance due to possible tool breakage
Real power (P)

Top performance threshold Temporary dry run

Performance threshold for tool breakage Increase in performance due to tool wear Signaling threshold for tool wear

Signaling threshold for contamination of screen or filter Performance

Bottom performance threshold No-load power Time (t) Inrush suppression Delay time Time (t) Motor startup Tool positioning Milling process Drive switch-off Continuous dry run with forced-switch-off

Permanent status monitoring with high scanning rates and the fast semiconductor switch make it possible to protect the entire system, including the motor. Without any extra wiring – with just one single device – pumps, actuating drives, fans and tools are monitored with respect to function, contamination (filter or similar) and wear. The adjustable "inrush suppression" time can be used to mask out the switching operation from the monitoring process. Machine tools are monitored and protected in a similar way during drilling, milling or grinding. If the feed value set on a milling machine is too high, a tool may break in the worst case. The performance threshold – parameterized accordingly – remedies this matter. A signaling threshold also signals tool wear in advance.

Performance

Bottom performance threshold

Time (t)

In the case of motor-driven pumps, the bottom performance threshold provides reliable protection against dangerous dry running. The forced switch-off of the drive can be delayed by the "delay time", thus preventing a reaction to any air bubbles that might be present in the system. Fans are monitored for drive belt breakage in the same manner. Here, the upper performance threshold reacts quickly and reliably to blockages by foreign objects. An additional signaling threshold enables, e.g. monitoring for contaminated filters or imminent damage to the bearings.

PHOENIX CONTACT

149

INTERFACE Relay
CONTACTRON – Power electronics Electronic motor management
D D W H W H

The motor management EMM (with/without current transformers) for all performance classes monitors and protects 3-phase loads such as electrical drives. Freely parameterizable message and switching thresholds can be constantly monitored for overload and underload by means of active power measurement. Digital outputs enable the controlling of external switching elements. Optional link to INTERFACE system and PROFIBUSGATEWAY-IFS via T-BUS.

EMM 3-.../500AC
Electronic motor management for use of external current transformers

EMM 3-.../500AC-16
Electronic motor management, with integrated current transformers

US 24 VDC IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 O1 O2 O3 O4 USO O Digital IN

IFSPort Reset

DAT ERR L R

US IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 O1 O2 O3 O4 USO O

IFSPort Reset Digital IN Logic µP Digital OUT

ERR

DAT

Screw connection

stranded [mm2] AWG 0.14-2.5 0.14-2.5 26-12

solid

I [A]

U [V]

Logic µP Digital OUT P

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 Th1 Th2

P

T-BUS 24 VDC

Thermistor

T-BUS

Thermistor

Description Electronic motor management

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-IFS EMM 3-230AC/500AC-IFS Programming adapter with USB interface, for programming with the IFS-CONF software IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER DIN rail connector T-BUS ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN Mini COMBICON connectors - Female contact - Male contact Technical data Input data Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US Rated control supply current IS at US Operating voltage / status / error indicator IMC 1,5/ 5-G-3,81 IMC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-IFS 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25

2297497 2297507

1 1

EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-16-IFS EMM 3-230AC/500AC-16-IFS

2297523 2297536

2811271 2707437 1862603 1857919 EMM 3-230AC/500AC-IFS 230 V AC 0.4 ... 1.1

1 50 50 50

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN IMC 1,5/ 5-G-3,81 IMC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-16-IFS 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25

2811271 2707437 1862603 1857919

50 50

EMM 3-230AC/500AC-16-IFS 230 V AC 0.4 ... 1.1

25 mA 10 mA LED green / LED yellow right rotation (R), LED yellow left rotation (L), LED green data communication / LED red 1 - 6 thermistors in series EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-IFS EMM 3-230AC/500AC-IFS 4 (IN1 - IN4) 4 (IN1 - IN4) 24 V DC 230 V AC 3.3 mA 3.5 mA 42 V AC ... 575 V AC < 0.5 mA 5 A secondary external converter > 1.25 VA 0.02 Ω 24 V DC (short-circuit-proof semiconductor output) / 500 mA 42 V AC ... 575 V AC < 0.5 mA 5 A secondary external converter > 1.25 VA 0.02 Ω 230 V AC (relay output; Ag alloy, hard gold-plated) / 500 mA

25 mA 10 mA LED green / LED yellow right rotation (R), LED yellow left rotation (L), LED green data communication / LED red 1 - 6 thermistors in series EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-16-IFS EMM 3-230AC/500AC-16-IFS 4 (IN1 - IN4) 4 (IN1 - IN4) 24 V DC 230 V AC 3.3 mA 3.5 mA 42 V AC ... 575 V AC Max. 16 A 24 V DC (short-circuit-proof semiconductor output) / 500 mA 42 V AC ... 575 V AC Max. 16 A 230 V AC (relay output; Ag alloy, hard gold-plated) / 500 mA

Thermistor input Input data of digital inputs Number of inputs Rated actuating voltage UC Rated actuating current IC Power measurement Voltage measuring input Nominal current, voltage measuring input Current measuring input Output power of the converter Internal resistance EMM Output data for confirmation contacts O1 - O4 in the case of 1 signal

General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature range Standards/regulations Power station requirements EMC regulations Degree of protection in acc. with IEC 60529/ EN 60529 Mounting position Assembly Dimensions

W/H/D

500 V 8 kV 8 kV -25°C ... 70°C EN 60947 / EN 60947-4-2 DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d EN 61000-6-2 / EN 61000-6-3 / EN 61000-6-4 IP20 Panel mounting on horizontal DIN rail In rows with zero spacing 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm

500 V 8 kV 8 kV -25°C ... 70°C EN 60947 / EN 60947-4-2 DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d EN 61000-6-2 / EN 61000-6-3 / EN 61000-6-4 IP20 Panel mounting on horizontal DIN rail In rows with zero spacing 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm

150

PHOENIX CONTACT

R

L

V1 V2 V3 I11 I21 I31 I12 I22 I32 Th1 Th2

1 1

1

INTERFACE Relay
CONTACTRON – Power electronics Electronic motor management

L1 L2
Module power supply Module power supply

L3

Digital inputs

Digital inputs

S1/k
1/L1 3/L2 I11 I21 I31 V1 V2 V3

P1

US

5/L3

IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4

US

IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4

Current measurement

Voltage measurement

Current measurement

S2/l

P2 S1/k

P1

EMM 3-.../500AC-16-IFS

EMM 3-.../500AC-IFS
S2/l P2 S1/k P1
Current measurement
Th2 I12 I22 I32

Current measurement
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 Th1

O USO

O1 O2 O3 O4

Th2

O USO

O1 O2 O3 O4

Th1

S2/l

P2

Power supply Digital outputs

Digital outputs

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 Separate switching module Forward running 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

Reverse running

Digital outputs

Thermistor input

Power supply Digital outputs

Thermistor input

Reverse running

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

GND

Separate switching module Forward running 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

GND

M

M

The electronic motor management modules offer all the advantages of modern effective power monitoring. Every 6.6 ms, the effective power of a drive system or of any other 3-phase consumer is calculated from three currents, voltages and the phase angle. Currents of up to 16 A can be directly acquired and currents >16 A are supplied via external converters. Digital outputs can be used to control separate mechanical or electronic switching elements that adopt the actual switching of the load. In this configuration, the EMM reliably protects connected loads – irrespective of their power consumption – against overload and underload, and provides permanent status monitoring. Up to 8 freely parameterizable switching, message thresholds and up to four freely configurable inputs and outputs enable the protection of electrical drives and the system.

The EMM modules can record the following data: – Apparent, effective and reactive power, – Currents and voltages, – Phase angle, – Switching-cycle and operating-hours, – Power meter. Additional Functions: – Adjustable bimetal function class 5-30 – Thermistor monitor – Recording measured values – Profibus connection via TBUS – Pre-configured motor exits such as reversing starters, star delta starters, etc. The EMM modules can be used to record complete "curves" that can be used for system documentation. The operating modes right and left rotation, reverse and limit switch operation (with integrated restart inhibit) switch actuating and regulating drives, pumps etc. and also check for wear.

Current transformer The external converters should be selected with a secondary nominal current of 5 A. The primary current is determined by the current consumption of the consumer (refer to connection diagram). For suitable current transformers, see catalog INTERFACE. DIN rail connector T -BUS The T-BUS (Order No. 2707437 ) can be used to supply several EMMs with 24 V DC or to connect up to 32 EMMs to the PROFIBUS gateway. Switching element Depending on the particular requirement of the application, either an electromechanical contactor or reversing contactor combination, or a solid-state contactor or a solid-state reversing contactor is to be used for the actual task of switching the load. These switching elements are controlled via the digital outputs of the EMM modules.

PHOENIX CONTACT

151

INTERFACE Relay
CONTACTRON – Power electronics PROFIBUS gateway for the electronic motor management modules The EM-PB-GATEWAY-IFS is a module that enables a connection of the EMM...IFS modules to the PROFIBUS-DP. The module is certified in acc. with the DPV 1 specification (EN 50170). The EM-PB-GATEWAY-IFS can communicate with up to 32 EMM...IFS modules via the T-BUS. 8 digital inputs and 4 outputs can be freely parameterized. Moreover, the EM-PB-GATEWAY-IFS supports Fail Safe: The switching behavior in the event of PROFIBUS errors can be influenced by the parameterization. Digital switching outputs enable direct connection of the EMM...IFS (forward running/reverse running). The GSD file (with the communication characteristics of a PROFIBUS-DP device) can be found on the Internet under www.phoenixcontact.net/download.
H D W

EM-PB-GATEWAY-IFS
PROFIBUS gateway

Width 22.5 mm
US GND 24V DC IFSPort Reset

EPROM

IN

Connection data

USO

Status

Description PROFIBUS Master gateway for the INTERFACE system With screw connection Programming adapter with USB interface, for programming with the IFS-CONF software DIN rail connector T-BUS

Type

EM-PB-GATEWAY-IFS

IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN Mini COMBICON connectors - Female contact - Male contact Technical data Input data Operating voltage UB Nominal input current at UIN Input circuit Digital inputs Input voltage Nominal input current at UIN Input circuit Digital outputs Maximum switching voltage Max. switching current Residual voltage Output protection IFS interface Type of connection PROFIBUS interface Data rate Type of connection General data Test voltage data interface/power supply Ambient temperature (operation) Rated operating mode Standards/regulations Degree of protection Assembly position/mounting Dimensions IMC 1,5/ 5-G-3,81 IMC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81

24 V DC -20% ... +25% 85 mA Polarity protection, surge protection 24 V DC ±20% 3 mA Polarity protection, surge protection 23 V DC (UB - Uresid. of the output) 500 mA 1V Parallel protection against polarity reversal, pay attention to the fuse T-BUS 12 Mbps D-SUB-9 1.5 kV -35°C ... 50°C 100% operating factor EN 50178 IP20 Any / 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm

W/H/D

152

PHOENIX CONTACT

OT

stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5 0.2-2.5

solid

AWG 24-12

B-Line RTS GND PB 5V PB A-Line

3 4 5 6 8

IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN5 IN6 IN7 IN8 O1 O2 O3 O4 TBUS

PB

µController

OUT

IFS

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

2297620

1

2811271 2707437 1862603 1857919

1 50 50 50

INTERFACE Relay
CONTACTRON – Power electronics PROFIBUS gateway for the electronic motor management modules

Startup (DPM2)

Diagnostics/ maintenance (DPM2)

Control (PLC) (DPM1)

....
EM-PB gateway + EMM ... IFS EM-PB gateway + EMM ... IFS 1 up to EMM ... IFS 31, EMM ... IFS 32

Device Type Manager (DTM) for motor management modules EMM...IFS – CONTACTRON-DTM-IFS, programming adapter, manual and Quick Start Guide for the EMM..IFS system as configuration package available – Also available as USB programming adapter even individually – CONTACTRON-DTM-IFS available even for free download as an individual unit under www.phoenixcontact.com

MM-CONF-SET
Description Configuration packet for the EMM...IFS, consisting of CONTACTRON-DTM-IFS, USB programming adapter, manual and Quick Start Guide MM-CONF-SET Programming adapter with USB interface, for programming with the IFS-CONF software IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER 2811271 1 2297992 1 Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

PHOENIX CONTACT

153

INTERFACE Relay
CONTACTRON – Power electronics Electronic motor management
H W D H W D

Notes: Type of housing: Polycarbonate PC, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

EMM W 3/5-500
Electronic motor management

EMM W 3/5-500 EX
Electronic motor management

P
Parameterization

Ex: X p
Parameterization

P

24V DC UIN 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 UIN

24V DC UIN 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 UIN

Screw connection

stranded [mm2] AWG 0.2-6 0.2-4 24-10

solid

I [A]

U [V]

O1 O2 O3 O4
L 24V DC

Logic Feedback

P

O1 O2 O3 O4
L 24V DC

Logic Feedback

P

24V DC R

&

Memory Alarm

RS232
R L

24V DC

24V DC R

&

Memory Alarm

RS232
R L

24V DC

Description Electronic motor management

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

EMM W3/ 5-500 Technical data Input data Supply nominal voltage UVN Supply voltage range with reference to UVN Quiescent current Control voltage UST right/left Control voltage range in reference to UST Typ. input current at UN Input circuit Operating voltage / status / error indicator Power measurement Voltage measuring input Nominal current, voltage measuring input Input circuit Current measuring input Max. conductor length between converter and EMM Output data for confirmation contacts O1 - O4 in the case of 1 signal Output data load side Switching output OL, OR with 1 signal Output protection General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature range Standards/regulations Power station requirements EMC regulations Degree of protection in acc. with IEC 60529/ EN 60529 Mounting position Assembly Dimensions Safety data EU type-examination certificate in acc. with ATEX Requirement class in acc. with DIN V 19251 Category in acc. with EN 954-1

2963556

1

EMM W3/ 5-500 EX

2963682

1

24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.2 80 mA 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.2 7 mA Polarity protection, surge protection LED green / LED yellow / LED red 110 V AC ... 550 V AC (conductor voltage) 6 mA (at 550 V AC, per line) Surge protection, RC element Max. 5 A 5 m (for 2.5 mm2) 3 m (for 1.5 mm2) (UVN - 1 V) / 50 mA 24 V DC / 2 A Polarity protection, surge protection, short-circuit and overload proof 2.5 kV -20°C ... 60°C DIN EN 50178 DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d EN 61000-6-2 / EN 61000-6-4 IP20 Panel mounting on horizontal DIN rail Can be aligned with > 20 mm spacing 62 mm / 120 mm / 107 mm

24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.2 80 mA 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.2 0.8 ... 1.2 Polarity protection, surge protection LED green / LED yellow / LED red 110 V AC ... 550 V AC (conductor voltage) 6 mA (at 550 V AC, per line) Surge protection, RC element Max. 5 A 5 m (for 2.5 mm2) 3 m (for 1.5 mm2) (UVN - 1 V) / 50 mA 24 V DC / 2 A Polarity protection, surge protection, short-circuit and overload proof 2.5 kV -20°C ... 60°C DIN EN 50178 DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d EN 61000-6-2 / EN 61000-6-4 IP20 Panel mounting on horizontal DIN rail Can be aligned with > 20 mm spacing 62 mm / 120 mm / 107 mm

W/H/D

X II (2) GD
PTB 03 ATEX 3114 AK4 3

154

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
CONTACTRON – Power electronics Electronic motor management

L1 L2 L3
Acknowledgement outputs Forward running Forward running Revers running Revers running

Module supply

S1/k
3/L2 5/L3 +24V GND

P1
3/L2 +24V GND

Module supply

Acknowledgement outputs

R

01 02 03 04

V1 V2 V3

R

01 02 03 04

V1 V2 V3

Control

Voltage measurement Current Measurement

S2/k

P2 S1/k

P1

Control

Voltage measurement Current Measurement

EMM W3 / 5 - 500 EMM W3 / 5 - 500 EX
2A- switching output

S2/k
Current Measurement

P2 S1/k

EMM W3 / 5 - 500 EMM W3 / 5 - 500 EX
P1
2A- switching output

+24V

+24V

GND

GND

GND

RxD

RxD

GND

Current Measurement

2/T1

2/T1

6/T3

OR OL

4/T2

S2/k

P2

OR OL

RS232
Supply Supply

RS232

Revers running

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

Revers running

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

GND

Separate switching module Forward running 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

Separate switching module Forward running

GND

M

M

The EMMs offer all the advantages of modern effective-power monitoring. Every 6.6 ms, the effective power of a drive system or of any other 3-phase consumer is calculated from three currents, voltages and the phase angle. Currents greater than 5 A are fed into the module via converters. The actual switching of the load is carried out by a separate switching element. In this configuration, the EMM reliably protects connected loads – irrespective of their power consumption – against overload and underload, and provides permanent status monitoring. Switching thresholds, message thresholds and four configurable acknowledgement outputs enable the motor and system to be protected. – Apparent, effective and reactive power, – Currents and voltages, – Phase angle, – Switching-cycle and operating-hours, – Power meter. The integrated memory allows complete "curves" to be recorded, which can then be used for system documentation, for example:

The operating modes right and left rotation, reverse and limit switch operation (with integrated restart inhibit) switch actuating and regulating drives, pumps etc. and also check for function, contamination or wear. The EMM EX device is particularly suitable for use in the chemicals and petrochemicals industry. A corresponding Ex type-examination certificate has been issued.

Current transformer For currents greater than 5 A, separate current transducers are to be used. Transducers with a secondary nominal current of 5 A should be chosen. The primary nominal current is determined by the current consumption of the consumer (refer to connection version). Switching element Depending on the particular requirement of the application, either an electromechanical contactor or reversing contactor combination, or an electronic load relay or reversing load relay is to be used for the actual task of switching the load. For the control of these switching elements, the EMM supplies two switching outputs with 24 V DC / 2 A.

4/T2

6/T3

TxD

TxD

5/L3

L

1/L1

L

1/L1

PHOENIX CONTACT

155

INTERFACE Relay
CONTACTRON – Power electronics PROFIBUS gateway for the electronic motor management modules The ELR-PB-GATEWAY is a module that guarantees the connection of the E(LR)MM family of products to PROFIBUS-DP. The module is certified in acc. with the DPV 1 specification (EN 50170). The ELR-PB-GATEWAY provides a serial "RS-232 interface" for communication with an ELR-MM or EMM. Six digital inputs can be freely parameterized. The ELR-PB-GATEWAY Fail Safe also supports: the switching behavior in the event of PROFIBUS errors can be influenced by the parameterization. Two digital switching outputs allow direct control of the ERL-MM or EMM (forward running/reverse running). The device master data file (containing the communication characteristics of a PROFIBUS-DP device) can be found on the Internet at www.phoenixcontact.net/download.
Notes: Type of housing: Polycarbonate PC, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

H W D

ELR-PB-GATEWAY
PROFIBUS gateway

Width 35 mm
24V GND 24V DC

Applied for: UL / CUL

EPROM

OUT

O1 O2 TxD RxD GND IN 1 IN 2 IN 3 IN 4 IN 5 IN 6

Connection data

stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5 0.2-2.5

solid

AWG 24-14

B-Line RTS GND PB 5V PB A-Line

3 4 5 6 8

PB

µController

RS232

IN
Status

Description PROFIBUS interface implementer, for ELR-MM and EMM

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

ELR-PB-GATEWAY Connecting cable ELR-PB-RS232 Technical data Input data Operating voltage UB Nominal input current at UIN Input circuit Digital inputs Input voltage Nominal input current at UIN Input circuit Digital outputs Maximum switching voltage Max. switching current Residual voltage Output protection RS-232 Interface Data rate Type of connection PROFIBUS interface Data rate Type of connection General data Test voltage data interface/power supply Ambient temperature (operation) Rated operating mode Standards/regulations

2963530 2963572

1 1

24 V DC ± 20% Typ. 50 mA (plus load current of an output) Polarity protection, surge protection 24 V DC ±20% 7 mA Polarity protection, surge protection 23.5 V DC ±20% (UB - UResid. of output) 50 mA < 0.5 V DC (URest at IN) Polarity protection, surge protection 20 kbps COMBICON 12 Mbps D-SUB-9 500 V AC -20°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor EN 61000-4-2 EN 61000-4-3 EN 61000-4-4 EN 50178 EN 61000-4-5 EN 61000-4-6 IP20 Any / In rows with zero spacing 35 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm

Table 1: Address setting Switch 1 Start configuration Switch 1 off Module inputs configured as normal digital inputs Switch 1 on Each function is assigned to one input (see table 2) Setting the device address Most significant bit (MSB) Least significant bit (LSB) 126

Switches 2 - 8 Switch 2 Switch 8 Default Table 2: Input 1 2 3 4 5 6

Degree of protection Assembly position/mounting Dimensions

W/H/D

Function Local/Remote switchover Reverse (button) Stop (button) Forward (button) Limit switch reverse "High active" Limit switch forward "High active"

156

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
CONTACTRON – Power electronics PROFIBUS gateway for the electronic motor management modules
Startup (DPM2) Diagnostics/maintenance (DPM2) Control (PLC) (DPM1)

ELR and EMM control, serial (t < 200 ms)

E(LR)MM + ELR Gateway PROFIBUS

E(LR)MM + ELR Gateway PROFIBUS

E(LR)MM + ELR Gateway PROFIBUS

PROFIBUS configuration The illustration shows the typical configuration of a PROFIBUS system. The PLC as a class 1 master (DPM1) administers the bus and is responsible for the cyclical process data traffic. The class 2 masters (DPM2) are used for diagnostics, maintenance and startup. They can be connected at any point of the PROFIBUS. Setting the PROFIBUS address The address of the PROFIBUS device is set via an 8-pos. DIP switch in the housing. The housing must be opened to set the address.

ELR and EMM control, serial and parallel (t < 200 ms)

PHOENIX CONTACT

157

INTERFACE Relay
CONTACTRON – Power electronics Device Type Manager (DTM) for motor management modules ELR-MM and EMM The DTM is the configuration and management tool for the ELR and EMM motor management family of products in PROFIBUS environments. The ELR-DTM is a plug-in for field device tools (FDT) such as PACTware. Uniform and consistent integration of field devices in engineering tools and control systems is thus possible. The FDT/DTM (Field Device Tool/Device Type Manager) concept offers: – Description of cyclical data and device parameters, – Device-specific configuration, parameterization and diagnostics by means of software components (DTM), – Standardized interface to engineering tools, – Free choice of devices, – "Plug and Play" becomes reality, – Full device function support, – Consistent engineering data.

DTM

ELR-DTM
Description Device type manager, for motor management modules, version 1.0 ELR-DTM 2963679 1 Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

Configuration, monitoring, visualization

158

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
CONTACTRON – Power electronics Configuration software ELR-CONF-WIN-2.0 The ELR-CONF-WIN 2.0 software is used for "parameterizing" and "visualizing" the electronic motor management modules. All parameters can be entered with the keyboard or graphically and then sent to the load relays with a click of the mouse. It is also used for displaying and recording the operating data in order to be able to further process it in databases for example. The software runs under Windows 9x, Windows ME, Windows NT4.0, Windows 2000 and Windows XP.
Description ELR configuration software, for programming the electronic load relays with motor management, language: German, English ELR-CONF-WIN2.0 Software adapter cable ELR-KAD-RS232 2963653 1 2963585 1 Type

ELR-CONF-WIN-2.0
Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

Configuration, monitoring, visualization

PHOENIX CONTACT

159

INTERFACE Relay
CONTACTRON – Power electronics Electronic reversing load relay with motor management The electronic load relays with motor management (ELR-MM) combine fast, wearfree semiconductor switches and state-ofthe-art measurement with evaluation electronics. Every 6.6 ms, the effective power consumed by the electric drives is calculated from the three currents, voltages and the phase angle. This allows continuous status monitoring. Message and switching thresholds for recognizing underload and overload can be freely parameterized and carry out functions that far exceed normal motor protection. All relevant electrical values such as apparent, effective and reactive power, currents, voltages and phase angles, as well as the values of the internal cycle and operating hour counter can be read off the display. The ELR-MM load relay switches actuating and regulating drives, pumps and tools and at the same time checks them for function, contamination or wear. The ELR-MM EX device is particularly suitable for use in the chemicals and petrochemicals industry. A corresponding Ex type-examination certificate has been issued. Alternatively, the devices can be coupled to fieldbus systems via a defined interface for online monitoring.
Notes: Type of housing: Polycarbonate PC, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

H W D

ELR W3/9-400 MM
Electronic reversing load relay, with motor management

P
Parameterization

24V DC UIN 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

Screw connection

stranded [mm2] AWG 0.2-6 0.2-4 24-10

solid

I [A]

U [V]

O1 O2 O3 O4
L 24V DC

Logic Feedback

24V DC
R

&
Alarm

Memory

RS232

Serial

Description Electronic reversing load relay, with motor management

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

ELR W3/ 9-400 MM Technical data Input data Supply nominal voltage UVN Supply voltage range with reference to UVN Quiescent current Control voltage UST right/left Control voltage range in reference to UST Typ. input current at UN Input circuit Operating voltage / status / error indicator Output data for confirmation contacts O1 - O4 in the case of 1 signal Output data load side Output voltage range Periodic peak reverse voltage Load current Surge current Min. load current Residual voltage Leakage current Output protection General data Test voltage input/output Reversing frequency Ambient temperature range Standards/regulations Power station requirements EMC regulations Degree of protection in acc. with IEC 60529/ EN 60529 Mounting position Assembly Dimensions Safety data EU type-examination certificate in acc. with ATEX Requirement class in acc. with DIN V 19251 Category in acc. with EN 954-1

2963514

1

24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.2 80 mA 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.2 5 mA Polarity protection, surge protection LED green / LED yellow / LED red (U VN - 1 V) / Max. 50 mA 110 V AC ... 433 V AC 1000 V 8 A (see derating curve) 360 A (tp = 10 ms, @ 25°C) 150 mA Typ. 1.4 V Typ. 4 mA RC element, surge protection 2.5 kV Max. 2.5 Hz (at cos ϕ = 0.5) -20°C ... 60°C DIN EN 50178 DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d EN 61000-6-2 / EN 61000-6-4 IP20 Panel mounting on horizontal DIN rail Can be aligned with > 20 mm spacing 62 mm / 122 mm / 94 mm

Load current [A]

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60

W/H/D

-

Ambient temperature [°C] Load current as a function of the ambient temperature Operating time: 100% operating factor

160

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
CONTACTRON – Power electronics
H W D H W D

ELR W3/...-500 MM
Electronic reversing load relay, with motor management

ELR W 3/9-500 MM EX
Electronic reversing load relays with motor management and ATEX approval

Ex: X p
Parameterization Parameterization

24V DC UIN 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

24V DC UIN 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

O1 O2 O3 O4
L

Logic Feedback

O1 O2 O3 O4
L

Logic Feedback

24V DC 24V DC
R

&
Alarm

24V DC
Memory

RS232

24V DC
Serial R

&
Alarm

Memory

RS232

Serial

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

ELR W3/ 2-500 MM ELR W3/ 9-500 MM

2982621 2963543

1 1

ELR W3/ 9-500 MM EX

2963695

1

ELR W3/ 2-500 MM ELR W3/ 9-500 MM 24 V DC 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.2 0.8 ... 1.2 80 mA 80 mA 24 V DC 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.2 0.8 ... 1.2 0.8 ... 1.2 0.8 ... 1.2 Polarity protection, Polarity protection, surge protection surge protection LED green / LED yellow / LED red (UVN - 1 V) / Max. 50 mA 110 V AC ... 550 V AC 1500 V 1.8 A (see derating curve) (UVN - 1 V) / Max. 50 mA 110 V AC ... 550 V AC 1500 V 8 A (see derating curve)

24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.2 80 mA 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.2 0.8 ... 1.2 Polarity protection, surge protection LED green / LED yellow / LED red (UVN - 1 V) / Max. 50 mA 110 V AC ... 550 V AC 1500 V 8 A (see derating curve) 360 A (tp = 10 ms, @ 25°C) 150 mA Typ. 1.4 V Typ. 7 mA RC element, surge protection 2.5 kV Max. 2.5 Hz (at cos ϕ = 0.5) -20°C ... 60°C DIN EN 50178 DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d EN 61000-6-2 / EN 61000-6-4 IP20 Panel mounting on horizontal DIN rail Can be aligned with > 20 mm spacing 62 mm / 122 mm / 94 mm

360 A (tp = 10 ms, @ 25°C) 360 A (tp = 10 ms, @ 25°C) 150 mA 150 mA Typ. 1.4 V Typ. 1.4 V Typ. 7 mA Typ. 7 mA RC element, surge protection 2.5 kV Max. 2.5 Hz (at cos ϕ = 0.5) -20°C ... 60°C DIN EN 50178 DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d EN 61000-6-2 / EN 61000-6-4 IP20 Panel mounting on horizontal DIN rail Can be aligned with > 20 mm spacing 62 mm / 122 mm / 94 mm

X II (2) GD
PTB 03 ATEX 3114 AK4 3

PHOENIX CONTACT

161

INTERFACE Relay
CONTACTRON – Power electronics Electronic reversing load relay, with integrated soft switch The semiconductor switches in the electronic load and reversing load relays (ELR) allow wear-free switching of asynchronous machines even where there is a high switching frequency. In order to further increase the service life of a drive, as well as for special applications, a soft start is necessary. The ELR W 3/9-400 S allows a soft start with given parameters for an asynchronous machine. The device is parameterized directly on the device via display and keyboard. – Friction time, – Torque, start, – Start time, – Stop time, – Torque, stop, – Braking time and – Braking torque. The switching status can be displayed during operation as a percentage. By using the "special function menu", it is possible to control the drive locally.
Notes: Type of housing: Polycarbonate PC, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

H W D

ELR W 3/9-400 S
Electronic reversing load relay, with integrated soft switch

Parameterization

24V DC UIN 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

Screw connection

stranded [mm2] AWG 0.2-6 0.2-4 24-10

solid

I [A]

U [V]
L 24V DC

Logic

24V DC
R

&
Alarm

Memory

Description Electronic reversing load relay, with an integrated soft switch

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

ELR W3/ 9-400 S Technical data Input data Supply nominal voltage UVN Supply voltage range with reference to UVN Quiescent current Control voltage UST right/left Control voltage range in reference to UST Typ. input current at UN Input circuit Operating voltage / status / error indicator Output data load side Max. switching voltage Output voltage range Periodic peak reverse voltage Load current Surge current Min. load current Residual voltage Leakage current Output protection General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature range Standards/regulations Power station requirements EMC regulations Degree of protection in acc. with IEC 60529/ EN 60529 Mounting position Assembly Dimensions

2963569

1

24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.2 85 mA 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.2 5 mA Polarity protection, surge protection LED green / LED yellow / LED red 440 V AC (L1/T1) 440 V AC (L2/T2) 440 V AC (L3/T3) 110 V AC ... 433 V AC 1000 V < 8 A (IL1, at 20°C Tu, see derating) < 8 A (IL2, at 20°C Tu, see derating) < 8 A (IL3, at 20°C Tu, see derating) 230 A (tp = 10 ms, @ 25°C) 150 mA Typ. 1.5 V (for IL) 5 mA (IL1, in switched-off state) RC element, surge protection 2.5 kV -20°C ... 60°C DIN EN 50178 DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d EN 61000-6-2 / EN 61000-6-4 IP20 Panel mounting on horizontal DIN rail Can be aligned with > 20 mm spacing 62 mm / 122 mm / 94 mm

Load current [A]

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 10 20 30 40 50 60

W/H/D

Ambient temperature [°C] Load current as a function of the ambient temperature Operating time: 100% operating factor

162

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
CONTACTRON – Power electronics

ON delay

Operation

OFF delay

100% operation positive

Torque, start Torque, stop

Friction time

Start time

Switch operation

Stop time

100% operation positive

Torque, start Braking time

Torque, stop Start time Switch operation

Friction time 100% operation negative

Switch-off procedure

The figure shows the control of the reversing load relay with a soft starter and the operation of a three-phase current load.

PHOENIX CONTACT

163

INTERFACE Relay
CONTACTRON – Power electronics Three-phase "4 in 1" solid-state reversing contactors The 22.5 mm wide three-phase "4 in 1" solid-state reversing contactors with current monitoring combine four functions into one: Right contactor, left contactor, motor protection relay and EMERGENCY STOP up to category 3. The devices have the following advantages: – They save wiring – Bi-metal function settable up to 9 A – Long service life Safety level as per – IEC 61508-1 :SIL3 – ISO 13849:PL e – EN 954-1:Category 3
Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. stranded [mm2] AWG 0.14-2.5 0.14-2.5 26-12 solid I [A] U [V]

D H W H

D W

ELR W 3-.../500AC-2I
"4 in 1" solid-state reversing contactor, for reversing 3~ AC motors up to 550 V AC/3 x 2 A

ELR W 3-.../500AC-9I
"4 in 1" solid-state reversing contactor, for reversing 3~ AC motors up to 550 V AC/3 x 9 A

Ex: Xp // Applied for: UL-EX LIS / CUL-EX LIS / GL / NV

Uj xv

Ex: Xp // Applied for: UL-EX LIS / CUL-EX LIS / GL / NV

Ujxv

MAN RES AUTO Us GND GNDE R L Us

RES

Logik µP

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 2/T1

MAN RES AUTO Us GND GNDE R L Us

RES

Logik µP

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 2/T1

Screw connection

& Error

4/T2 6/T3

& Error

4/T2 6/T3

97 96 95

97 96 95

Description "4 in 1" solid-state reversing contactor

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 2I ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 2I Technical data Input data Rated control supply voltage US Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US Rated control supply current IS at US Rated actuation voltage UC R/L Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC Rated actuating current IC at UC Input circuit Operating voltage / status / error indicator Output data load side Output voltage range Load current Surge current Min. load current Residual voltage Leakage current Output protection General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Reversing frequency Ambient temperature range Electrical service life Standards/regulations Power station requirements Degree of protection in acc. with IEC 60529/ EN 60529 Mounting position Assembly Dimensions Safety data EU type-examination certificate in acc. with ATEX Category in acc. with EN 954-1 ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 2I 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 35 mA 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25

2297031 2297044 ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 2I 230 V AC 0.4 ... 1.1 3.5 mA 230 V AC 0.4 ... 1.1

1 1

ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 9I ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 9I ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 9I 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 35 mA 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25

2297057 2297060 ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 9I 230 V AC 0.4 ... 1.1 3.5 mA 230 V AC 0.4 ... 1.1

1 1

3 mA 7 mA Polarity protection, Surge protection surge protection LED green / LED yellow / LED red 48 V AC ... 550 V AC Max. 2.4 A (see derating curve) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 180 mA < 0.3 V 0 mA 48 V AC ... 550 V AC Max. 2.4 A (see derating curve)

3 mA 7 mA Polarity protection, Surge protection surge protection LED green / LED yellow / LED red 48 V AC ... 550 V AC Max. 9 A (see derating curve) 100 A (t = 10 ms) 1.2 A < 0.5 V 0 mA 48 V AC ... 550 V AC Max. 9 A (see derating curve)

100 A (t = 10 ms) 180 mA < 0.3 V 0 mA Surge protection

100 A (t = 10 ms) 1.2 A < 0.5 V 0 mA Surge protection

W/H/D

500 V 6 kV 4 kV Max. 2 Hz Max. 2 Hz -25°C ... 70°C 3 x 107 cycles DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d IP20 optional (observe derating) Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm

500 V 6 kV 4 kV Max. 2 Hz Max. 2 Hz -25°C ... 70°C 3 x 107 cycles DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d IP20 optional (observe derating) Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm 22.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm

X II (2) GD
PTB 07 ATEX 3145 3

X II (2) GD
PTB 07 ATEX 3145 3

X II (2) GD
PTB 07 ATEX 3145 3

X II (2) GD
PTB 07 ATEX 3145 3

164

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
CONTACTRON – Power electronics

Conventional structure Control current path for reversing contactor as per category 3

Conventional structure Main current path for reversing contactor as per category 3

Structure with CONTACTRON Main and control current path for "4 in 1" reversing contactor as per category 3

+24V DC F5 K5 F4 S2 K5

L1 L2 L3

F1 F2 F3

L1 F2 L2 F3 L3 +24V DC K1 K5

F1

T1

K5 K5

K5

K2 K1

L1 L2 L3

T3
T1 T2

T1 T2 T3

T2

T3 K3 K1 K4 K3 K2 K5 K5 K5 K4
M 3~ M1

K5 K5
E

K5 S2

K5

K1 +US R L

PE K5 K5 K5

F4 K1 K2
M 3~ M1

K3 GND

K4

K5

PE

GND

K1 + K2 = EMERGENCY STOP contactor K3 = Left contactor K4 = Right contactor K5 = PSR SCP-24DC.../safety relay T1 = Left, T2 = Right, T3 = Reset S2 = EMERGENCY STOP F4 = Motor protection relay

K1 + K2 = EMERGENCY STOP contactor K3 = Left contactor K4 = Right contactor F4 = Motor protection relay

K1 = "4 in 1" solid-state reversing contactor K5 = PSR SCP-24DC.../safety relay T1 = Left, T2 = Right, T3 = Reset S2 = EMERGENCY STOP

4 3,5 3 2,5 2 1,5 1 0,5 0,18 0 10 20 30 40 50

1

2
60 70

4 3,5 3 2,5 2 1,5 1 0,5 0,18 0 10 20 30 40

Output current [A]

Output current [A]

1

2
50 60 70

Ambient temperature [°C] Derating curve ELR W 3-24DC/500AC-2I Operating time 100%

Ambient temperature [°C] Derating curve ELR W 3-230AC/500AC-2I Operating time 100%

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0,18 0 10 20 30

1 2

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0,18 0 10 20

Output current [A]

Output current [A]

1 2

40

50

60

70

30

40

50

60

70

Ambient temperature [°C] Derating curve ELR W 3-24DC/500AC-9I Operating time 100%

Ambient temperature [°C] Derating curve ELR W 3-230AC/500AC-9I Operating time 100%

1 aligned with > 20 mm spacing 2 aligned without spacing

PHOENIX CONTACT

165

INTERFACE Relay
CONTACTRON – Power electronics Three-phase solid-state reversing contactors The three-phase solid-state reversing contactors with an integrated locking circuit and load wiring are intended for applications such as control valves, slides, separating filters, ship steering gears, etc. The scope of performance ranges from 575 V AC/3 x 2 A to 575 V AC/3 x 37 A. Advantages of three-phase solid-state reversing contactors: – Noise-free and wear-free switching – Integrated protective circuit – Stable and short switching times – Long service life – High switching frequency – Integrated locking and load wiring – Thermal fuse optional (on request)
H
Notes: Type of insulation housing: ELR W 3...2, ELR W 3...9 Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green ELR W 3...16, ELR W 3...37 Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

D W

ELR W 3-.../500AC-2
Solid-state reversing contactor, for reversing 3~ AC motors up to 575 V AC/3 x 2 A

Applied for: UL / CUL / UL-EX LIS / CUL-EX LIS

1/L1 R

3/L2

5/L3

Screw connection

stranded [mm2] AWG 0.14-2.5 0.14-2.5 26-12

solid

I [A]

U [V]

Description Solid-state reversing contactor

Type

ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 2 ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 2 Technical data Input data Rated actuation voltage UC R/L Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC Rated actuating current IC at UC Input circuit Operating voltage / status / error indicator Output data load side Output voltage range Periodic peak reverse voltage Load current Surge current Min. load current Residual voltage Leakage current Max. load value I2 x t (t = 10 ms) Output protection General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Reversing frequency Switching frequency Ambient temperature range Standards/regulations Power station requirements Degree of protection in acc. with IEC 60529/ EN 60529 Mounting position Assembly Dimensions ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 2 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 12.7 mA Polarity protection, surge protection

48 V AC ... 575 V AC 1200 V Max. 2 A (see derating curve) 200 A (t = 10 ms) 100 mA < 1.5 V 6 mA 250 A2s

Output current [A]

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 10

ELR ...-9

ELR ...-2

20

40

60 Ambient temperature [°C]

Load current as a function of the ambient temperature Operating time: 100% operating factor
Output current [A]

W/H/D

500 V 6 kV 6 kV Max. 10 Hz Max. 2 Hz Max. 5 Hz Max. 1 Hz -25°C ... 70°C DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d IP20 Horizontal (observe derating) Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm 40 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm

45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 10

ELR ...-37

ELR ...-16

20

40

60 Ambient temperature [°C]

Load current as a function of the ambient temperature Operating time: 100% operating factor

166

PHOENIX CONTACT

T L T 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. 2297293 2297303 ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 2 230 V AC 0.4 ... 1.1 11.2 mA Surge protection - / LED yellow / LED red 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 1200 V Max. 2 A (see derating curve) 1 1 200 A (t = 10 ms) 100 mA < 1.5 V 6 mA 250 A2s RCV circuit

INTERFACE Relay
CONTACTRON – Power electronics
D H W H D W H D W

ELR W 3-.../500AC-9
Solid-state reversing contactor, for reversing 3~ AC motors up to 575 V AC/3x9 A

ELR W 3-.../500AC-16
Solid-state reversing contactor, for reversing 3~ AC motors up to 575 V AC/3 x 16 A

ELR W 2+1-.../500AC-37
Solid-state reversing contactor, for reversing 3~ AC motors up to 575 V AC/3 x 37 A

Applied for: UL / CUL / UL-EX LIS / CUL-EX LIS

1/L1 R

3/L2

5/L3 R

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3 R

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

L

L

2/T1

4/T2

6/T3

2/T1

4/T2

6/T3

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 9 ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 9 ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 9 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 12.7 mA Polarity protection, surge protection

2297316 2297329 ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 9 230 V AC 0.4 ... 1.1 11.2 mA Surge protection

1 1

ELR W3- 24DC/500AC-16 ELR W3-230AC/500AC-16 ELR W3- 24DC/500AC-16 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 12.7 mA Polarity protection, surge protection

2297332 2297345 ELR W3-230AC/500AC-16 230 V AC 0.4 ... 1.1 11.2 mA Surge protection

1 1

ELR W2+1- 24DC/500AC-37 ELR W2+1-230AC/500AC-37 ELR W2+1- 24DC/500AC-37 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 12.7 mA Polarity protection, surge protection

- / LED yellow / LED red 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 1200 V Max. 9 A (see derating curve) 300 A (t = 10 ms) 100 mA < 1.5 V 6 mA 580 A2s 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 1200 V Max. 9 A (see derating curve)

- / LED yellow / LED red 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 1200 V Max. 16 A (see derating curve) 300 A (t = 10 ms) 100 mA < 1.5 V 6 mA 580 A2s 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 1200 V Max. 16 A (see derating curve)

48 V AC ... 575 V AC 1200 V Max. 37 A (see derating curve) 1300 A (t = 10 ms) 200 mA < 1.5 V 6 mA 9000 A2s

300 A (t = 10 ms) 100 mA < 1.5 V 6 mA 580 A2s RCV circuit

300 A (t = 10 ms) 100 mA < 1.5 V 6 mA 580 A2s RCV circuit

500 V 6 kV 6 kV Max. 10 Hz Max. 2 Hz Max. 5 Hz Max. 1 Hz -25°C ... 70°C DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d IP20 Horizontal (observe derating) Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm 67.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm

500 V 6 kV 6 kV Max. 10 Hz Max. 2 Hz Max. 5 Hz Max. 1 Hz -25°C ... 70°C DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d IP20 Horizontal (observe derating) Can be aligned with spacing = 40 mm 147.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm

500 V 6 kV 6 kV Max. 10 Hz Max. 2 Hz Max. 5 Hz Max. 1 Hz -25°C ... 70°C DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d IP20 Horizontal (observe derating) Can be aligned with spacing = 40 mm 147.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm

T L T 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. 2297374 2297387 1 1 ELR W2+1-230AC/500AC-37 230 V AC 0.4 ... 1.1 11.2 mA Surge protection - / LED yellow / LED red 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 1200 V Max. 37 A (see derating curve) 1300 A (t = 10 ms) 200 mA < 1.5 V 6 mA 9000 A2s RCV circuit PHOENIX CONTACT

T T

T T

167

INTERFACE Relay
CONTACTRON – Power electronics Electronic reversing load relays for 3-phase networks ELR W 3/9-... 3-phase electronic reversing load relays implement a contactor-type reverserstarter combination fully electronically. Since the corresponding interlocking of the control inputs is already implemented in the device, the wiring of the control circuit is omitted as well as the complete wiring on the load side. Thus, the wiring work can be reduced to a minimum. Common features of all ELR 3/9-...: – LED display for right and left rotation, operating voltage and non-permitted control – Noiseless and wear-free switching up to 500 V AC/9 A – High switching frequency – Protection circuits in input and output The ELR W 3/9-... can be used in control valves and conveying systems.
Notes: Type of housing: Polycarbonate PC, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog. The operating voltage and control voltage inputs must be operated with power supply modules in acc. with DIN 19240 (max. 5% residual ripple). In order to avoid inductive or capacitive decoupling of disturbing pulses where long control wires are used, we recommend the use of shielded conductors.

H W D

ELR W 3/9-...
Electronic reversing load relay

P
UIN 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

Screw connection

stranded [mm2] AWG 0.2-6 0.2-4 24-10

solid

I [A]

U [V]

L

24V DC & 24V DC
R Alarm

t

Description Electronic reversing load relay

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

ELR W3/ 9-400 ELR W3/ 9-500 Technical data Input data Supply nominal voltage UVN Supply voltage range with reference to UVN Quiescent current Control voltage UST right/left Control voltage range in reference to UST Typ. input current at UN Input circuit Operating voltage / status / error indicator Output data load side Output voltage Output voltage range Periodic peak reverse voltage Load current
Power loss [W]

2964173 2964186

1 1

ELR W3/ 9-400 ELR W3/ 9-500 24 V DC 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 0.8 ... 1.25 40 mA 40 mA 24 V DC 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 0.8 ... 1.25 0.8 ... 1.25 0.8 ... 1.25 Polarity protection, Polarity protection, surge protection surge protection LED green / LED yellow / LED red 400 V AC 110 V AC ... 440 V AC 1000 V 9 A (see derating curve) 500 V AC 110 V AC ... 550 V AC 1200 V 9 A (see derating curve)

50 40 30 20 10 0 0 1,5 3 4,5 6 7,5 9
Current per phase [A] Power loss depending on the load current Operating time: 100% operating factor

Surge current Min. load current Residual voltage Leakage current Output protection General data Test voltage input/output Reversing frequency Ambient temperature range Standards/regulations Degree of protection in acc. with IEC 60529/ EN 60529 Mounting position Assembly Dimensions

230 A (tp = 10 ms, @ 25°C) 230 A (tp = 10 ms, @ 25°C) 150 mA 150 mA Typ. 1.5 V Typ. 1.5 V Typ. 7 mA Typ. 7 mA RC element, surge protection 2.5 kV Max. 10 Hz (at cos ϕ = 0.5) Max. 10 Hz (at cos ϕ = 0.5) -20°C ... 60°C EN 50178 IP20 Panel mounting on horizontal DIN rail Can be aligned with > 20 mm spacing 62 mm / 110 mm / 84 mm

W/H/D

Load current [A]

9 7 5 3 1 0

10

20

30

40 50 60 Ambient temperature [°C]

Load current as a function of the ambient temperature Operating time: 100% operating factor

168

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
CONTACTRON – Power electronics Electronic reversing load relay for DC motors The electronic reversing load relays ELR-DC allow mechanically commutated DC motors to be switched. They reverse and reduce the speed of DC motors up to 24 V/6 A in a wear-free manner. A shortcircuit, surge-voltage and overload-proof output guarantees reliable use in the plant. If a 24 V DC signal is applied to the "left" input, the ELR-DC is interconnected so that the output supplies the motor with voltage. If the "right" input is triggered, the polarity of the voltage is inverted on the output. By triggering both inputs, i.e. "right" and "left", the motor is short-circuited internally via the ELR-DC and reduces the speed. Thanks to the internal interlocking circuit and load wiring, wiring expense is reduced to a minimum.
Notes: Type of housing: Polycarbonate PC, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog. PWM = Pulse Width Modulation

H W D

ELR W 1/...-24DC
Electronic reversing load relay, for control of DC motors

U
+U

Screw connection

stranded [mm2] AWG 0.2-6 0.2-4 24-10

solid

I [A]

U [V]

R L

Logic

M+ M-

GND

Description Electronic reversing load relay, for control of DC motors

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

ELR W1/ 2-24DC ELR W1/ 6-24DC Technical data Input data Control voltage UST right/left Control voltage range in reference to UST Typ. input current at UN Input circuit Operating voltage / status / error indicator PWM option Max. clock frequency of the PWM at the control inputs Pulse width repetition rate of the PWM Output data load side Operating voltage range Load current Quiescent current Current limitation at short circuits Output protection Operating voltage / status / error indicator General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature range Rated operating mode Standards/regulations Degree of protection in acc. with IEC 60529/ EN 60529 Mounting position Dimensions

2963598 2982090

1 1

ELR W1/ 2-24DC ELR W1/ 6-24DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.2 0.8 ... 1.2 0.8 ... 1.2 0.8 ... 1.2 Polarity protection, surge protection LED green / LED yellow, forward running (R), LED yellow, reverse running (L) / 1000 Hz 0% ... 100% 1000 Hz 0% ... 100%

10 V DC ... 30 V DC 10 V DC ... 30 V DC 2 A (Mounted in rows with zero 6 A (see derating curve) spacing) Approx. 7 mA (When switched off) Approx. 7 mA (When switched off) 15 A 20 A Polarity protection, surge protection LED green / - / 2.5 kV AC -20°C ... 60°C 100% operating factor EN 50178 IP20 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) 12.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm

W/H/D

Application example

Status table

Load current as a function of the ambient temperature Operating time: 100% operating factor
Load current [A]

M
Right 0
24V GND M+ M-

Input Left 0 0 1 1 M+ High + 24 V GND GND

Output M– High GND + 24 V GND

6 5 4 3 2 1 0 10 20 30 40 50

1 2

1 0 1

R

L

U

R

L

60

24 V DC

-

+
1 Individual device 2 Aligned without spacing

Ambient temperature [°C]

PHOENIX CONTACT

169

INTERFACE Relay
CONTACTRON – Power electronics Three-phase solid-state contactor
D H
Notes: Type of insulation housing: ELR 3...2, ELR 3...9 Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green ELR 3...16, ELR 3...37 Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

Motors of mixers, machine tools, conveying systems, pumps and fans up to 575 V AC/3x37 A (equivalent to 1 kW to 18.5 kW) can be controlled using the CONTACTRON three-phase solid-state contactors. Advantages of three-phase solid-state contactors: – Noise-free and wear-free switching – Integrated protective circuit – Stable and short switching times – Long service life – High switching frequency – Thermal fuse optional (on request)

W

ELR 3-.../500AC-2
Three-phase solid-state contactor, for switching 3~ AC motors up to 575 V AC/3 x 2 A

Applied for: UL / CUL / UL-EX LIS / CUL-EX LIS

1/L1 ON

3/L2

5/L3

Screw connection

stranded [mm2] AWG 0.14-2.5 0.14-2.5 26-12

solid

I [A]

U [V]

Description Three-phase solid-state contactor

Type

ELR 3- 24DC/500AC- 2 ELR 3-230AC/500AC- 2 Technical data Input data Rated actuation voltage UC ON Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC Rated actuating current IC at UC Input circuit Operating voltage / status / error indicator Output data load side Output voltage range Periodic peak reverse voltage Load current Surge current Min. load current Residual voltage Leakage current Max. load value I2 x t (t = 10 ms) Output protection General data Rated insulation voltage Rated surge voltage Switching frequency Ambient temperature range Standards/regulations Power station requirements Degree of protection in acc. with IEC 60529/ EN 60529 Mounting position Assembly Dimensions ELR 3- 24DC/500AC- 2 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 8.3 mA Polarity protection, surge protection

48 V AC ... 575 V AC 1200 V Max. 2 A (see derating curve) 200 A (t = 10 ms) 100 mA < 1.5 V 6 mA 250 A2s

Output current [A]

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 10

ELR ...-9

ELR ...-2

20

40

60 Ambient temperature [°C]

Load current as a function of the ambient temperature Operating time: 100% operating factor
Output current [A]

W/H/D

500 V 6 kV 6 kV Max. 10 Hz Max. 1 Hz -25°C ... 70°C DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d IP20 Horizontal (observe derating) Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm 40 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm

45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 10

ELR ...-37

ELR ...-16

20

40

60 Ambient temperature [°C]

Load current as a function of the ambient temperature Operating time: 100% operating factor

170

PHOENIX CONTACT

T 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. 2297196 2297206 ELR 3-230AC/500AC- 2 230 V AC 0.4 ... 1.1 12.5 mA Surge protection - / LED yellow / LED red 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 1200 V Max. 2 A (see derating curve) 1 1 200 A (t = 10 ms) 100 mA < 1.5 V 6 mA 250 A2s RCV circuit

INTERFACE Relay
CONTACTRON – Power electronics
D H W H D W H D W

ELR 3-.../500AC-9
Three-phase solid-state contactor, for switching 3~ AC motors up to 575 V AC/3x9 A

ELR 3-.../500AC-16
Three-phase solid-state contactor, for switching 3~ AC motors up to 575 V AC/3 x 16 A

ELR 2+1-.../500AC-37
Three-phase solid-state contactor, for switching 3~ AC motors up to 575 V AC/3 x 37 A

Applied for: UL / CUL / UL-EX LIS / CUL-EX LIS

1/L1 ON

3/L2

5/L3 ON

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3 ON

1/L1

3/L2

5/L3

2/T1

4/T2

6/T3

2/T1

4/T2

6/T3

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

ELR 3- 24DC/500AC- 9 ELR 3-230AC/500AC- 9 ELR 3- 24DC/500AC- 9 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 8.3 mA Polarity protection, surge protection

2297219 2297222 ELR 3-230AC/500AC- 9 230 V AC 0.4 ... 1.1 12.5 mA Surge protection

1 1

ELR 3- 24DC/500AC-16 ELR 3-230AC/500AC-16 ELR 3- 24DC/500AC-16 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 8.3 mA Polarity protection, surge protection

2297235 2297248 ELR 3-230AC/500AC-16 230 V AC 0.4 ... 1.1 12.5 mA Surge protection

1 1

ELR 2+1- 24DC/500AC-37 ELR 2+1-230AC/500AC-37 ELR 2+1- 24DC/500AC-37 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.25 8.3 mA Polarity protection, surge protection

- / LED yellow / LED red 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 1200 V Max. 9 A (see derating curve) 300 A (t = 10 ms) 100 mA < 1.5 V 6 mA 580 A2s 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 1200 V Max. 9 A (see derating curve)

- / LED yellow / LED red 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 1200 V Max. 16 A (see derating curve) 300 A (t = 10 ms) 100 mA < 1.5 V 6 mA 580 A2s 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 1200 V Max. 16 A (see derating curve)

48 V AC ... 575 V AC 1200 V Max. 37 A (see derating curve) 1300 A (t = 10 ms) 200 mA < 1.5 V 6 mA 9000 A2s

300 A (t = 10 ms) 100 mA < 1.5 V 6 mA 580 A2s RCV circuit

300 A (t = 10 ms) 100 mA < 1.5 V 6 mA 580 A2s RCV circuit

500 V 6 kV 6 kV Max. 10 Hz Max. 1 Hz -25°C ... 70°C DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d IP20 Horizontal (observe derating) Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm 67.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm

500 V 6 kV 6 kV Max. 10 Hz Max. 1 Hz -25°C ... 70°C DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d IP20 Horizontal (observe derating) Can be aligned with spacing = 40 mm 147.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm

500 V 6 kV 6 kV Max. 10 Hz Max. 1 Hz -25°C ... 70°C DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947 DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d IP20 Horizontal (observe derating) Can be aligned with spacing = 40 mm 147.5 mm / 114.5 mm / 99 mm

T 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. 2297277 2297280 ELR 2+1-230AC/500AC-37 230 V AC 0.4 ... 1.1 12.5 mA Surge protection - / LED yellow / LED red 48 V AC ... 575 V AC 1200 V Max. 37 A (see derating curve) 1 1 1300 A (t = 10 ms) 200 mA < 1.5 V 6 mA 9000 A2s RCV circuit PHOENIX CONTACT

T

T

171

INTERFACE Relay
CONTACTRON – Power electronics Electronic load relays for 3-phase networks ELR 3/9-... 3-phase electronic load relays offer functions such as mechanical contactors, but allow the non-contacting switching of loads in the three-phase network without bounce or wear and tear. Common features of all ELR 3/9-... – Operating indicator – Noiseless and wear-free switching up to 500 V AC/9 A – High switching frequency – Protection circuits in input and output The ELR 3/9-... can be used, for example, in mixers, machine tools, pumps and fans.
Notes: Type of housing: Polycarbonate PC, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

H W D

ELR 3/9-...
Electronic load relay

P
L1

U1 UIN
stranded [mm2] AWG 0.2-6 0.2-4 24-10 solid I [A] U [V]

L2

Screw connection

V1 L3
-

W1

Description Electronic load relay

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

ELR 3/ 9-400 ELR 3/ 9-500 Technical data Input data Control voltage UST Control voltage range in reference to UST Typ. input current at UN Input circuit Operating voltage / status / error indicator Output data load side Output voltage Output voltage range Periodic peak reverse voltage Load current Surge current Min. load current Residual voltage Leakage current Output protection General data Test voltage input/output Switching frequency Ambient temperature range Standards/regulations Degree of protection in acc. with IEC 60529/ EN 60529 Mounting position Assembly Dimensions ELR 3/ 9-400 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.2 0.8 ... 1.2 Polarity protection, surge protection

2941701 2941714 ELR 3/ 9-500 24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.2 0.8 ... 1.2 Polarity protection, surge protection - / LED yellow / 500 V AC 110 V AC ... 550 V AC 1200 V 9 A (see derating curve)

1 1

400 V AC 110 V AC ... 440 V AC 800 V 9 A (see derating curve)

Power loss [W]

50 40 30 20 10 0 0 1,5 3 4,5 6 7,5 9
Current per phase [A] Power loss depending on the load current Operating time: 100% operating factor

230 A (tp = 10 ms, @ 25°C) 230 A (tp = 10 ms, @ 25°C) 150 mA 150 mA Typ. 1.5 V Typ. 1.5 V Typ. 7 mA Typ. 7 mA RC element, surge protection 2.5 kV Max. 10 Hz (at cos ϕ = 0.5) Max. 10 Hz (at cos ϕ = 0.5) -20°C ... 60°C EN 50178 IP20 Panel mounting on horizontal DIN rail Can be aligned with > 20 mm spacing 62 mm / 110 mm / 84 mm

W/H/D

Load current [A]

9 7 5 3 1 0

10

20

30

40 50 60 Ambient temperature [°C]

Load current as a function of the ambient temperature Operating time: 100% operating factor

172

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
CONTACTRON – Power electronics Electronic load relays for 3-phase EMG 45-ELR 3/1,5 networks For electronic switching of 3-phase loads such as pumps, fans etc. Properties: – Wear-free – High switching frequency – Protection circuits in input and output
Notes: Type of housing: Polycarbonate PC, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

H W D

EMG 45-ELR 3/1,5
Electronic load relay

P
L1
NDG

U1 L2

E
stranded [mm2] AWG 0.2-4 0.2-2.5 24-12 solid I [A] U [V]
NDG

Screw connection

V1 L3

-

NDG

W1

Description Electronic load relay

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

EMG 45-ELR3/1,5 Technical data Input data Control voltage UST Control voltage range in reference to UST Typ. input current at UN Input circuit Operating voltage / status / error indicator Output data load side Output voltage Output voltage range Periodic peak reverse voltage

2942739

5

24 V DC 0.8 ... 1.2 20 mA Polarity protection, surge protection - / LED yellow / 400 V AC 320 V AC ... 440 V AC 600 V (load relay is not suitable for the construction of reversing circuits.) Max. 1.5 A (see derating curve) 100 A (tp = 10 ms, @ 25°C) 50 mA Typ. 1 V Typ. 7 mA RC element, surge protection 3.5 kV -20°C ... 55°C EN 50178 IP20 Panel mounting on horizontal DIN rail Can be aligned with > 20 mm spacing 45 mm / 82.5 mm / 75 mm

Continuous load current Surge current Min. load current Residual voltage Leakage current Output protection General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature range Standards/regulations Degree of protection in acc. with IEC 60529/ EN 60529 Mounting position Assembly Dimensions

W/H/D

Load current [A]

2,5
2

1,5 1 0,5

20

30

40

50
Ambient temperature [°C]

Load current as a function of the ambient temperature Operating time: 100% operating factor PHOENIX CONTACT

173

INTERFACE Relay
CONTACTRON – Power electronics Single-phase solid-state contactors
D H
Notes: Type of housing: Polycarbonate PC, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

A2 -

Zero voltage switch

Single-phase solid-state contactors are used in AC voltage networks wherever silent switching, high switching frequencies and a practically unlimited service life are required. The sturdy power semiconductors switch in zero voltage crossing and thus produce no additional high frequency interferences. The modules are insensitive to shock loads and vibrations – even use in aggressive, polluted environments is unproblematic. They offer the following advantages: – High switching frequency – Wear-free and output-free – Input voltage versions 24 V DC and 230 V AC. Common areas of application are: – Production machines, – Temperature controllers, – Conveyor equipment and – Lighting systems.

W

ELR 1-.../600AC-20
Single-phase solid-state contactor

u
A1 +

1/L1

2/T1

Description Single-phase solid-state contactor

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-20 ELR 1-230AC/600AC-20 Technical data Input data Input voltage range Typ. input current at UN Switching level Transmission frequency flimit Operating voltage / status / error indicator Output data load side Output voltage range Periodic peak reverse voltage Load current Surge current Min. load current Residual voltage Leakage current Phase angle (cos ϕ) Max. load value I2 x t (t = 10 ms) Output protection General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature range Standards/regulations Mounting position Assembly Dimensions ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-20 4 V DC ... 32 V DC Approx. 12 mA ≥ 4 V DC ≤ 1 V DC 25 Hz

2297138 2297141

1 1

1 signal ("H") 0 signal ("L")

ELR 1-230AC/600AC-20 24 V AC ... 275 V AC Approx. 17 mA ≥ 22 V AC ≤ 6 V AC 6 Hz LED green / - / 42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz) 1200 V 20 A (see derating curve)

42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz) 1200 V 20 A (see derating curve) 250 A (t = 10 ms) 350 mA < 1.6 V < 3 mA (in off state) 0.5 525 A2s

250 A (t = 10 ms) 350 mA < 1.6 V < 3 mA (in off state) 0.5 525 A2s RCV circuit

W/H/D

4 kVrms -30°C ... 70°C EN 61000-4-2 / EN 61000-4-3 / EN 61000-4-4 / EN 61000-4-5 / EN 61000-4-6 / EN 55011 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Can be aligned with ≥ 22.5 mm spacing 22.5 mm / 103 mm / 103 mm

Output current [A]

50 40 30 20
28,5 16

1011

10

20

40

60 Ambient temperature [°C]

Load current as a function of the ambient temperature Operating time: 100% operating factor

174

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
CONTACTRON – Power electronics
D H W H D W

ELR 1-.../600AC-30
Single-phase solid-state contactor

ELR 1-.../600AC-50
Single-phase solid-state contactor

u
A1 +
Zero voltage switch

u
A1 +
Zero voltage switch

1/L1

1/L1

A2 -

2/T1

A2 -

2/T1

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-30 ELR 1-230AC/600AC-30 ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-30 4 V DC ... 32 V DC Approx. 12 mA ≥ 4 V DC ≤ 1 V DC 25 Hz

2297154 2297167

1 1

ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-50 ELR 1-230AC/600AC-50 ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-50 4 V DC ... 32 V DC Approx. 12 mA ≥ 4 V DC ≤ 1 V DC 25 Hz

2297170 2297183

1 1

ELR 1-230AC/600AC-30 24 V AC ... 275 V AC Approx. 17 mA ≥ 22 V AC ≤ 6 V AC 6 Hz LED green / - / 42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz) 1200 V 30 A (see derating curve)

ELR 1-230AC/600AC-50 24 V AC ... 275 V AC Approx. 17 mA ≥ 22 V AC ≤ 6 V AC 6 Hz LED green / - / 42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz) 1200 V 50 A (see derating curve)

42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz) 1200 V 30 A (see derating curve) 400 A (t = 10 ms) 150 mA < 1.6 V < 3 mA (in off state) 0.5 1800 A2s

42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz) 1200 V 50 A (see derating curve) 1900 A (t = 10 ms) 150 mA < 1.6 V < 3 mA (in off state) 0.5 18000 A2s

400 A (t = 10 ms) 150 mA < 1.6 V < 3 mA (in off state) 0.5 1800 A2s RCV circuit

1900 A (t = 10 ms) 150 mA < 1.6 V < 3 mA (in off state) 0.5 18000 A2s RCV circuit

4 kVrms -30°C ... 70°C EN 61000-4-2 / EN 61000-4-3 / EN 61000-4-4 / EN 61000-4-5 / EN 61000-4-6 / EN 55011 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Can be aligned with ≥ 22.5 mm spacing 22.5 mm / 103 mm / 103 mm

4 kVrms -30°C ... 70°C EN 61000-4-2 / EN 61000-4-3 / EN 61000-4-4 / EN 61000-4-5 / EN 61000-4-6 / EN 55011 Vertical (horizontal DIN rail) Can be aligned with ≥ 22.5 mm spacing 45 mm / 103 mm / 103 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT

175

INTERFACE Relay
Dimensional drawings, diagrams, applications Plug-in miniature relays REL-MR...21
5 mm design width Perforations for assembly: view of the connections

Pluggable solid-state relays REL-MR...21-21
12.7 mm design width Perforations for assembly: view of the connections

OPT...DC/24DC/2 OPT...DC/230AC/1
5 mm design width Perforations for assembly: view of the connections

1

1,3

1,9

1,3

5

5

1,28

1

1,3

1,9

1,2

Basic grid dimension 1.25 mm and 1.27 mm

Basic grid dimension 1.25 mm and 1.27 mm

Basic grid dimension 2.5 mm

28

5

29

12,7

1,2

28

5

15,7

15

3,5

3,6

Permissible input voltage range for REL-MR...21

Permissible input voltage range for REL-MR...21-21, REL-MR-24DC/1IC, REL-MR...21HC

U UN

3

U UN

3
3

2,5
A

2,5
A

Load current [A]

3,5

15

Derating curve for solid-state relay OPT...DC/24DC/2

2 1 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 Ambient temperature range [°C] 60

2

2

1,5

1,5

1
B

1
B

0,5 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 TU [°C]

0,5 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 TU [°C]

Derating curve for solid-state relay OPT...DC/230AC/1

General conditions: Direct alignment in the block, all devices 100% operating factor, horizontal or vertical mounting. Curve A Maximum permissible continuous voltage Umax with limiting continuous current on the contact side (see respective technical data). Curve B Minimum permissible operate voltage Uop after pre-excitation1) (see respective technical data). 1) Pre-excitation: Relay has been operated in a thermally steady state at the ambient temperature TU with nominal voltage UN and limiting continuous current on the contact side (see respective technical data) (warm coil). After being switched off for a short time, the relay must reliably pick up again at Uop. The values Uop for cold coils (Tcoil = TU = 20 C) indicated by other manufacturers yield better values, but are not practical.

750
Load current [mA]

300

0 0 10 20 30 40 50 Ambient temperature range [°C] 60

176

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
Dimensional drawings, diagrams, applications PLC-INTERFACE with integrated switch and relay OPT...DC/24DC/5 OPT...DC/230AC/2
12.7 mm design width Perforations for assembly: view of the connections Application example PLC-RS...24UC/1/S... Application example PLC-S...S...

PLC-INTERFACE with integrated switch

1,3

5

1,28

VCC +-

VCC +-

A1 A2
CTL2

OUT A1 A1 I A2

Basic grid dimension 2.5 mm

A O M

A O M

29

12,7
CTL1

1 11 14 2 12

M 13

3,6

15,7

14

Derating curve for solid-state relay OPT...DC/24DC/5

Permissible input voltage range for PLC-RS...24UC/1/S...

Load current [A]

5 4 3 2 1 0 0 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 Ambient temperature range [°C]

U U N 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1

A

UN= 24 V DC / 24 V AC 1 0,9 0,8 B 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 TU [ ° C]

Derating curve for solid-state relay OPT...DC/230AC/2

0,7

Curve A Maximum continuous voltage at limiting continuous current = 6 A

2 1,8 1,6 1,4 1,2 1 0,8 0,6 0

1

Load current [A]

2

Curve B Minimum operate voltage at pre-excitation with UN and limiting continuous current = 6 A

0 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 Ambient temperature range [°C]
1 Mounted in rows with zero spacing 2 Mounted in rows with spacing > 20 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT

177

INTERFACE Relay
Dimensional drawings, diagrams, applications PLC-INTERFACE with integrated solid-state relay PLC-INTERFACE with relay for railway applications

Derating curve for PLC...300DC/1

Derating curve for PLC-OSP...24DC/3RW

Diagrams for PLC-RSP...UC/21RW Interrupting rating

3
1

2
20

Load current [A]

Load current [A]

2,5 2 1,5 1 20 30 40 50 60 70
Ambient temperature [°C]
Switching current [A]

0,7

1

1

10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 10 20 30 50

0 30 40 50 60

Ambient temperature [°C] 1 For input voltages of 220 V DC and 230 V AC Derating curve for PLC-...24DC/24DC/10 1 Mounted in rows with zero spacing 2 Mounted in rows with spacing > 20 mm Derating curve for PLC-OSP...110DC/3RW

1

70

100

200

300

Switching voltage [V]

10 9 8 7 6 5
Load current [A] Load current [mA]

4 3 2 1 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60

3,5 3 2,5 2 1,5 1 0,5 0 20 35 40 50 60 70
Ambient temperature [°C]

1 Ohmic load

Electrical service life

10

6

1

Permissible input voltage range for PLC-BSP-24DC/21RW (with relay REL-MR-18DC/21...)
Cycles

10

5

Ambient temperature [°C]

1,5 1,4 1,3
Derating curve for PLC...24DC/48DC/500/W
A

10

4

0

2

4

6

8

Switching current [A] 1 250 V AC, ohmic load

1,2 1,1
Input voltage U/UN

1,0 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 20 25 30

UN= 24 V DC

Load current [mA]

0,5 0,35

Diagrams for PLC-RSP...UC/21-21/RW Interrupting rating
B

20

0 30 40 50 60
Ambient temperature [°C]

35

40

45

50

55

60

65
Switching current [A]

Ambient temperature [°C] Curve A Maximum continuous voltage at limiting continuous current = 3 A Curve B Minimum operate voltage at pre-excitation with UN and limiting continuous current = 3 A

10 6 4 2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 10 20 30 50 70 100

1 4 3 2

Permissible input voltage range for PLC-RSP-230UC/21-21AU/ RWF

200

300

Switching voltage [V] 1 AC, ohmic load 2 DC, ohmic load, contacts in series 3 DC, ohmic load 4 DC, L/R = 40 ms Electrical service life

PLC-INTERFACE with relay for railway applications
Derating curve for PLC-RSP...21/RW PLC-RSP...21AU/RW PLC-RSP...21-21/RW PLC-RSP...21-21AU/RW

1,4 1,3 1,2
A

10

7

1,1
Input voltage U/UN

1 0,9 0,8 0,7 20 25 30

UN= 230 V AC

7 6
Switching current [A]

10
B

6

1
10
5

5 4

3 2 1 0 0 30 35 40 45 Ambient temperature [°C] 50 55 60 65 70

2

35

40

45

50

55

60

65
Cycles
4

Ambient temperature [°C] Curve A Maximum continuous voltage at limiting continuous current = 6 A Curve B Minimum operate voltage at pre-excitation with UN and limiting continuous current = 6 A

10

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Switching current [A] 1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils) 2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)

178

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
Dimensional drawings, diagrams, applications PLC series electronic reversing load relays for DC motors Solid-state relay terminal blocks DEK-OE... and DEK-OV...

Diagrams for PLC-RSP...UC/21HC/RW Interrupting rating

Application example PLC-S...ELR W 1/2-24DC

Derating curve for DEK-OV...24DC/3 and DEK-OV-24DC/24DC/ 3/AKT

20

1 3 2

Load current [A]

10 6 4
Switching current [A]

3 2 1 0

2 1

2 1 0,5 0,3 0,2 0,1 10 20

0 10 20 30 40 50 Ambient temperature [°C]
R T

60

30

50

70

100

200

300
L R

L

1 Horizontal mounting 2 Vertical mounting

Switching voltage [V] 1 AC, ohmic load 2 DC, ohmic load 3 DC, L/R = 40 ms Electrical service life

U

GND 24 V

Derating curve for DEK-OV-24DC/24DC/10

107

VCC +-

M+ M-

M
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60

10

6

1 2

10
Cycles

5

10

4

0 1 2 3 Switching current [A]

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Status table Input Output Left 0 0 1 1 M+ High + 24 V GND GND M– High GND + 24 V GND

1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils) 2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)

Right 0

Load current [A]

PLC electronic sensor terminal block NAMUR proximity sensors

1 0 1

Ambient temperature [°C]

Application 1

+

ERR OUT U VN

Derating curve for PLC-S...ELR W 1/2-24DC

Derating curve for DEK-OV...240AC/800

NAMUR

GND
Load current [A]

2
Load current [A]

2 1,5

0,8 0,6 0,4 0,2 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Ambient temperature [°C]

Application 2

1
20 30 40 50 60

UKK 5-2R/NAMUR + 1k 10k Limit switch

1
Ambient temperature [°C]

ERR OUT U VN GND

1 Mounted in rows with zero spacing 2 Mounted in rows with spacing > 20 mm

Status initiator

Switching level OUT ERR L L H H

LED Green OFF ON OFF OFF Red OFF OFF ON ON

Conductive Blocking Short circuit Open circuit

L H L L

PHOENIX CONTACT

179

INTERFACE Relay
Dimensional drawings, diagrams, applications Solid-state power relays EMG-OV Pluggable solid-state power relays ST -OV 3

Derating curve for EMG 10-OV...24DC/1

Derating curve for EMG 17-OV...60DC/3

Derating curve for ST-OV 3-24DC/400AC/3

Load current [A]

Load current [A]

Load current [A]

2 1,5

3

3 2 1 0 20 30 40 50 60

2
1,5

2 1

1
20 30 40 50 60

1 20 30 40 50 60
Ambient temperature [°C]

0
Ambient temperature [°C]

Ambient temperature [°C]

Derating curve for EMG 12-OV...60DC/1

Derating curve for EMG 17-OV...240AC/3

Load current [A]

Load current [A]

1

3

2
0,5

2
1,5

1
0 20 30 40 50 60
Ambient temperature [°C]

1
20 30 40 50 60

0
Ambient temperature [°C]

Derating curve for EMG 12-OV...240AC/1

Derating curve for EMG 17-OV-TTL/24DC/2

Load current [A]

1 0,5 0 20 30

2 1
40 50 60

Load current [A]

1,5

2 1

2 1
20 30 40 50 60

0
Ambient temperature [°C]

Ambient temperature [°C]

Derating curve for EMG 17-OV...24DC/2

Derating curve for EMG 17-OV...48DC/2

Load current [A]

Load current [A]

2 1

2 1
30 40 50 20 Ambient temperature [°C] 60

3 2 1 0 20 30 40 50 60
Ambient temperature [°C]

2 1

0

1 Mounted in rows with zero spacing 2 Mounted in rows with spacing ≥ 20 mm

180

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Relay
Dimensional drawings, diagrams, applications Power protection circuit solid-state relay with signal logic ST -OV 4-24DC/24DC...PRO
Derating curve for ST-OV 4-24DC/24DC...PRO

Electronic sensor terminal block for NAMUR proximity sensors

Logic pulse expansion module UEGM-OE/AV

Derating curve for EIK 1-SVN 24 P

Time diagrams: UEGM-OE/AV-24DC/24DC/100

Case 1: Input pulse tI < output pulse tO set. 4 A type
Load current [A]

28,8
Operating voltage present

4 3 2 1
Supply voltage UI [V]

28
UE
1 A type

27
24 V

0 20 30 40 50 60

26 25 24
UA
Output pulse tO

Ambient temperature [°C]

t0

tE

t

Time/current curve, 1 A version

24 V
-20

1000

-10

0

10

20

30

40

50

60
t0 tA
set

Ambient temperature [°C]

t

100

Application 1

Case 2: Input pulse tI ≥ output pulse tO set: tI = tO

+ 10 NAMUR initiator

ERR OUT U VN GND

Operating voltage present

UE 24 V

Switching time [ms]

1
Current limit

Application 2

t0 UA
+ ERR OUT U VN GND
Output pulse tO

tE

t

UKK 5-2R/NAMUR 0,1 IN 10 20 30 I [A] 1k 10k

24 V

t0

tA

set

tA

t

Time/current curve, 4 A version

Limit switch

1000

Inverter module DEK-TR/INV
100
Connection examples:

Table of adjustable output pulse lengths

DIP switch1) S1 S2 – 20 – – – – – – S3 – – 50 – – – – – S4 – – – 100 – – – – S5 – – – – 200 – – – S6 – – – – – 500 – – S7 – – – – – – 1000 – S8 – – – – – – – 1500

10

NPN output

Load

10 – Length of output pulse [ms] (when switch is set to "on") – – – – –

24V C
Current limit

Switching time [ms]

NPN PNP 0V

1

DEKTRN/INV

+

-

E

0,1 IN 20 40 60 80 I [A]

PNP output

Load


1

24V E C NPN PNP 0V
DEKTR/INV

) If no switch is actuated, the output voltage is not defined.

+

-

If the input pulse is longer than the set time, the output is switched off almost simultaneously with the input. Intermediate values can be obtained by combining several DIP switches according to the following formula:

Status diagram Operating status not triggered Normal operation Overload/ short circuit Open circuit Switching level Input LED yellow light LED red light indicator Alarm contact/ CONTROL

L

L

L

1 Ttot = –––––––––––– 1 + 1 + ... + 1 t1 t2 tn

H

H

L

H

H

H

L

L

H

PHOENIX CONTACT

181

182

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
System cabling and wiring interface
The wiring of I/O modules with individual wires involves considerable time. Wiring errors and time-consuming troubleshooting cannot be ruled out. INTERFACE Cabling reduces assembly costs through quick, clearly arranged and error-free wiring using pluggable components. When compared with the existing solutions, the new interface modules in the modern housing design of the VIP - VARIOFACE Professional series offer the following advantages: – Space-savings – Vibration resistance up to 5 g due to metal feet – Multitude of possibilities for marking VIP modules are available for both product segments: The VARIOFACE system cabling is a cabling concept that was especially developed for connecting to I/O modules of various automation devices. New front adapters with encapsulated system cables for the Simatic S7 300 supplement the VIP series. The VARIOFACE wiring interfaces are for universal use. Various VIP - VARIOFACE Professional modules with a 1:1 connection from a high-position connector to a different connection method are available. An efficient connection to a control device without the risk of polarity reversal can be realized with the aid of encapsulated system cables. A variety of potential distributors are available for splitting the control and operating voltage.

Program overview
Introduction to VARIOFACE system cabling Overview of VARIOFACE system cabling Front adapter for ABB S800 I/O for Allen Bradley, ControlLogix, PLC 5 and SLC 500 for Emerson DeltaV for GE Fanuc Series 90-30 and 90-70 for Honeywell PlantScape for Mitsubishi A1S and Q for Omron CJ1, CS1 and C200H for Schneider Electric MODICON® VIP front adapter for Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300 for Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300 and S7-400 for Siemens SIMATIC® S5-S7 conversion for Yokogawa CS3000 R3 for Phoenix Contact Inline Termination boards for passive transfer for PLC-INTERFACE using V8 adapter with relays/optocouplers System cable with flat-ribbon cable and D-SUB connector Introduction to VARIOFACE wiring interface Overview of VIP - VARIOFACE Professional Passive interface modules VIP modules with flat-ribbon cable connectors VIP modules with D-SUB connectors VIP modules with high density D-SUB connectors with DIN strips with ELCO connectors with ELCO connectors for Ex i-circuits VIP potential distributor with COMBICON connection Active interface modules for relays/optocouplers for solid-state relays Accessories (relays, optocouplers) 300 303 304 278 284 289 290 292 294 296 298 262 274 276 228 115 246 188 190 196 201 190 202 203 204 206 208 215 222 227 184 186

PHOENIX CONTACT

183

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling

A large part of the costs incurred in automation systems today results from the cabling for the actuators and signaling units. On top of this, machines and systems are becoming more and more complex, which means that the cabling costs for the input and output stations are also steadily on the increase. In addition to cabling costs, the costs for planning, assembly, startup and documentation must be considered. The system concept of VARIOFACE system cabling reduces manufacturing costs through fast, faultless and uniform wiring of the input and output signals of a PLC. The system configuration comprises three components: – VARIOFACE front adapter – VARIOFACE system cable – VARIOFACE termination board

VARIOFACE system cabling is available for controllers from: – ABB – Allen Bradley – Emerson – Honeywell – GE Fanuc – Mitsubishi Electric – OMRON – Schneider Electric – Siemens – Yokogawa – Phoenix Contact VIP - VARIOFACE Professional New front adapters with encapsulated system cables for the Simatic S7 300 and the new compact termination boards make the system cabling even more rugged. VARIOFACE Professional means: New front adapters – Optimized housing design – Power supply using PCB terminal blocks – Pluggable bridges for electrical isolation – Directly connected system cable with encapsulated connectors New termination boards – Space-savings – Vibration resistance up to 5 g – Optional labeling – New housing design

Image 1: Example of control cabinet wiring with individual signal lines

184

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling The conventional wiring of input and output cards of programmable logic controllers requires a lot of time. Signals are transmitted from the control system to modular terminal blocks or coupling modules such as relays or optocouplers by means of single conductor wiring. Sensors and actuators from the field level are connected to the termination boards by means of screw or spring-cage connection, or knife disconnect terminal blocks. The termination boards are marked on the field side according to the application, so that the signals can be clearly assigned. These termination boards are available in a wide range of designs depending on the application: – Interface modules for 1:1 signal transfer with or without LED – Initiator modules for the connection of PNP 3-conductor initiators – Active output modules and interfaces equipped with relays or optocouplers for electrical isolation, signal amplification or level adaptation – Input modules and interfaces for various voltage ranges, feed-through and jumper modules The termination boards are connected to the PLC front adapter using the highposition system round cables. The individual wires of the system cable can be loaded with 1 A each. The signals from 32-channel input and output cards (32 signals of 500 mA each) can be transmitted via a 50-pos. system cable. Four single bytes are transmitted separately using one 14-pos. system cable each. The signals from 8-channel I/O cards (8 signals of 500 mA each) are also transmitted using a 14-pos. system cable. The supply voltage per byte is supplied through several free cores in the cable. This ensures that when 32 signals are transmitted through a 50-pos. cable, a total current of 2 A can flow. If eight signals are transmitted through a 14-pos. cable, the total current is 3 A per byte. If more protection for the I/O cards is required, separate power terminals are available directly at the front adapter. The system components allow the distribution of the coupling level even within a confined space.

1

2

3 Image 2: Example of control cabinet wiring with front adapters 1, pre-assembled system cables 2 and termination boards 3

The pluggable, standardized connection method simplifies not only the construction of the control cabinet and the system startup through fast and faultless wiring, but also its planning and design. The project planning cross-list, a quick reference to the VARIOFACE system components, is extremely useful when selecting the required components. VARIOFACE system cabling ensures: – Simple planning using the project planning cross-list – Cost reduction through timesaving wiring – Fault minimization through protection against polarity reversal and – Easy maintenance through modular system components

This requires a complex wiring process. At the same time, errors in wiring are always possible with this connection method. Errors in wiring are often only noticed when the system is put into operation and they then cause additional costs. Wiring with the system cabling considerably reduces the assembly time and guarantees protection against polarity reversal. Front adapters with an integrated pin strip (IEC 60603-13) are plugged onto the PLC I/O cards. They replace connection methods such as screw or crimp connection. The termination boards are simply snapped onto the DIN rail instead of modular terminal blocks or coupling modules. They too have a high-position pin strip on the control side. The termination boards are connected to the front adapters using high-position and pre-assembled system cables.

PHOENIX CONTACT

185

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling Product overview of VARIOFACE system cabling
Control system ABB System components Version S800 I/O Page
Front adapter

Allen Bradley Control Logix Page PLC 5 Page SLC 500 Page

Emerson DeltaV Page

GE-FANUC 90-30 Page

not required

190

191

192

not required

201

System cable

Standard

270

262

262

262

264

262

Controller-specific

189

194

196

Passive Standard

228

228

228

228

228

228

Passive Controller-specific

188

231

193

198

Active Standard

246

246

246

246

246

246

Termination boards

Active Controller-specific

195

V8 adapter / feed-through terminal block

115

115

115

115

115

115

Relay / optocoupler

74

74

74

74

74

74

MINI Analog system adapter

MINI Analog

186

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling

Honeywell PlantScape Page

Mitsubishi OMRON CJ1 MELSEC CS1, CQM1, A, A1S, Q C200H Page Page

Phoenix Contact INLINE Page

Schneider TSX Quantum Page S7 300 Page

Siemens S7 400 Page Conversion S5 to S7 Page

Yokogawa Centum CS3000 Page

190

not required

not required

227

204

206

214

215

not required

262

262

262

262

262

202

203

212

222

228

228

228

228

228

228

228

231

230

230

224

246

246

246

246

246

246

246

226

115

115

115

115

115

115

115

115

74

74

74

74

74

74

74

74

352

352

350

350

PHOENIX CONTACT

187

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling ABB S800 I/O Termination boards with knife disconnection The ABB S800 I/O system offers the possibility of realizing the process wiring with D-SUB plug connectors. ABB TU 812 Compact MTU are available for this purpose. The FLKM-D25SUB/B/KDS3-MT/... modules are connected to the I/O modules using assembled D-SUB cables (refer to chapter System cables). In addition to screw connection with knife disconnection for every channel and ABB S800-specific labeling, the modules have the following features: – Eight negative terminals with knife disconnection (TU810) – Eight positive terminals with knife disconnection (TU810/P) – For each channel, there is a positive and negative terminal with knife disconnection (TU830) Passive interface modules can also be used for signal transmission (e.g. UM 45D25 SUB/B, 2962748, refer to the Wiring interface chapter).
H W D

Notes: Type of housing: Terminal blocks: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. Housing: PVC For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

FLKM-D25SUB/B/KDS3-MT/...
Interface module with knife disconnect terminal blocks

Description

No. of pos.

Module width W

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

VARIOFACE module, with knife disconnect terminal blocks for: - S800 I/O output modules - S800 I/O input modules - S800 I/O universal module Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current (per branch) Max. total current (voltage supply) Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature range Mounting position Standards/regulations Connection method Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions 25 25 25 126.5 mm 126.5 mm 247.5 mm FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU810 FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU810/P FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU830 50 V AC/DC 2A 4 A (8 A L1-/L2-) 1.4 kV -20°C ... 50°C Any DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Screw connection with disconnect knife D-SUB socket 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 61 mm / 90 mm 2304513 2304539 2304526 1 1 1

Connectable I/O modules

Field level Control system level H/D

Card type Digital input

FLKM-D25SUB... DI 810 DI 811 DI 814 DI 830 DI 831 DI 885 DO 810 DO 814 AI 810 AI 820 AI 830 AI 835 AI 810 AI 820

Digital output

Analog input

Analog output

L1+ L1+ L1L1L2+ L2+ L2L2-

1

14

2

15

3

16

4

17

5

18

6

19

7

10

8

21

9

22

10

23

11

24 25 12 13

L1+ L1+ L1L1L2+ L2+ L2L2-

1

14

2

15

3

16

4

17

5

18 6 19 7 20 21 22 10 2311 24 25 8 9 12 13

B1C1B2C2B3C3B4C4B5C5B6C6B7C7B8C8

B1C1B2C2B3C3B4C4B5C5B6C6B7C7B8C8

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

A6

A7

A8

+1

+2

+3

+4

+5

+6

+7

+8

FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU810 connection scheme

FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU810/P connection scheme

L1+ L1+ L1L1L2+ L2+ L2L2-

1

14

2

15

3

16

4

17

5

18

6

19

7

20

8

21

9

22

10

23

11

24

25 12 13

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6C7C8C9C10C11 C12C13C14C15C16

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6A7A8A9A10A11 A12A13A14A15A16

Explanation: Flat-ribbon cable strip Connection to I/O card Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6B7B8B9B10B11 B12B13B14B15B16

FLKM-D25 SUB/B/KDS3-MT/TU830 connection scheme

188

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling ABB S800 I/O System cable The ABB S800 I/O system offers the possibility of realizing the process wiring with D-SUB plug connectors. ABB TU 812 Compact MTU are available for this purpose. The CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/.../TU812 system cables convert from a D-SUB socket strip to two flat-ribbon cable connectors. Therefore, all 8-channel controller boards of the system cabling can be connected to S800 I/O modules. Two controller boards are used per module.

CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/...
System cable

Description

No. of pos.

Cable length

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

VARIOFACE system cable, for S800 I/O, with a 25-pos. D-SUB socket strip and two 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable connectors, in standard lengths 25 1m 25 2m 25 3m 25 5m VARIOFACE system cable for S800 I/O, with a 25-pos. D-SUB socket strip and two 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable connectors, in variable lengths 25 Color code and pin assignment CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14...TU812 D-SUB connector 25-pos. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 FLK 14 FLK 14 Conductor 1. Connector 2. Connector color 9 10 1 3 5 7 1 3 5 7 9 10 NC Gray White Black Red Yellow Blue Black Red Yellow Blue Orange White – White-black White-brown Brown Orange Green Violet Brown Orange Green Violet White-black White-brown Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path Ambient temperature range Assembly Conductor cross-section Conductor construction: stranded wires / material Outside diameter 25-position CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/100/TU812 CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/200/TU812 CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/300/TU812 CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/500/TU812 2304649 2304652 2304665 2304678 1 1 1 1

CABLE-D25SUB/B/2X14/TU812/...

2304681

1

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC 1A -20°C ... 50°C Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4 AWG - / 0.14 mm² 7 / Cu tin-plated 6.3 mm

NC 11 12 2 4 6 8

2 4 6 8 11 12

Ordering example for system cable:
– Cable for ABB S800, 12.75 m long Quantity Order No. 1 2304681 /
1)

Length [m]1) 12.75 min. 0.20 m

PHOENIX CONTACT

189

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling Allen Bradley ControlLogix, Honeywell PlantScape Front adapter The front adapters mean that preassembled system cables can be directly connected to I/O modules. The front adapters are pushed into the tall 1756-TBE covers (original accessories, not included in the scope of delivery, must be ordered directly from manufacturer) of the controller. There are two connection possibilities available: – Transmission of max. 32 channels over one 50-position system cable, – Transmission of max. 2 x 8 channels over two 14-position system cables. Perfectly fitting VARIOFACE termination boards round off this system concept.

Notes: Front adapters can also be used without cover.

FLKM...-PA-AB/1756/...
Front adapters for Allen Bradley ControlLogix and Honeywell PlantScape

u
Description VARIOFACE front adapter, for - ControlLogix, max. 1 x 32 channels can be connected - ControlLogix, input card IB 32 VARIOFACE front adapter, for - ControlLogix, max. 2 x 8 channels can be connected – ControlLogix, input card IA 16, IB 16, IC 16, IN 16 Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. permissible current No. of pos. Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

50 50 14 14

FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/EXTC FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/EXTC FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC

2302735 2302748 2302861 2302874

1 1 1 1

< 50 V AC 1 A (per path) 8 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 70°C 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 IEC 60664 / DIN EN 50178 / IEC 62103

Front adapter for I/O modules of the automation equipment from Allen Bradley ControlLogix and Honeywell PlantScape

Card type Digital input

Digital output Analog input Counter Servo Card type Digital input Card type Digital input Digital output Analog input

FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/EXTC 1756-IA 16 I* or TC-TDK 161* 1756-IB 16 D* or TC-TDX 161* 1756-IB 16 I* or TC-TDJ 161* 1756-IH 16 I* 1756-OB 32 or TC-ODD 321 1756-IF 8 * 1756-IF 16 I* or TC-IAH 161* 1756-HSC* 1756-M02 AE* FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC 1756-IB 32 or TC-IDD 321 FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/EXTC 1756-IA 8 D** or TC-IDX 081* 1756-OB 16 E 1756-IF 6 I** or TC-IAH 061** 1756-IR 6 I** or TC-IXR 061** 1756-IT 6 I** or TC-IXL 061** 1756-OF 4 I** 1756-OF 6 CI** or TC-OAH 061** 1756-OF 6 VI** or TC-OAV 061** 1756-OF 8** or TC-OAV 081** 1756-PLS** FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC 1756-IN 16** 1756-IA 16 or TC-IDA 161** 1756-IB 16 1756-IC 16**

Ambient temperature (operation) Ambient temperature (storage/transport) Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Standards/regulations

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415161718192021222324 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

Analog output

0+ 01+ 1-

Switch Card type Digital input

00+ 11+ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11121314151617181920

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 101112131415161718

2526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950 NCNC

1920212223242526

27282930313233343536

* Only in connection with UM 45-FLK 50/AB-1756, Order No.: 2968357. No voltage supply may take place on the front adapter. Danger of short circuit!

Connection scheme: FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/EXTC

Connection scheme: FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/EXTC
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415161718192021222324

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

** Only in connection with UM 45-2FLK 14/AB-1756, Order No.: 2968360. No voltage supply may take place on the front adapter. Danger of short circuit!

001-

00111 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11121314151617181920

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 101112131415161718

2526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950 NCNC

Explanation: Flat-ribbon cable strip Connection to I/O card Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

1-

1920212223242526

27282930313233343536

Connection scheme: FLKM 14-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC

Connection scheme: FLKM 50-PA-AB/1756/IN/EXTC

190

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling Allen-Bradley, PLC 5 series 1771 Front adapter The front adapters mean that preassembled system cables can be directly connected to I/O modules. Up to 32 channels are connected via 50-pos. system cables. Perfectly fitting VARIOFACE termination boards with a variety of functions and connection possibilities round off this system concept.

FLKM 50-PA-AB/...
Front adapter for Allen-Bradley PLC 5, 1771

uP
Description No. of pos. Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

VARIOFACE front adapters, for Allen-Bradley PLC 5, 1771 - IBN 32 channels input - OBN 32 channels output Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. permissible current Max. perm. total current Ambient temperature (operation) Ambient temperature (storage/transport) Standards/regulations 50 50 FLKM 50-PA-AB/IBN FLKM 50-PA-AB/OBN < 50 V AC 1 A (per path) 2 A (per Byte, for supply via connector) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 70°C IEC 60664 / DIN EN 50178 / IEC 62103 2289816 2289829 2 2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415161718192021222324 NCNC NCNC

11121314151617181920 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 2526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950 NCNC NCNC NCNC

21222324252627282930 -

31323334353637383940 -

Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-AB/IBN
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415161718192021222324 0+ 1+ 2+ 3+

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11121314151617181920 + + 2526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950

Explanation: Flat-ribbon cable strip Connection to I/O card Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

21222324252627282930

31323334353637383940 + -

Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-AB/OBN PHOENIX CONTACT

191

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling Allen Bradley SLC 500 Front adapter The front adapters mean that preassembled system cables can be directly connected to I/O modules. – The FLKM 14-PA-SLC500... adapters connect max. 2 x 8 channels via two 14-pos. system cables. Perfectly fitting VARIOFACE termination boards with a variety of functions and connection possibilities round off this system concept. – With the FLKM50-PA-SLC500 OUT/2A front adapters, the FLKM 50/16/SLC500 termination board and 50-position system cables, the VARIOFACE system cabling can also be coupled to the OA16 and OW16 power output cards.
Notes: For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

FLKM 14-PA-SLC500...
Front adapter for SLC 500 1746, 2 x 8 channels can be connected

uP
Description No. of pos. Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

VARIOFACE front adapter, 2 x 8 channels can be connected for Allen Bradley SLC 500 for: - 1746 OB16, OV16, OG16 and IG16 14 - 1746 IA16, IB16, ITB16 and IN16 14 - 1746 IV16 and IVT16 14 VARIOFACE front adapter, 1 x 16 channels can be connected for Allen Bradley SLC 500 1746 OA16 and OW16 50 Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. permissible current Max. perm. total current Ambient temperature (operation) Ambient temperature (storage/transport) Mounting position Standards/regulations

FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/OUT FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/IN FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/IN/M

2293459 2293462 2293475

1 1 1

FLKM 50-PA-SLC500/OUT/2A FLKM 14-PA... < 50 V AC 1 A (per path) 2 A (per Byte, for supply via connector) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 70°C Any IEC 60664 / DIN EN 50178 / IEC 62103

2293446 FLKM 50-PA... < 50 V AC 2 A (per path) 7 A (per Byte, for supply via connector) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 70°C Any IEC 60664 / DIN EN 50178 / IEC 62103

1

X1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112 1314

X2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112 1314

X1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

X2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 VDCVDC

VDC 0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 COM

Connection scheme FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/IN/M

Connection scheme FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/OUT

X1

X2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 4648 50 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49

Explanation: Flat-ribbon cable strip Connection to I/O card Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

VAC2 VAC1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 8 111013121514 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 15 COM COM

Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-SLC500/OUT/2A

Connection scheme FLKM 14-PA-SLC500/IN

192

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling VIP termination board for Allen Bradley SLC 500, 2 A output cards The VIP - VARIOFACE Professional module VIP-2/SC/FLK50/16/SLC500 has been specially designed for the output modules OA16 and OW16. As regards the front adapter FLKM 50-PASLC500/OUT/2A, currents up to 2 A per channel can be transferred with the system cabling.
H W D

Note: Type of housing: Terminal blocks: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. Housing: PVC For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

VIP-2/SC/FLK50/16/SLC500
VARIOFACE controller board for 16 channels

Description

No. of pos.

Module width W

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

VARIOFACE controller board, for transfer of max. 16 channels, only in connection with FLKM 50-PA-SLC500 OUT/2A 90.8 mm Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current (per branch) Max. total current (voltage supply) Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature range Mounting position Standards/regulations Connection method VIP-2/SC/FLK50/16/SLC500 2322320 1

Field level Control system level

120 V AC/DC 1A 2 A (per channel) -20°C ... 50°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Screw connection Flat-ribbon cable plug connector in acc. with IEC 60603-13 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 56 mm / 65.5 mm

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions

H/D

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49

VAC1 VAC2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 8 111013121514

VIP-2/SC/FLK50/16/SLC500 connection scheme

Explanation: Flat-ribbon cable strip Connection to I/O card Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

PHOENIX CONTACT

193

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling Allen Bradley SLC 500 System cable for 32 channels The 32-channel I/O cards of the SLC 500 are connected through 40-pos. plug connectors (already integrated on the I/O modules). Passive interface modules (FLKM 40, UM 45-FLK 40, etc.) are connected to the I/O cards using the FLK 40/EZDR/.../SLC system cables. 32 channels are split into 4x8 channels using the FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/... system cables. All 8-channel modules of the system cabling can be connected.

FLK 40/EZ-DR/.../SLC
System cable for 32-channel I/O cards of the SLC 500 (OB32, OV32, IB32, IV32)

FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/...
System cable for splitting max. 32 channels into 4 x 8 channels (OB32, IB32)

P
Description No. of pos. Cable length Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No.

P
Pcs. / Pkt.

Assembled round cables, with two 40-pos. socket strips in fixed lengths (50 cm steps) for connection with 32-channel I/O cards of the SLC 500 40 0.5 m 40 1m 40 1.5 m 40 2m 40 3m Round cable sets, for connection to Allen-Bradley SLC500, OB32 and IB32, with one 40-position female connector and four 14position female connectors, for splitting max. 32 channels into 4 x 8 channels. for OB32 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 0.5 m 1m 2m 3m 0.5 m 1m 2m 3m < 50 V AC / 60 V DC 1A -20°C ... 50°C Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4 AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² 7 / Cu tin-plated 40-position 10 mm FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 50/SLC FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 100/SLC FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 150/SLC FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 200/SLC FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 300/SLC 2294610 2294623 2294636 2294649 2294652 1 1 1 1 1

for IB32

FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 50/OB32 FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 100/OB32 FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 200/OB32 FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 300/OB32 FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 50/IB32 FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 100/IB32 FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 200/IB32 FLK 40/4X14/EZ-DR/ 300/IB32

2296786 2298483 2298522 2298535 2296812 2296825 2296838 2296841

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path Ambient temperature range Assembly Conductor cross-section Conductor construction: stranded wires / material Outside diameter

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC 1A -20°C ... 50°C Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4 AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² 7 / Cu tin-plated 7.8 mm

194

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling Allen Bradley SLC 500 Relay output modules for 32 channels These relay modules are connected to the 32-channel output module OB32 through the FLK40/EZ-DR/.../SLC system cables. As a result, the system cable is connected to the 16-channel basic module UMK16RELS/KSR-G24/21/SLC. The output extension module UMK-16RELS/KSRDC/I/E/PLC with another 16 channels is connected to the basic module through a 20-pos. flat-ribbon cable (length: 10 cm).
Notes: Type of housing: Terminal blocks: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. Housing: PVC For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog. The connection cable between the base and the extension modules is delivered with the extension unit.

H W D

H W D

UMK-16RELS/KSR-.../SLC
Output module for output card OB32

UMK-16 RELS/KSR-.../E/SLC
Output extension module for output card OB32

P
1,3 37,38 5 19 21 35 1,2 19,20 17 12 9

P
4

1

8

9

16

17

24

25

32

VDC1COM1 11 14 12

81 84 82 VDC1COM191 94 92

161 164 162

VDC1COM1171174172

COM1251254252 241244242VDC1

321324322

Description

Module width W

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

VARIOFACE output module, with plug-in bases for 16 miniature switching relays for SLC 500, OB32 output card (without relays) 259 Output extension module, with plug-in bases for 16 miniature switching relays to extend to 32 channels (without relays) 259 Plug-in miniature relay, with power contact 12.7 Technical data Coil side Operating voltage UN Input circuit Status display/channel Type of connection No. of pos. Contact side Contact type Max. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Type of connection Connection data solid / stranded / AWG General data Test voltage Ambient temperature range Standards/regulations Mounting position Dimensions REL-MR- 24DC/21HC 2961312 10 REL-MR- 24DC/21HC 2961312 10 UMK-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/SLC 2965185 1

UMK-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/E/SLC

2965208

1

24 V DC Free-wheeling diode LED yellow Flat-ribbon cable plug connector in acc. with IEC 60603-13 40 1 PDT 250 V AC/DC 5A Screw connection 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110 Any 68 mm / 90 mm

24 V DC Free-wheeling diode LED yellow Flat-ribbon cable plug connector in acc. with IEC 60603-13 20 1 PDT 250 V AC/DC 5A Screw connection 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 24 - 12 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110 Any 68 mm / 90 mm

H/D

PHOENIX CONTACT

195

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling Emerson DeltaV System cable The DeltaV system allows you to install the process wiring through "Mass termination blocks" (MTB) using flat-ribbon cable connectors. Besides the 10, 16 and 20-pos. system cables of system cabling (refer to the System cables chapter), the following system-specific lines are also available: – FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/..., for digital assemblies with 16-pos. MTB for connection with PLC-INTERFACE – FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/..., for digital assemblies with 40-pos. MTB for connection with PLC-INTERFACE – FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/..., for analog assemblies with 24-pos. MTB

FLK
System cable for DeltaV

Description

No. of pos.

Cable length

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

System cable, for 16-pos. "Mass termination blocks" with a 16-pos. and a 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable connector for connection with PLC-INTERFACE 16 0.3 m 16 0.5 m 16 1m 16 2m 16 3m System cable, for 40-pos. (2 x 20) "Mass termination blocks" with a 20-pos. and two 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable connectors for connection with PLC-INTERFACE (two cables should be used per 32-channel I/O card) 20 1m 20 2m 20 3m System cable, for 24-pos. "Mass termination blocks" with a 24-pos. and a 16-pos. flat-ribbon cable connector for connection with UM-DELTAV/... modules 24 24 24 24 24 Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path Ambient temperature range Conductor cross-section Conductor construction: stranded wires / material Outside diameter 16-position 20-position 24-position 0.3 m 0.5 m 1m 2m 3m FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/ 30 FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/ 50 FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/100 FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/200 FLK 16/14/DV-OUT/300 2304348 2304351 2300575 2300588 2304364 1 1 1 1 1

FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/100/KONFEK FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/200/KONFEK FLK 20/2FLK14/EZ-DR/300/KONFEK

2298470 2298438 2300818

1 1 1

FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/ 30 FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/ 50 FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/100 FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/200 FLK 16/24/DV-AI/EZ-DR/300 < 50 V AC / 60 V DC 1A -20°C ... 50°C AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² 7 / Cu tin-plated 6.8 mm 7.6 mm 6.5 mm

2304319 2304296 2301134 2301545 2304322

1 1 1 1 1

196

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling Emerson DeltaV System cable The DeltaV system allows you to install the process wiring via "mass termination blocks" (MTB) using flat-ribbon cable plug connectors. Especially for 32-channel I/O assemblies with 40-pin MTB, the system cable FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/.../DV is available for connection with the I/O modules with 32-channel VARIOFACE interface modules.

FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/.../DV
System cable for DeltaV

Description

No. of pos.

Cable length

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

System cable, for 40-pos. "mass termination blocks" with two 20-pos. and one 50-pos. flat-ribbon cable plugs for connecting with 32-channel interface modules 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path Max. conductor resistance Ambient temperature range Assembly Conductor cross-section Conductor construction: stranded wires / material Outside diameter 20-position 0.5 m 1m 2m 3m 6m 8m 10 m FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 50/DV FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 100/DV FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 200/DV FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 300/DV FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 600/DV FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/ 800/DV FLK 50/2FLK20/EZ-DR/1000/DV 2304872 2304898 2304908 2304911 2304937 2304940 2304953 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC 1A 0.16 Ω/m -20°C ... 50°C Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4 AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² 7 / Cu tin-plated 10.3 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT

197

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling Emerson DeltaV Controller board for eight channels These system-specific interface modules for DeltaV assemblies are used in combination with the respective system cables. The controller board is connected to 8-channel modules through "Mass termination blocks" with flat-ribbon cable connection. FLKM 16/DV – Universal module – 1:1 connection FLKM 16/AI/DV – 1:1 connection – Separate equipotential terminals per channel FLKM 16/AO/SI/DV – 1:1 connection – Fuse 5 x 20, 50 mA T, IEC60127-2/3 per channel FLKM 16/DI/SI/LA/DV – 1:1 connection – Fuse 5 x 20, 50 mA T, IEC60127-2/3 per channel – LED status indicator per signal path
Description Interface module, with 1:1 connection 16 45 mm Interface module, with 1:1 connection and separate potential terminal blocks per channel 16 57 mm Interface module, with fuses per channel 16 90 mm Interface module, with LED and fuses per channel 16 Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current (per branch) 90 mm FLKM 16/DV 2304432 1 No. of pos. Module width W Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

H W D

FLKM 16/DV
Interface module for 8 channels

FLKM 16/AI/DV FLKM 16/AO/SI/DV

2304429 2304445

1 1

FLKM 16/DI/SI/LA/DV FLKM 16/.../DV < 50 V AC 1 A (per signal path)

2304458

1

Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature range Mounting position Standards/regulations Connection method

Field level Control system level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions

H/D

FLKM 16/.../SI/.../DV < 50 V AC 50 mA (in delivered state, with one 50 mA fuse, max. 1 A permitted) 0.8 kV 0.8 kV -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C Any Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Screw connection Screw connection Flat-ribbon cable plug connector Flat-ribbon cable plug connector in acc. with IEC 60603-13 in acc. with IEC 60603-13 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 68 mm / 90 mm

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

CH1CH1 CH2 CH2 CH3 CH3 CH4 CH4 CH5 CH5 CH6 CH6 CH7 CH7 CH8 CH8

Ch1 Ch1 Ch2 Ch2 Ch3 Ch3 Ch4 Ch4 Ch5Ch5 Ch6 Ch6 Ch7 Ch7 Ch8 Ch8

-

+

-

+ - + - + - + - + - + FLKM 16/AO/SI/DV connection scheme 4 5 6 7 8

-

+

-

+

-

+ - + - + - + - + FLKM 16/DV connection scheme
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

+

-

+

1

2

3

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

1

2

3

4

CH1CH1CH2CH2CH3CH3CH4CH4CH5CH5CH6CH6CH7CH7CH8CH8

CH1CH1 CH2 CH2 CH3 CH3 CH4 CH4 CH5 CH5 CH6 CH6 CH7 CH7 CH8 CH8

-

+

-

+

-

+

-

+

-

+

-

+

-

+

-

+

-

+

- + - + - + - + - + - + FLKM 16/DI/SI/LA/DV connection scheme

-

+

COM

COM

COM

COM

COM

COM

COM

COMCOMCOMCOM

FLKM 16/AI/DV connection scheme

198

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling Emerson DeltaV Controller board for 32 channels These system-specific interface modules for DeltaV assemblies are used in combination with the FLK 50/2FLK20/EZDR/.../DV system cables. The controller board is connected to 32-channel modules through 40-pos. "Mass termination blocks" with flat-ribbon cable connection. FLKM 50/32M/DV – Can be used for 32-channel input and output modules – Two-wire connection with a separate negative terminal per channel FLKM 50/32M/IN/LA/DV – Can be used for 32-channel input modules – LED status display per channel – Two-wire connection with a separate negative terminal per channel (Dry Contact)
H W D

FLKM 50/32M/.../DV
Interface module with two-wire connection method for DeltaV

Description

No. of pos.

Module width W

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

VARIOFACE interface modules, for 32-channel I/O modules: - Input/Output - Input with LED per signal Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current (per branch) Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature range Mounting position Standards/regulations Connection method 50 50 169 mm 169 mm FLKM 50/32M/DV FLKM 50/32M/IN/LA/DV 2304869 2304856 1 1

Field level Control system level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions

H/D

FLKM 50/32M/DV FLKM 50/32M/IN/LA/DV < 50 V AC 30 V DC 1A 1A 0.8 kV 0.8 kV -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C Any Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Screw connection Screw connection Flat-ribbon cable plug connector Flat-ribbon cable plug connector in acc. with IEC 60603-13 in acc. with IEC 60603-13 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 68 mm / 90 mm

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50

- -

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

FLKM 50/32M/DV connection scheme

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50

- -

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

FLKM 50/32M/IN/LA/DV connection scheme PHOENIX CONTACT

199

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling Emerson DeltaV Controller boards with fuses for 8 channels These system-specific interface modules for DeltaV assemblies are used in combination with the respective system cables. The controller board is connected to 8-channel modules through 16-pos. or 24-pos. "Mass termination blocks" with flatribbon cable connection. UM-DELTA V/D/SI – Fuse per channel – Separate equipotential terminals per channel UM-DELTA V/D/SI – Fuse per channel – Separate equipotential terminals per channel – Knife disconnection for each channel UM-DELTA V/D/SI/BFI/TP – Fuse and LED status indicator per channel – Separate equipotential terminals per channel
H W D

UM-DELTA V/D/SI – Fuse and LED status indicator per channel – Separate equipotential terminals per channel – Knife disconnection for each channel

UM-DELTA V/...
Interface module with fuses for 16-pos. and 24-pos. "Mass termination blocks"

u
Description No. of pos. Module width W Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

Interface modules for 16-pos. and 24-pos. "Mass termination blocks" with: - Fuses 16 61 mm - Fuses and knife disconnect terminal 16 61 mm blocks - Fuses and fuse failure display 16 61 mm - Fuses, fuse failure display and knife disconnect terminal blocks Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current (per branch) Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature range Mounting position Standards/regulations Connection method 16 61 mm

UM-DELTA V/D/SI UM-DELTA V/D/SI/BFI/TP UM-DELTA V/A/SI UM-DELTA V/A/SI/BFI/TP

5603255 5603257 5603256 5603258

1 1 1 1

Field level Control system level

24 V DC 50 mA (in as-supplied state, with one 50 mAF fuse, max. 1 A permitted) -20°C ... 50°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Screw connection Flat-ribbon cable plug connector in acc. with IEC 60603-13 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 71 mm / 126 mm

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions

H/D

1 2

3 4

5 6

7 8

9 10 1112 1314 1516

1 2

3 4

5 6

7 8

9 10 1112 1314 1516

1- 1+ 2- 2+ SH SH SH SH

3- 3+ 4- 4+ 5- 5+ SH SH SH

6- 6+ 7- 7+ SH SH

8- 8+ SH

1- 1+ SHSH SH

2- 2+ 3- 3+ 4- 4+ SH SH SH

5- 5+ 6- 6+ 7- 7+ SH SH SH

8- 8+ SH

Connection scheme UM-DELTAV/A/SI
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 1314 1516

Connection scheme UM-DELTAV/D/SI
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 1314 1516

Explanation: Flat-ribbon cable strip Connection to I/O card Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

1- 1+ 2- 2+ SH SH SH SH

3- 3+ 4- 4+ 5- 5+ SH SH SH

6- 6+ 7- 7+ SH SH

8- 8+ SH

1- 1+ 2- 2+ SH SH SH SH

3- 3+ 4- 4+ SH SH

5- 5+ SH

6- 6+ 7- 7+ SH SH

8- 8+ SH

Connection scheme UM-DELTAV/A/SI/BFI/TP

Connection scheme UM-DELTAV/D/SI/BFI/TP

200

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling GE-FANUC, series 90-30 Front adapter The front adapters mean that preassembled system cables can be directly connected to I/O modules. Up to 2 x 8 channels are connected via two 14-pos. system cables. Perfectly fitting VARIOFACE termination boards with a variety of functions and connection possibilities round off this system concept.

FLKM 14-PA/GE/DO
Front adapter for GE-FANUC series 90-30

uP
Description No. of pos. Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

VARIOFACE front adapter, for 90-30 series, max. 2 x 8 channels can be connected, digital output 14 VARIOFACE front adapter, for 90-30 series, max. 2 x 8 channels can be connected, digital input 14 Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. permissible current

FLKM 14-PA/GE/DO

2290009

2

FLKM 14-PA/GE/DI

2290038

5

< 50 V AC 1 A (per path) 4 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply) 3 A (per Byte, for supply via connector) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 70°C Any IEC 60664 / DIN EN 50178 / IEC 62103

Max. perm. total current Front adapter for I/O modules of the series 90-30 Ambient temperature (operation) Ambient temperature (storage/transport) Mounting position Standards/regulations

Card type Digital output

FLKM 14-PA/GE/DO IC 693 MDL 732 IC 693 MDL 733* IC 693 MDL 740 IC 693 MDL 741* IC 693 MDL 742 IC 693 ALG 220* IC 693 ALG 221* IC 693 ALG 222* IC 693 ALG 223* IC 693 ALG 390* IC 693 ALG 391* IC 693 ALG 392* IC 693 ALG 442*

Analog

1413121110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

B

1413121110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

A

Card type Digital input

FLKM 14-PA/GE/DI IC 693 MDL 241 IC 693 MDL 634 IC 693 MDL 645 IC 693 MDL 646

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 -

11 +

10 9 -

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1 +

Connection scheme FLKM 14-PA/GE/DO * Only in connection with UM 45-2FLK14/S7, Order No.: 2965143 and UM 45-2FLK14/ZFKDS/S7, Order No.: 2965156. All wire bridges (DR) on the adapter must be disconnected. No voltage may be supplied through the slip-on connections on the front adapter!

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

+24 V 0V

Explanation: Flat-ribbon cable strip Connection to I/O card Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

1 -

2

3

4

5

6

7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Connection scheme FLKM 14-PA/GE/DI PHOENIX CONTACT

201

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling Mitsubishi Electric MELSEC A, A1S and Q System cable These system cables are plugged onto the 32/64-channel I/O cards that are connected using D-SUB connectors. Two variants are available: – System cable with 37-pos. D-SUB socket strip and 50-pos. flat-ribbon cable strip (connection 1 x 32 channels) – System cable with 37-pos. D-SUB socket and four 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable strips (controller board 4 x 8 channels). Perfectly fitting VARIOFACE termination boards round off this system concept.

FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/...
System cable

CABLE-D37-M2,5/4x14/.../...
Splitting cable

u
Description No. of pos. Cable length Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No.

u
Pcs. / Pkt.

Round cable, for MELSEC Q Y81 P, MELSEC A1S Y81 and MELSEC A AY82EP, in standard lengths 37 0.5 m 37 1m 37 2m 37 3m Round cable, same as before, however in variable lengths 37 Round cable, for MELSEC Q X81, MELSEC A1S X81 and MELSEC A AX82, in standard lengths 37 0.5 m 37 1m 37 2m 37 3m Round cable, same as before, however in variable lengths 37 Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path Max. conductor resistance Ambient temperature range Conductor cross-section Conductor construction: stranded wires / material Outside diameter 37-position

FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/ 50/Y81P-O FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/100/Y81P-O FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/200/Y81P-O FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/300/Y81P-O

2302599 2302609 2302612 2302638

1 1 1 1

CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/ 50/Y81P-O CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/100/Y81P-O CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/200/Y81P-O CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/300/Y81P-O

2302476 2302489 2302492 2302502

1 1 1 1

FLK 50-EZ-DR-D37SUB-Y81P-O/...

2302625

1

CABLE-D37-M2,5-4X14-Y81P-O/...

2302696

1

FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/ 50/X81-I FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/100/X81-I FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/200/X81-I FLK 50/EZ-DR/D37SUB/300/X81-I

2302641 2302654 2302667 2302670

1 1 1 1

CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/ 50/X81-I CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/100/X81-I CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/200/X81-I CABLE-D37-M2,5/4X14/300/X81-I

2302515 2302528 2302531 2302544

1 1 1 1

FLK 50-EZ-DR-D37SUB-X81-I/... < 50 V AC / 60 V DC 1A 0.16 Ω/m -20°C ... 50°C AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² 7 / Cu tin-plated 10.5 mm

2302683

1

CABLE-D37-M2,5-4X14-X81-I/... < 50 V AC / 60 V DC 1A 0.16 Ω/m -20°C ... 50°C AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² 7 / Cu tin-plated 6.3 mm

2302706

1

Ordering example for system cable:
– Cable for MELSEC Q Y81P, 12.75 m long Quantity Order No. Length [m]1) 1 2302625 /
1)

12.75 min. 0.20 m

Ordering examples for splitting cable:
– Cable for MELSEC Q Y81P, 11.00 m long Quantity Order No. Length [m]1) 1 2302696 /
1)

11.00 min. 0.20 m

202

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling OMRON CJ1, CS1, CQM1 and C200H System cable These system cables are plugged onto the I/O cards that are connected using Fujitsu connectors. FLK 50/EZ-DR/... – Signal transmission of 32 channels CABLE-FCN40... – Splitting up 32 channels into 4 x 8 channels CABLE-FCN24... – Splitting up 16 channels into 2 x 8 channels

FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN4...
Connector Fujitsu FCN on flat-ribbon cable, number of positions: 40 on 50

CABLE-FCN...
Connector Fujitsu FCN on flat-ribbon cable, number of positions: 40 on 4 x 14 or 24 on 2 x 14

u
Description Round cable in variable lengths for CJ1: OD231, OD261 CS1, C200H: OD218, OD219 CQM1: OD213 40 40 Round cable, same as before, however in variable lengths 40 Round cable in variable lengths for CJ1: ID231, ID261 CS1 and C200H: ID111, ID216, ID217, CQM1: ID213; ID214;ID112 40 40 Round cable, same as before, however in variable lengths 40 Round cable in variable lengths for CS1, C200H: OD215, MD115 (only output), MD215 (only output) 24 24 Round cable, same as before, however in variable lengths 24 Round cable in variable lengths for CS1, C200H: ID215, MD115 (only input), MD215 (only input) 24 24 Round cable, same as before, however in variable lengths 24 Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path Max. conductor resistance Ambient temperature range Conductor cross-section Conductor construction: stranded wires / material 1m 2m FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN40/100/OMR-OUT FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN40/200/OMR-OUT FLK 50-EZ-DR-FCN40-OMR-OUT/... 2304144 2304157 2302829 1 1 1 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/100/OMR-OUT CABLE-FCN40/4X14/200/OMR-OUT CABLE-FCN40-4X14-OMR-OUT/... 2304186 2304199 2302832 No. of pos. Cable length Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No.

u
Pcs. / Pkt.

1 1 1

1m 2m

FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN40/100/OMR-IN FLK 50/EZ-DR/FCN40/200/OMR-IN FLK 50-EZ-DR-FCN40-OMR-IN/...

2304160 2304173 2302803

1 1 1

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/100/OMR-IN CABLE-FCN40/4X14/200/OMR-IN CABLE-FCN40-4X14-OMR-IN/...

2304209 2304212 2302816

1 1 1

1m 2m

CABLE-FCN24/2X14/100/OMR-OUT CABLE-FCN24/2X14/200/OMR-OUT CABLE-FCN24-2X14-OMR-OUT/...

2304225 2304238 2302858

1 1 1

1m 2m

CABLE-FCN24/2X14/100/OMR-IN CABLE-FCN24/2X14/200/OMR-IN CABLE-FCN24-2X14-OMR-IN/... < 50 V AC / 60 V DC 1A 0.16 Ω/m -20°C ... 50°C AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² 7 / Cu tin-plated < 50 V AC / 60 V DC 1A 0.16 Ω/m -20°C ... 50°C AWG - / 0.14 mm² 7 / Cu tin-plated

2304241 2304254 2302845

1 1 1

Ordering example for system cable:
– Cable for OMRON CJ1, ID231, 12.75 m long Quantity Order No. Length [m]1) 1 2302803 /
1)

12.75 min. 0.20 m

PHOENIX CONTACT

203

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling Schneider Electric MODICON® TSX Quantum Front adapter The front adapters mean that preassembled system cables can be directly connected to I/O modules. There are two connection possibilities available: – Transmission of max. 32 channels over one 50-position system cable, – Transmission of 4 x 8 channels over four 14-position system cables, Perfectly fitting VARIOFACE termination boards with a variety of functions and connection possibilities round off this system concept.

FLKM 50...PA-MODI-TSX/Q
Front adapter for MODICON TSX Quantum

uP
Description No. of pos. Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

VARIOFACE front adapter, for MODICON® TSX Quantum, 1 x 32 channels can be connected 50 VARIOFACE front adapter, for MODICON® TSX Quantum, 4 x 8 channels can be connected 14 Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. permissible current

FLKM 50-PA-MODI-TSX/Q

2294306

1

FLKM 50/ 4-FLK14/PA-MODI-TSX/Q

2294416

1

< 50 V AC 1 A (per path) 4 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 70°C Any IEC 60664 / DIN EN 50178 / IEC 62103

Front adapter for I/O modules of the MODICON®-automation equipment TSX Qantum

Ambient temperature (operation) Ambient temperature (storage/transport) Mounting position Standards/regulations

Card type Digital input

FLKM 50-PA-MODI-TSX/Q DDI 353 DDI 841* DDI 853 DAI 340* DAI 353** DAI 440* DAI 453** DDO 353 DDM 390* ACI 030* ACI 040* ATI 030* ARI 030* AVI 030* ACO 020* ACO 130* AVO 020* AMM 090* ECH 105* EHC 202*
0+ 1+

Digital output Digital input/output Analog input

Analog output

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415161718192021222324

Analog input/output Counter

11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 121314151617181920 - + - + 2526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950

2+ 3+ 21222324252627282930 - + 31323334353637383940 - +

* Only in connection with FLKM 50/MODI-TSX/Q, Order No. 2294296. ** Only in connection with passive controller boards without LED.
0+ 1+

Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-MODI-TSX/Q
X1 911131 2 3 4 5 6 7 8101214 911131 2 3 4 5 6 7 8101214 X2

111213141516171819 20 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 - + - + X3 911131 2 3 4 5 6 7 8101214 911131 2 3 4 5 6 7 8101214 X4 2+

Explanation: Flat-ribbon cable strip Connection to I/O card Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

3+ 2223242526272829 30 21 - + 3233343536373839 40 31 - +

Connection scheme FLKM 50/ 4-FLK14/PA-MODI-TSX/Q

204

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling Schneider Electric MODICON® M340 System cable These system cables are plugged onto the I/O cards that are connected using Fujitsu connectors. CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ – Signal transmission of 32 channels CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ – Splitting up 32 channels into 4 x 8 channels

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/...M/M340
Connector Fujitsu FCN on flat-ribbon cable, number of positions: 40 on 50

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/...M/M340
Connector Fujitsu FCN on flat-ribbon cable, No. of positions: 40 on 4 x 14

Description Round cable in variable lengths for BMX DDI 3202K, BMX DDI 6402K, BMX DD0 3202K, BMX DD0 6402K, BMX DDM 3202K

No. of pos.

Cable length

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path Max. conductor resistance Ambient temperature range Conductor cross-section Conductor construction: stranded wires / material Outside diameter

0.5 m 1m 2m 3m 4m 6m 8m 10 m

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/M340 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/M340 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/M340 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/M340 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/M340 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/M340 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/M340 CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/M340 < 50 V AC / 60 V DC 1A 0.16 Ω/m -20°C ... 50°C AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² 7 / Cu tin-plated 10.5 mm

2321635 2321648 2321651 2321664 2321677 2321680 2321693 2321703

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 0,5M/M340 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 1,0M/M340 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 2,0M/M340 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 3,0M/M340 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 4,0M/M340 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 6,0M/M340 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 8,0M/M340 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/10,0M/M340 < 50 V AC / 60 V DC 1A 0.16 Ω/m -20°C ... 50°C AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² 7 / Cu tin-plated 6.3 mm

2321716 2321729 2321732 2321745 2321758 2321761 2321774 2321787

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

PHOENIX CONTACT

205

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling VIP – VARIOFACE Professional front adapters for SIMATIC S7-300 Three connection options are available: – Transfer of max. 32 channels via two 50-pos. system cables (32-channel cards or their type) – Transfer of 4 x 8 channels via two 14-pos. system cables (32-channel cards or their type) – Transfer of 2 x 8 channels via two 14-pos. system cables (16-channel cards or their type) The front adapters have the following features: – Can be screwed with I/O module – Voltage supply via terminal blocks with spring-cage double connection – Encapsulated socket strips for module side
A

26,5

5

...FLK14... ...FLK50...

A 37

VIP-PA-FLK50/...M/S7
Front adapter with system cable 1 x 32 channels can be connected

42

-

BRbl
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 30

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

10

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

SP

SP + +

BRrd

Description

Cable length

Type

VIP VARIOFACE front adapter, with connected system cables for SIMATIC S7 300 0.5 m 1m 1.5 m 2m 2.5 m 3m 4m 5m 6m 7m 8m 10 m Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path Max. perm. current (separate power supply) Rated surge voltage Max. conductor resistance Conductor cross-section Conductor construction: stranded wires / material Outside diameter Ambient temperature range Standards/regulations Connection method

VIP-PA-FLK50/ 0,5M/S7 VIP-PA-FLK50/ 1,0M/S7 VIP-PA-FLK50/ 1,5M/S7 VIP-PA-FLK50/ 2,0M/S7 VIP-PA-FLK50/ 2,5M/S7 VIP-PA-FLK50/ 3,0M/S7 VIP-PA-FLK50/ 4,0M/S7 VIP-PA-FLK50/ 5,0M/S7 VIP-PA-FLK50/ 6,0M/S7 VIP-PA-FLK50/ 7,0M/S7 VIP-PA-FLK50/ 8,0M/S7 VIP-PA-FLK50/10,0M/S7 60 V DC / < 50 V AC 1 A (per path) 8A

25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

2322443 2322456 2322469 2321800 2322472 2322485 2322498 2322508 2322511 2322524 2322537 2322540

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Front adapter

0.8 kV 0.16 Ω/m AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² 7 / Cu tin-plated 10.3 mm -20°C ... 50°C IEC 60664, IEC 62103, DIN EN 50178 Can be plugged onto 40-pos. I/O modules / separate power supply through terminal blocks with spring-cage double connection Flat-ribbon cable connector 50-pos., as per IEC 60603-13 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14

System cable Connection data solid / stranded / AWG

206

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling
Front adapter for 32-channel cards of SIMATIC® S7-300

Card type Digital input Digital output Digital input/output Analog input

VIP-PA-FLK50/...M/S7 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0 6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0 6ES7 323-1BL00-0AA0 6ES7 331-7PF01-0AB0* 6ES7 331-7PF11-0AB0* 6ES7 331-7NF00-0AB0* 6ES7 331-7NF10-0AB0* 6ES7 331-1KF01-0AB0* 6ES7 332-5HF00-0AB0* 312C 313C 314C 6ES7 350-2AH01-0AE0* 6ES7 357-4AH01-0AE0*

Analog output CPU

VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/...M/S7
Front adapter with system cable 4 x 8 channels can be connected

VIP-PA-FLK14/...M/S7
Front adapter with system cable 2 x 8 channels can be connected Other modules

Card type Digital input
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/...M/S7 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0 6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0 6ES7 323-1BL00-0AA0 313C 314C

-

SP

SP + +

Byte0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Byte1
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

SP + +

Digital output Digital input/output CPU

9 11 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14

9 11 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14

9 11 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14

9 11 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14

BRrd

BRbl
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

BRrd

BRbl -

* Only in connection with VIP-2/SC/FLK50 (1-40)/S7, Order No.: 2315243, UM 45-FLK50/ZFKDS/S7-300, Order No.: 2968111, FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7-300, Order No.: 2304490. All bridges (BR) on the adapter must be disconnected.

9 11 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14

9 11 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14

SP

Front adapters for 16-channel cards of the SIMATIC® S7-300 Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. Card type Digital input VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 0,5M/S7 VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 1,0M/S7 VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 1,5M/S7 VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 2,0M/S7 VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 2,5M/S7 VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 3,0M/S7 VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 4,0M/S7 VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 5,0M/S7 VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 6,0M/S7 VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 7,0M/S7 VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/ 8,0M/S7 VIP-PA-FLK50/4X14/10,0M/S7 60 V DC / < 50 V AC 1 A (per path) 8A 0.8 kV 0.16 Ω/m AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² 7 / Cu tin-plated 6.4 mm -20°C ... 50°C IEC 60664, IEC 62103, DIN EN 50178 Can be plugged onto 40-pos. I/O modules / separate power supply through terminal blocks with spring-cage double connection Flat-ribbon cable connector 4 x 14-pos., as per IEC 60603-13 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 2322553 2322566 2322579 2321910 2322582 2322595 2322605 2322618 2322621 2322634 2322647 2322650 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 VIP-PA-FLK14/ 0,5M/S7 VIP-PA-FLK14/ 1,0M/S7 VIP-PA-FLK14/ 1,5M/S7 VIP-PA-FLK14/ 2,0M/S7 VIP-PA-FLK14/ 2,5M/S7 VIP-PA-FLK14/ 3,0M/S7 VIP-PA-FLK14/ 4,0M/S7 VIP-PA-FLK14/ 5,0M/S7 VIP-PA-FLK14/ 6,0M/S7 VIP-PA-FLK14/ 7,0M/S7 VIP-PA-FLK14/ 8,0M/S7 VIP-PA-FLK14/10,0M/S7 60 V DC / < 50 V AC 1 A (per path) 8A 0.8 kV 0.16 Ω/m AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² 7 / Cu tin-plated 6.4 mm -20°C ... 50°C IEC 60664, IEC 62103, DIN EN 50178 Can be plugged onto 20-pos. I/O modules / separate power supply through terminal blocks with spring-cage double connection Flat-ribbon cable connector 2 x 14-pos., as per IEC 60603-13 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14 2322663 2322676 2322689 2321790 2322692 2322702 2322715 2322728 2322731 2322744 2322757 2322760 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 VIP-PA-FLK14/...M/S7 6ES7 321-1BH02-0AA0 6ES7 321-1BH10-0AA0 6ES7 321-1BH50-0AA0* 6ES7 321-7BH01-0AB0* 6ES7 322-1BH01-0AA0 6ES7 322-1BH10-0AA0 6ES7 322-8BF00-0AB0* 6ES7 323-1BH01-0AA0 6ES7 331-7KF02-0AB0* 6ES7 331-7HF01-0AB0* 6ES7 331-7KB02-0AB0* 6ES7 331-7TF01-0AB0 6ES7 332-5HD01-0AB0* 6ES7 332-5HB01-0AB0* 6ES7 332-7ND02-0AB0* 6ES7 334-0CE01-0AA0* 6ES7 334-0KE00-0AB0* 6ES7 335-7HG01-0AB0* 6ES7 338-4BC01-0AB0* 6ES7 350-1AH03-0AE0* 6ES7 351-1AH01-0AE0* 6ES7 352-1AH01-0AE0* 6ES7 353-1AH01-0AE0* 6ES7 354-1AH01-0AE0* 6ES7 355-0VH10-0AE0* 6ES7 355-1VH10-0AE0*

Digital output

Digital input/output Analog input

Analog output

Analog input/output

Other modules

* Only in connection with VIP-2/SC/2FLK14 (1-20)S7, Order No.: 2315230 UM 45-2FLK14/ZFKDS/S7, Order No.: 2965156 FLKM-2FLK14/KDS 3-MT/PPA/S7, Order No.: 2295062 All bridges (BR) on the adapter must be disconnected.

Note: The front adapters are delivered non-isolated. By removing the bridges, electrical isolation (in groups of 8) can be obtained.

Explanation: Flat-ribbon cable strip Connection to I/O card

SP: Separate power terminals BRbl: Plug-in bridge, blue BRrd: Plug-in bridge, red

PHOENIX CONTACT

207

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling Siemens-SIMATIC® S7-300 Front adapter I/O modules with 32 channels or with this design There are two connection possibilities available: – Transmission of max. 32 channels over one 50-position system cable, – Transmission of 4 x 8 channels over four 14-position system cables, Perfectly fitting VARIOFACE termination boards with a variety of functions and connection possibilities round off this system concept.

FLKM 50...PA-S300
Front adapter for SIMATIC® S7-300, I/O cards with max. 32 channels

uP
Description VARIOFACE front adapters, for SIMATIC® S7-300 - 1 x 32 channels can be connected - 4 x 8 channels can be connected Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. permissible current 50 14 FLKM 50-PA-S300 FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-S300 2294445 2296281 1 1 No. of pos. Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

< 50 V AC 1 A (per path) 8 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply) 2 A (per Byte, for supply via connector) 8 A (during supply via a separate bridged power supply) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 70°C IEC 60664 / DIN EN 50178 / IEC 62103 Flat-ribbon cable plug connector in acc. with IEC 60603-13

Max. perm. total current

Front adapter for 32-channel cards of SIMATIC® S7-300

Ambient temperature (operation) Ambient temperature (storage/transport) Standards/regulations Type of connection

Card type Digital input Digital output Digital input/output Analog input

FLKM 50-PA-S300 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0 6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0 6ES7 323-1BL00-0AA0 6ES7 331-7PF01-0AB0* 6ES7 331-7PF11-0AB0* 6ES7 331-7NF00-0AB0* 6ES7 331-7NF10-0AB0* 6ES7 331-1KF01-0AB0* 6ES7 332-5HF00-0AB0* 312C 313C 314C 6ES7 350-2AH01-0AE0* 6ES7 357-4AH01-0AE0*
Byte 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11121314151617181920 Byte 1

Analog output CPU

Other modules

Card type Digital input Digital output Digital input/output CPU

FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-S300 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0 6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0 6ES7 323-1BL00-0AA0 312C 313C 314C
212223242526272829 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 15161718192021222324 DR DR DR 31323334353637383940 FS 0 1 2 3

* Only in connection with VIP-2/SC/FLK50 (1-40)/S7, Order No.:2315243, UM 45-FLK50/ZFKDS/S7-300, Order No.: 2968111, FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7-300, Order No.: 2304490. all wire bridges (DR) on the adapter must be disconnected. No voltage may be supplied through the slip-on connections on the front adapter!

Byte 2

252627282930313233343536 373839404142434445464748

Byte 3

Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-S300

Byte 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910

DR

11 121314151617181920 Byte 1

Note: The front adapters are delivered non-isolated. By removing the wire bridges, electrical isolation (in groups of 8) can be attained.

91113 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8101214

91113 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8101214 0 1 2 3 DR FS 31323334353637383940

21222324252627282930

DR

Explanation: Flat-ribbon cable strip Connection to I/O card Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

Byte 2
911131 2 3 4 5 6 7 8101214

Byte 3 911131 2 3 4 5 6 7 8101214

Connection scheme FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-S300

208

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling Siemens-SIMATIC® S7-300 Front adapter I/O modules with 16 channels or with this design – Up to 2 x 8 channels are connected via two 14-position system cables. Perfectly fitting VARIOFACE termination boards with a variety of functions and connection possibilities round off this system concept.

FLKM 14-PA-S300
Front adapter for SIMATIC® S7-300, I/O cards with max. 16 channels

P
Applied for: UL / CUL Description VARIOFACE front adapters, for SIMATIC® S7-300 - 2 x 8 channels can be connected Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. permissible current 14 FLKM 14-PA-S300 2299770 1 No. of pos. Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

< 50 V AC 1 A (per path) 8 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply) 2 A (per Byte, for supply via connector) 8 A (during supply via a separate bridged power supply) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 70°C IEC 60664 / DIN EN 50178 / IEC 62103 Flat-ribbon cable plug connector in acc. with IEC 60603-13

Max. perm. total current

Front adapter for 16-channel cards of SIMATIC® S7-300

Ambient temperature (operation) Ambient temperature (storage/transport) Standards/regulations Type of connection

Card type Digital input

FLKM 14-PA-S300 6ES7 321-1BH02-0AA0 6ES7 321-1BH10-0AA0 6ES7 321-1BH50-0AA0* 6ES7 321-7BH01-0AB0* 6ES7 322-1BH01-0AA0 6ES7 322-1BH10-0AA0 6ES7 322-8BF00-0AB0* 6ES7 323-1BH01-0AA0 6ES7 331-7KF02-0AB0* 6ES7 331-7HF01-0AB0* 6ES7 331-7KB02-0AB0* 6ES7 331-7TF01-0AB0 6ES7 332-5HD01-0AB0* 6ES7 332-5HB01-0AB0* 6ES7 332-7ND02-0AB0* 6ES7 334-0CE01-0AA0* 6ES7 334-0KE00-0AB0* 6ES7 335-7HG01-0AB0* 6ES7 338-4BC01-0AB0* 6ES7 350-1AH03-0AE0* 6ES7 351-1AH01-0AE0* 6ES7 352-1AH01-0AE0* 6ES7 353-1AH01-0AE0* 6ES7 354-1AH01-0AE0* 6ES7 355-0VH10-0AE0* 6ES7 355-1VH10-0AE0*

Digital output

Digital input/output Analog input

Analog output

Analog input/output

Other modules

Byte0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Byte1
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

* Only in connection with VIP-2/SC/2FLK14 (1-20)/S7, Order No.: 2315230 UM 45-2FLK14/ZFKDS/S7, Order No.: 2965156 FLKM-2FLK14/KDS 3-MT/PPA/S7, Order No.: 2295062 All wire bridges (DR) on the adapter must be disconnected. No voltage may be supplied through the slip-on connections on the front adapter! Note: The front adapters are delivered non-isolated. By removing the wire bridges, electrical isolation (in groups of 8) can be obtained.

DR FS

Connection scheme FLKM 14-PA-S300

Explanation: Flat-ribbon cable strip Connection to I/O card Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

PHOENIX CONTACT

209

1- 0 1+ 0+

91113 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 101214

91113 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 101214

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300 Front adapter for MINI MCR This front adapter helps only in coupling the MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16 A adapter. Changed analog standard signals can be transmitted with the help of these components. Suitable isolators can be seen from page 330. For suitable 16-pos. system cable (FLK 16/EZ-DR/...), refer to page 264.

FLKM 16-PA-S300/MINI-MCR
Front adapter for SIMATIC® S7-300, analog I/O-cards with max. eight channels

Applied for: UL / CUL Description No. of pos. Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

VARIOFACE front adapter, for SIMATIC® S7-300, only in connection with MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A 16 Assembled round cable, with two 16-pos. socket strips 16 System adapter, for MINI analog modules with screw connection 16 Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. permissible current Front adapter for analog cards of SIMATIC® S7-300 Ambient temperature (operation) Ambient temperature (storage/transport) Standards/regulations Card type Analog input FLKM 16-PA-S300/MINI-MCR 6ES7 331-7KF02-0AB0 6ES7 331-7KB02-0AB0 6ES7 331-7KB81-0AB0 6ES7 331-7TF00-0AB0 -20°C ... 60°C -20°C ... 70°C DIN EN 50178 / IEC 62103 FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK 2299330 1 FLKM 16-PA-S300/MINI-MCR 2314749 1

MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A

2811268

1

FLKM 16-PA-S300/MINI-MCR 30 V AC/DC 1 A (per path) 4 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply)

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 L+ M Comp.+ Comp.-

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

FLKM 16-PA-S300/MINI-MCR connection scheme

Explanation: Flat-ribbon cable strip Connection to I/O card Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

210

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300 Front adapter for MINI analog system cabling The FLKM 16-PA-331-1KF/I/MINI-MCR front adapter helps in system cabling in conjunction with the MINI Analog system adapter and a 16-pos. system cable FLK 16/EZ-DR/.../KONFEK, refer to page 264. Instead of the conventional front connector, screw terminal blocks are used to snap this component onto the analog module. The DIP switches can be used to connect "M-" connections to each other and to the central ground of the system. The front adapter supports only current signals. The front adapter is suitable for the following analog input card: – 6ES7 331-1KF01-0AB0

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 M– M–

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

FLKM 16-PA-331-1KF/I/MINI-MCR connection scheme

FLKM 16-PA-331-1KF/I/...
Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

Description

No. of pos.

VARIOFACE front adapter, for SIMATIC® S7-300, only in connection with MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A 16 Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. permissible current Rated surge voltage / insulation Ambient temperature (operation) Ambient temperature (storage/transport) Standards/regulations FLKM 16-PA- 331-1KF/I/MINI-MCR 30 V AC/DC 50 mA (per path) 0.5 kV / basic insulation -20°C ... 60°C -20°C ... 70°C DIN EN 50178 / IEC 62103 2318237 1

Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300 Front adapter for MINI analog system cabling The FLKM 16-PA-332-5HF/I/MINI-MCR front adapter helps in system cabling in conjunction with the MINI Analog system adapter and a 16-pos. system cable FLK 16/EZ-DR/.../KONFEK, refer to page 264. Instead of the conventional front connector, screw terminal blocks are used to snap this component on to the analog module. The front adapter supports only current signals.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

1 L+ M– M– MANA

2 3

4 5

6 7

8

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

9

10 11

12 13

14 15

16

FLKM 16-PA-332-5HF/I/MINI-MCR connection scheme

FLKM 16-PA-332-5HF/I/...
Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

Description

No. of pos.

The front adapter is suitable for the following analog output cards: – 6ES7 332-5HF00-0AB0

VARIOFACE front adapter, for SIMATIC® S7-300, only in connection with MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A 16 Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. permissible current FLKM 16-PA- 332-5HF/I/MINI-MCR 2318240 1

30 V AC/DC 50 mA (per path) 500 mA (per connection, supply via separate power supply) 0.5 kV / basic insulation -20°C ... 60°C -20°C ... 70°C DIN EN 50178 / IEC 62103

Rated surge voltage / insulation Ambient temperature (operation) Ambient temperature (storage/transport) Standards/regulations

PHOENIX CONTACT

211

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling Siemens SIMATIC S7 -300 System cables for 64-channel I/O cards These system cables are plugged onto the 64-channel (2x32) I/O cards that are directly connected using connectors. CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ – Signal transmission of 1x32 channels – System cable: 40-pos. connector on 50-pos. flat-ribbon cable strip CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ – Signal transmission of 4x8 channels – Splitting cable: 40-pos. connector on four 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable strips

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/...M/S7-...
System cable

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/...M/S7-...
Splitting cable

Description

No. of pos.

Cable length

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Round cable, for output module 6ES7 322-1BP00-0AA0 and 6ES7 322-1BP50-0AA0 (two cables per module) 40 0.5 m 40 1m 40 2m 40 3m 40 4m 40 6m 40 8m 40 10 m Round cable, for input module 6ES7 321-1BP00-0AA0 (two cables per module).Plus-reading operation (sinking mode) of the module 40 0.5 m 40 1m 40 2m 40 3m 40 4m 40 6m 40 8m 40 10 m Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path Max. conductor resistance Ambient temperature range Conductor cross-section Conductor construction: stranded wires / material Outside diameter CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/S7-OUT CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/S7-OUT CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/S7-OUT CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/S7-OUT CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/S7-OUT CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/S7-OUT CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/S7-OUT CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/S7-OUT 2321017 2321020 2321033 2321046 2321059 2321062 2321075 2321088 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 0,5M/S7-OUT CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 1,0M/S7-OUT CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 2,0M/S7-OUT CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 3,0M/S7-OUT CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 4,0M/S7-OUT CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 6,0M/S7-OUT CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 8,0M/S7-OUT CABLE-FCN40/4X14/10,0M/S7-OUT 2321172 2321185 2321198 2321208 2321211 2321224 2321237 2321240 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 0,5M/S7-IN CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 1,0M/S7-IN CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 2,0M/S7-IN CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 3,0M/S7-IN CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 4,0M/S7-IN CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 6,0M/S7-IN CABLE-FCN40/1X50/ 8,0M/S7-IN CABLE-FCN40/1X50/10,0M/S7-IN < 50 V AC / 60 V DC 1A 0.16 Ω/m -20°C ... 50°C AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² 7 / Cu tin-plated 10 mm

2321091 2321101 2321114 2321127 2321130 2321143 2321156 2321169

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 0,5M/S7-IN CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 1,0M/S7-IN CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 2,0M/S7-IN CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 3,0M/S7-IN CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 4,0M/S7-IN CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 6,0M/S7-IN CABLE-FCN40/4X14/ 8,0M/S7-IN CABLE-FCN40/4X14/10,0M/S7-IN < 50 V AC / 60 V DC 1A 0.16 Ω/m -20°C ... 50°C AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² 7 / Cu tin-plated 6.3 mm

2321253 2321266 2321279 2321282 2321295 2321305 2321318 2321321

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

212

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling

PHOENIX CONTACT

213

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling Siemens SIMATIC® S7-400 Front adapter The front adapters mean that preassembled system cables can be directly connected to I/O modules. FLKM 50-PA-S400 – Transmission of max. 32 digital channels over one 50-position system cable. FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-S400 – Transmission of max. 32 digital channels via one 14-position system cable. Perfectly fitting VARIOFACE termination boards with a variety of functions and connection possibilities round off this system concept. FLKM 50-PA-S400 (3-48) – Analog channels are connected via a 50-position system cable. The 1:1 connection of the adapter means that corresponding 1:1 interface modules are connected here
Description VARIOFACE front adapter, for - SIMATIC® S7-400, 1 x 32 channels can be connected - SIMATIC® S7-400, 4 x 8 channels can be connected - SIMATIC® S7-400, only analog Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. permissible current No. of pos. Type

FLKM 50-...PA-S400
Front adapter for SIMATIC® S7-400

uP
Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

50 14 50

FLKM 50-PA-S400 FLKM 50/ 4-FLK14/PA-S400 FLKM 50-PA-S400(3-48)

2294500 2294429 2294908

2 2 2

< 50 V AC 1 A (per path) 8 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply) 2 A (per Byte, for supply via connector) 8 A (during supply via a separate bridged power supply) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 70°C Any IEC 60664 / DIN EN 50178 / IEC 62103

Max. perm. total current Front adapter for I/O modules of the Siemens automation equipment SIMATIC® S7-400

Card type Digital input

FLKM 50-PA-S400 6ES7 421-1BL01-0AA0 6ES7 421-7BH01-0AB0* 6ES7 421-7DH00-0AB0* 6ES7 422-1BL00-0AA0 6ES7 422-7BL00-0AB0 FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-S400 6ES7 421-1BL01-0AA0 6ES7 422-1BL00-0AA0 6ES7 422-7BL00-0AB0 FLKM 50-PA-S400 (3-48) 6ES7 431-0HH00-0AB0** 6ES7 431-1KF00-0AB0** 6ES7 431-1KF10-0AB0** 6ES7 431-1KF20-0AB0** 6ES7 431-7KF00-0AB0** 6ES7 431-7KF10-0AB0** 6ES7 431-7QH00-0AB0** 6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0**

Ambient temperature (operation) Ambient temperature (storage/transport) Mounting position Standards/regulations

Digital output

Card type Digital input Digital output

Card type Analog input

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415 161718 1920 2122232425 0+ DR1 1+ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415 161718 1920 2122232425 26272829303132333435 3637383940414243444546 47484950 DR2 2+ DR3 3+ – 26272829303132333435 3637383940414243444546 4748

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112131415161718192021222324

Analog output

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112 131415161718192021222324 2526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950

* Only in connection with VIP-2/SC/FLK50/S7/A-S400, Order No.: 2322359 All wire bridges (DR) on the adapter must be disconnected.

252627282930313233343536373839404142434445464748

Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-S400 (3-48) ** Only in connection with VIP-3/SC/FLK50, Order No.: 2315081 UM 45-FLK 50/ZFKDS, Order No.: 2293585 UM 45-FLKS 50/ZFKDS, Order No.: 2968470 FLKM 50/KDS 3-MT/PPA/AN/PLC, Order No.: 2291587

Connection scheme FLKM 50-PA-S400
9 11 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 9 11 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14

DR2 DR1 DR4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 9 11 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 9 11 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 DR5

Explanation: Flat-ribbon cable strip Connection to I/O card Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

L DR3 M DR6 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48

Connection scheme: FLKM 50/4-FLK14/PA-S400

214

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling Siemens SIMATIC® S7-400 Adapter for conversion from S5-135/155 to S7-400 The FLKM S135/... adapters connect a SIMATIC® S5 connector wired with individual conductors directly with the SIMATIC® S7-400 basic card. The SIMATIC® S5 connector is plugged directly onto an S7-400-I/O card with the help of an FFLKM S135/... intermediate adapter. A new SIMATIC® S7-400 is installed in place of the SIMATIC® S5. The existing field wiring remains intact. Attention: The LEDs of the S7-400 module are hidden.
Description Digital IN 24 V from S5-135/155 to S7-400 6ES5 420-4UA14 on 6ES7 421-1BL01-0AA0 6ES5 430-4UA14 on 6ES7 421-1BL01-0AA0 6ES5 431-4UA12 to 6ES7 421-7DH00-0AB0 6ES5 432-4UA12 on 6ES7 421-1BL01-0AA0 Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. permissible current 1 2 3 4 FLKM S135/S400/SO120 FLKM S135/S400/SO121 FLKM S135-431-4UA/S400 FLKM S135/S400/SO122 1 24 V AC/DC 4 A (per path) 4 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply) 2 60 V DC 2 A (per path) 2 A (during supply via separate power supply) 2301723 2301736 2314846 2301749 3 24 V DC 4 A (per path) 4 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply) 1 1 1 1 No. of pos. Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

FLKM S135/...
Adapter for Siemens SIMATIC® S5-135/S7-400

4 24 V AC/DC 4 A (per path) 4 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply)

Test voltage (contact/contact) Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting position Standards/regulations

500 V (50 Hz, 1 1.25 kV (50 Hz, min) 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C Any Any DIN EN 50178 / IEC 62103

1.25 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C Any

1.25 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C Any

S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324

S7-400 1 2

3

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 L+

S5-135 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 S7-400 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 202122 23 24 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 4748

S5-135 1 S7-400

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 48 M

S5-135 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

37 38 39 40 41 42

S5-135

25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41

FLKM S135-431-UA/S400 connection scheme

Connection scheme: FLKM S135/S400/SO120

S7-400 1 2

3

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 151617181920 21 22

S7-400 1 2

3

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

L+
S5-135 S7-400 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 14 15 16 1718 19 20 272829 30 31 32 33 34 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 48 M S5-135 1 2 3 S7-400 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 48 M M S5-135 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 21 42

S5-135

252627 28 29 30 31 32 34 35 36 37 38 39 4041 21 42 12 33

Connection scheme: FLKM S135/S400/SO122

Connection scheme: FLKM S135/S400/SO121 PHOENIX CONTACT

215

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling Siemens SIMATIC® S7-400 Adapter for conversion from S5-135/155 to S7-400 The FLKM S135/... adapters connect a SIMATIC® S5 connector wired with individual conductors directly with the SIMATIC® S7-400 basic card. The SIMATIC® S5 connector is plugged directly onto an S7-400-I/O card with the help of an FFLKM S135/... intermediate adapter. A new SIMATIC® S7-400 is installed in place of the SIMATIC® S5. The existing field wiring remains intact. Attention: The LEDs of the S7-400 module are hidden.
Description Digital IN 120/230 V UC from S5-135/155 to S7-400 6ES5 436-4UA12 to 6ES7 421-1FH20-0AA0 Digital OUT 24 V from S5-135/155 to S7-400 6ES5 441-4UA12 to 6ES7 422-1BL00-0AA0 6ES5 451-4UA14 to 6ES7 422-1BL00-0AA0 Digital OUT 24 V DC / 2 A from S5-135/155 to S7-400 6ES5 453-4UA12 to 6ES7 422-1HH00-0AA0 Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. permissible current 4 FLKM S135/S400/SO127 1 230 V AC/DC 4 A (per path) 4 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply) 2 24 V AC/DC 4 A (per path) 4 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply) 2301794 3 24 V DC 4 A (per path) 4 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply) 1 2 3 FLKM S135/S400/SO125 FLKM S135/S400/SO126 2301778 2301781 1 1 1 FLKM S135/S400/SO123 2301752 1 No. of pos. Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

FLKM S135/...
Front adapter for SIMATIC S5-135/S7-400

4 24 V DC 4 A (per path) 4 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply)

Test voltage (contact/contact) Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting position Standards/regulations

1.5 kV (50 Hz, 500 V (50 Hz, 1 1 min) min) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C Any Any DIN EN 50178 / IEC 62103

1.25 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C Any

500 V (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C Any

S7-400

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

S7-400 1 2

4

6

8

10

15

17

19

21 13 24

S5-135 S7-400

1

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1L+

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

S5-135 1 2 S7-400

6 27

8 29

10 31

12 33

14 39

16 41

18 43

20 4 4536 48

26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 48

S5-135

24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 2L+

34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 2 21 M

S5-135

27

29

31

33

35

37

39

4125

Connection scheme: FLKM S135/S400/SO126

Connection scheme: FLKM S135/S400/SO123

S7-400

1 2

6 11 4 5

9 10 15 16 20 21 17 22

S7-400

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

S5-135 S7-400

1 3 6 10 5 7

9 11 14 16 18 20 15 19

S5-135 S7-400

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

27 28 32 33 39 40 44 45 29 34 41 46

26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 48 M

S5-135

26 28 30 32 35 37 39 41 27 31 36 40

21

S5-135

24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41

Connection scheme: FLKM S135/S400/SO127

Connection scheme: FLKM S135/S400/SO125

216

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling Siemens SIMATIC® S7-400 Adapter for conversion from S5-135/155 to S7-400 The FLKM S135/... adapters connect a SIMATIC® S5 connector wired with individual conductors directly with the SIMATIC® S7-400 basic card. The SIMATIC® S5 connector is plugged directly onto an S7-400-I/O card with the help of an FFLKM S135/... intermediate adapter. A new SIMATIC® S7-400 is installed in place of the SIMATIC® S5. The existing field wiring remains intact. Attention: The LEDs of the S7-400 module are hidden.
Description No. of pos. Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

FLKM S135/...
Adapter for Siemens SIMATIC® S5-135/S7-400

Digital OUT 24 V DC / 2 A from S5-135/155 to S7-400 6ES5 454-4UA14 to 6ES7 422-1BH11-0AA0 Digital OUT 230 V UC / 2 A from S5-135/155 to S7-400 6ES5 456-4UA12 to 6ES7 422-1FH00-0AA0 2 FLKM S135/S400/SO124 2301765 1 1 FLKM S135-454-4UA/S400 2314859 1

Analog IN (only current measurement) from S5-135/155 to S7-400 6ES5 460-4UA13 to 6ES7 431-1KF00-0AB0 3 Analog IN (only voltage measurement) from S5-135/155 to S7-400 6ES5 460-4UA13 to 6ES7 431-1KF00-0AB0 4 Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. permissible current

FLKM S135-460-4UA/I/S400

2314613

1

FLKM S135-460-4UA/U/S400 1 24 V DC 4 A (per path) 4 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply) 2 230 V AC 4 A (per path) 4 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply)

2314862 3 24 V DC 4 A (per path) 4 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply)

1

4 24 V DC 4 A (per path) 4 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply)

Test voltage (contact/contact) Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting position Standards/regulations

1.25 kV (50 Hz, 1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C Vertical Vertical DIN EN 50178 / IEC 62103

500 V (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C Vertical

500 V (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C Vertical

S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324

S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324

S5-135 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 202122 23 24

S5-135 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 202122 23 24

LL-

S7-400 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 4748

S7-400 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 4748

S5-135 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

S5-135 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

FLKM S135-460-4UA/I/S400 connection scheme

FLKM S135-454-4UA/S400 connection scheme

S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324

S7-400 1 2 11 22 4

6

8

10

15

17

19

21 13 24 38 48 N

S5-135 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 202122 23 24 S7-400 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 4748

S5-135 1 2 4 S7-400

6

8 29

10 31

12 33

14 39

16 41

18 43

20 45

34 46 27

S5-135 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

S5-135

25

27

29

31

33

35

37

39

41

FLKM S135-460-4UA/S400 connection scheme

Connection scheme: FLKM S135/S400/SO124 PHOENIX CONTACT

217

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling Siemens SIMATIC® S7-400 Adapter for conversion from S5-135/155 to S7-400 The FLKM S135/... adapters connect a SIMATIC® S5 connector wired with individual conductors directly with the SIMATIC® S7-400 basic card. The SIMATIC® S5 connector is plugged directly onto an S7-400-I/O card with the help of an FFLKM S135/... intermediate adapter. A new SIMATIC® S7-400 is installed in place of the SIMATIC® S5. The existing field wiring remains intact. Attention: The LEDs of the S7-400 module are hidden.
Description Analog IN (only PT 100) from S5-135/155 to S7-400 6ES5 465-4UA13 to 6ES7 431-7KF10-0AB0 Analog IN (only current and voltage measurement) from S5-135/155 to S7-400 6ES5 465-4UA13 to 6ES7 431-0HH00-0AB0 6ES5 465-4UA13 to 6ES7 431-7QH00-0AB0 1 FLKM S135-465-4UA/T/S400 2314875 1 No. of pos. Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

FLKM S135/...
Adapter for Siemens SIMATIC® S5-135/S7-400

2

FLKM S135-465-4UA/UI/S400

2314888

1

Analog OUT (only current output) from S5-135/155 to S7-400 6ES5 470-4UA13 to 6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0 6ES5 470-4UC13 to 6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0 3 FLKM S135-470-4UC/I/S400 2314626 1

Analog OUT (only voltage output) from S5-135/155 to S7-400 6ES5 470-4UA13 to 6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0 6ES5 470-4UB13 to 6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0 6ES5 470-4UC13 to 6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0 Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. permissible current 4 FLKM S135-470-4UC/U/S400 2314891 1

1 24 V DC 2 A (per path) 2 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply)

2 24 V DC 4 A (per path) 4 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply)

3 24 V DC 4 A (per path) 4 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply)

4 24 V DC 4 A (per path) 4 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply)

Test voltage (contact/contact) Ambient temperature (operation) Mounting position Standards/regulations
S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324

500 V (50 Hz, 1 500 V (50 Hz, 1 min) min) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C Any Any DIN EN 50178 / IEC 62103

500 V (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C Any

500 V (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C Any

S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

S5-135 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 202122 23 24

S5-135 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 1718 19 202122 23 24

S7-400 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 4748

S7-400 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 4041 4243 44 45 4647 48 LL-

S5-135 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

S5-135 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

Connection scheme FLKM S135-470-4UC/I/S400

FLKM S135-465-4UA/T/S400 connection scheme
S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324

S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324

S5-135 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 202122 23 24 S7-400 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 4748

S5-135 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 S7-400 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 202122 23 24 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 4748

S5-135 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 S5-135 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

Connection scheme FLKM S135-470-4UC/U/S400

FLKM S135-465-4UA/UI/S400 connection scheme

218

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300 Adapter for conversion from S5-135 to S7-300 S5-S7 adapters connect the S5-135 front adapters wired with individual wires to the I/O modules of the S7. With the help of the FLKM S135/S7/FLK50 converter module, the signals of the S5-135 front adapter can be converted to a 50-pos. strip. A 50-pos. system cable FLK 50/EZ-DR/.../KONFEK and a front adapter for the SIMATIC® S7300 (FLKM 50-PA-S300) now connect the signals with the I/O module.

FLK50
L+ DR1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1819 20 21 22 23 24

LL2+ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 141516 17 18 19 2021 DR2 DR3

S5-135 FLK50

DR4 25 26 27 28 2930313233 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 4243 44 45 46 47 48 49 50

S5-135 2223 242526272829 3031 32 33

34 3536 37 3839 40 41 42

FLKM S135/S7/FLK50/PLC connection scheme

FLKM S135/S7/FLK50/PLC
Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

Description Digital IN or OUT 24 V DC from S5-135 to S7-300 IN 6ES5 420-4UA14 to 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0 6ES5 430-4UA14 to 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0 OUT 6ES5 441-4UA14 to 6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0 6ES5 451-4UA14 to 6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0 Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. permissible current Ambient temperature (operation) Ambient temperature (storage/transport) Mounting position Standards/regulations

FLKM S135/S7/FLK50/PLC

2314736

1

50 V AC/DC 1 A (per path) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 70°C Any DIN EN 50178 / IEC 62103

Commissioning adapters for extending the existing S5-135 field wiring All signals of the existing S5-135 wiring 3 or 5 are extended with the help of the universal commissioning adapters. The open cable end can be connected to various controllers such as S7-400 or S7-300. Thus, the existing field wiring of S5-135 can communicate with the new controller for test purposes. Since the new control unit is temporarily arranged before the control cabinet, the original status of the system can be restored if required. If the system functions with the new controller without problems, the S5-135 can now be replaced.

1 2 3

1 2 3 1 2 3 S5-135

40 41 42 40 41 42

40 41 42

FLKM S135/42X0,75/...M/OE
Description Connection of all S5-135 connections (1 to 42) at the open cable end FLKM S135/42X0.5 /3.0M/OE FLKM S135/42X0.5 /5.0M/OE Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. permissible current Ambient temperature (operation) Ambient temperature (storage/transport) Mounting position Standards/regulations 250 V AC/DC 6 A (per path) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 80°C Any EN 60664-1 2315007 2318017 1 1 Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

PHOENIX CONTACT

219

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling Siemens SIMATIC® S7-400 Adapter for conversion from S5-115 to S7-400 The FLKM S115/... adapters connect a SIMATIC® S5 connector wired with individual conductors directly with the SIMATIC® S7-400 basic card. The SIMATIC® S5 connector is plugged directly onto an S7-400-I/O card with the help of an FFLKM S115/... intermediate adapter. A new SIMATIC® S7-400 is installed in place of the SIMATIC® S5. The existing field wiring remains intact. Attention: Due to the geometry, it is only possible to use every other slot. The LEDs of the S7-400 module are hidden by the S5-115 adapter.

FLKM S115/...
Adapter for Siemens SIMATIC® S5-115/S7-400

Description Digital IN or OUT 24 V DC from S5-115 to S7-400 IN 6ES5 420-7LA11 on 6ES7 421-1BL01-0AA0 6ES5 430-7LA11 on 6ES7 421-1BL01-0AA0 OUT 6ES5 441-7LA11 on 6ES7 422-1BL01-0AA0 6ES5 451-7LA11 on 6ES7 422-1BL01-0AA0 Digital OUT 24 V DC from S5-115 to S7-400 6ES5 454-7LA12 to 6ES7 422-1BH11-0AA0 Analog IN (only current and voltage measurement) from S5-115 to S7-400 6ES5 465-7LA13 to 6ES7 431-0HH00-0AB0 6ES5 465-7LA13 to 6ES7 431-7QH00-0AB0 Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. permissible current

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

FLKM S115/S400/SO155

2307248

1

FLKM S115-454-7LA/S400

2314901

1

FLKM S115-465-7LA/UI/S400

2314914

1

24 V AC/DC 4 A (per path) 4 A (per connection, supply via separate power supply) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 70°C Vertical DIN EN 50178 / IEC 62103

Ambient temperature (operation) Ambient temperature (storage/transport) Mounting position Standards/regulations

S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324 S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

S5-115 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 202122 23 24 S7-400 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 4748

L+ L-

S5-115 S7-400

1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

13 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

25 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 37 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 48

S5-115 S5-135 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 424344 45 46 47

25 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35

37 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47

FLKM S115-465-7LA/UI/S400 connection scheme

Connection scheme: FLKM S115/S400/SO155

S7-400 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1314 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2324

S5-115 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 S7-400 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 202122 23 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 4748

S5-115 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47

FLKM S115-454-7LA/S400 connection scheme

220

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300 Adapter for conversion from S5-115 to S7-300 S5-S7 adapters connect the S5-115 front adapters wired with individual wires to the I/O modules of S7-300. With the aid of the FLKM S115/S7/FLK50/SO137 converter module, the signals of the S5-115 front adapter can be converted to a 50-pos. strip. A 50-pos. system cable FLK 50/EZ-DR/.../KONFEK and a front adapter for the SIMATIC® S7300 (FLKM 50-PA-S300) now connect the signals with the I/O module.

FLK50 1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112

1314 1516171819202122 2324

S5-115 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 FLK50 2526 27282930 31323334 3536

1314 1516171819 202122 23 3738 394041 4243444546 4748

S5-115 2526 27282930 31323334 3536

3738 394041 4243444546 47

Connection scheme: FLKM S115/S7/FLK50/PLC/SO137

FLKM S115/S7/FLK50/PLC/...
Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

Description Digital IN or OUT 24 V DC from S5-115 through converters, system cables and front adapters to S7-300 IN 6ES5 420-7LA11 on 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0 6ES5 430-7LA11 on 6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0 OUT 6ES5 441-7LA11 on 6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0 6ES5 451-7LA11 on 6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0 Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. permissible current Max. perm. total current Ambient temperature (operation) Ambient temperature (storage/transport) Mounting position Standards/regulations

FLKM S115/S7/FLK50/PLC/SO137

2306294

1

24 V AC/DC 1 A (per path) 2 A (per Byte, for supply via connector) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 70°C Any DIN EN 50178 / IEC 62103

Commissioning adapters for extending the existing S5-115 field wiring All signals of the existing S5-115 wiring 3 or 5 are extended with the help of the universal commissioning adapters. The open cable end can be connected to various controllers such as S7-400 or S7-300. Thus, the existing field wiring of S5-115 can communicate with the new controller for test purposes. Since the new control unit is temporarily arranged before the control cabinet, the original status of the system can be restored if required. If the system functions with the new controller without problems, the S5-115 can now be replaced.

1 2 3 22 23 25 26 45 46 47

1 2 3 1 2 3 S5-115

22 23 25 26 22 23 25 26

45 46 47 45 46 47

FLKM S115/47X0,75...M/OE
Description Connection of all S5-115 connections (1 to 23, 25 to 47) at the open cable end FLKM S115/47X0.5 /3.0M/OE FLKM S115/47X0.5 /5.0M/OE Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. permissible current Ambient temperature (operation) Ambient temperature (storage/transport) Mounting position Standards/regulations 250 V AC/DC 6 A (per path) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 80°C Any EN 60664-1 2314985 2314998 1 1 Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

PHOENIX CONTACT

221

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling YOKOGAWA Centum CS3000 R3 System cable These shielded system cables for digital (50-pos.) and analog (40-pos.) I/O modules are connected directly to the modules. An intermediate adapter is not required. Features: – Molded plug connector – Can be screwed – Lateral cable outlet of the I/O module – KS/AKB-compatible plug connectors on the module side

FLK ...-PA/EZ-DR/KS/...

Description 50-pos. YUC cables, for digital I/O modules

No. of pos.

Cable length

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 40-pos. YUC cables, for analog I/O modules 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path Max. conductor resistance Ambient temperature range Conductor cross-section Conductor construction: stranded wires / material Outside diameter

2m 3m 4m 5m 6m 7m 8m 9m 10 m 11 m 12 m 13 m 14 m 15 m 16 m 17 m 18 m 19 m 20 m 25 m 30 m

FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 200/YUC FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 300/YUC FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 400/YUC FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 500/YUC FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 600/YUC FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 700/YUC FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 800/YUC FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 900/YUC FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1000/YUC FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1100/YUC FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1200/YUC FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1300/YUC FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1400/YUC FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1500/YUC FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1600/YUC FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1700/YUC FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1800/YUC FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1900/YUC FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/2000/YUC FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/2500/YUC FLK 50-PA/EZ-DR/KS/3000/YUC

2314299 2314309 2314312 2321499 2314927 2321509 2314930 2321512 2314325 2321389 2321525 2321392 2321402 2314338 2321538 2321541 2321554 2321567 2314503 2314516 2314529

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1m 2m 3m 4m 5m 6m 7m 8m 9m 10 m 11 m 12 m 13 m 14 m 15 m 16 m 17 m 18 m 19 m 20 m 25 m 30 m

FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 100/YUC FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 200/YUC FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 300/YUC FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 400/YUC FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 500/YUC FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 600/YUC FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 700/YUC FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 800/YUC FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/ 900/YUC FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1000/YUC FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1100/YUC FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1200/YUC FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1300/YUC FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1400/YUC FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1500/YUC FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1600/YUC FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1700/YUC FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1800/YUC FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/1900/YUC FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/2000/YUC FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/2500/YUC FLK 40-PA/EZ-DR/KS/3000/YUC 30 V DC 500 mA 0.16 Ω/m -20°C ... 50°C AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² 7 / Cu tin-plated

2322786 2314341 2314354 2314367 2321570 2314943 2321583 2314956 2321415 2314370 2321428 2321431 2321444 2321457 2314383 2321596 2321606 2321619 2321622 2314532 2314545 2314558

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

50-position 40-position

11 mm 11 mm

222

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling YOKOGAWA Centum CS3000 R3 System cable These system cables for digital I/O modules are connected directly to the modules. An intermediate adapter is not required. Features: – Lateral cable outlet of the I/O module – Four 14-pos. plug connectors on the module side for connection of four 8-channel VARIOFACE modules of the system cabling

CABLE-50/4FLK14/.../YUC
Description No. of pos. Cable length Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

System cable for digital I/O modules for coupling four 8-channel VARIOFACE modules 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path Max. conductor resistance Ambient temperature range Conductor cross-section Conductor construction: stranded wires / material Outside diameter 50-position 2m 3m 4m 6m 10 m 15 m 20 m CABLE-50/4FLK14/ 2,0M/YUC CABLE-50/4FLK14/ 3,0M/YUC CABLE-50/4FLK14/ 4,0M/YUC CABLE-50/4FLK14/ 6,0M/YUC CABLE-50/4FLK14/10,0M/YUC CABLE-50/4FLK14/15,0M/YUC CABLE-50/4FLK14/20,0M/YUC 30 V DC 500 mA 0.16 Ω/m -20°C ... 50°C AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² 7 / Cu tin-plated 11 mm 2314655 2314668 2314671 2318978 2314684 2322773 2314778 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

YOKOGAWA Centum CS3000 R3 System cable for MINI analog system cabling The Yokogawa system cable CABLE40/2FLK16/.../YUC makes it possible to connect 16 MINI analog modules to a Yokogawa control system. In conjunction with two MINI analog system adapters MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK-16-A, the Yokogawa system cable provides a simple and economical "Plug and Play" solution. The system cable is plugged directly at the Yokogawa module. Two 16-pos. flat-ribbon cable connectors are provided for connecting the module to the MINI analog system adapters. The system cable in conjunction with 4-wire measuring transducers is suitable for the following analog cards: – AAI 141 – AAI 143

CABLE-40/2FLK16/.../YUC
Description No. of pos. Cable length Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

System cable, for analog I/O modules for coupling two 8-channel MINI analog system adapters 40 40 40 40 40 Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path Max. conductor resistance Ambient temperature range Conductor cross-section Conductor construction: stranded wires / material Outside diameter 40-position 2m 4m 10 m 15 m 20 m CABLE-40/2FLK16/ 2,0M/YUC CABLE-40/2FLK16/ 4,0M/YUC CABLE-40/2FLK16/10,0M/YUC CABLE-40/2FLK16/15,0M/YUC CABLE-40/2FLK16/20,0M/YUC 30 V DC 500 mA 0.16 Ω/m -20°C ... 50°C AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² 7 / Cu tin-plated 11 mm 2321334 2321347 2321350 2321376 2321363 1 1 1 1 1

PHOENIX CONTACT

223

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling YOKOGAWA Centum CS3000 R3 Controller boards These modules are connected to the I/O modules through the YUC system cable. FLKM-KS40/YCS: – For analog modules – Universal interface module with 40 connecting terminal blocks For more cabling solutions for Yokogawa: www.phoenixcontact.com
Notes: Type of housing: Terminal blocks: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. Housing: PVC, color: green For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

H W D

FLKMS-KS40/YCS
Description Controller board, for analog I/O modules 40 Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current (per branch) Test voltage (contact/contact) Ambient temperature range Mounting position Standards/regulations Connection method Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions 112 mm FLKM-KS40/YCS 30 V AC/DC 1A 500 V (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 50°C Any DIN EN 50178, Screw connection KS, AKB compatible 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 68 mm / 90 mm 2314642 1 No. of pos. Module width W Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

Field level Control system level H/D

YOKOGAWA Centum CS3000 R3 Controller boards These modules are connected to the I/O modules through the YUC system cable. FLKMS-KS50/32IM/YCS: – For digital modules ADV 151 and ADV 551 – Three-wire connection (signal, plus, minus) – Redundant voltage supply (fuse IEC 127-2, 5 x 20, 2 A) For more cabling solutions for Yokogawa: www.phoenixcontact.com
Note: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

H W D

FLKMS-KS50/32IM/YCS
Description No. of pos. Module width W Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

Controller board, for digital I/O modules ADV 151 and ADV 551 50 Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current (per branch) Test voltage (contact/contact) Ambient temperature range Mounting position Standards/regulations Connection method Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions 174 mm FLKMS-KS50/32IM/YCS 24 V AC/DC 1A 500 V (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C Any DIN EN 50178, Screw connection KS, AKB compatible 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 81 mm / 90 mm 2314451 1

Field level Control system level H/D

224

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling YOKOGAWA Centum CS3000 R3 Controller boards These modules are connected to the analog I/O modules through the 40-pos. YUC system cable. The modules are designed for redundant signal transmission (two plug connectors parallel). A separate connection to the HART multiplexer is possible. FLKM-KS40/AO16/YCS – For analog module AAI 543 FLKMS-KS40/SI/AI16/YCS – For analog modules AAI 141 and AAI 143 (operation of modules in the 4-wire mode) – Transfer of 16 channels with separate positive and negative connections – 16 pluggable fuses (IEC 127-2, 5 x 20, 0.1 A) per positive supply and LED status indicator – Redundant voltage supply (fuse IEC 1272, 5 x 20, 2 A) FLKMS-KS40/AI/YCS – For analog modules AAI 141 and AAI 143 (operation of modules in the 4-wire mode) – Transfer of 16 channels with separate positive and negative connections – Redundant voltage supply (fuse IEC 127-2, 5 x 20, 2 A) For more cabling solutions for Yokogawa: www.phoenixcontact.com
Notes: Type of housing: Terminal blocks: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. Housing: PVC, color: green For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

H W D

FLKMS-KS40/.../YCS
Interface modules for analog I/O modules

Description

No. of pos.

Module width W

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Controller board, for analog output modules AAI 543 40 108 mm Controller board, with fuses and LED, for analog input modules AAI 141 and AAI 143 40 214 mm Controller board, for analog input modules AAI 141 and AAI 143, without fuses and LED 40 214 mm Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current (per branch) Test voltage (contact/contact) Ambient temperature range Mounting position Standards/regulations Connection method Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions FLKM-KS40/AO16/YCS 2314260 1

FLKMS-KS40/SI/AI16/YCS

2314273

1

FLKMS-KS40/AI/YCS 30 V DC 100 mA 500 V (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C Any DIN EN 50178, Screw connection KS, AKB compatible 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 68 mm / 126 mm

2314286

1

Field level Control system level H/D

PHOENIX CONTACT

225

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling YOKOGAWA Centum CS3000 R3 Relay output modules These modules are connected to the digital output module ADV 551 through the 50-pos. YUC system cable. – Pluggable miniature relays, each with an N/O contact – Universal applications of 1 mA to 3 A continuous current – LED status display per channel – Narrow constructional width of only 202 mm – Voltage supply through fuse (IEC 127-2, 5 x 20, 2 A) For more cabling solutions for Yokogawa: www.phoenixcontact.com
Note: Type of housing: Terminal blocks: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. Housing: PVC, color: green For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

H W D

UMK-32RM/MR-G24/1/YCS
Relay output module for 32 channels

12 14 16 7 1 2 18 9 CBSE
1

50

48

20

11 13 15 8 17 10

49

47

19

2

16

17

18

32

P1- P1+ 1A 1B 2A 2B

16A 16B

P2- P2+17A17B18A18B 32A 32B

Description

Module width W

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Relay module with 32 miniature relays, for digital output module ADV 551 202 Technical data Input data Operating voltage UN Input circuit Operating voltage display Status display/channel Type of connection No. of pos. Contact side Contact type Max. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Type of connection Connection data solid / stranded / AWG General data Test voltage Ambient temperature range Standards/regulations Mounting position Dimensions

UMK-32 RM/MR-G24/1/YCS

2969055

1

24 V DC ±10% Free running, polarity protection LED green LED yellow KS, AKB compatible 50 1 N/O contact 250 V AC / 125 V DC 3A Screw connection 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 14 2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Any 58 mm / 90 mm

H/D

226

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling Phoenix Contact Inline Front adapter The front adapters mean that preassembled system cables can be directly connected to Inline. The front adapters are simply plugged onto the particular Inline modules. Two connection options are available: – Transmission of 2 x 8 channels over two 14-position system cables, – Transmission of 4 x 8 channels over four 14-position system cables, Perfectly fitting VARIOFACE termination boards round off this system concept.

FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/...
Front adapters for Inline

Description

No. of pos.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

VARIOFACE front adapter, for 16-channel Inline modules Input: IB IL 24 DI 16 Output: IB IL 24 DO 16 VARIOFACE front adapter, for 32-channel Inline modules Input: IB IL 24 DI 32/HD and Output: IB IL 24 DO 32/HD Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. permissible current Ambient temperature (operation) Ambient temperature (storage/transport) Mounting position Standards/regulations FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/IN16 FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/OUT16 2302751 2302764 1 1

FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/32

2302777

1

60 V DC 1 A (per path) -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 70°C Any IEC 60664 / DIN EN 50178 / IEC 62103

X1 9 1113 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 101214 9 1113 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 101214 X2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

7.1 8.1 7.2 8.2 7.3 8.3 7.4 8.4

Byte 0 Byte 1 X3 9 1113 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 101214 9 1113 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 101214 X4

5.1 6.1 5.2 6.2 5.3 6.3 5.4 6.4

7.1 8.1 7.2 8.2 7.3 8.3 7.4 8.4

5.1 6.1 5.2 6.2 5.3 6.3 5.4 6.4

1.1 2.1 1.4 2.4 1.1 2.1 1.4 2.4 2.3 2.2

Byte 2

Byte 3

Byte 0

Connection scheme: FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/32

Connection scheme: FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/IN16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

Explanation: Flat-ribbon cable strip Connection to I/O card Screw terminal blocks for separate supply

1.1 2.1 1.4 2.4 1.1 2.1 1.4 2.4 2.2

3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 Byte 0

Connection scheme: FLKM 14-PA-INLINE/OUT16 PHOENIX CONTACT

1.1 2.1 1.4 2.4 1.1 2.1 1.4 2.4 2.2

1.1 2.1 1.4 2.4 1.1 2.1 1.4 2.4 2.3 2.2

3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4

1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 Byte 1

1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 Byte 1

227

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling VIP termination boards
H W D

These VIP - VARIOFACE Professional modules are used in combination with the respective front adapters. Similar to the front adapters, the modules are connected through 14-pos. system cables. The following module types are available: VIP-2/SC/FLK14/PLC VIP-2/SC/FLK14/LED/PLC – Byte-wise labeling – Can be used for digital I/O modules – Optionally with LED.

Note: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

VIP-2/SC/FLK…/PLC
Passive interface modules for input/output of 8 channels

u
Description No. of pos. Module width W Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

VARIOFACE interface module, for - eight channels 14 VARIOFACE interface module, with light indicator for: - eight channels Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current (per branch) Max. total current (voltage supply) Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature range Mounting position Standards/regulations Connection method 14

39.8 mm

VIP-2/SC/FLK14/PLC

2315214

1

39.8 mm

VIP-2/SC/FLK14/LED/PLC

2322249

1

Field level Control system level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions

H/D

VIP-2/SC/FLK14/PLC VIP-2/SC/FLK14/LED/PLC 60 V AC/DC 20 V DC (up to 26.5 V DC) 1A 1A 2A 3A 0.6 kV -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C Any Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Screw connection Screw connection Flat-ribbon cable plug connector Flat-ribbon cable plug connector in acc. with IEC 60603-13 in acc. with IEC 60603-13 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 56 mm / 65.5 mm

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

11 13 10 12 14

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

11 13 10 12 14

0

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 + + VIP-2/SC/FLK14/LED/PLC connection scheme

-

0

1

2 3 4 5 6 7 + + VIP-2/SC/FLK14/PLC connection scheme

-

228

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling VIP termination boards
H W D

These VIP - VARIOFACE Professional modules are used in combination with the respective front adapters. Similarly to the front adapters, the modules are connected through 50-pos. system cables. The following module types are available: VIP-2/SC/FLK50/PLC VIP-2/SC/FLK50/LED/PLC – Byte-wise labeling – Can be used for digital I/O modules – Optionally with LED.

Note: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

VIP-2/SC/FLK…/PLC
Passive interface modules for input/output of 32 channels

u
Description VARIOFACE interface module, for - 32 channels VARIOFACE interface module, for - 32 channels Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current (per branch) Max. total current (voltage supply) Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature range Mounting position Standards/regulations Connection method No. of pos. Module width W Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

50 50

106.1 mm 106.1 mm

VIP-2/SC/FLK50/PLC VIP-2/SC/FLK50/LED/PLC

2315227 2322252

1 1

Field level Control system level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions

H/D

VIP-2/SC/FLK50/PLC VIP-2/SC/FLK50/LED/PLC 60 V AC/DC 20 V DC (up to 26.5 V DC) 1A 1A 3A 2 A (per byte) 0.6 kV -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C Any Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Screw connection Screw connection Flat-ribbon cable plug connector Flat-ribbon cable plug connector in acc. with IEC 60603-13 in acc. with IEC 60603-13 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 56 mm / 65.5 mm

1 2 3

101112131415

222324252627 343536373839 4647484950

1 2 3

1011121314 15

222324252627

343536373839

4647484950

+ B0.0 B0.7

- +

B1.0 B1.7

- + B2.0 B2.7

- + B3.0 B3.7

-

+ B0.0 B0.7

- + B1.0 B1.7

- +

B2.0 B2.7

- +

B3.0 B3.7 -

VIP-2/SC/FLK50/LED/PLC connection scheme

VIP-2/SC/FLK50/PLC connection scheme PHOENIX CONTACT

229

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling VIP termination boards for SIMATIC® S7 These VIP - VARIOFACE Professional modules are used in combination with the respective front adapters for SIMATIC® S7. Similarly to the front adapters, the modules are connected through 50-pos. system cables. The following module types are available: VIP-2/SC/FLK50 (1-40)/S7 – Numerical labelling (1-40) – Specially for S7 300. VIP-2/SC/FLK50/S7/A-S400 – Numerical labelling (3-48) – Specially for S7 400.
Description No. of pos. Module width W Note: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

H W D

VIP-2/SC/FLK50.../S7...
Passive interface modules for input/output of 32 channels, with SIMATIC®-specific labeling

u
Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

VARIOFACE interface module, for SIMATIC®S7-300, with SIMATIC®-specific labeling 50 106.1 mm VARIOFACE interface module, for SIMATIC®S7-400, with ®-specific labeling SIMATIC 50 106.1 mm Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current (per branch) Max. total current (voltage supply) Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature range Mounting position Standards/regulations Connection method

VIP-2/SC/FLK50 (1-40) /S7

2315243

1

VIP-2/SC/FLK50/S7/A-S400

2322359

1

Field level Control system level

60 V AC/DC 1A 0.6 kV -20°C ... 50°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Screw connection Flat-ribbon cable plug connector in acc. with IEC 60603-13 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 56 mm / 65.5 mm

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions

H/D

1 2 3

101112131415

22 2324252627

343536373839

46474849 50

1 2 3

101112131415

22 2324252627 34 3536373839 4647484950

3

4

11

1213

15

22

23 26

27 34

3538

39

46

48

1

2

9

1011

12 19

20 21

22 29

3031

32 39

40

VIP-2/SC/FLK50/S7/A-S400 connecction scheme

VIP-2/SC/FLK50 (1-40) /S7 connecction scheme

230

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling VIP termination boards for MODICON® TSX Quantum and Allen Bradley ControlLogix These VIP - VARIOFACE Professional modules are used in combination with the respective front adapters for MODICON® TSX Quantum. Similar to the front adapters, the modules are connected through 50-pos. system cables. VIP-2/SC/FLK50/MODI-TSX/Q – Numerical labelling (1-40) – Specially for MODICON TSX Quantum VIP-2/SC/FLK50/AB-1756 – Numerical labelling (1-36) – Specially for ControlLogix.
Description No. of pos. Module width W Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

Note: Type of housing: Terminal blocks: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. Housing: PVC, color: green For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

H W D

VIP-2/SC/FLK50/...
Passive interface modules for input/output of 32 channels

VARIOFACE interface module, for MODICON® TSX Quantum, with MODICON®-specific labeling 50 106.1 mm VARIOFACE interface module for Allen-Bradley, with ControlLogix-specific-labeling 50 95.9 mm Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current (per branch) Max. total current (voltage supply) Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature range Mounting position Standards/regulations Connection method

VIP-2/SC/FLK50/MODI-TSX/Q

2322304

1

VIP-2/SC/FLK50/AB-1756

2322317

1

Field level Control system level

60 V DC 1A 2 A (per byte) -20°C ... 50°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Screw connection Flat-ribbon cable plug connector in acc. with IEC 60603-13 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 56 mm / 65.5 mm

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions

H/D

1 2 3

10 11 12 13 14 15 22 23 24 25 26 27 34 35 36 37 38 39 46 47 48 49 50

1 2 3

101112131415

22 23242526 27

343536373839

4647484950

1

8

9

16

17 18

19 26

27 34

35

36

10

1

8

9 20

11 18

19 30

21 28

29 40

31

38

39

VIP-2/SC/FLK50/AB-1756 connecction scheme

VIP-2/SC/FLK50/MODI-TSX/Q connecction scheme PHOENIX CONTACT

231

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling VIP termination boards for Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300 and Allen Bradley These VIP - VARIOFACE Professional modules are used in combination with the respective front adapters for Siemens SIMATIC® S7-300 and Allen Bradley. The following modules are available: VIP-2/SC/2FLK14 (1-20) /S7 – Screw or spring-cage connection – Numerical labelling (1-20) – Specially for S7 300. VIP-2/SC/2FLK14/AB-1756 – Screw connection – Numerical labelling (1-20) – Specially for ControlLogix.
Description No. of pos. Module width W Note: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

H W D

VIP-2/SC/2FLK14/...
Passive interface modules for SIMATIC S7 300 and Allen Bradley ControlLogix

u
Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

VARIOFACE interface module, for SIMATIC®S7-300, with SIMATIC®-specific labeling With screw connection 14 80.6 mm VARIOFACE interface module for Allen-Bradley, with ControlLogix-specific-labeling With screw connection 14 80.6 mm Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current (per branch) Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature range Mounting position Standards/regulations Connection method

VIP-2/SC/2FLK14 (1-20) /S7

2315230

1

VIP-2/SC/2FLK14/AB-1756

2322333

1

Field level Control system level

60 V AC/DC 1A 0.6 kV -20°C ... 50°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Screw connection Flat-ribbon cable plug connector in acc. with IEC 60603-13 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 56 mm / 65.5 mm

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions

H/D

X1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 X2

X1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 X2

10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

20111213141516171819

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11121314151617181920

VIP-2/SC/2FLK14/AB-1756 connection scheme

VIP-2/SC/2FLK14 (1-20) /S7 connection scheme

232

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling COMPACT -LINE Controller boards with spring-cage connection These VARIOFACE modules are used in combination with the respective front adapters. Like the front adapters, the modules are connected via 14-pos. or 50-pos. system cables. The following Compact-Line modules are available: UM 45-FLK14.../PLC (for 8 channels) UM 45-FLK50.../PLC (for 32 channels) – Byte-wise labeling – Can be used for digital I/O modules – Optionally with LED. UM 45-FLK50/.../S7-300 – Numerical labelling (1-40) – Specially for S7 300. UM 45-2FLK14/ZFKDS/S7 – Numerical labelling (1-20) – Specially for S7 300.
Description No. of pos. Module width W Type Order No. VARIOFACE interface module for eight channels 14 59 mm VARIOFACE interface module for 32 channels 50 126 mm VARIOFACE interface module for eight channels, with light indicator 14 59 mm VARIOFACE interface module for 32 channels, with light indicator 50 138 mm VARIOFACE interface module, for SIMATIC®S7-300, with SIMATIC®-specific labeling 50 126 mm VARIOFACE interface module, for SIMATIC®S7-300, with SIMATIC®-specific labeling With spring-cage connection 14 98 mm Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current (per branch) Max. total current (voltage supply) Status indication Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature range Mounting position Standards/regulations Connection method

Note: Type of housing: Terminal blocks: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. Housing: PVC, color: green For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

H W D

UM 45-FLK.../ZFKDS/PLC
Passive interface module for eight or 32 channels with a spring-cage connection

uP
Pcs. / Pkt.

UM 45-FLK14/ZFKDS/PLC UM 45-FLK50/ZFKDS/PLC

2965172 2965198

1 1

UM 45-FLK14/LA/ZFKDS/PLC

2965334

1

UM 45-FLK50/LA/ZFKDS/PLC

2965347

1

UM 45-FLK50/ZFKDS/S7-300

2968111

1

UM 45- 2FLK14/ZFKDS/S7 ... 14/PLC 60 V DC 1A 3A ... 50/PLC 60 V DC 1A 2 A (per byte)

2965156 ... 14/LA/PLC 20 V DC (up to 30 V DC) 1A 3A LED 0.8 kV

1

1 2 3

101112131415

22 2324252627 34 3536373839 4647484950

Field level Control system level

0.8 kV 0.8 kV -20°C ... 50°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Spring-cage connection Flat-ribbon cable plug connector in acc. with IEC 60603-13 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 14 50 mm / 45 mm

... 50/LA/PLC 20 V DC (up to 30 V DC) 1A 2 A (per byte) LED 0.8 kV

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions
1 2 9 1011 12 19 20 21 22 29 3031 32 39 40

H/D

UM 45-FLK50/ZFKDS/S7-300 connection scheme
1 2 3 101112131415 222324252627 343536373839 4647484950

+ B0.0 B0.7

- +

B1.0 B1.7

- + B2.0 B2.7

- + B3.0 B3.7

-

45-FLK50/LA/ZFKDS/PLC connection scheme

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

11 13 10 12 14

1 2 3

1011121314 15

222324252627

343536373839

4647484950

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

11 13 10 12 14

0

+ + UM 45-FLK14/LA/ZFKDS/PLC connection scheme

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

+ B0.0 B0.7

- + B1.0 B1.7

- +

B2.0 B2.7

- +

B3.0 B3.7 -

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

+

+

-

-

UM 45-FLK50/ZFKDS/PLC connection scheme

UM 45-FLK14/ZFKDS/PLC connection scheme PHOENIX CONTACT

233

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling VIP termination boards in 2-wire connection method These VIP - VARIOFACE modules are used in combination with the respective front adapters. Similar to the front adapters, the modules are connected through 14-pos. system cables. The following module types with the 2-wire connection method are available: VIP-2/SC/FLK14/8M/PLC – Byte-wise labeling – Can be used for digital I/O modules – Negative connection for each signal. VIP-2/SC/FLK14/8P/PLC – Byte-wise labeling – Can be used for digital I/O modules – Positive connection per signal.
Note: Type of housing: Terminal blocks: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. Housing: PVC, color: green For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

H W D

VIP-2/SC/FLK14/8.../PLC
Passive interface modules for 8 channels

Description

No. of pos.

Module width W

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

VARIOFACE interface module, for eight channels, each with an additional terminal block per signal for a common minus potential 14 50 mm VARIOFACE interface module, for eight channels, each with an additional terminal block per signal for a common plus potential 14 Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current (per branch) Max. total current (voltage supply) Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature range Mounting position Standards/regulations Connection method 50 mm VIP-2/SC/FLK14/8M/PLC 2322281 1

VIP-2/SC/FLK14/8P/PLC

2322294

1

Field level Control system level

60 V DC 1A 8 A (per byte) -20°C ... 50°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Screw connection Flat-ribbon cable plug connector in acc. with IEC 60603-13 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 56 mm / 65.5 mm

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions

H/D

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

11

13

10

12

14

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

11

13

10

12 14

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

-

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

VIP-2/SC/FLK14/8P/PLC connection scheme

VIP-2/SC/FLK14/8M/PLC connection scheme

234

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling Termination boards in 2-wire connection method These VARIOFACE modules are used in combination with the respective front adapters. Similar to the front adapters, the modules are connected through 50-pos. system cables. The following module types with the 2-wire connection method are available: FLKM 50/32M/PLC (for 32 channels) – Byte-wise labeling – Can be used for digital I/O modules – Negative connection for each signal. FLKM50/32P/PLC (for 32 channels) – Byte-wise labeling – can be used for all digital I/O modules – Positive connection per signal.
Note: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

FLKM.../.../PLC
Passive interface modules for 32 channels

uP
Description No. of pos. Module width W Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

VARIOFACE interface module, for 32 channels, each with an additional terminal block per signal for a common minus potential 50 192 mm VARIOFACE interface module, for 32 channels, each with an additional terminal block per signal for a common plus potential 50 Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current (per branch) Max. total current (voltage supply) Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature range Mounting position Standards/regulations Connection method 192 mm FLKM 50/32M/PLC 2289719 1

FLKM 50/32P/PLC

2291121

1

Field level Control system level

60 V DC 1A 8 A (per byte) 0.8 kV -20°C ... 50°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Screw connection Flat-ribbon cable plug connector in acc. with IEC 60603-13 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 68 mm / 90 mm

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions

H/D

1 2 3 4

11 13 15 10 12 14 16

22

23

24

25 27 35 37 39 47 26 28 34 36 38 40 46 48

1 2 3 4

11 13 15 10 12 14 16

22

23

24

25 27 35 37 39 47 26 28 34 36 38 40 46 48

B0.0 +

B0.1

B0.7

-

B1.0

B1.1

B1.7 -

B2.0

B2.1

B2.7

-

B3.0

B3.7 B3.1

+ B0.0

B0.1

B0.7

+ B1.0

B1.1

B1.7

+ B2.0

B2.1

B2.7

+ B3.0

B3.1

B3.7

+ +

+

DR1

+ + +

+

DR2

+ + +

+

DR3

+ + +

+

-

- -

-

DR1

- - -

-

DR2

- - -

-

DR3

- - -

-

Connection scheme: FLKM 50/32P/PLC

Connection scheme: FLKM 50/32M/PLC PHOENIX CONTACT

235

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling Termination boards with fuses in 2-wire connection method These VARIOFACE modules are used in combination with the respective front adapters. Like the front adapters, the modules are connected via 14-pos. or 50-pos. system cables. The following module types with fuses in the 2-wire and 4-wire connection method are available: FLKM 14/8M/SI/PLC (for 8 channels) FLKM 50/32M/SI/PLC (for 32 channels) – Byte-wise labeling – Can be used for digital I/O modules – Pluggable fuse (IEC 127-3, 1AF) per signal path (F1) – Pluggable fuse (IEC 127-3, 2AF) per voltage supply (F2) – Negative connection for each signal.
Note: Type of housing: Terminal blocks: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. Housing: PVC, color: green For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

H W D

FLKM.../.../SI/PLC
Passive fuse modules for 8 or 32 channels

uP
Description No. of pos. Module width W Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

VARIOFACE module, for eight channels, each with an additional terminal block and fuse per signal, (common minus potential) 14 57 mm VARIOFACE module, for 32 channels, each with an additional terminal block and fuse per signal, (common minus potential) 50 Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current (per branch) Max. total current (voltage supply) Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature range Mounting position Standards/regulations Connection method 192 mm FLKM 14/8M/SI/PLC 2294487 1

FLKM 50/32M/SI/PLC

2294490

1

Field level Control system level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions

H/D

FLKM 14/8M/SI/PLC FLKM 50/32M/PLC 60 V DC 60 V DC 1A 1A 2A 2 A (per byte) 0.8 kV 0.8 kV -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C Any Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Screw connection Screw connection Flat-ribbon cable plug connector Flat-ribbon cable plug connector in acc. with IEC 60603-13 in acc. with IEC 60603-13 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 68 mm / 90 mm

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

11

13

10

12 14

1 2 3 4
F2 F1F1

11 13 15 10 12 14 16
F1 F2 F1F1

22

35 37 39 47 23 25 27 24 26 28 34 36 38 40 46 48
F2 F1F1 F1 F2 F1F1 F1

F1

F1

F1

F1

F1

F1

F1

F1 F2

F1

+ B0.0 B0.1 B0.7

+ B1.0 B1.1 B1.7

+ B2.0 B2.1 B2.7

+ B3.0 B3.1 B3.7

-

- -

-

DR1

- - -

-

DR2

- - -

-

DR3

0 - - -

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

+

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Connection scheme: FLKM 50/32M/SI/PLC

Connection scheme: FLKM 14/8M/SI/PLC

236

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling VIP initiator modules
H W D

These VIP - VARIOFACE Professional modules are used in combination with the respective front adapters. Similar to the front adapters, the modules are connected through 14-pos. system cables. The following VIP initiator modules are available: VIP-3/SC/FLK14/8IM/... (for 8 channels) – Byte-wise labeling – Can be used for digital I/O modules – Positive and negative connection per signal – Optionally with LED.

Notes: Type of housing: Terminal blocks: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. Housing: PVC, color: green For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

VIP-3/SC/FLK14/8IM/...
Sensor modules for 8 channels

Description

No. of pos.

Module width W

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

VARIOFACE initiator module, for connection of eight PNP initiators 14 52.3 mm 14 Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current (per branch) Max. total current (voltage supply) Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature range Mounting position Standards/regulations Connection method 52.3 mm

VIP-3/SC/FLK14/8IM/PLC VIP-3/SC/FLK14/8IM/LED/PLC

2322278 2322265

1 1

Field level Control system level

60 V DC 1A 3A -20°C ... 50°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Screw connection Flat-ribbon cable plug connector in acc. with IEC 60603-13 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 62 mm / 69 mm

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions

H/D

1

2

3

4

8

9

11

13

10

12

14

1

2

3

4

8

9

11

13

10

12

14

0

1

2

3

7

0

1

2

3

7

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

VIP-3/SC/FLK14/8IM/LED/PLC connection scheme

VIP-3/SC/FLK14/8IM/PLC connection scheme PHOENIX CONTACT

237

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling Sensor modules

These VARIOFACE modules are used in combination with the respective front adapters. Similar to the front adapters, the modules are connected through 50-pos. system cables. The following initiator modules are available: FLKMS 50/32IM/.../PLC (for 32 channels) – Byte-wise labeling – Can be used for digital I/O modules – Positive and negative connection per signal – Optionally with LED.
Description No. of pos. Module width W Type

FLKMS 50/32IM/PLC
Initiator modules for 32 channels

uP
Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

VARIOFACE initiator module, for connection of 32 PNP initiators 50 180 mm VARIOFACE initiator module, same as before, however with light indicator 50 180 mm Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current (per branch) Max. total current (voltage supply) Status indication Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature range Mounting position Standards/regulations Connection method FLKMS 50/32IM/PLC 2284523 1

FLKMS 50/32IM/LA/PLC

2284510

1

Field level Control system level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions

H/D

... 50/32 IM ... 50/32 IM/LA 60 V DC 20 V DC (up to 30 V DC) 1A 1A 2 A (per byte) 2 A (per byte) No LED 0.8 kV 0.8 kV -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C Any Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Screw connection Screw connection Flat-ribbon cable plug connector Flat-ribbon cable plug connector in acc. with IEC 60603-13 in acc. with IEC 60603-13 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 81 mm / 90 mm

3

4

10 15 16

22 27 28

34 39 40

46

1

2

14 26 38 12 24 36 48 13 25 37 11 23 35 47

3 4

10 15 16

22 27 28

13 25 37 11 23 35 47 34 39 40 46 1 2 14 26 38 12 24 36 48

B0.0 B0.1 B0.7 B1.0 B1.1 B1.7 B2.0B2.1 B2.7 B3.0 B3.1 B3.7

B0.0B0.1B0.7B1.0B1.1B1.7B2.0B2.1B2.7B3.0B3.1B3.7

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+ +

+ + + -

+ + + -

+ + + -

+ + + -

+ + - -

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

FLKMS 50/32IM/LA/PLC connection scheme

FLKMS 50/32IM/PLC connection scheme

238

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling COMPACT -LINE initiator modules with spring-cage connection These VARIOFACE modules are used in combination with the respective front adapters. Like the front adapters, the modules are connected via 14-pos. or 50-pos. system cables. The following Compact-Line sensor modules are available: UM 45-FLK14/8IM/.../PLC (for 8 channels) UM 45-FLK 50/32IM/.../PLC (for 32 channels) – Byte-wise labeling – Can be used for digital I/O modules – Positive and negative connection for every signal
Description Note: Type of housing: Terminal blocks: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. Housing: PVC For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

H W D

UM 45-FLK.../...IM/ZFKDS/PLC
Sensor modules for 8 or 32 channels With spring-cage connection

P
No. of pos. Module width W Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

VARIOFACE-COMPACT-LINE initiator module, for connection of eight PNP initiators 14 75 mm VARIOFACE-COMPACT-LINE initiator module, for connection of 32 PNP initiators 50 197 mm Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current (per branch) Max. total current (voltage supply) Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature range Mounting position Standards/regulations Connection method

UM 45-FLK14/ 8IM/ZFKDS/PLC

2965211

1

UM 45-FLK50/32IM/ZFKDS/PLC

2965224

1

Field level Control system level

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions

H/D

UM 45-FLK 14/.../PLC UM 45-FLK 50/.../PLC 60 V DC 60 V DC 1A 1A 3A 2 A (per byte) 0.8 kV 0.8 kV -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C Any Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Spring-cage connection Spring-cage connection Flat-ribbon cable plug connector Flat-ribbon cable plug connector in acc. with IEC 60603-13 in acc. with IEC 60603-13 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 14 61 mm / 45 mm

1 3 4 10 15 16 22 27 28 13 25 37 11 23 35 47 34 39 40 46 1 2 14 26 38 12 24 36 48

2

3

4

8

9

11

13

10

12

14

0
B0.0B0.1B0.7B1.0B1.1B1.7B2.0B2.1B2.7B3.0B3.1B3.7

1

2

3

7

+ + + -

+ + + -

+ + + -

+ + + -

+ + - -

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

UM 45-FLK50/32IM/ZFKDS/PLC connection scheme

UM 45-FLK14/8IM/ZFKDS/PLC connection scheme PHOENIX CONTACT

239

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling Controller boards with knife disconnect terminal blocks These VARIOFACE modules with knife disconnection and test connection for each signal (2 or 2.3 mm Ø test plug) are used in combination with the respective front adapters. FLKM14/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC (for 8 channels) FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC (for 32 channels) – Byte-wise labeling – Can be used for digital I/O modules FLKM-2FLK14/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7 – Numerical labelling (1-20) – Specially for S7-300 (in conjunction with the front adapter FLKM 14-PA-S300, Order No.: 2299770) FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/7-300 – Numerical labelling (1-40) – Specially for S7-300 (in conjunction with the front adapter FLKM 50-PA-S300, Order No.: 2294445). FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/AN/PLC – Numerical labelling (1-50) – Specially for S7-400 (in conjunction with the front adapter FLKM 50-PA-S400 (3-48) Order no. 2294908).
Note: Type of housing: Terminal blocks: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. Housing: PVC, color: green For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

H W D

FLKM .../KDS 3-MT/...
Passive interface modules for eight or 32 channels with knife disconnect terminal blocks

P
Description No. of pos. Module width W Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

VARIOFACE interface module, for eight channels, with knife disconnect terminal blocks and test sockets to the field and the system 14 67 mm VARIOFACE interface module, for 32 channels, with knife disconnect terminal blocks and test sockets to the field and the system 50 214 mm VARIOFACE interface module, for SIMATIC S7-300 with SIMATIC-specific labeling (1-20), knife disconnect terminal blocks and test sockets to the field and the system 14 113 mm VARIOFACE interface module, same as before, however, with SIMATIC-specific labeling (1-40) 50 214 mm VARIOFACE interface module, same as before, however, for SIMATIC S7-400 with SIMATIC-specific labeling (3-48) 50 Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current (per branch) Max. total current (voltage supply) Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature range Mounting position Standards/regulations Connection method 259 mm

FLKM 14/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC

2290423

1

FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC

2290614

1

FLKM-2FLK14/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7

2295062

1

FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7-300

2304490

1

FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/AN/PLC

2291587

1

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

46

47

48

49

50

Field level Control system level

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

46

47

48

49

50

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions

H/D

FLKM...14/KDS 3-MT... FLKM 50/KDS 3-MT... 60 V DC 60 V DC 1A 1A 3A 2 A (per byte) 0.8 kV 0.8 kV -20°C ... 50°C -20°C ... 50°C Any Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Screw connection with Screw connection with disconnect knife disconnect knife Flat-ribbon cable plug connector Flat-ribbon cable plug connector in acc. with IEC 60603-13 in acc. with IEC 60603-13 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 61 mm / 90 mm

FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/AN/PLC connection scheme

1 2 3 101112 131415 222324 25 2627 3435 363738 39

4647484950

1

2 9

10 11

12 19

20 21

22 29

30 31

32 39

40

FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7-300 connection scheme
1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011121314 1 2 3 101112 131415 22 2324 252627 343536 373839 4647484950 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 13 10 12 14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11121314151617181920

+ B0.0 B0.7 -

+ B1.0 B1.7

- + B2.0 B2.7

- + B3.0 B3.7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 + + -

FLKM-2FLK14/KDS3-MT/PPA/S7 connection scheme

FLKM 50/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC connection scheme

FLKM 14/KDS3-MT/PPA/PLC connection scheme

240

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling Simulation module with switches
H W D

These VARIOFACE modules enable simple simulation of the control and peripheral hardware for 8 signals. The UM 45-DI/DO/S/LA/SIM8 switch module is assembled for signal transmission with COMBICON screw connector for single-conductor wiring. Alternatively, connection to the PLC system cabling is established through a 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable pin strip. Connection to the front adapters of the PLC system cabling is established through 14-pos. system cables with socket strips. Each signal path is allocated an LED which signals the "high active" signal state. The supply voltage to the modules is signaled via a LED green.
Note: Type of housing: Terminal blocks: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. Housing: PVC For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

11 13 FLK 14 1 3 5 7 8 910 12 14 2 4 6 SMC 1,5 + - 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 + -

UM 45-DI/DO/S/LA/SIM8
Description VARIOFACE switch module, for simulation 75 mm Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current (per branch) Max. total current (voltage supply) Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature range Mounting position Standards/regulations Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions UM 45-DI/DO/S/LA/SIM8 24 V DC 1A 8 A (+, - terminal block) 0.8 kV -20°C ... 50°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 51 mm / 45 mm 2968205 1 No. of pos. Module width W Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

H/D

Simulation module for display
H W D

These VARIOFACE modules enable simple simulation of the control and peripheral hardware for 8 signals. The UM 45-DO/LA/SIM8 display module is assembled for signal transmission with COMBICON screw connector for singleconductor wiring. Alternatively, connection to the PLC system cabling is established through a 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable pin strip. Connection to the front adapters of the PLC system cabling is established through 14-pos. system cables with socket strips. Each signal path is allocated an LED which signals the "high active" signal state. The supply voltage to the modules is signaled via a LED green.
Note: Type of housing: Terminal blocks: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. Housing: PVC For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

FLK 14 1 3 4 7 9 11 13 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 SCM 1,5 + - 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 + -

UM 45-DO/LA/SIM8
Description No. of pos. Module width W Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

VARIOFACE display module, for simulation 75 mm Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current (per branch) Max. total current (voltage supply) Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature range Mounting position Standards/regulations Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions UM 45-DO/LA/SIM8 24 V DC 1A 8 A (+, - terminal block) 0.8 kV -20°C ... 50°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 28 - 16 51 mm / 45 mm 2968195 1

H/D

PHOENIX CONTACT

241

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling Adapter for PLC-INTERFACE (6.2 mm) PLC-V8/... are VARIOFACE adapters which connect the 6.2 mm wide PLCINTERFACE modules to the VARIOFACE system cabling: – Can be plugged into the bridge shafts of eight aligned PLC-INTERFACE modules – Freely definable configuration with relays, optocouplers and passive feed-through terminal blocks – With D-SUB connection as an option for universal connections
Note: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

PLC-V8/...
VARIOFACE adapter for 6.2 mm PLC-INTERFACE

uPF
Description No. of pos. Module width W Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

VARIOFACE-V8 adapter, for eight PLC interfaces (6.2 mm), with 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable connection, for PLC system cabling, positive switching OUTPUT 14 49.6 mm INPUT 14 49.6 mm VARIOFACE-V8 adapter, for eight PLC interfaces (6.2 mm), with 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable connection, for PLC system cabling, negative switching OUTPUT 14 49.6 mm INPUT 14 49.6 mm VARIOFACE output adapter, for eight PLC interfaces (6.2 mm), with 15-pos. D-SUB connection Pin strip 15 49.6 mm Socket strip 15 49.6 mm VARIOFACE input adapter, for eight PLC interfaces (6.2 mm), with 15-pos. D-SUB connection Pin strip 15 49.6 mm Socket strip 15 49.6 mm Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current (per branch) Max. total current (voltage supply) Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature range Mounting position Standards/regulations Connection method PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT PLC-V8/FLK14/IN 2295554 2296553 1 1

PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT/M PLC-V8/FLK14/IN/M

2304102 2304115

1 1

Cross-reference list PLC-V8...
Adapter PLC-V8/.../ IN • • • • • • • Adapter PLC-V8/.../ OUT • •

PLC-V8/D15S/OUT PLC-V8/D15B/OUT

2296058 2296061

1 1

PLC-INTERFACE PLC-R...-12DC/21AU PLC-R...-24DC/21AU PLC-R...-24UC/21AU PLC-R...-48DC/21AU PLC-R...-60DC/21AU PLC-R...-120UC/21AU PLC-R...-230UC/21AU PLC-R...-24DC/21 PLC-R...-24UC/21 PLC-O...-24DC/48DC/100 PLC-O...-48DC/48DC/100 PLC-O...-60DC/48DC/100 PLC-O...-120UC/48DC/100 PLC-O...-230UC/48DC/100 PLC-O...-24DC/24DC/2 PLC-O...-24DC/230AC/1 PLC-R...-24DC/1ACT PLC-O...-24DC/24DC/2/ACT PLC-OSC-24DC/230AC/1/ACT PLC-R...-24DC/1AU/SEN PLC-R...-120UC/1AU/SEN PLC-R...-230UC/1AU/SEN PLC-O...-24DC/48DC/100/SEN PLC-O...-120UC/48DC/100/SEN PLC-O...-230UC/48DC/100/SEN PLC-VT PLC-VT/LA PLC-VT/AKT PLC-VT/AKT/LA

PLC-V8/D15S/IN PLC-V8/D15B/IN

2296074 2296087

1 1

• • • • • • • •

Power supply Signal level

24 V DC 1 A (per signal path) 3A 0.8 kV -20°C ... 60°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Screw connection Flat-ribbon cable connector, in acc. with IEC 60603-13 (engagement catches based on IEC 60603-13) 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 94 mm / 100 mm

• • • • • • • • • • •

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions

H/D

1/1 1/2 1/3 1/4 1/5 1/6 1/7 1/8 2/1 2/2 2/3 2/4 2/5 2/6 2/7 2/8

Contacting PLC terminal blocks

1/1 1/2 1/3 1/4 1/5 1/6 1/7 1/8 2/1 2/2 2/3 2/4 2/5 2/6 2/7 2/8

Contacting PLC terminal blocks

+ 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 -

+

• •

• • • •

FLK14
2 4 6 8 10 12 14

Power terminals

1

3

5

7

9 11 13

-

FLK14
2 4 6 8 10 12 14

Power terminals

PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT connection scheme Contacting PLC terminal blocks

PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT/M connection scheme Contacting PLC terminal blocks

1/1 1/2 1/3 1/4 1/5 1/6 1/7 1/8 2/1 2/2 2/3 2/4 2/5 2/6 2/7 2/8

1/1 1/2 1/3 1/4 1/5 1/6 1/7 1/8 2/1 2/2 2/3 2/4 2/5 2/6 2/7 2/8

+ 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 -

+

FLK14
2 4 6 8 10 12 14

Power terminals

1

3

5

7

9 11 13

-

FLK14
2 4 6 8 10 12 14

Power terminals

Connection scheme: PLC-V8/FLK14/IN

Connection scheme: PLC-V8/FLK14/IN/M

242

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling Adapter for PLC-INTERFACE (14 mm) PLC-V8L/... are the VARIOFACE adapters connecting the 14 mm PLCINTERFACE modules (two PDT, HC and IC types) to the system cabling. – Can be plugged into the bridge shafts of eight aligned PLC-INTERFACE modules – Freely selectable assembly with relays or optocouplers
Note: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

PLC-V8L/...
VARIOFACE adapter for 14 mm PLC-INTERFACE

PF
Applied for: UL / CUL Description No. of pos. Module width W Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

VARIOFACE-V8 adapter, for eight PLC interfaces (14 mm), with 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable connection, for PLC system cabling, positive switching 14 112.3 mm VARIOFACE-V8 adapter, for eight PLC interfaces (14 mm), with 14-pos. flat-ribbon cable connection, for PLC system cabling, negative switching 14 Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current (per branch) Max. total current (voltage supply) Rated surge voltage Ambient temperature range Mounting position Standards/regulations Connection method 112.3 mm PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT 2299660 1

PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT/M

2304306

1

Cross-reference list PLC-V8L...
Adapter PLC-V8L/.../ OUT • • • • • • •

PLC-INTERFACE PLC-RSC-24DC/21/21 PLC-RSC-24UC/21/21 PLC-RSC-24DC/21/21AU PLC-RSC-24UC/21/21AU PLC-RSC-24DC/1-1/ACT PLC-RSC-24DC/1IC/ACT PLC-RSC-24DC/HC

Power supply Signal level

24 V DC 1 A (per signal path) 3A 0.8 kV -20°C ... 60°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Screw connection Flat-ribbon cable connector, in acc. with IEC 60603-13 (engagement catches based on IEC 60603-13) 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 94 mm / 100 mm

Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions

H/D

1/1 1/2 1/3 1/4 1/5 1/6 1/7 1/8 2/1 2/2 2/3 2/4 2/5 2/6 2/7 2/8

Contacting PLC terminal blocks

+ 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 -

FLK14
2 4 6 8 10 12 14

Power terminals

PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT connection scheme Contacting PLC terminal blocks

1/1 1/2 1/3 1/4 1/5 1/6 1/7 1/8 2/1 2/2 2/3 2/4 2/5 2/6 2/7 2/8

+ 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 -

FLK14
2 4 6 8 10 12 14

Power terminals

PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT/M connection scheme PHOENIX CONTACT

243

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling Feed-through terminal blocks for PLC-INTERFACE The VARIOFACE PLC-VT terminals are passive feed-through terminal blocks, with the same shape as the 6.2 mm slim relay and optocoupler interfaces PLC-INTERFACE. It is thus possible to implement 8-channel interface blocks for the system cabling, which can be adapted to a bit for the particular application. For individual requirements, the relay, optocoupler or the PLC-VT terminal blocks for passive signal transmission can be combined as needed. PLC-VT PLC-VT/LA – Can be combined with PLC-INTERFACE universal series – Signal path with additional potential level for free assignment (two-wire connection) – Optionally with LED.
Note: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

H W D

PLC-VT...
VARIOFACE feed-through terminal blocks for PLC-INTERFACE universal series

uPF
Description No. of pos. Module width W Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

VARIOFACE feed-through terminal block (two-wire connection), for PLC-INTERFACE universal series 6.2 mm VARIOFACE feed-through terminal block, same as before, however, with 24 V DC light indicator 6.2 mm Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current (per branch) Ambient temperature range Mounting position Standards/regulations Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions PLC-VT 2296870 10

PLC-VT/LA

2296854

10

H/D

PLC-VT PLC-VT/LA Max. 250 V AC/DC 24 V DC 6 A (per signal conductor) 6 A (per signal conductor) -20°C ... 60°C -20°C ... 60°C Any Any DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 94 mm / 80 mm

2

3

1

4

NC

5

PLC-VT connection scheme

2

3

1

4

NC
PLC-VT/LA connection scheme

5

244

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling Feed-through terminal blocks for PLC-INTERFACE The VARIOFACE PLC-VT terminals are passive feed-through terminal blocks, with the same shape as the 6.2 mm slim relay and optocoupler interfaces PLC-INTERFACE. It is thus possible to implement 8-channel interface blocks for the system cabling, which can be adapted to a bit for the particular application. For individual requirements, the relay, optocoupler or the PLC-VT terminal blocks for passive signal transmission can be combined as needed. PLC-VT/ACT PLC-VT/ACT/LA – Can be combined with PLC-INTERFACE actuator series – Signal path with two additional potential levels for free assignment (threeconductor connection) – Optionally with LED. The system connection is made via the PLC-V8 adapter.
Note: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

H W D

PLC-VT/ACT...
VARIOFACE feed-through terminal blocks for PLC-INTERFACE actuator series

uPF
Description No. of pos. Module width W Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

VARIOFACE feed-through terminal block (three-wire connection), for PLC-INTERFACE actuator series 6.2 mm VARIOFACE feed-through terminal block, same as before, however, with 24 V DC light indicator 6.2 mm Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current (per branch) Ambient temperature range Mounting position Standards/regulations Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Dimensions PLC-VT/ACT 2295567 10

PLC-VT/ACT/LA

2296867

10

H/D

PLC-VT/AKT PLC-VT/AKT/LA Max. 250 V AC/DC 24 V DC 6 A (per signal conductor) 6 A (per signal conductor) -20°C ... 60°C -20°C ... 60°C Any Any DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 94 mm / 80 mm

2

3

1

4

5

PLC-VT/ACT connection scheme

2

3

1

4

5
PLC-VT/ACT/LA connection scheme PHOENIX CONTACT

245

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling COMPACT -LINE output modules with relays, one N/O contact These VARIOFACE Compact Line output modules are used in combination with the respective front adapters. Like the front adapters, the modules are connected via 14-pos. or 50-pos. system cables. The following features characterize these relay modules: – Pluggable miniature relays, each with an N/O contact – Universal applications from 1 mA to 3 A continuous current through 2-layer double contact with hard gold plating – Low construction height of only 45 mm – LED status display for each signal path and supply voltage – Free-wheeling and reverse polarity protection diode for each signal path. With the 32-channel version, the system cable is connected to the 16-channel base module UM 45-16RM/MR-G24/1/PLC. The output expansion module UM 45-16RM/MRG24/1/E/PLC with a further 16 channels is coupled to the base module via a 20-position flat-ribbon cable (length: 10 cm).
Notes: Type of housing: Terminal blocks: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. Housing: PVC For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog. The connection cable between the base and the extension modules is delivered with the extension unit.

H W D

UM 45-8RM/MR-G24/1/PLC
Output module with eight miniature relays, 1 N/O contact

P
1 2 3 8 9 1113101214

1

2

3

8

14

13

24

23

34

33

84

83

+ -

Description

Module width W

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

VARIOFACE-COMPACT-LINE output module, with eight miniature relays, plugged, for 24 V DC (including relays) 103 VARIOFACE-COMPACT-LINE output module, with 16 miniature relays, plugged, for 24 V DC (including relays) 215 VARIOFACE-COMPACT-LINE output extension module, with 16 miniature relays, plugged, for 24 V DC (including relays) 200 Plug-in miniature relay, with power contact Technical data Coil side Operating voltage UN Typ. input current at UN Typ. response time at UN Typ. release time at UN Input circuit Status display/channel Type of connection No. of pos. Contact side Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Max. inrush current Limiting continuous current Min. switching current Max. interrupting rating: REL-MR-G 24/1 2961037 8 UM 45- 8RM/MR-G24/1/PLC 2962900 1

24 V DC 6.5 mA 5 ms 15 ms Free-wheeling diode, polarity protection LED yellow Flat-ribbon cable plug connector in acc. with IEC 60603-13 14 1 N/O contact (double contact) AgNi, 5 µm hard gold-plated 250 V AC / 125 V DC 5V 5A 3A 1 mA 72 W 60 W 50 W 50 W 750 VA Screw connection 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 14 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C 100% operating factor 2 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Any In rows with zero spacing 50 mm / 45 mm

24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 250 V AC

Type of connection Connection data solid / stranded / AWG General data Test voltage Ambient temperature range Rated operating mode Mechanical life Standards/regulations Mounting position Assembly Dimensions

H/D

246

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling
H W D H W D

UM 45-16RM/MR-G24/1/PLC
Output base module with 16 miniature relays, 1 N/O contact

UM 45-16RM/MR-G24/1/E/PLC
Output extension module with 16 miniature relays, 1 N/O contact

P
1,2 11,12 3 10 13,14 23,24 15 22 2 20 17 12 1 19 9

P
4

1

8

9

16

17

24

25

32

+B0 B0 14

13

84

+83 B1 B1 94

93

164

163

+ B2 B2 174

173

244

+ 243 B3 B3 254

253

324

323

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

UM 45-16RM/MR-G24/1/PLC

2962913

1

REL-MR-G 24/1

2961037

8

UM 45-16RM/MR-G24/1/E/PLC REL-MR-G 24/1

2962926 2961037

1 8

24 V DC 6.5 mA 5 ms 15 ms Free-wheeling diode, polarity protection LED yellow Flat-ribbon cable plug connector in acc. with IEC 60603-13 50 1 N/O contact (double contact) AgNi, 5 µm hard gold-plated 250 V AC / 125 V DC 5V 5A 3A 1 mA 72 W 60 W 50 W 50 W 750 VA Screw connection 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 14 2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C 100% operating factor 2 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Any In rows with zero spacing 50 mm / 45 mm

24 V DC 6.5 mA 5 ms 15 ms Free-wheeling diode, polarity protection LED yellow Flat-ribbon cable plug connector in acc. with IEC 60603-13 20 1 N/O contact (double contact) AgNi, 5 µm hard gold-plated 250 V AC / 125 V DC 5V 5A 3A 1 mA 72 W 60 W 50 W 50 W 750 VA Screw connection 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 14 2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C 100% operating factor 2 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Any In rows with zero spacing 50 mm / 45 mm PHOENIX CONTACT

247

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling Output modules with relays, one N/O contact These VARIOFACE output modules are used in combination with the respective front adapters. – Pluggable miniature relays, each with an N/O contact – Universal applications from 1 mA to 3 A continuous current through 2-layer double contact with hard gold plating – Slim construction widths of only 55 mm (8 channels) or 202 mm (32 channels) – LED status display for each signal path and supply voltage – Free-wheeling and reverse polarity protection diode for each signal path.
Notes: Type of housing: Terminal blocks: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. Housing: PVC For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

H W D

H W D

UMK-8RM/MR-G24/1/PLC
Output module with eight miniature relays, 1 N/O contact

UMK-32RM/MR-G24/1/PLC
Output modules with 32 miniature relays, 1 N/O contact

uP
1 2 3 8 9 1113101214 1,2 11,12 3 13,14 10 23,24 15

uP
46

1

2

3

8

1

8

9

32

14

13

24

23

34

33

84

83

+ -

+ B0 B0 14

13

84

+83 B1 B1 94

93

342 323

Description

Module width W

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

VARIOFACE output module, with eight miniature relays, plugged, for 24 V DC (incl. relays) 56 VARIOFACE output module, with 32 miniature relays, plugged, for 24 V DC (incl. relays) 202 Plug-in miniature relay, with power contact Technical data Coil side Operating voltage UN Typ. input current at UN Typ. response time at UN Typ. release time at UN Input circuit Status display/channel Type of connection No. of pos. Contact side Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Max. inrush current Limiting continuous current Min. switching current Max. interrupting rating:

UMK- 8 RM/MR-G24/ 1/PLC

2979469

1

REL-MR-G 24/1

2961037

8

UMK-32 RM/MR-G24/1/PLC REL-MR-G 24/1

2979472 2961037

1 8

24 V DC 6.5 mA 5 ms 15 ms Free-wheeling diode, polarity protection LED yellow Flat-ribbon cable plug connector in acc. with IEC 60603-13 14 1 N/O contact (double contact) AgNi, 5 µm hard gold-plated 250 V AC / 125 V DC 5V 5A 3A 1 mA 72 W 60 W 50 W 50 W 750 VA Screw connection 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 3 kV AC -20°C ... 50°C 100% operating factor 2 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Any In rows with zero spacing 58 mm / 90 mm

24 V DC 6.5 mA 5 ms 15 ms Free-wheeling diode, polarity protection LED yellow Flat-ribbon cable plug connector in acc. with IEC 60603-13 50 1 N/O contact (double contact) AgNi, 5 µm hard gold-plated 250 V AC / 125 V DC 5V 5A 3A 1 mA 72 W 60 W 50 W 50 W 750 VA Screw connection 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16 3 kV AC -20°C ... 50°C 100% operating factor 2 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Any In rows with zero spacing 58 mm / 90 mm

24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 250 V AC

Type of connection Connection data solid / stranded / AWG General data Test voltage Ambient temperature range Rated operating mode Mechanical life Standards/regulations Mounting position Assembly Dimensions

H/D

248

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling Output modules with relay, 1 PDT
H W D H W D

These VARIOFACE output modules are used in combination with the respective front adapters. Like the front adapters, the modules are connected via 14-pos. or 50-pos. system cables. The following features characterize these relay modules: – Pluggable miniature relays, each with a PDT contact – Slim construction widths of only 80 mm (8 channels) or 271 mm (32 channels) – LED status display for each signal path and supply voltage – Free-wheeling and reverse polarity protection diode for each signal path.
Notes: Type of housing: Terminal blocks: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. Housing: PVC For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

UM-8RM/RT-G24/21/PLC
Output module with eight miniature relays, 1 PDT

UM-32RM/RT-G24/21/PLC
Output module with 32 miniature relays, 1 PDT

u
12 34 5 6 78 9 11 13 10 12 14
11,12,23,24,35,36,47,48 1,2,13,14,25,26,37,38 9 10 15 16 45 46
9

u
3 4

1

3

5

7

1

7

31

2

4

6

8
2 8

10

32

22 21 24

42 41 44

62 61 64

82 81 84

102 101 104

321

12 11 14

72 71 74

92 91 94

311

Description

Module width W

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

VARIOFACE output module, with eight miniature relays, plugged, for 24 V DC (incl. relays) 80 VARIOFACE output module, with 32 miniature relays, plugged, for 24 V DC (incl. relays) 271 Plug-in miniature relay, with power contact Technical data Coil side Operating voltage UN Typ. input current at UN Typ. response time at UN Typ. release time at UN Input circuit Status display/channel Type of connection No. of pos. Contact side Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Min. switching current Max. interrupting rating:

UM- 8 RM/RT-G24/21/PLC

2968386

1

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC

2961312

10

UM-32 RM/RT-G24/21/PLC REL-MR- 24DC/21HC

2968373 2961312

1 10

24 V DC 18 mA 8 ms 10 ms Free-wheeling diode LED yellow Flat-ribbon cable plug connector in acc. with IEC 60603-13 14 Single contact, 1 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 12 V AC/DC 5A 100 mA 120 W 58 W 48 W 50 W 80 W 1250 VA Screw connection 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C 100% operating factor 3 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Any In rows with zero spacing 68 mm / 123 mm

24 V DC 18 mA 8 ms 10 ms Free-wheeling diode LED yellow Flat-ribbon cable plug connector in acc. with IEC 60603-13 50 Single contact, 1 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 12 V AC/DC 5A 100 mA 120 W 58 W 48 W 50 W 80 W 1250 VA Screw connection 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C 100% operating factor 3 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Any In rows with zero spacing 68 mm / 123 mm

24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 220 V DC 250 V AC

Type of connection Connection data solid / stranded / AWG General data Test voltage Ambient temperature range Rated operating mode Mechanical life Standards/regulations Mounting position Assembly Dimensions

H/D

PHOENIX CONTACT

249

314

12 11 14

32 31 34

52 51 54

72 71 74

322 321 324

22 21 24

82 81 84

-

+

+

+

+

-

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling Output modules with relay, 1 PDT
H W D

These VARIOFACE output modules are used in combination with the respective front adapters. Like the front adapters, the modules are connected via 14-pos. or 50-pos. system cables. The following features characterize these relay modules: – Plug-in miniature relays with one PDT each – LED status display for each signal path and supply voltage – Free-wheeling and reverse polarity protection diode for each signal path. With the 32-channel version, the system cable is connected to the base module with 16 channels UMK-16R.../KSR-G24/21/PLC. The output expansion module UMK-16R.../ KSR-G24/21/E/PLC with a further 16 channels is coupled to the base module via a 20-position flat-ribbon cable (length: 10 cm).

Notes: Type of housing: Terminal blocks: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. Housing: PVC For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog. The connection cable between the base and the extension modules is delivered with the extension unit.

UMK-8R.../KSR-G24/21/PLC
Output module with eight miniature relays, 1 PDT

1

2

3

8

9 11 13101214

1

2

3

8

1 11 14

22 21 24

32 31 34

82 81 84

+ -

Description

Module width W

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

VARIOFACE output module, with eight miniature relays, plugged, for 24 V DC (incl. relays) 135 VARIOFACE output module, with plug-in bases for eight miniature relays, for 24 V DC (without relays) 135 VARIOFACE output module, with 16 miniature relays, plugged, for 24 V DC (base module, including relays) 259 VARIOFACE output module, with plug-in bases for 16 miniature relays, for 24 V DC (base module, without relays) 259 VARIOFACE output extension module, with 16 miniature relays, plugged, for 24 V DC (including relays) 259 VARIOFACE output extension module, with plug-in bases for 16 miniature relays, for 24 V DC (without relays) 259 Plug-in miniature relay, with power contact Technical data Coil side Operating voltage UN Input circuit Operating voltage display Status display/channel Type of connection No. of pos. Contact side Contact type Max. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Type of connection Connection data solid / stranded / AWG General data Test voltage Ambient temperature range Standards/regulations Mounting position Assembly Dimensions

UMK- 8 RM/KSR-G 24/21/PLC

2979485

1

UMK- 8 RELS/KSR-G24/21/PLC

2974914

1

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC

2961312

10

24 V DC ±10% Free-wheeling diode, polarity protection LED green LED yellow Flat-ribbon cable plug connector in acc. with IEC 60603-13 14 1 PDT 250 V AC/DC 5A Screw connection 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Any In rows with zero spacing 68 mm / 90 mm

H/D

250

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling
H W D H W D

UMK-16R.../KSR-G24/21/PLC
Output base module with 16 miniature relays, 1 PDT

UMK-16R.../KSR-G 24/21/E/PLC
Output extension module with 16 miniature relays, 1 PDT

1,2 11,12

3

10 13,14 23,24

15

22

2

20

17

12

1

19

9

4

1

8

9

16

17

24

25

32

+ B0 B0

11 14 12

+ 81 84 82 B1 B1 91 94 92

161164162

+ B2 B2 171174 172

+ 241244 242 B3 B3 251254 252

321 324 322

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

UMK-16 RM/KSR-G 24/21/PLC

2979498

1

UMK-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/PLC

2974901

1

UMK-16 RM/KSR-G 24/21/E/PLC

2979508

1

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC

2961312

10

UMK-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/E/PLC REL-MR- 24DC/21HC

2974891 2961312

1 10

24 V AC/DC ±10% Free-wheeling diode, polarity protection LED green LED yellow Flat-ribbon cable plug connector in acc. with IEC 60603-13 50 1 PDT 250 V AC/DC 5A Screw connection 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Any In rows with zero spacing 68 mm / 90 mm

24 V DC ±10% Free-wheeling diode, polarity protection LED green LED yellow Flat-ribbon cable plug connector in acc. with IEC 60603-13 20 1 PDT 250 V AC/DC 5A Screw connection 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Any In rows with zero spacing 68 mm / 90 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT

251

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling Output modules for relays, two PDT
H W D

These VARIOFACE output modules are used in combination with the respective front adapters. Like the front adapters, the modules are connected via 14-pos. or 50-pos. system cables. The following features characterize these relay modules: – Plug-in miniature relays with two PDT each – LED status display for each signal path and supply voltage – Free-wheeling and reverse polarity protection diode for each signal path. With the 32-channel version, the system cable is connected to the base module with 16 channels UMK-16RELS/KSR-G24/2121/PLC. The output expansion module UMK-16RELS/KSR-G24/21-21/E/PLC with a further 16 channels is coupled to the base module via a 20-position flat-ribbon cable (length: 10 cm).

Notes: Type of housing: Terminal blocks: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. Housing: PVC For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog. The connection cable between the base and the extension modules is delivered with the extension unit.

UMK-8R...G24/21-21/PLC
Output module for eight miniature relays, two PDT

P
1 2 8 9 1113101214

1

2

8

12 11 14 112 111 114

22 21 24 122 121 124

82 81 84 182 181 184
+ -

Description

Module width W

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

VARIOFACE output module, with plug-in bases for eight miniature relays, for 24 V DC, each with two PDT (without relays) 135 VARIOFACE output module, with plug-in bases for 16 miniature relays, for 24 V DC, each with two PDT (without relays) 267 VARIOFACE output extension module, with plug-in bases for 16 miniature relays, for 24 V DC, each with two PDT (without relays) 267 Plug-in miniature relay, with power contact Technical data Coil side Operating voltage UN Input circuit Operating voltage display Status display/channel Type of connection No. of pos. Contact side Contact type Max. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Type of connection Connection data solid / stranded / AWG General data Test voltage Ambient temperature range Standards/regulations Mounting position Assembly Dimensions REL-MR- 24DC/21-21 2961192 10 UMK- 8 RELS/KSR-G24/21-21/PLC 2976187 1

24 V DC Free-wheeling diode LED green LED yellow Flat-ribbon cable plug connector in acc. with IEC 60603-13 14 2 PDT 250 V AC/DC 3A Screw connection 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 14 2.5 kV AC -20°C ... 50°C IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Any In rows with zero spacing 68 mm / 90 mm

H/D

252

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling
H W D H W D

UM-16R...G24/21-21/PLC
Output base module for 16 miniature relays, two PDT

UM-16 R...G24/21-21E/PLC
Output extension module for 16 miniature relays, two PDT

P
1,211,12 3 10 13,1423,24 15 22 2 20 17 12 1 19 9

P
4

1

8

9

16

17

24

25

32

+B0 B0 12 11 14 172171174

82 81 84 242241244

+B1 B1 92 91 94 252251254

162 161164 322321324

+B2 B2 12 11 14 172171174

82 81 84 242241244

+B3 B3 92 91 94 252251254

162161164 322321324

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

UM-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21-21/PLC

2962191

1

REL-MR- 24DC/21-21

2961192

10

UM-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21-21E/PLC REL-MR- 24DC/21-21

2962201 2961192

1 10

24 V DC (Related to the assembly) Free-wheeling diode LED green LED yellow Flat-ribbon cable plug connector in acc. with IEC 60603-13 50 2 PDT 250 V AC/DC 3A Screw connection 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Any In rows with zero spacing 59 mm / 111.5 mm

24 V DC (Related to the assembly) Free-wheeling diode LED green LED yellow Flat-ribbon cable plug connector in acc. with IEC 60603-13 20 2 PDT 250 V AC/DC 3A Screw connection 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Any In rows with zero spacing 59 mm / 111.5 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT

253

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling Output modules for relays: - With knife disconnection - With three-wire connection These VARIOFACE output modules are available with 8 or 32 channels. With the 32-channel version, the system cable is connected to the base module with 16 channels. The output extension modules with a further 16 channels are coupled to the base modules via a 20-position flatribbon cable (length: 10 cm).
H W D

Notes: Type of housing: Terminal blocks: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. Housing: PVC For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog. The connection cable between the base and the extension modules is delivered with the extension unit.

UM-8R...G24/21/MT/PLC
Output module for 8 or 32 channels with knife disconnect terminals

P
1 2 3 8 9 1113101214

1

2

3

8

12 11 14

22 21 24

32 31 34

82 81 84

+ -

Description

Module width W

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

VARIOFACE output module, with plug-in bases for eight miniature relays, for 24 V DC and knife disconnect terminal blocks in the output (without relays), plug connector 14-pos. 145 VARIOFACE output module, with plug-in bases for 16 miniature relays, for 24 V DC and knife disconnect terminal blocks in the output (without relays), plug connector 50-pos. 285 VARIOFACE output extension module, with plug-in bases for 16 miniature relays, for 24 V DC and knife disconnect terminal blocks in the output (without relays), plug connector 20-pos. 267 VARIOFACE output module, with plug-in bases for eight miniature relays, for 24 V DC and three-wire connection (without relays), plug connector 14-pos. 135 VARIOFACE output module, with plug-in bases for 16 miniature relays, for 24 V DC (without relays), plug connector 50-pos. 267 VARIOFACE output extension module, with plug-in bases for 16 miniature relays, for 24 V DC (without relays), plug connector 20pos. 267 Plug-in miniature relay, with power contact Technical data Coil side Operating voltage UN Input circuit Operating voltage display Status display/channel Contact side Contact type Max. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Type of connection Connection data solid / stranded / AWG General data Test voltage Ambient temperature range Standards/regulations Mounting position Assembly Dimensions UM- 8 RELS/KSR-G24/21/MT/PLC 2962463 1

UM-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/MT/PLC

2962382

1

UM-16 RELS/KSR-G24/21/E/MT/PLC

2962379

1

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC

2961312

10

24 V DC (Related to the assembly) Free-wheeling diode, polarity protection LED green LED yellow 1 PDT 250 V AC/DC 5A Screw connection with disconnect knife 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Any In rows with zero spacing 59 mm / 111.5 mm

H/D

254

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling
H W D H W D H W D

UMK-8R...G24/1/NPE/PLC
Output module for eight channels with additional N and PE connecting terminal blocks

UM-16R...G24/1/N/PE/PLC
Basic output modules for 16 channels with additional N and PE connecting terminal blocks

UM-16R...G24/1/NPE/E/PLC
Output expansion modules for 16 channels with additional N and PE connecting terminal blocks

P
1 2 3 8 9 1113101214

P
1,2 11,12 3 1013,1423,24 15 22 2 20 17 12 1 19 9 4

P

1

2

3

8

1

8

9

16

17

24

25

32

13

14

13

14

13

14

13

14

+ -

+B0 B0

13 14

+13 14 B1 B1

13 14

13 14

+B2 B2

13 14

+13 14 B3 B3

13 14

13 14

PE

N0

PE

N0

PE

N0

PE

N1 PE

(1-4)

N0

(5-8)

N1

PE

N0

N0 PE

N0 PE N0 N1

N1 PE

N1 PE N1 PE

PE

N2

N2 PE

N2 PE N2 N3

N3 PE

N3 PE N3 PE

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

UMK- 8 RELS/KSR-G24/1/NPE/PLC

2976116

1

UM-16 RELS/KSR-G24/ 1/N/PE/PLC

2962023

1

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC

2961312

10

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC

2961312

10

UM-16 RELS/KSR-G24/1/NPE/E/PLC REL-MR- 24DC/21HC

2962036 2961312

1 10

24 V DC Free-wheeling diode, polarity protection LED green LED yellow Single contact, 1 N/O contact 250 V AC/DC 5A Screw connection 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 14 2.5 kV AC -20°C ... 50°C IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Any In rows with zero spacing 68 mm / 90 mm

24 V DC (Related to the assembly) Free-wheeling diode LED green LED yellow 1 N/O contact 250 V AC/DC 4A Screw connection 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Any In rows with zero spacing 59 mm / 111.5 mm

24 V DC (Related to the assembly) Free-wheeling diode LED green LED yellow 1 N/O contact 250 V AC/DC 4A Screw connection 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Any In rows with zero spacing 59 mm / 111.5 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT

255

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling Output modules for solid-state relay, 1 N/O contact These VARIOFACE output modules are used in combination with the respective front adapters. Like the front adapters, the modules are connected via 14-pos. or 50-pos. system cables. With the 32-channel version, the system cable is connected to the base module with 16 channels UMK-16 OM/AMSC/PLC. The output expansion module UMK-16 OM/AMSC/E/PLC with a further 16 channels is coupled to the base module via a 20position flat-ribbon cable (length: 10 cm). The modules are equipped with special Phoenix sockets SIM-AMSC for taking up Generation 4 solid-state relays (G4 Direct) from the company OPTO 22. Eight or 16 solid-state relays can be plugged onto these compact design modules. The power outputs of the semiconductor relays are protected against overload by a plug-in fuse directly on the solid-state relay.
Notes: Type of housing: Terminal blocks: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. Housing: PVC For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog. The connection cable between the base and the extension modules is delivered with the extension unit. Optocoupler can be purchased from Opto 22 (www.OPTO22.com).

H W D

UMK-8 OM/AMSC/PLC
Output module for 8 pluggable solid-state relays

uP
1 2 8 9 1113101214+ -

1

2

8

14

13

24

23

84

83

Description

Module width W

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

VARIOFACE output module, for eight channels with plug-in base for solid-state relays, generation 4 of OPTO 22 123.5 VARIOFACE output module, for 16 channels with plug-in base for solid-state relays, generation 4 of OPTO 22 259 VARIOFACE output extension module, for 16 channels with plug-in base for solid-state relays, generation 4 of OPTO 22 259 Technical data Input data Operating voltage UN Operating voltage display Type of connection No. of pos. Output data Max. operating voltage Continuous load current Type of connection Connection data solid / stranded / AWG General data Test voltage Ambient temperature range Standards/regulations Mounting position Dimensions UMK- 8 OM/AMSC/PLC 2976420 1

24 V DC LED green Flat-ribbon cable plug connector in acc. with IEC 60603-13 14 250 V AC/DC (data is module-specific) 6A Screw connection 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 14 4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Any 87 mm / 90 mm

H/D

256

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling
H W D

UMK-16 OM/AMSC/...PLC
Output module for 32 pluggable solid-state relays

uP
1,2 11,12 3 10 13,14 23,24 22

1

8

16

+ B0

B0 14

13

84

83

+ B1

B1 164 163

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

UMK-16 OM/AMSC/PLC

2976721

1

UMK-16 OM/AMSC/E/PLC

2976734

1

24 V DC LED green Flat-ribbon cable plug connector in acc. with IEC 60603-13 50 250 V AC/DC (data is module-specific) 6A Screw connection 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 14 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Any 87 mm / 90 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT

257

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling VIP - VARIOFACE Professional system cables with flat-ribbon connectors – 1:1 connection – 10 to 20-pos. – Connectors as per IEC 60603-13 – In the desired lengths – Individual serial number Note: Due to the enlarged outer contour of the molded connectors, module types with UM45 profile and three-level terminal blocks cannot be connected with the VIPCAB-FLK... system cable. The following module types (10 to 50-pos.) can be connected. For example, for 20 positions: – VIP-2/SC/FLK 20 – VIP-2/SC/FLK20/LED – FLKM 20/ZFKDS – UM45-FLK 20/ZFKDS (double-level connection) The VIP-CAB-FLK... system cables are not suitable for front adapters (see the dimensional drawing).

A

13,5

26,5

5
...FLK10... ...FLK14... ...FLK16... ...FLK20... A 34 B 46

B

VIP-CAB-FLK.../0,14/...M
Not shielded

37 37 39

49 49 51

u
Description Round cable, with two molded socket strips 10 0.5 m 10 1m 10 1.5 m 10 2m 10 3m 10 4m 10 6m Round cable, same as before, in variable lengths (minimum ordering quantity five pieces) 10 Round cable, with two molded socket strips 14 0.5 m 14 1m 14 1.5 m 14 2m 14 3m 14 4m 14 6m Round cable, same as before, in variable lengths (minimum ordering quantity five pieces) 14 Round cable, with two molded socket strips 16 0.5 m 16 1m 16 1.5 m 16 2m 16 3m 16 4m 16 6m Round cable, same as before, in variable lengths (minimum ordering quantity five pieces) 16 Round cable, with two molded socket strips 20 0.5 m 20 1m 20 1.5 m 20 2m 20 3m 20 4m 20 6m Round cable, same as before, in variable lengths (minimum ordering quantity five pieces) 20 Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path Max. conductor resistance Ambient temperature range Assembly Conductor cross-section Conductor construction: stranded wires / material Outside diameter 10-position 14-position 16-position 20-position VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/0,5M VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/1,0M VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/1,5M VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/2,0M VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/3,0M VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/4,0M VIP-CAB-FLK10/0,14/6,0M 2318305 2318318 2318321 2318334 2318347 2318350 2318363 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 No. of pos. Cable length Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

VIP-CAB-FLK10-0,14/...

2318376

1

VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/0,5M VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/1,0M VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/1,5M VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/2,0M VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/3,0M VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/4,0M VIP-CAB-FLK14/0,14/6,0M

2318389 2318392 2318402 2318415 2318428 2318431 2318444

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

VIP-CAB-FLK14-0,14/...

2318457

1

VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/0,5M VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/1,0M VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/1,5M VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/2,0M VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/3,0M VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/4,0M VIP-CAB-FLK16/0,14/6,0M

2318460 2318473 2318486 2318499 2318509 2318512 2318525

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

VIP-CAB-FLK16-0,14/...

2318538

1

VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/0,5M VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/1,0M VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/1,5M VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/2,0M VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/3,0M VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/4,0M VIP-CAB-FLK20/0,14/6,0M

2318541 2318554 2318567 2318570 2318583 2318596 2318606

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Ordering example for system cable:
– 10-pos. cable, 7.6 m long Quantity Order No. / Min. Max. Step width Length [m]

VIP-CAB-FLK20-0,14/...

2318619

1

1

2318376

7.6 0.5 m 100.0 m 0.1 m

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC 1A 0.16 Ω/m -20°C ... 50°C Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4 AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² 7 / Cu tin-plated 6.1 mm 6.4 mm 6.8 mm 7.6 mm

258

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling VIP - VARIOFACE Professional system cables with flat-ribbon connectors – 1:1 connection – 26 to 50-pos. – Connectors as per IEC 60603-13 – In the desired lengths – Individual serial number Note: Due to the enlarged outer contour of the molded connectors, module types with UM45 profile and three-level terminal blocks cannot be connected with the VIPCAB-FLK... system cable. The following module types (10 to 50-pos.) can be connected. For example, for 20 positions: – VIP-2/SC/FLK 20 – VIP-2/SC/FLK20/LED – FLKM 20/ZFKDS – UM45-FLK 20/ZFKDS (double-level connection) The VIP-CAB-FLK... system cables are not suitable for front adapters (see the dimensional drawing).

A

13,5

26,5

5
...FLK26... ...FLK34... ...FLK40... ...FLK50... A 39 B 51

B

VIP-CAB-FLK.../0,14/...M
Not shielded

40 40 42

52 52 55

u
Description Round cable, with two molded socket strips 26 0.5 m 26 1m 26 1.5 m 26 2m 26 3m 26 4m 26 6m Round cable, same as before, in variable lengths (minimum ordering quantity five pieces) 26 Round cable, with two molded socket strips 34 0.5 m 34 1m 34 1.5 m 34 2m 34 3m 34 4m 34 6m Round cable, same as before, in variable lengths (minimum ordering quantity five pieces) 34 Round cable, with two molded socket strips 40 0.5 m 40 1m 40 1.5 m 40 2m 40 3m 40 4m 40 6m Round cable, same as before, in variable lengths (minimum ordering quantity five pieces) 40 Round cable, with two molded socket strips 50 0.5 m 50 1m 50 1.5 m 50 2m 50 3m 50 4m 50 6m Round cable, same as before, in variable lengths (minimum ordering quantity five pieces) 50 Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path Max. conductor resistance Ambient temperature range Assembly Conductor cross-section Conductor construction: stranded wires / material Outside diameter 26-position 34-position 40-position 50-position VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/0,5M VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/1,0M VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/1,5M VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/2,0M VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/3,0M VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/4,0M VIP-CAB-FLK26/0,14/6,0M 2318622 2318635 2318648 2318651 2318664 2318677 2318680 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 No. of pos. Cable length Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

VIP-CAB-FLK26-0,14/...

2318693

1

VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/0,5M VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/1,0M VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/1,5M VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/2,0M VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/3,0M VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/4,0M VIP-CAB-FLK34/0,14/6,0M

2318703 2318716 2318729 2318732 2318745 2318758 2318761

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

VIP-CAB-FLK34-0,14/...

2318774

1

VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/0,5M VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/1,0M VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/1,5M VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/2,0M VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/3,0M VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/4,0M VIP-CAB-FLK40/0,14/6,0M

2318787 2318790 2318800 2318813 2318826 2318839 2318842

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

VIP-CAB-FLK40-0,14/...

2318855

1

VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/0,5M VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/1,0M VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/1,5M VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/2,0M VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/3,0M VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/4,0M VIP-CAB-FLK50/0,14/6,0M

2318868 2318871 2318884 2318897 2318907 2318910 2318923

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Ordering example for system cable:
– 26-pos. cable, 12.6 m long Quantity Order No. / Length [m]

VIP-CAB-FLK50-0,14/...

2318936

1

1

2318693

12.6 Min. Max. Step width 0.5 m 100.0 m 0.1 m

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC 1A 0.16 Ω/m -20°C ... 50°C Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4 AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² 7 / Cu tin-plated 8.3 mm 8.7 mm 9.9 mm 10.3 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT

259

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling System cable with a flat-ribbon cable connector and an open end – – – – 1:1 connection 14 and 16-pos. Connectors as per IEC 60603-13 Open end on one side The individual wires at the open end are labeled (1, 2, 3, 4, ...) and equipped with a ferrule. Note: Please pay attention to the dimension drawing and notes for the molded connectors, see page 258.

VIP-CAB-FLK.../FR/OE/0,14/...
Molded connectors, not shielded

CABLE-FLK.../OE/0,14/...
Not shielded

Applied for: UL / CUL Description Round cable with an open end 14 0.5 m 14 1m 14 1.5 m 14 2m 14 2.5 m 14 3m 14 4m 14 6m 14 8m 14 10 m Round cable, same as before, however in variable lengths 14 16 0.5 m 16 1m 16 1.5 m 16 2m 16 2.5 m 16 3m 16 4m 16 6m 16 8m 16 10 m Round cable, same as before, however in variable lengths 16 Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path Max. conductor resistance Ambient temperature range Assembly Conductor cross-section Conductor construction: stranded wires / material Outside diameter 14-position 16-position VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/0,5M VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/1,0M VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/1,5M VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/2,0M VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/3,0M VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/4,0M VIP-CAB-FLK14/FR/OE/0,14/6,0M 2900122 2900123 2900125 2900126 2900127 2900128 2900129 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 50 CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 100 CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 150 CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 200 CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 250 CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 300 CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 400 CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 600 CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/ 800 CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/1000 CABLE-FLK14/OE/0,14/... VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/0,5M VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/1,0M VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/1,5M VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/2,0M VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/3,0M VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/4,0M VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/6,0M 2900130 2900131 2900132 2900133 2900134 2900135 2900136 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 0,5M CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 1,0M CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 1,5M CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 2,0M CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 2,5M CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 3,0M CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 4,0M CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 6,0M CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/ 8,0M CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/10,0M CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/... < 50 V AC / 60 V DC 1A 0.16 Ω/m -20°C ... 50°C Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4 AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² 7 / Cu tin-plated 6.4 mm 6.5 mm 2305761 2305253 2305266 2305279 2305282 2305295 2305774 2305787 2305790 2305800 2305732 2318127 2318130 2318143 2318156 2318169 2318172 2318185 2318198 2318208 2318211 2318224 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 No. of pos. Cable length Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC 1A 0.16 Ω/m -20°C ... 50°C Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4 AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² 7 / Cu tin-plated 6.4 mm 6.5 mm

260

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling System cable with a flat-ribbon cable connector and an open end – – – – 1:1 connection 20 and 50-pos. Connectors as per IEC 60603-13 Open end on one side The individual wires at the open end are labeled (1, 2, 3, 4, ...) and equipped with a ferrule. Note: Please pay attention to the dimension drawing and notes for the molded connectors, see page 258.

VIP-CAB-FLK.../FR/OE/0,14/...
Molded connectors, not shielded

CABLE-FLK.../OE/0,14/...
Not shielded

Applied for: UL / CUL Description Round cable with an open end 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Round cable, same as before, however in variable lengths 20 Round cable with an open end 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 Round cable, same as before, however in variable lengths 50 Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path Max. conductor resistance Ambient temperature range Assembly Conductor cross-section Conductor construction: stranded wires / material Outside diameter 20-position 50-position 0.5 m 1m 1.5 m 2m 2.5 m 3m 4m 6m 8m 10 m VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/0,5M VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/1,0M VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/1,5M VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/2,0M VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/3,0M VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/4,0M VIP-CAB-FLK20/FR/OE/0,14/6,0M 2900138 2900139 2900141 2900142 2900143 2900144 2900145 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 50 CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 100 CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 150 CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 200 CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 250 CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 300 CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 400 CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 600 CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/ 800 CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/1000 CABLE-FLK20/OE/0,14/... 0.5 m 1m 1.5 m 2m 2.5 m 3m 4m 6m 8m 10 m VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/0,5M VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/1,0M VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/1,5M VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/2,0M VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/3,0M VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/4,0M VIP-CAB-FLK50/FR/OE/0,14/6,0M 2900146 2900147 2900148 2900149 2900150 2900151 2900152 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 50 CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 100 CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 150 CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 200 CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 250 CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 300 CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 400 CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 600 CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/ 800 CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/1000 CABLE-FLK50/OE/0,14/... < 50 V AC / 60 V DC 1A 0.16 Ω/m -20°C ... 50°C Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4 AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² 7 / Cu tin-plated 7.6 mm 10.3 mm 2305826 2305305 2305318 2305321 2305334 2305347 2305839 2305842 2305855 2305868 2305745 2305871 2305350 2305363 2305376 2305389 2305392 2305884 2305897 2305907 2305910 2305758 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 No. of pos. Cable length Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC 1A 0.16 Ω/m -20°C ... 50°C Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4 AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² 7 / Cu tin-plated 7.6 mm 10.3 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT

261

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling System cable with flat-ribbon cable connector Standard lengths Round cable sets are used to connect the PLC front adapters to the corresponding VARIOFACE controller boards. The following versions are available with 14 and 50 positions: – Not shielded – Shielded – Halogen-free Connector strips are fitted on both sides of the cables in accordance with IEC 6060313/DIN 41651 (1:1 connection). In case of shielded cables, a cable end with a ferrule is additionally provided as a shield connection (length: approx. 0.5 m; cable H05V-K 1 mm2, black). Special lengths are defined using an order key, refer to page 268.

FLK.../EZ-DR.../KONFEK
Not shielded

P
Description No. of pos. Cable length Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

Assembled round cables1), with two 14-pos. socket strips in fixed lengths, for transfer of eight channels among other things 14 0.3 m 14 0.5 m 14 1m 14 1.5 m 14 2m 14 2.5 m 14 3m 14 3.5 m 14 4m 14 4.5 m 14 5m 14 5.5 m 14 6m 14 7m 14 8m 14 10 m 2), with two 50-pos. socket strips in fixed Assembled round cables lengths, for transfer of 32 channels among other things 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path Max. conductor resistance Ambient temperature range Shield Assembly Conductor cross-section Conductor construction: stranded wires / material Outside diameter 14-position 50-position 0.5 m 1m 1.5 m 2m 2.5 m 3m 3.5 m 4m 4.5 m 5m 5.5 m 6m 6.5 m 7m 7.5 m 8m 8.5 m 9m 9.5 m 10 m FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 30/KONFEK FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 350/KONFEK FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 450/KONFEK FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 500/KONFEK FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 550/KONFEK FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK FLK 14/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK 2295729 2288901 2288914 2288927 2288930 2288943 2288956 2288969 2288972 2290847 2290834 2290850 2290863 2299563 2299576 5 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 350/KONFEK FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 450/KONFEK FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 500/KONFEK FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 550/KONFEK FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 650/KONFEK FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 700/KONFEK FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 750/KONFEK FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 850/KONFEK FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 900/KONFEK FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 950/KONFEK FLK 50/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK < 50 V AC / 60 V DC 1A 0.16 Ω/m -20°C ... 50°C -

2289065 2289078 2289081 2289094 2289104 2289117 2289120 2289133 2289573 2289586 2289599 2289609 2289612 2289625 2289638 2289641 2289654 2289667 2289670 2289683

5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4 AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² 7 / Cu tin-plated 6.4 mm 10.3 mm

262

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling
Color code of the system cables

No. of cores

PIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 39 48 49 50

Core color black brown red orange yellow green blue violet gray white white-black white-brown white-red white-orange white-yellow white-green white-blue white-violet white-gray brown-black brown-red brown-orange brown-yellow brown-green brown-blue brown-violet brown-gray brown-white green-black green-brown green-red green-orange green-blue green-violet green-gray green-white yellow-black yellow-brown yellow-red yellow-orange yellow-blue yellow-violet yellow-gray yellow-white gray-black gray-brown gray-red gray-orange gray-yellow gray-green

10-pos.

14-pos.

FLK.../EZ-DR.../KONFEK/S
Shielded

...FLK.../HF/...
Halogen-free (only the cable)

16-pos.

20-pos.

P
Applied for: UL / CUL Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. 26-pos.

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK/S FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK/S FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK/S FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK/S FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK/S FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK/S

2296977 2296980 2296993 2297002 2299013 2299026

1 1 1 1 1 1

FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 50/KONFEK FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 100/KONFEK FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 150/KONFEK FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 200/KONFEK FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 250/KONFEK FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 300/KONFEK FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 400/KONFEK FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 500/KONFEK

2305952 2305965 2305978 2305981 2305994 2304759 2304762 2304717 2306003 2314011 2314024 2314037

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

34-pos.

40-pos.

FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK/S FLK 14/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK/S FLK 14/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK/S

2299039 2299042 2299055

1 1 1

FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 600/KONFEK FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 700/KONFEK FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/ 800/KONFEK FLK 14/EZ-DR/HF/1000/KONFEK

50-pos. FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK/S FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK/S FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK/S FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK/S FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK/S FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK/S 2299097 2299107 2299110 2299123 2299136 2299149 1 1 1 1 1 1 CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 0,5M CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 1,0M CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 1,5M CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 2,0M CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 2,5M CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 3,0M CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 4,0M CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 5,0M FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK/S 2299152 1 CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 6,0M CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 7,0M FLK 50/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK/S 2299165 1 CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/ 8,0M 2314134 2314147 2314150 2314163 2314176 2314189 2314192 2314202 2314215 2314228 2314231 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

FLK 50/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK/S

2299178

1

CABLE-FLK50/0,14/HF/10,0M < 50 V AC / 60 V DC 1A 0.16 Ω/m -20°C ... 50°C -

2314244

1

1)

straight socket strips fitted at both ends.

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC 1A 0.16 Ω/m -20°C ... 50°C Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4 AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² 7 / Cu tin-plated 6.7 mm 11 mm

Shield connection (for shielded cables)

Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4 AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² 7 / Cu tin-plated 6.4 mm 10.3 mm

Polarity protection lug

Polarity protection lug

2)

Socket strips fitted, straight at one end and angled at the other. Shield connection (for shielded cables)

Polarity protection lug

Polarity protection lug

PHOENIX CONTACT

263

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling System cable with flat-ribbon cable connector Standard lengths Pre-assembled round cables to couple the VARIOFACE interface modules. Connector strips are fitted on both sides of the cables in accordance with IEC 6060313/DIN 41651 (1:1 connection). Special lengths are defined using an order key, refer to page 268.
Outside diameter of the cable 10-pos.: 6 mm 16-pos.: 6.5 mm 20-pos.: 7.6 mm 26-pos.: 7.8 mm 34-pos.: 10 mm

FLK .../EZ-DR.../KONFEK
Not shielded

P
Applied for: UL / CUL Description Round cable1), with two socket strips 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 Round cable1), with two socket strips 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 Round cable1), with two socket strips 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Round cable1), with two socket strips 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 Round cable1), with two socket strips 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path Max. conductor resistance Ambient temperature range Assembly Conductor cross-section Conductor construction: stranded wires / material 0.5 m 1m 1.5 m 2m 3m 4m 6m 8m 10 m FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK FLK 34/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK FLK 34/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK 2299479 2299482 2299495 2299505 2299518 2299521 2299534 2299547 2299550 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.5 m 1m 1.5 m 2m 3m 4m 6m 8m 10 m FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK FLK 26/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK FLK 26/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK 2299385 2299398 2299408 2299411 2299424 2299437 2299440 2299453 2299466 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.5 m 1m 1.5 m 2m 3m 4m 6m 8m 10 m FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 50KONFEK FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 100KONFEK FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 150KONFEK FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 200KONFEK FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 300KONFEK FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 400KONFEK FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 600KONFEK FLK 20/EZ-DR/ 800KONFEK FLK 20/EZ-DR/1000KONFEK 2296391 2296401 2296472 2296485 2296498 2296508 2296511 2296524 2296537 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.5 m 1m 1.5 m 2m 3m 4m 6m 8m 10 m FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK FLK 16/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK FLK 16/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK 2299291 2299301 2299314 2299327 2299330 2299343 2299356 2299369 2299372 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.5 m 1m 1.5 m 2m 3m 4m 6m 8m 10 m FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK FLK 10/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK FLK 10/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK 2299204 2299217 2299220 2299233 2299246 2299259 2299262 2299275 2299288 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 No. of pos. Cable length Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC 1A 0.16 Ω/m -20°C ... 50°C Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4 AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² 7 / Cu tin-plated

264

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling System cable with flat-ribbon cable connector Standard lengths Round cable sets are used to connect the PLC front adapters to the corresponding VARIOFACE controller boards. Connector strips are fitted on both sides of the cables in accordance with IEC 6060313/DIN 41651 (1:1 connection). Special lengths are defined using an order key, refer to page 268.

FLK 40/EZ-DR/.../KONFEK
Not shielded

uP
Description Round cable2), with two socket strips 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path Max. conductor resistance Ambient temperature range Assembly Conductor cross-section Conductor construction: stranded wires / material Outside diameter 40-position 0.5 m 1m 1.5 m 2m 2.5 m 3m 3.5 m 4m 6m 8m 10 m FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 350/KONFEK FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK FLK 40/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK FLK 40/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK 2288985 2288998 2289007 2289010 2289023 2289036 2289049 2289052 2299589 2299592 2299602 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 No. of pos. Cable length Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC 1A 0.16 Ω/m -20°C ... 50°C Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4 AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² 7 / Cu tin-plated 9.9 mm

1)

Straight socket strips fitted at both ends.

Shield connection (for shielded cables)

Polarity protection lug

Polarity protection lug

2)

Socket strips fitted, straight at one end and angled at the other.

Shield connection (for shielded cables)

Polarity protection lug

Polarity protection lug

PHOENIX CONTACT

265

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling System cable with flat-ribbon cable connector The FLK 50... types are plugged onto the VARIOFACE front adapters for 32 channels and make it possible to split the channels into 4 x 8 channels. All 8-channel VARIOFACE modules and the PLC-V8 adapters for PLC-INTERFACE can thus be connected. In case of shielded cables, a cable end with a ferrule is additionally provided as a shield connection (length: approx. 0.5 m; cable H05V-K 1 mm2, black).

FLK 50/4X14/EZ-.../KONFFEK
Splitting cable unshielded 50 positions on 4 x 14

FLK 50-4X14-EZ-DR-S ...
Splitting cable shielded 50 positions on 4 x 14

uP
Description No. of pos. Cable length Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

Round cable sets, for connection to the VARIOFACE system cabling, with a 50-position female connector and four 14-position female connectors, for splitting max. 32 channels into 4 x 8 channels. 50 0.5 m 50 1m 50 1.5 m 50 2m 50 2.5 m 50 3m 50 4m 50 6m 50 8m 50 10 m Assembled round cables, same as before, however in variable lengths 50 Assembled round cables, same as before, however shielded and in variable lengths 50 Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path Max. conductor resistance Ambient temperature range Shield Assembly Conductor cross-section Conductor construction: stranded wires / material Number of connectors on the module side Outside diameter 50-position FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 50/KONFEK FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 100/KONFEK FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 150/KONFEK FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 200/KONFEK FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 250/KONFEK FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 300/KONFEK FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 400/KONFEK FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 600/KONFEK FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/ 800/KONFEK FLK 50/4X14/EZ-DR/1000/KONFEK 2296689 2296692 2296702 2296715 2305402 2296728 2296731 2296744 2296757 2296773 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

FLK50-4X14-EZ-DR ...

2302405

1

FLK50-4X14-EZ-DR-S ... < 50 V AC / 60 V DC 1A 0.16 Ω/m -20°C ... 50°C Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4 AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² 7 / Cu tin-plated 4 6.3 mm

2302447

1

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC 1A 0.16 Ω/m -20°C ... 50°C Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering Insulation displacement, IEC 60352-4/DIN EN 60352-4 AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² 7 / Cu tin-plated 4 6.3 mm

Ordering example for system cable:
– Unshielded splitting cable 12.75 m long

Quantity 1

Order No. 2302405 /

Length [m]1) 12.75
1)

min. 0.30 m

– Shielded splitting cable 11.00 m long Quantity 1 Order No. 2302447 /
1)

Length [m]1) 11.00 min. 0.30 m

266

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling

PHOENIX CONTACT

267

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling System cable with flat-ribbon cable connector Special lengths Pre-assembled round cables are used to connect the PLC front adapters to the corresponding VARIOFACE termination boards. Connector strips are fitted on both ends of the cables in accordance with IEC 60603-13/DIN 41651. In case of shielded cables, a cable end with a ferrule is additionally provided as a shield connection (length: Approx. 0.5 m; cable H05V-K 1 mm2, black). The order key for special lengths is defined by three features. The features in the appropriate sequence are: – Cable type – Assembly, – Length in meters.
Features of permissible assemblies:
Cable type Assembly no assembly socket strip at both ends, 10-pos. socket strip at both ends, 14-pos. socket strip at both ends, 16-pos. socket strip at both ends, 20-pos. socket strip at both ends, 26-pos. socket strip at both ends, 34-pos. socket strip at both ends, 40-pos. socket strip at both ends, 50-pos. socket strip at one end, 14-pos.; socket strip at one end, 16-pos.
1)

There are two order keys, one for the non-shielded round cable FLK EZDR/.../.../... and one for the shielded round cable FLK EZ-DR-S/.../.../.... The features necessary for clear identification of an order are described below: Cable type – The number of individual conductors of the cable is defined here. Assembly – None, the cable is not assembled at either end; – socket strip at both ends, 10-pos., the cable is fitted at both ends with 10-pos. connectors (1:1 connection);

– socket strip at both ends, 14-pos., the cable is fitted at both ends with 14-pos. connectors (1:1 connection); – socket strip at both ends, 50-pos., the cable is fitted at both ends with 50-pos. connectors (1:1 connection); – socket strip at one end, 14-pos., socket strip at one end, 16-pos., the cable is fitted with a 14-pos. connector at one end and with a 16-pos. connector at the other (for SIMATIC S7; no 1:1 connection).

Non-shielded round cables FLK EZ-DR.../.../... 10-pos. 10U/C00/... 10U/C55/...1) 14U/C23/...1) 16U/C58/...1) 20U/C61/...1) 26U/C63/...1) 34U/C65/...1) 40U/C30/...3) 50U/C38/...2) 14U/C52/...1)
2)

Shielded round cables FLK EZ-DR-S.../.../... 34-pos. 34U/C00/... 40-pos. 40U/C00/... 50-pos. 50U/C00/... 14-pos. 14S/C00/... 16-pos. 16S/C00/.... 40-pos. 40S/C00/... 50-pos. 50S/C00/...

14-pos. 14U/C00/...

16-pos. 16U/C00/...

20-pos. 20U/C00/...

26-pos. 26U/C00/...

14S/C23/...1) 16S/C58/...1)

40S/C30/...3) 50S/C38/...2) 14S/C52/...1)

straight socket strips fitted at both ends.

Socket strips fitted, straight at one end and angled at the other. Shield connection (for shielded cables)

3)

Socket strips fitted, straight at one end and angled at the other. Shield connection (for shielded cables)

Shield connection (for shielded cables)

Polarity protection lug

Polarity protection lug

Polarity protection lug

Polarity protection lug

Polarity protection lug

Polarity protection lug

Sample order for round cable unshielded:
– Unshielded 50-position round cable sets with two 50-pos. socket strips and a length of 11.5 m Quantity 1 Order No. 2295059 / 10U 14U 16U 20U 26U 34U 40U 50U = = = = = = = = Cable type 50U 10-pos. unshielded 14-pos. unshielded 16-pos. unshielded 20-pos. unshielded 26-pos. unshielded 34-pos. unshielded 40-pos. unshielded 50-pos. unshielded / C00 C55 C23 C52 C58 C61 C63 C65 C30 C38 = = = = = = = = = = Assembly C38 no assembly 10-pos. socket strip at both ends 14-pos. socket strip at both ends 14-pos. socket strip at one end 16-pos. socket strip at one end (for S7) 16-pos. socket strip at both ends 20-pos. socket strip at both ends 26-pos. socket strip at both ends 34-pos. socket strip at both ends 40-pos. socket strip at both ends 50-pos. socket strip at both ends /
4)

Length [m]4) 11.50 min. 0.20 m

Sample orders for round cable shielded:
– Shielded 14-position round cable sets with two 14-pos. socket strips and a length of 12.75 m Quantity 1 Order No. 2295046 / 14S 16S 40S 50S = = = = 14-pos. shielded 16-pos. shielded 40-pos. shielded 50-pos. shielded Cable type 14S / Assembly C23 C00 = no assembly C23 = 14-pos. socket strip at both ends C52 = 14-pos. socket strip at one end 16-pos. socket strip at one end (for S7) C58 = 16-pos. socket strip at both ends C30 = 40-pos. socket strip at both ends C38 = 50-pos. socket strip at both ends /
4)

Length [m]4) 12.75 min. 0.20 m

268

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling

FLK EZ-DR/.../.../...
Not shielded

FLK EZ-DR-S/.../.../...
Shielded

P
Description No. of pos. Cable length Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

Assembled round cables, with socket strips in variable lengths FLK EZ-DR.../.../... Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path Max. conductor resistance Ambient temperature range Shield Conductor cross-section Conductor construction: stranded wires / material < 50 V AC / 60 V DC 1A 0.16 Ω/m -20°C ... 50°C AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² 7 / Cu tin-plated 2295059 1 FLK EZ-DR-S.../.../... 2295046 1

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC 1A 0.16 Ω/m -20°C ... 50°C Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering AWG 26 / 0.14 mm² 7 / Cu tin-plated

PHOENIX CONTACT

269

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling System cable with D-SUB socket and pin strip Standard lengths Shielded round cable sets to connect the control level with the corresponding VARIOFACE interface modules. Assembly with D-SUB strips as per IEC 60807-2/DIN 41652, (1:1 connection). – D-SUB socket strip on one side and D-SUB pin strip on the other – D-SUB socket strips on both sides – D-SUB pin strips on both sides – Cable exit: Straight – Screw connection: 2 UNC 4-40 screws. Special lengths and assembly versions are defined using an order key, refer to page 272.
Description No. of pos. Cable length Type Shielded round cable sets, with D-SUB strips in fixed lengths 9 0.5 m 9 1m 9 1.5 m 9 2m 9 3m 9 4m 9 6m Shielded round cable sets, with D-SUB strips in fixed lengths 15 0.5 m 15 1m 15 1.5 m 15 2m 15 3m 15 4m 15 6m Shielded round cable sets, with D-SUB strips in fixed lengths 25 0.5 m 25 1m 25 1.5 m 25 2m 25 3m 25 4m 25 6m Shielded round cable sets, with D-SUB strips in fixed lengths 37 0.5 m 37 1m 37 1.5 m 37 2m 37 3m 37 4m 37 6m Shielded round cable sets, with D-SUB strips in fixed lengths 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path Max. conductor resistance Ambient temperature range Shield Insertion/withdrawal cycles Conductor cross-section Outside diameter 9-position 15-position 25-position 37-position 50-position 0.5 m 1m 1.5 m 2m 3m 4m 6m CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S CABLE-D 9SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S 2299987 2299990 2300009 2302010 2302023 2302036 2302049 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

CABLE-D...SUB/B/S/.../S
Socket at one end and pin strip at the other

uP
Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S CABLE-D15SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S

2302052 2302065 2302078 2302081 2302094 2302104 2302117

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S CABLE-D25SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S

2302120 2302133 2302146 2302159 2302162 2302175 2302188

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S CABLE-D37SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S

2302191 2302201 2302214 2302227 2302230 2302243 2302256

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/ 50/KONFEK/S CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/100/KONFEK/S CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/150/KONFEK/S CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/200/KONFEK/S CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/300/KONFEK/S CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/400/KONFEK/S CABLE-D50SUB/B/S/600/KONFEK/S

2302269 2302272 2302285 2302298 2302308 2302311 2302324

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

125 V AC/DC 2A 0.09 Ω/m -20°C ... 50°C Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering > 200 AWG 24 / 0.25 mm² 7.5 mm 9 mm 10.5 mm 12.5 mm 13.5 mm

270

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling
Color code of the system cables CABLE-D...SUB/... No. of cores PIN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 Core color white brown green yellow gray pink blue red black violet gray-pink red-blue white-green brown-green white-yellow yellow-brown white-gray gray-brown white-pink pink-brown white-blue brown-blue white-red brown-red white-black brown-black gray-green yellow-gray pink-green yellow-pink green-blue yellow-blue green-red yellow-red green-black yellow-black gray-blue pink-blue gray-red pink-red gray-black pink-black blue-black red-black white-brown-black yellow-green-black gray-pink-black blue-red-black white-green-black green-brown-black

9-pos.

CABLE-D...SUB/B/B/.../S
Socket strip at both ends

CABLE-D...SUB/S/S/.../S
Male connector at both ends

15-pos.

u
Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No.

u
Pcs. / Pkt. 25-pos.

CABLE-D 9SUB/B/B/100/KONFEK/S CABLE-D 9SUB/B/B/200/KONFEK/S CABLE-D 9SUB/B/B/300/KONFEK/S

2305415 2305428 2305431

1 1 1

CABLE-D 9SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S CABLE-D 9SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S CABLE-D 9SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S

2305570 2305583 2305596

1 1 1

37-pos.

CABLE-D15SUB/B/B/100/KONFEK/S CABLE-D15SUB/B/B/200/KONFEK/S CABLE-D15SUB/B/B/300/KONFEK/S

2305444 2305457 2305460

1 1 1

CABLE-D15SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S CABLE-D15SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S CABLE-D15SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S

2305606 2305619 2305622

1 1 1

50-pos. CABLE-D25SUB/B/B/100/KONFEK/S CABLE-D25SUB/B/B/200/KONFEK/S CABLE-D25SUB/B/B/300/KONFEK/S 2305473 2305486 2305499 1 1 1 CABLE-D25SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S CABLE-D25SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S CABLE-D25SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S 2305635 2305648 2305651 1 1 1

CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/100/KONFEK/S CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/200/KONFEK/S CABLE-D37SUB/B/B/300/KONFEK/S

2305509 2305512 2305525

1 1 1

CABLE-D37SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S CABLE-D37SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S CABLE-D37SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S

2305664 2305677 2305680

1 1 1

CABLE-D50SUB/B/B/100/KONFEK/S CABLE-D50SUB/B/B/200/KONFEK/S CABLE-D50SUB/B/B/300/KONFEK/S

2305541 2305554 2305567

1 1 1

CABLE-D50SUB/S/S/100/KONFEK/S CABLE-D50SUB/S/S/200/KONFEK/S CABLE-D50SUB/S/S/300/KONFEK/S

2305693 2305703 2305716

1 1 1

125 V AC/DC 2A 0.09 Ω/m -20°C ... 50°C Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering > 200 AWG 24 / 0.25 mm² 7.5 mm 9 mm 10.5 mm 12 mm 13.5 mm

125 V AC/DC 2A 0.09 Ω/m -20°C ... 50°C Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering > 200 AWG 24 / 0.25 mm² 7.5 mm 9 mm 10.5 mm 12 mm 13.5 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT

271

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling System cable with D-SUB sockets and pin strip Special lengths Preassembled shielded round cables for connecting VARIOFACE termination boards. The cables are assembled with D-SUB strips in accordance with IEC 60807-2/DIN 41652. The order key is defined by three features. The features in the appropriate sequence are: – Cable type – Assembly – Length in meters There are three assembly variants of the shielded round cable: – CABLE D-SUB-S/.../.../... D-SUB socket strip on one end and D-SUB pin strip on the other – CABLE D-SUB-B-B-S/.../.../... D-SUB socket strip at both ends – CABLE D-SUB-S-S-S/.../.../... D-SUB pin strip at both ends The features necessary for clear identification of an order are described below: Cable type – The number of individual conductors of the cable is defined here. Assembly – (example for CABLE D-SUB-S/.../.../...) – None, the cable is not assembled at either ends – 9-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end 9-pos. D-SUB pin strip at one end the cable connects (1:1) a 9-pos. D-SUB socket and pin strip – 15-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end 15-pos. D-SUB pin strip at one end the cable connects (1:1) a 15-pos. D-SUB socket and pin strip; or up to – 50-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end 50-pos. D-SUB pin strip at one end the cable connects (1:1) a 50-pos. D-SUB socket and pin strip.

Sample order for round cable set assembled with pin strip on one side and socket strip on one side
– unshielded 25-position round cable set, assembled with one 25-pos. D-SUB socket strip and one 25-pos. D-SUB pin strip, 11.5 mm long Quantity 1 Order No. 2302340 / 09S 15S 25S 37S 50S = = = = = 9-pos. shielded 15-pos. shielded 25-pos. shielded 37-pos. shielded 50-pos. shielded Cable type 25S / Assembly C36 C00 = no assembly C01 = 9-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end 9-pos. D-SUB pin strip at one end C28 = 15-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end 15-pos. D-SUB pin strip at one end C36 = 25-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end 25-pos. D-SUB pin strip at one end C43 = 37-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end 37-pos. D-SUB pin strip at one end C49 = 50-pos. D-SUB socket strip at one end 50-pos. D-SUB pin strip at one end /
1)

Length [m]1) 11.50 min. 0.20 m

Sample order for round cable set assembled with socket strip at both ends
– Shielded 37-pos. round cable, assembled with two 37-pos. D-SUB socket strips, 12.75 m long Quantity 1 Order No. 2302421 / 09S 15S 25S 37S 50S = = = = = 9-pos. shielded 15-pos. shielded 25-pos. shielded 37-pos. shielded 50-pos. shielded Cable type 37S / C00 C22 C29 C37 C44 C50 = = = = = = Assembly C44 no assembly 9-pos. D-SUB socket strip at both ends 15-pos. D-SUB socket strip at both ends 25-pos. D-SUB socket strip at both ends 37-pos. D-SUB socket strip at both ends 50-pos. D-SUB socket strip at both ends /
1)

Length [m]1) 12.75 min. 0.20 m

Sample order for round cable set assembled with pin strip at both ends
– Shielded 15-pos. round cable, assembled with two 15-pos. D-SUB pin strips, 8.5 m long Quantity 1 Order No. 2302434 / 09S 15S 25S 37S 50S = = = = = 9-pos. shielded 15-pos. shielded 25-pos. shielded 37-pos. shielded 50-pos. shielded Cable type 15S / C00 C70 C71 C72 C73 C74 = = = = = = Assembly C71 no assembly 9-pos. D-SUB pin strip at both ends 15-pos. D-SUB pin strip at both ends 25-pos. D-SUB pin strip at both ends 37-pos. D-SUB pin strip at both ends 50-pos. D-SUB pin strip at both ends /
1)

Length [m]1) 8.50 min. 0.20 m

272

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE system cabling

CABLE D-SUB-S/.../.../...
Shielded

uP
Description No. of pos. Cable length Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

Assembled round cables, in variable lengths, pin strip on one side and socket strip on one side CABLE D-SUB-S/.../.../... Assembled round cables, in variable lengths, socket strip on both sides CABLE D-SUB-B-B-S/.../.../... Assembled round cables, in variable lengths, pin strip on both sides CABLE D-SUB-S-S-S/.../.../... Technical data Max. perm. operating voltage Max. perm. current carrying capacity per path Max. conductor resistance Ambient temperature range Shield Insertion/withdrawal cycles Conductor cross-section 2302434 1 2302421 1 2302340 1

125 V AC/DC 2A 0.09 Ω/m -20°C ... 50°C Tinned copper-braided shield, approx. 85% covering > 200 AWG 24 / 0.25 mm²

PHOENIX CONTACT

273

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE wiring interface

VIP – VARIOFACE Professional – safe connection in the smallest of spaces Space in the control cabinet is extremely valuable. For this reason, the peripherals of automation devices comprise high-position connectors. In order to connect individual wires of the sensor/actuator level with the automation interface in compliance with industrial standards, Phoenix Contact offers new interface modules and new system cables with the professional and compact housing design. Encapsulated system cables can be used to connect the control and process level in harsh industrial environments. Potential distributors are provided in the same housing design to supply voltage to all components.

VARIOFACE Professional means: New modules: – Space-savings – Vibration resistance due to the metal foot – Optional labeling – New housing design New FLK flat-ribbon system cable: – Encapsulated FLK connectors – Professional strain relief – Rugged design

274

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE wiring interface VIP - VARIOFACE Professional interface modules Interface modules with ELCO or DIN connectors Relay/solid-state relay modules

Interface modules with various connection methods and designs are available for the widely used FLK, D-SUB and high-density D-SUB connectors. Modules with a diagnostic and status indicator can be selected for operation monitoring purposes.

Modules with ELCO connectors exist for rugged environments or where there are increased safety requirements. Interface modules are also available for DIN strips types C, D, E and F.

The active modules are configured as a 4-channel, 8-channel and 16-channel interface. Multi-channel modules exist for relay and signal / power optocouplers. These help in achieving functions such as signal conditioning, electrical isolation and power amplification.

System cable with encapsulated FLK or D-SUB connector

VIP - VARIOFACE Professional potential distributors

The assembled FLK and D-SUB cables guarantee a reliable connection between the automation equipment and the module. 1 A (FLK cable) and 2 A (D-SUB cable) currents can be transmitted on each signal path thanks to the large conductor crosssections.

Designed for up to 250 V/30 A, the potential distributors can be used universally – for the distribution of operating and control voltage. The screw or the springcage connection method can be selected as required.

PHOENIX CONTACT

275

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE wiring interface Product overview of VIP - VARIOFACE Professional
Passive modules (connection method) Flat-ribbon cable strip D-SUB strip DIN strip ELCO strip Potential distributor

Device series

Page

Page

Page

Page

Page

VIP-Line

278

284 289

296

Standard-Line

290

294

Slim-Line

282

287

Feed-through modules

283

288

Cables

258

270

276

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE wiring interface

Active modules (function) COMBICON Relays / solid-state relays Solid-state relays

Device series

Page
Standard-Line

Page

Page

299

303

298

Accessories

304

310

298

PHOENIX CONTACT

277

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE wiring interface VIP – VARIOFACE Professional Modules with flat-ribbon cable connectors – 1:1 connection – 10 to 64-pos. – Screw connection – Metal foot – As per IEC 60603-13 – Optional with status indicator Low and high engagement latches are supplied with all modules.
H W D

Note: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

VIP-2/SC/FLK10..20
10 to 20 positions With screw connection solid Connection data Screw connection stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5

AWG 24-12

0.2-4

u
Description VARIOFACE module, with pin strip 10 14 16 20 VARIOFACE module, with pin strip and light indicator 10 14 16 20 VARIOFACE module, with pin strip 26 34 40 50 60 64 VARIOFACE module, with pin strip and light indicator 26 34 40 50 60 64 Technical data Operating voltage Max. perm. current (per branch) Ambient temperature range Mounting position Standards/regulations Dimensions 57.10 67.30 77.40 92.70 108.00 118.00 34.70 39.80 45.00 55.10 VIP-2/SC/FLK10 VIP-2/SC/FLK14 VIP-2/SC/FLK16 VIP-2/SC/FLK20 2315010 2315023 2315036 2315049 1 1 1 1 No. of pos. Module width W Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

34.70 44.90 50.00 60.20

57.40 67.60 77.80 93.10 113.50 118.60 60 V AC/DC 1A -20°C ... 50°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 56 mm / 65.5 mm

H/D

1

2

3

n

1

2

3

n

-

278

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE wiring interface
H W D H W D H W D

VIP-2/SC/FLK10...20/LED
10 to 20 positions With screw connection and light indicator solid Connection data Screw connection stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5

VIP-3/SC/FLK26...64
26 to 64 positions With screw connection solid stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5

VIP-3/SC/FLK26...64/LED
26 to 64 positions With screw connection and light indicator solid stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5

AWG 24-12 Connection data Screw connection

AWG 24-12 Connection data Screw connection

AWG 24-12

0.2-4

0.2-4

0.2-4

u
Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

VIP-2/SC/FLK10/LED VIP-2/SC/FLK14/LED VIP-2/SC/FLK16/LED VIP-2/SC/FLK20/LED

2322045 2322058 2322061 2322074

1 1 1 1 VIP-3/SC/FLK26 VIP-3/SC/FLK34 VIP-3/SC/FLK40 VIP-3/SC/FLK50 VIP-3/SC/FLK60 VIP-3/SC/FLK64 2315052 2315065 2315078 2315081 2315094 2315104 1 1 1 1 1 1

VIP-3/SC/FLK26/LED VIP-3/SC/FLK34/LED VIP-3/SC/FLK40/LED VIP-3/SC/FLK50/LED VIP-3/SC/FLK60/LED VIP-3/SC/FLK64/LED 24 V DC 1A -20°C ... 50°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 56 mm / 65.5 mm 60 V AC/DC 1A -20°C ... 50°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 62 mm / 69 mm 24 V DC 1A -20°C ... 50°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 62 mm / 69 mm

2322087 2322090 2322100 2322113 2322126 2322139

1 1 1 1 1 1

PHOENIX CONTACT

279

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE wiring interface Modules with flat-ribbon cable connectors The following VARIOFACE modules (1:1 connection) for flat-ribbon cable plug connectors (in accordance with IEC 6060313/DIN 41651) are available with springcage connection: – FLK modules with double-level terminal blocks with 10 to 64 positions – UM 45-FLK... modules with double-level terminal blocks with 10 to 64 positions, – UM 45-FLKS... modules with double-level terminal blocks with 10 to 64 positions Low and high engagement latches are supplied with all modules.
H W D

FLKM 10...64/ZFKDS
10 to 64 positions With spring-cage connection solid Connection data Spring-cage connection stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5

AWG 24-12

0.2-4

Description VARIOFACE module, with pin strip

No. of pos.

Module width W

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

10 14 16 20 26 34 40 50 60 64 VARIOFACE module, with pin strip 10 14 16 20 26 34 40 50 60 64 VARIOFACE module, with pin strip 16 20 26 34 45 50 60 64 Technical data Operating voltage Max. perm. current (per branch) Ambient temperature range Mounting position Standards/regulations Dimensions

34.00 45.00 45.00 57.00 79.00 90.00 113.00 135.00 158.00 169.00 54.00 59.00 64.00 75.00 90.00 110.00 126.00 151.00 176.00 186.00 61.00 66.00 74.00 86.00 96.00 111.00 126.00 136.00

FLKM 10/ZFKDS FLKM 14/ZFKDS FLKM 16/ZFKDS FLKM 20/ZFKDS FLKM 26/ZFKDS FLKM 34/ZFKDS FLKM 40/ZFKDS FLKM 50/ZFKDS FLKM 60/ZFKDS FLKM 64/ZFKDS

2302887 2302890 2302900 2302913 2302926 2302939 2302942 2302955 2302968 2302971

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

H/D

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC 1A -20°C ... 50°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 51 mm / 77 mm

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

n

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

n

280

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE wiring interface
H W D H W D

UM 45-FLK 10...64/ZFKDS
10 to 64 positions With spring-cage connection solid Connection data Spring-cage connection stranded [mm2] 0.2-1.5

UM 45-FLKS 16...64/ZFKDS
16 to 64 positions With spring-cage connection solid stranded [mm2] 0.2-1.5

AWG 24-14 Connection data Spring-cage connection

AWG 24-14

0.2-2.5

0.2-2.5

uP
Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

u
Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

UM 45-FLK10/ZFKDS UM 45-FLK14/ZFKDS UM 45-FLK16/ZFKDS UM 45-FLK20/ZFKDS UM 45-FLK26/ZFKDS UM 45-FLK34/ZFKDS UM 45-FLK40/ZFKDS UM 45-FLK50/ZFKDS UM 45-FLK60/ZFKDS UM 45-FLK64/ZFKDS

2293514 2293527 2293530 2293543 2293556 2293569 2293572 2293585 2293598 2293608

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 UM 45-FLKS16/ZFKDS UM 45-FLKS20/ZFKDS UM 45-FLKS26/ZFKDS UM 45-FLKS34/ZFKDS UM 45-FLKS40/ZFKDS UM 45-FLKS50/ZFKDS UM 45-FLKS60/ZFKDS UM 45-FLKS64/ZFKDS 2968399 2968409 2968412 2968425 2968438 2968470 2968441 2968454 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC 1A -20°C ... 50°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 50 mm / 45 mm

< 50 V AC / 60 V DC 1A -20°C ... 50°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 61 mm / 45 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT

281

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE wiring interface SLIM-LINE modules for flat-ribbon cable connectors VARIOFACE SLIM-LINE modules connect flat-ribbon cable plug connectors in accordance with IEC 60603-13/DIN 41651 to front connecting terminal blocks. The modules are provided with low and high engagement catches to protect the flatribbon cable connector against being accidentally released.
Notes: Type of housing: Terminal blocks: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. Housing: PVC For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

H W D

H W D

UM 25-FLK .../FRONT/Q
20 and 26-pos. With screw connection solid Connection data Screw connection stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5

UM 45-FLK .../FRONT/Q
34 to 50 positions With screw connection solid stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5

AWG 24-12 Connection data Screw connection

AWG 24-12

0.2-4

0.2-4

P
Description No. of pos. Depth of module D Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

P
Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

VARIOFACE-SLIM-LINE module, with pin strip 20 26 VARIOFACE-SLIM-LINE module, with pin strip 34 40 50 Technical data Operating voltage Max. perm. current (per branch) Test voltage Ambient temperature range Mounting position Standards/regulations Dimensions 147.00 167.00 197.00 < 50 V AC / 60 V DC 0.8 A (data valid for 100% coincidence factor) 500 V (50 Hz, 1 min) -10°C ... 50°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 45 mm / 25 mm UM 45-FLK34/FRONT/Q UM 45-FLK40/FRONT/Q UM 45-FLK50/FRONT/Q < 50 V AC / 60 V DC 1 A (data valid for 100% coincidence factor) 500 V (50 Hz, 1 min) -10°C ... 50°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 45 mm / 45 mm 2959531 2959544 2959557 1 1 1 177.00 217.00 UM 25-FLK20/FRONT/Q UM-25 FLK26/FRONT/Q 2959515 2959528 1 1

H/W

282

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE wiring interface Panel feed-through modules for flat-ribbon cable connectors VARIOFACE panel feed-through modules DFLK... connect the flat-ribbon cable connectors in accordance with IEC 6060313/DIN 41651 to the screw connection terminal blocks. These modules are suitable for mounting on a side panel with an appropriate housing cutout (see dimensioning table). The modules are provided with low and high engagement catches to protect the flatribbon cable connector against being accidentally released.
Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

solid Connection data Screw connection

stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5

AWG 24-12

0.2-4

DFLK
Description No. of pos. Module width W Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

VARIOFACE feed-through module, with pin strip 16 20 26 34 40 50 Technical data Operating voltage Max. perm. current (per branch) Test voltage Ambient temperature range Mounting position Standards/regulations 39.00 39.00 39.00 39.00 39.00 39.00 DFLK 16 DFLK 20 DFLK 26 DFLK 34 DFLK 40 DFLK 50 < 50 V AC / 60 V DC 1A 500 V (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 45°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 2280239 2280242 2280255 2280268 2280271 2280284 5 5 5 5 5 5

Dimensioning of the housing cutout

Dimensional drawing DFLK:

b c
+0,2

39

d+0,2

4

49

24,3

38
Type DFLK 16 DFLK 20 DFLK 26 DFLK 34 DFLK 40 DFLK 50 a 58.4 68.4 83.4 103.4 128.4 143.4 b 52.5 62.5 77.5 97.5 122.5 137.5 c 40.1 + 0.2 45.2 + 0.2 52.8 + 0.2 63.0 + 0.2 70.6 + 0.2 83.3 + 0.2 d 9 + 0.2 9 + 0.2 9 + 0.2 9 + 0.2 9 + 0.2 9 + 0.2
b a

3,2

PHOENIX CONTACT

283

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE wiring interface VIP – VARIOFACE Professional Modules with D-SUB connectors – – – – – – 1:1 connection 9 to 50-pos. Screw connection Metal foot As per IEC 60807-2 Optional with status indicator The D-SUB-4-40 UND threads are led on to a connecting terminal block directly.
Note: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

H W D

VIP-2/SC/D…SUB/…
9 to 15 positions With screw connection solid Connection data Screw connection stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5

AWG 24-12

0.2-4

u
Description No. of pos. Module width W Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

VARIOFACE module, with D-Subminiature pin strip 9 34.70 15 45.00 VARIOFACE module, with D-Subminiature pin strip and light indicator 9 34.70 15 50.00 VARIOFACE module, with D-Subminiature socket 9 15 VARIOFACE module, with D-Subminiature socket and light indicator 9 15 VARIOFACE module, with D-Subminiature pin strip 34.70 45.00 VIP-2/SC/D 9SUB/M VIP-2/SC/D15SUB/M 2315117 2315120 1 1

VIP-2/SC/D 9SUB/F VIP-2/SC/D15SUB/F

2315162 2315175

1 1

34.70 50.00

25 57.40 37 72.70 50 98.20 VARIOFACE module, with D-Subminiature pin strip and light indicator 25 57.40 37 72.70 50 98.20 VARIOFACE module, with D-Subminiature socket 25 37 50 VARIOFACE module, with D-Subminiature socket and light indicator 25 37 50 Technical data Operating voltage Max. perm. current (per branch) Ambient temperature range Mounting position Standards/regulations Dimensions 57.40 72.70 98.20

57.40 72.70 98.20 125 V AC/DC 2A -20°C ... 50°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 45.1 mm / 65.5 mm

H/D

1

2

3

n

1

2

3

n

-

284

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE wiring interface
H W D H W D

VIP-2/SC/D...SUB/.../LED
9 to 15 positions With screw connection and light indicator solid Connection data Screw connection stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5

VIP-3/SC/D…SUB/…
25 to 50 positions With screw connection solid stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5

VIP-3/SC/D...SUB/.../LED
25 to 50 positions With screw connection and light indicator solid stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5

AWG 24-12 Connection data Screw connection

AWG 24-12 Connection data Screw connection

AWG 24-12

0.2-4

0.2-4

0.2-4

u
Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

VIP-2/SC/D 9SUB/M/LED VIP-2/SC/D15SUB/M/LED

2322142 2322155

1 1

VIP-2/SC/D 9SUB/F/LED VIP-2/SC/D15SUB/F/LED

2322197 2322207

1 1

VIP-3/SC/D25SUB/M VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/M VIP-3/SC/D50SUB/M

2315133 2315146 2315159

1 1 1

VIP-3/SC/D25SUB/M/LED VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/M/LED VIP-3/SC/D50SUB/M/LED

2322168 2322171 2322184

1 1 1

VIP-3/SC/D25SUB/F VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/F VIP-3/SC/D50SUB/F

2315188 2315191 2315201

1 1 1

VIP-3/SC/D25SUB/F/LED VIP-3/SC/D37SUB/F/LED VIP-3/SC/D50SUB/F/LED 24 V DC 2.5 A -20°C ... 50°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 45.1 mm / 65.5 mm 125 V AC/DC 2A -20°C ... 50°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 62 mm / 69 mm 24 V DC 2.5 A -20°C ... 50°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 62 mm / 69 mm

2322210 2322223 2322236

1 1 1

PHOENIX CONTACT

285

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE wiring interface Modules for D-Subminiature connectors – – – – 1:1 connection 9 to 50-pos. Spring-cage connection method As per IEC 60807-2 The D-SUB-4-40 UND threads are led on to a connecting terminal block directly.
H W D H W D

FLKM-D...SUB/S/ZFKDS
9 to 50 positions With spring-cage connection solid Connection data Spring-cage connection stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5

UM 45-D...SUB/.../ZFKDS
9 to 50 positions With spring-cage connection solid stranded [mm2] 0.2-1.5

AWG 24-12 Connection data Spring-cage connection

AWG 24-14

0.2-4

0.2-2.5

u
Description No. of pos. Module width W Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

P
Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

VARIOFACE module, with D-Subminiature pin strip 9 15 25 37 50 VARIOFACE module, with D-Subminiature socket 33.80 45.00 78.80 101.30 146.30 FLKM-D 9 SUB/S/ZFKDS FLKM-D15 SUB/S/ZFKDS FLKM-D25 SUB/S/ZFKDS FLKM-D37 SUB/S/ZFKDS FLKM-D50 SUB/S/ZFKDS 2302984 2302997 2303006 2304018 2304021 1 1 1 1 1

9 33.80 15 45.00 25 78.80 37 101.30 50 146.30 VARIOFACE COMPACT-LINE module, with D-Subminiature pin strip 9 54.00 15 65.00 25 90.00 37 121.00 50 156.00 VARIOFACE COMPACT-LINE module, with D-Subminiature socket 9 15 25 37 50 Screwdriver Blade: 0,4 x 2.5 x 75 mm, length: 156 mm Technical data Operating voltage Max. perm. current (per branch) Test voltage Ambient temperature range Mounting position Standards/regulations Dimensions 54.00 65.00 90.00 121.00 156.00 26.00

FLKM-D 9 SUB/B/ZFKDS FLKM-D15 SUB/B/ZFKDS FLKM-D25 SUB/B/ZFKDS FLKM-D37 SUB/B/ZFKDS FLKM-D50 SUB/B/ZFKDS

2304034 2304047 2304050 2304063 2304076

1 1 1 1 1

UM 45-D 9SUB/S/ZFKDS UM 45-D15SUB/S/ZFKDS UM 45-D25SUB/S/ZFKDS UM 45-D37SUB/S/ZFKDS UM 45-D50SUB/S/ZFKDS

2293611 2293624 2293637 2293640 2293653

1 1 1 1 1

UM 45-D 9SUB/B/ZFKDS UM 45-D15SUB/B/ZFKDS UM 45-D25SUB/B/ZFKDS UM 45-D37SUB/B/ZFKDS UM 45-D50SUB/B/ZFKDS SZF 0-0,4X2,5 1204504 10 SZF 0-0,4X2,5

2293666 2293679 2293682 2293695 2293705 1204504

1 1 1 1 1 10

125 V AC/DC 2.5 A -20°C ... 50°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 52 mm / 77 mm

H/D

125 V AC/DC 2.5 A 800 V (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 50°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 50 mm / 45 mm

286

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE wiring interface SLIM-LINE modules for D-Subminiature connectors These VARIOFACE modules connect D-Sub strips with front connection terminal blocks in accordance with IEC 60807-2/DIN 41652. To make the ground connection, the metallic plug shell (4-40 UNC thread) makes contact with a connecting terminal block.
Notes: Type of housing: Terminal blocks: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. Housing: PVC For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

H W D

H W D

UM 25-D...SUB/.../FRONT/Q
9 to 25 positions With screw connection solid Connection data Screw connection stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5

UM 45-D...SUB/.../FRONT/Q
37 to 50 positions With screw connection solid stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5

AWG 24-12 Connection data Screw connection

AWG 24-12

0.2-4

0.2-4

P
Description No. of pos. Depth of module D Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

P
Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

VARIOFACE-SLIM-LINE module, with D-Subminiature pin strip 9 117.00 15 147.00 25 217.00 VARIOFACE-SLIM-LINE module, with D-Subminiature socket strip 9 117.00 15 147.00 25 217.00 VARIOFACE-SLIM-LINE module, with D-Subminiature pin strip 37 157.00 50 187.00 VARIOFACE-SLIM-LINE module, with D-Subminiature socket strip 37 157.00 50 187.00 Technical data Operating voltage Max. perm. current (per branch) Test voltage Ambient temperature range Mounting position Standards/regulations Dimensions 125 V AC/DC 1 A (data valid for 100% coincidence factor) 800 V (50 Hz, 1 min) -10°C ... 50°C Any IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, DIN VDE 0160 (in parts) 45 mm / 25 mm UM 25-D 9SUB/S/FRONT/Q UM 25-D15SUB/S/FRONT/Q UM 25-D25SUB/S/FRONT/Q 2959573 2959599 2959612 1 1 1

UM 25-D 9SUB/B/FRONT/Q UM 25-D15SUB/B/FRONT/Q UM 25-D25SUB/B/FRONT/Q

2959560 2959586 2959609

1 1 1

UM 45-D37SUB/S/FRONT/Q UM 45-D50SUB/S/FRONT/Q

2959638 2959654

1 1

UM 45-D37SUB/B/FRONT/Q UM 45-D50SUB/B/FRONT/Q 125 V AC/DC 1 A (data valid for 100% coincidence factor) 800 V (50 Hz, 1 min) -10°C ... 50°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 45 mm / 45 mm

2959625 2959641

1 1

H/W

PHOENIX CONTACT

287

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE wiring interface Panel feed-through modules for D-Subminiature connectors VARIOFACE panel feed-through modules DFLK... connect D-Subminiature male or female connectors in accordance with IEC 60807-2/DIN 41652 to screw connection terminal blocks. The modules are simply fixed into a cutout in the wall of the housing by means of two screws. The metal plug shell of the 9, 15, 25 and 37-position versions is directly connected to a connecting terminal block for the ground connection. Two 4-40 UNC retaining screws prevent the plug housing from coming loose accidentally. Note: It is not possible to pick off the zero potential via a screw terminal block with the 50-position version.
Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.

solid Connection data Screw connection

stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5

AWG 24-12

0.2-4

DFLK-D...SUB
Description No. of pos. Module width W Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

Panel feed-through module, with D-Subminiature pin strip 9 39.00 15 39.00 25 39.00 37 39.00 50 39.00 Panel feed-through module, with D-Subminiature socket strip 9 15 25 37 50 Technical data Operating voltage Max. perm. current (per branch) Ambient temperature range Standards/regulations 39.00 39.00 39.00 39.00 39.00 DFLK-D 9 SUB/S DFLK-D15 SUB/S DFLK-D25 SUB/S DFLK-D37 SUB/S DFLK-D50 SUB/S 2283870 2280297 2280310 2280336 2291286 5 5 5 5 5

DFLK-D 9 SUB/B DFLK-D15 SUB/B DFLK-D25 SUB/B DFLK-D37 SUB/B DFLK-D50 SUB/B 125 V AC/DC 2.5 A -20°C ... 50°C IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103

2287135 2280307 2280323 2280349 2287669

5 5 5 5 5

Dimensioning of the housing cutout

Dimensional drawing: DFLK-D...SUB:

b c
+0,2

39

d+0,2

4

33

24,3

38

Type DFLK-D 9 SUB/S DFLK-D 15 SUB/S DFLK-D 25 SUB/S DFLK-D 37 SUB/S DFLK-D 50 SUB/S DFLK-D 9 SUB/B DFLK-D 15 SUB/B DFLK-D 25 SUB/B DFLK-D 37 SUB/B DFLK-D 50 SUB/B

a 58.4 58.4 83.4 128.4 143.4 58.4 58.4 83.4 128.4 143.4

b 52.5 52.5 77.5 122.5 137.5 52.5 52.5 77.5 122.5 137.5

c 40.2 + 0.2 40.2 + 0.2 54.2 + 0.2 70.6 + 0.2 67.8 + 0.2 40.2 + 0.2 40.2 + 0.2 54.2 + 0.2 70.6 + 0.2 67.8 + 0.2

d 13 + 0.2 13 + 0.2 13 + 0.2 13 + 0.2 15.8 + 0.2 13 + 0.2 13 + 0.2 13 + 0.2 13 + 0.2 15.8 + 0.2

288

PHOENIX CONTACT

b

a

3,2

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE wiring interface VIP – VARIOFACE Professional modules for high density D-Subminiature plug connectors These modules connect D-Subminiature male or female connectors with screw terminal blocks. To make the ground connection, the metallic plug shell (4-40 UNC thread) makes contact with a connecting terminal block.
H W D

For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog. 1) VIP-2... dimensions: H/T 45.1 mm / 65.5 mm

VIP-.../SC/HD...SUB/...
15 to 62 positions With screw connection solid Connection data Screw connection stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5

AWG 24-12

0.2-4

Description

No. of pos.

Module width W

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

VARIOFACE module, with D-Subminiature pin strip 15 26 44 62 VARIOFACE module, with D-Subminiature socket Two-level terminal blocks 15 26 44 62 Two-level terminal blocks 44.90 52.30 82.90 113.50 VIP-2/SC/HD15SUB/M VIP-3/SC/HD26SUB/M VIP-3/SC/HD44SUB/M VIP-3/SC/HD62SUB/M 2322326 2322375 2322388 2322391 1 1 1 1

44.90 52.30 82.90 113.50

VIP-2/SC/HD15SUB/F VIP-3/SC/HD26SUB/F VIP-3/SC/HD44SUB/F VIP-3/SC/HD62SUB/F 125 V 1A -20°C ... 50°C Any 62 mm / 69 mm1)

2322401 2322414 2322427 2322430

1 1 1 1

Technical data Operating voltage Max. perm. current (per branch) Ambient temperature range Mounting position Dimensions

H/D

PHOENIX CONTACT

289

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE wiring interface Modules for connectors IEC 60603/DIN 41612 These VARIOFACE interface modules connect high-position plug connectors in acc. with IEC 60603/DIN 41612 to screw connection terminal blocks. The following VARIOFACE modules are available: – UMK modules with double-level connecting terminal blocks, – UMKS modules with three-level connecting terminal blocks. Note: For suitable cable housings, refer to the table on page 314.
Note: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

H W D

UMKS-C64...VS
Design C, 64-position, a, c assembled solid Connection data Screw connection stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5

AWG 24-12

0.2-4

P
Description No. of pos. Module width W Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

VARIOFACE module, C 64-pos., screw-on cable housing, with: - Pin strip 64 135.00 - Socket strip 64 135.00 VARIOFACE module, E 48-pos., screw-on cable housing, with: - Pin strip 48 123.80 - Socket strip 48 123.80 VARIOFACE module, F 48-pos., screw-on cable housing, with: - Pin strip 48 112.50 - Socket strip 48 123.80 VARIOFACE module, F 48-pos., snap-on cable housing, with: - Pin strip 48 112.50 - Socket strip 48 123.80 VARIOFACE module, D 32-pos., screw-on cable housing, with: - Pin strip - Socket strip Technical data Operating voltage Max. perm. current (per branch) Ambient temperature range Mounting position Standards/regulations Dimensions 32 32 135.00 123.80 125 V AC/DC 1A -20°C ... 50°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 72 mm / 77 mm UMKS- C64M-VS UMKS- C64F-VS 2970565 2970578 1 1

H/D

290

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE wiring interface
H W D H W D H W D

UMKS-E48...VS
Design E, 48-position, a, c, e assembled solid Connection data Screw connection stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5

UMKS-F48...
Design F, 48-position, z, b, d assembled solid stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5

UMK-D32...VS
Design D, 32-position, a, c assembled solid stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5

AWG 24-12 Connection data Screw connection

AWG 24-12 Connection data Screw connection

AWG 24-12

0.2-4

0.2-4

0.2-4

P
Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

P
Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

P
Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

UMKS- E48M-VS UMKS- E48F-VS

2970154 2970604

1 1

UMKS- F48M-VS UMKS- F48F-VS

2970714 2970727

1 1

UMKS- F48M-VR UMKS- F48F-VR

2970167 2970730

1 1

UMK- D32M-VS UMK- D32F-VS 125 V AC/DC 4A -20°C ... 50°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 72 mm / 77 mm 250 V AC 4A -20°C ... 45°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 72 mm / 77 mm 250 V AC/DC 2A -20°C ... 50°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 62.5 mm / 77 mm

2970060 2970581

1 1

PHOENIX CONTACT

291

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE wiring interface Modules for ELCO connectors
H W D

These modules can be used to connect ELCO plug connectors of the 8016 series to screw connection terminal blocks. The diagonal position of the ELCO plug connector means that the wires leading out of the cable housing at the side can be led away without restricting neighboring modules. Note: For dimensional drawings and pin assignments, refer to page 314.

Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

UM-EC38/38...
38-pos. solid Connection data Screw connection stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5

AWG 24-12

0.2-4

P
Description VARIOFACE module, with: - Pin strip 8016 right - Pin strip 8016 left VARIOFACE module, with: - Pin strip 8016 right - Pin strip 8016 left VARIOFACE module, with: - Pin strip 8016 right - Pin strip 8016 left VARIOFACE module, with: - Pin strip 8016 right above - Pin strip 8016 right below - Pin strip 8016 left above - Pin strip 8016 left below Technical data Operating voltage Max. perm. current (per branch) Total current Test voltage Ambient temperature range Mounting position Standards/regulations Dimensions No. of pos. Module width W Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

38 38 56 56 56 56 32 32 32 32

101.50 101.50 157.50 157.50 77.00 77.00 101.30 101.30 101.30 101.30

UMK- EC38/38-XOR UMK- EC38/38-XOL

2976297 2976284

1 1

H/D

25 V AC / 60 V DC 1.5 A 19 A (38 branches with 0.5 A each) 800 V (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 40°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 58.5 mm / 77 mm

292

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE wiring interface
H W D H W D H W D

UMK-EC56/56
56-pos. solid Connection data Screw connection stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5

UMK-EC56/FRONT 2,5V/...
56-pos. solid stranded [mm2] 0.2-1.5

UMK-EC56/32...
32-pos. solid stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5

AWG 24-12 Connection data Screw connection

AWG 26-16 Connection data Screw connection

AWG 24-12

0.2-4

0.2-2.5

0.2-4

P
Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

P
Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

P
Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

UMK- EC56/56-XOR UMK- EC56/56-XOL

2975900 2975890

1 1 UMK- EC56/FRONT 2,5V/R UMK- EC56/FRONT 2,5V/L 2976161 2976158 1 1 UMK- EC56/32-XOR UMK- EC56/32-XUR UMK- EC56/32-XOL UMK- EC56/32-XUL 2975858 2975777 2975764 2975780 1 1 1 1

125 V AC/DC / 1.5 A 28 A (56 branches with 0.5 A each) 800 V (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 40°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 58.5 mm / 77 mm

< 25 V AC / 30 V DC 1.5 A 28 A (56 branches with 0.5 A each) 800 V (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 47.5 mm / 146.3 mm

25 V AC / 60 V DC 2A 32 A (32 branches with 1 A each) 800 V (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 40°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 58.5 mm / 77 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT

293

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE wiring interface Modules for ELCO connectors for use in Ex i circuits The VARIOFACE modules connect ELCO connectors of the 8016 series to screw connection terminal blocks. The modules for ELCO connectors can be used as simple electrical equipment for applications in intrinsically safe circuits as per EN 60079-14. They fulfill the requirements of the intrinsic safety as per EN 60079-11 (EN 50020) and can be used for various intrinsically safe circuits taking into account the pin configuration. The voltage of an intrinsically safe circuit must not exceed 30 V. The voltage difference between two intrinsically safe circuits can be up to 60 V. The modules are equipped with blue screw connection methods are clear labeling for intrinsically safe circuits. The arrangement of angled ELCO connectors makes it possible to lead the lines led out from the cable housing away from the adjacent modules without any negative effects. For the disconnection of intrinsically safe and non-intrinsically safe circuits, a distance of at least 50 mm should be kept between the connection points using partition plates or spaces. Note: For dimensional drawings and pin assignments, refer to page 315. For details about explosion protection, see page 424.
Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

H W D

UMK-EC90/32/EX...
32-pos. solid Connection data Screw connection stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5

AWG 24-12

0.2-4

Description VARIOFACE module, with: - Pin strip 8016 right above - Pin strip 8016 right below - Pin strip 8016 left above - Pin strip 8016 left above VARIOFACE module, with: - Pin strip 8016 right - Pin strip 8016 left VARIOFACE module, with: - Pin strip 8016 right - Pin strip 8016 left Technical data Operating voltage Max. perm. current (per branch) Test voltage Ambient temperature range Mounting position Standards/regulations Dimensions

No. of pos.

Module width W

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

32 32 32 32 25 25 25 25

101.30 101.30 101.30 101.30 78.80 78.80 77.00 77.00

UMK- EC90/32/EX-XOR UMK- EC90/32/EX-XUR UMK- EC90/32/EX-XOL UMK- EC90/32/EX-XUL

2900109 2969068 2900110 2969071

1 1 1 1

H/D

Max. 30 V DC 500 mA 500 V (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C Any EN 60079-11 58.5 mm / 77 mm

294

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE wiring interface
H W D H W D

UMK-EC56/25/EX...
25-pos. solid Connection data Screw connection stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5

UMK-EC56/25/EX-FRONT 2,5...
25-pos. solid stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5

AWG 24-12 Connection data Screw connection

AWG 24-14

0.2-4

0.2-2.5

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

UMK- EC56/25/EX -R UMK- EC56/25/EX -L

2900112 2900113

1 1 UMK- EC56/25/EX -FRONT 2,5V/R UMK- EC56/25/EX -FRONT 2,5V/L 2900114 2900115 1 1

Max. 30 V DC 500 mA 500 V (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C Any EN 60079-11 58.5 mm / 77 mm

Max. 30 V DC 500 mA 500 V (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C Any EN 60079-11 52.5 mm / 112.5 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT

295

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE wiring interface Modules as compact potential distributors The VIP-2/SC/PDM... modules have the following features: – Two potential levels – Separate supply – Consecutive labeling The modules UMK-PVB and UMK-PVB 6 have three or six potential levels. The modules UMK-PVB 2/.../ZFKDS are available as a variant with spring-cage connection.
Note: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog.

H W D

VIP-2/SC/PDM-2/…
With screw connection

u
P1 P1

P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 P2 P2

P1 .n

P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7

P2 .n

solid Connection data Power supply Distribution No. of pos. Module width W

stranded [mm2] 0.2-4 0.2-2.5

AWG 24-10 24-12 Pcs. / Pkt.

0.2-6 0.2-4

Description

Type

Order No.

VARIOFACE module, with two busbars (P1, P2) for potential distribution, per potential: 2 power terminal blocks/8 distributor terminal blocks 50.00 2 power terminal blocks/12 distributor terminal blocks 2 power terminal blocks/16 distributor terminal blocks 70.40 90.80

VIP-2/SC/PDM-2/16 VIP-2/SC/PDM-2/24 VIP-2/SC/PDM-2/32

2315256 2315269 2315272

1 1 1

VARIOFACE module, with three busbars (+, -, PE) for potential distribution, per potential: (+) two power terminal blocks/48 distributor terminal blocks 168.80 (-) two power terminal blocks/24 distributor terminal blocks (PE) 2 power/72 distributor terminal blocks VARIOFACE module, with six busbars (P1 to P6) for potential distribution, per potential: 2 power terminal blocks/12 distributor terminal blocks 123.80

VARIOFACE module, with two busbars (P1, P2) for potential distribution, per potential: 2 power terminal blocks/8 distributor terminal blocks 45.00 2 power terminal blocks/12 distributor terminal blocks 2 power terminal blocks/16 distributor terminal blocks 2 power terminal blocks/24 distributor terminal blocks Screwdriver Blade: 0,6 x 3.5 x 100 mm, length: 181 mm Technical data Operating voltage Max. perm. current (per branch) Total current Ambient temperature range Mounting position Standards/regulations Dimensions 67.50 90.00 135.00

H/D

250 V AC/DC 15 A 30 A (per potential) -20°C ... 50°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 50 mm / 65.5 mm

296

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE wiring interface
H W D H W D H W D

UMK-PVB
With screw connection

UMK-PVB 6
With screw connection

UMK-PVB 2/.../ZFKDS
With spring-cage connection

P
+ + P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P2 P2

P
P1 P1

uP

+ -

+ -

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P2 P2

P1

P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 - - PE PE P6 P6

P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 P2 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7

P2 .n

PE PE PE PE PE PE PE

PE PE

P6 P6 P6 P6 P6 P6 P6 P6 P6 P6 P6 P6

solid Connection data Power supply Distribution

stranded [mm2] 0.5-4 0.2-2.5

solid AWG 20-10 24-12 Pcs. / Pkt. Connection data Power supply Distribution

stranded [mm2] 0.2-4 0.2-2.5

solid AWG 24-10 24-12 Pcs. / Pkt. Connection data Power supply Distribution

stranded [mm2] 0.2-4 0.2-2.5

AWG 24-10 24-12 Pcs. / Pkt.

0.5-6 0.2-4

0.2-6 0.2-4

0.2-6 0.2-4

Type

Order No.

Type

Order No.

Type

Order No.

UMK- PVB

2971302

1

UMK- PVB 6

2972136

1

UMK- PVB 2/16/ZFKDS UMK- PVB 2/24/ZFKDS UMK- PVB 2/32/ZFKDS UMK- PVB 2/48/ZFKDS

2302353 2302366 2302379 2302382

1 1 1 1

SZF 1-0,6X3,5

1204517

10

250 V AC/DC 16 A 16 A (per potential) -20°C ... 50°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 72 mm / 77 mm

250 V AC/DC 16 A 16 A (per potential) -20°C ... 50°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 72 mm / 77 mm

250 V AC/DC 17 A 32 A (per potential) -20°C ... 50°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 45 mm / 77 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT

297

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE wiring interface Modules with COMBICON connection – The slim 10 and 18-pos. VARIOFACE SLIM-LINE modules connect the front connection terminal blocks to a COMBICON header. The corresponding COMBICON connectors (5.0 mm pitch) can be found in the COMBICON catalog PCB Connection Technique. – The 32-pos. module UMK-32 MDSTB/MKKDS 3/R connects screw connection terminal blocks with coded COMBICON plug-in screw connectors.
H W D H W D

UM 25-... MSTB/FRONT/Q
10 and 18-pos. With screw connection

UMK-32 MDSTB/MKKDS 3/R
32-pos. With screw connection

P
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

P
30 31 32

solid Connection data Screw connection

stranded [mm2] 0.2-2.5

AWG 24-12

0.2-4

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

n

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

30 31 32

Description

No. of pos.

Depth of module D

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

VARIOFACE-SLIM-LINE module, with a COMBICON header (without a COMBICON connector) 10 137.00 18 217.00 VARIOFACE module, with COMBICON plug connector, coded 32 Technical data Operating voltage Max. perm. current (per branch) Test voltage Ambient temperature range Mounting position Standards/regulations Dimensions 77.00

UM 25-10 MSTB/FRONT/Q UM 25-18 MSTB/FRONT/Q

2959803 2959502

1 1

UMK-32 MDSTB/MKKDS3/R 250 V AC/DC 2.5 A 1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -10°C ... 50°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 45 mm / 25 mm 250 V AC/DC 3A -20°C ... 50°C Any IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 58.5 mm / 112.5 mm

2970196

1

H/W

298

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE wiring interface Multiple interface for plug-in miniature relays and/or miniature solid-state-relays These VARIOFACE modules have standard plug-in bases for plug-in miniature relays (REL-MR...) and/or miniature solidstate-relays (SIM-EI...). An eight and a 16-channel block is available. Low and high engagement latches are supplied with the modules.
Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog. For the protection of relay coils and contacts, inductive loads must be dampened with an efficient protection circuit.

H W D

H W D

UMK-8 RM24
8-channel

UMK-16 RM24
16-channel

P
1 2 3 8 9/+ 10/1 2 3

P
16 19/+ 20/-

1

2

3

8

1

2

3

16

12 11 14 0 + A

22 21 24 0 + A

32 31 34 0 + A

82 81 84 0 + A

12 11 14 0 + A

22 21 24 0 + A

32 31 34 0 + A

162 161 164 0 + A

Description

Module width W

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

VARIOFACE module, for eight pluggable miniature relays or solidstate relays, with light indicator 135 VARIOFACE module, for 16 pluggable miniature relays or solidstate relays, with light indicator 259 Plug-in miniature relay, with power contact 12.7 Power solid-state relay, with protective circuit in the input and output circuit 13 Technical data Coil side Operating voltage UN Input circuit Operating voltage display Status display/channel Type of connection No. of pos. Contact side Contact type Max. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Type of connection Connection data solid / stranded / AWG General data Test voltage Ambient temperature range Standards/regulations Mounting position Dimensions

UMK- 8 RM24

2971357

1

UMK-16 RM 24

2971742

1

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC

2961312

10

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC

2961312

10

SIM-EI-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/3

2300096

10

SIM-EI-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/3

2300096

10

24 V DC Free running, polarity protection LED yellow LED yellow Flat-ribbon cable plug connector in acc. with IEC 60603-13 10 1 PDT 250 V AC/DC 5A Screw connection 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 50°C IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Any 59 mm / 77 mm

24 V DC Free running, polarity protection LED yellow LED yellow Flat-ribbon cable plug connector in acc. with IEC 60603-13 20 1 PDT 250 V AC/DC 5A Screw connection 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.) -20°C ... 50°C IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103 Any 59 mm / 77 mm

H/D

PHOENIX CONTACT

299

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE wiring interface VARIOFACE modules for pluggable miniature relays and/or miniature solid-state relays The 4, 8, and 16-way relay and solid-state relay interfaces UMK-... RM provide four, eight or 16 slots for commercially available electromechanical relays (REL-MR...) or optoelectronic relays.(SIM-EI...). The connections between the I/O module and the electronics, as well as the process cabling, are implemented via screw connection terminal blocks.
Notes: For the protection of relay coils and contacts, inductive loads must be dampened with an efficient protection circuit. Other input voltages on request.
1) 2)

H W D

H W D

UMK-4 RM 24
For 4 pluggable miniature relays or miniature solid-state relays

UMK-4 RM...
For 4 pluggable miniature relays or miniature solid-state relays

not with 230 V AC. with 230 V AC glow lamp. 3) with 100 V DC and 230 V AC glow lamp.

P
0 2 3 4 N N 1 2 3 4 + + -

P
-

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

12 11 14 0 + A

22 21 24 0 + A

32 31 34 0 + A

42 41 44 0 + A

12 11 14 0 + A

22 21 24 0 + A

32 31 34 0 + A

42 41 44 0 + A

Description

Input voltage

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

VARIOFACE module, for four pluggable miniature relays or miniature solid-state relays, with light indicator (without relays) 24 V AC/DC VARIOFACE module, for pluggable miniature relays or miniature solid-state relays, with light indicator (without relay) 5 V DC 12 V DC 24 V DC 48 V DC 110 V DC 230 V AC Technical data Coil side Tolerance of the input voltage Input circuit Operating voltage display Status display/channel Type of connection Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Contact side Contact type Max. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Type of connection Connection data solid / stranded / AWG General data Test voltage Ambient temperature range Standards/regulations Mounting position Dimensions UMK- 4 RM 24 2971344 1

UMK- 4 RM 5DC UMK- 4 RM 12DC UMK- 4 RM 24DC UMK- 4 RM 60DC UMK- 4 RM110DC UMK- 4 RM230AC

2972819 2972822 2972835 2972851 2972864 2972880

1 1 1 1 1 1

±10% Bridge rectifier LED yellow Screw connection 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 1 PDT 250 V AC/DC 6A Screw connection 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C DIN VDE 0110 Any 67.5 mm / 59 mm / 77 mm

±10% Free-wheeling diode, polarity protection LED yellow1) LED yellow2) Screw connection 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 24 1 PDT 250 V AC/DC 5 A (optocoupler dependent) Screw connection 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C DIN VDE 0110 Any 67.5 mm / 59 mm / 77 mm

W/H/D

300

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE wiring interface
H W D H W D H W D

UMK-8 RM.../MKDS
For 8 pluggable miniature relays or miniature solid-state relays

UMK-16 RM.../MKDS
For 16 pluggable miniature relays or miniature solid-state relays

UMK-8RELS/KSR-24/21-21
For 8 pluggable miniature relays With 2 PDT contacts

P
1 2 3 8 + + 1 2 3 16 + + -

P
1 2 8 - -

P

1 1 2 3 8 1 2 3 16
111 11 14 12 114 112

2

8

121 21 24 22 124 122

12 11 14 0 + A

22 21 24 0 + A

32 31 34 0 + A

82 81 84 0 + A

12 11 14 0 + A

22 21 24 0 + A

32 31 34 0 + A

162 161 164 0 + A

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

181 81 84 82 184 182

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

UMK- 8 RM 5DC/MKDS UMK- 8 RM 12DC/MKDS UMK- 8 RM24DC/MKDS UMK- 8 RM 60DC/MKDS UMK- 8 RM110DC/MKDS UMK- 8 RM230AC/MKDS

2972893 2972903 2972916 2972932 2972945 2972961

1 1 1 1 1 1

UMK-16 RM 5DC/MKDS UMK-16 RM 12DC/MKDS UMK-16 RM 24DC/MKDS UMK-16 RM 60DC/MKDS UMK-16 RM110DC/MKDS UMK-16 RM230AC/MKDS

2972974 2972987 2972990 2973038 2973041 2973067

1 1 1 1 1 1

UMK- 8 RELS/KSR-24/21/21

2975722

1

±10% Free-wheeling diode, polarity protection LED yellow3) LED yellow3) Screw connection 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 24 1 PDT 250 V AC 5A Screw connection 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C DIN VDE 0110 Any 135 mm / 59 mm / 77 mm

±10% Free-wheeling diode, polarity protection LED yellow2) LED yellow2) Screw connection 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 24 1 PDT 250 V AC 5A Screw connection 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C DIN VDE 0110 Any 259 mm / 59 mm / 77 mm

± 10% Free-wheeling diode, polarity protection LED yellow Screw connection 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 26 2 PDT 250 V AC 5A Screw connection 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 14 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C DIN VDE 0110 Any 168.8 mm / 59 mm / 77 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT

301

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE wiring interface VARIOFACE modules as interface for pluggable solid-state relays or digital I/O modules The 1, 4, 8 or 16-time INTERFACE modules are the wiring interface and the coupling level in one unit. The connection to the interface module is established using screw connection technology. Properties of the single interface: – Status indicator – Protection against polarity reversal in input – Surge protection in input – Assembly option with solid-state relay for loads up to 350 V DC/1 A or 480 V AC/5 A Properties of the 4,8 and 16-time interfaces: – Status indicator – Integrated fuse for line protection (microfuse or Picofuse) – Assembly option with solid-state relay or I/O modules Note: Solid-state relays, refer to page 310.

Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog. For the protection of relay coils and contacts, inductive loads must be dampened with an efficient protection circuit.
5

18,8

A
INPUT 2 1(+)

B

46,7

7,5

OUTPUT 4 3

A = without metal B = with metal

Description

Module width W

Interface module, with plug-in base for one solid-state relay, with locking clip 22.5 Interface module, with plug-in base for four digital I/O modules. Picofuse 125 V, 5 A 90 Interface module, with plug-in base for four solid-state relays, with locking clip Microfuse: 250 V, 4 A 90 Picofuse 125 V, 5 A 90 Interface module, with plug-in base for eight digital I/O modules. Microfuse: 250 V, 4 A 180 Picofuse 125 V, 5 A 180 Interface module, with plug-in base for eight solid-state relays, with locking clip Microfuse: 250 V, 4 A 180 Picofuse 125 V, 5 A 180 Interface module, with plug-in base for 16 digital I/O modules. Microfuse: 250 V, 4 A 326.5 Picofuse 125 V, 5 A 326.5 Interface module, with plug-in base for 16 solid-state relays, with locking clip Microfuse: 250 V, 4 A 326.5 Picofuse 125 V, 5 A 326.5 Technical data Input data Input voltage range Input circuit Status display/channel Type of connection Connection data solid / stranded / AWG Output data Type of connection Connection data solid / stranded / AWG General data Ambient temperature range Standards/regulations Mounting position Assembly Dimensions

H/D

302

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE wiring interface
H W D H W D H W D

UMK-1 OM-R/AMS
With light indicator

UMK-...OM-R/...
With light indicator and fuse, control logic negative switching

UMK-...OM-R/.../P
With light indicator and fuse, control logic positive switching

uP
+Vcc -GND A1 13(+) 0 1 15 +Vcc -GND 0 1 2

uP
15

0 A2 14 14 (+) 13 24 (+)

1

15

0

1

2

15

23

164 (+)

163

14 (+)

13 24 (+)

23 34 (+)

33

164 (+)

163

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

UMK- 1 OM-R/AMS

2983002

1

UMK- 4 OM/PF

2971548

1

UMK- 4 OM-R/MF UMK- 4 OM-R/PF

2970882 2971551

1 1

UMK- 4 OM-R/MF/P UMK- 4 OM-R/PF/P

2972673 2972686

1 1

UMK- 8 OM/MF/MKDS UMK- 8 OM/PF/MKDS

2972712 2972725

1 1

UMK- 8 OM-R/MF/MKDS UMK- 8 OM-R/PF/MKDS

2972738 2972741

1 1

UMK- 8 OM-R/MF/MKDS/P UMK- 8 OM-R/PF/MKDS/P

2972699 2972709

1 1

UMK-16 OM/MF/MKDS UMK-16 OM/PF/MKDS

2972754 2972767

1 1

UMK-16 OM-R/MF/MKDS UMK-16 OM-R/PF/MKDS

2972770 2972783

1 1

UMK-16 OM-R/MF/MKDS/P UMK-16 OM-R/PF/MKDS/P

2972796 2972806

1 1

4 V ... 32 V Polarity protection, surge protection LED yellow Screw connection 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12 Screw connection 0.2 ... 6 mm² / 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 24 - 10 -20°C ... 60°C DIN EN 50178 Any In rows with zero spacing 72 mm / 77 mm

4 V ... 32 V LED yellow Screw connection 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 24 Screw connection 0.2 ... 6 mm² / 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 24 - 10 -20°C ... 55°C DIN VDE 0110b, Gr. C for 250 V DC, DIN VDE 0160 (in relevant parts) Any In rows with zero spacing 72 mm / 77 mm

4 V ... 32 V LED yellow Screw connection 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 24 Screw connection 0.2 ... 6 mm² / 0.2 ... 4 mm² / 24 - 10 -20°C ... 55°C DIN VDE 0110b, Gr. C for 250 V DC, DIN VDE 0160 (in relevant parts) Any In rows with zero spacing 72 mm / 77 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT

303

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE wiring interface Miniature relay REL-MR

The robust relays are used as interface relays throughout process and production engineering. The main features of these relays are their compact design, reliable electrical isolation, and compliance with the most important standards, as well as the number of variants. Note: For diagrams of operating voltage ranges, refer to page 176.

Note: If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter service life than with a pure power contact.

REL-MR-G24/1
Plug-in miniature relay 1 N/O contact (1)

Width 5

P
A1 12

A2

11

Description Plug-in miniature relay, with power contact 1 2 3 4 With power contact 5 6 Plug-in miniature relay, with multi-layer contact 1 2 3 4 5 6

Input voltage UN

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

12 V DC 24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 230 V AC

REL-MR-G 24/1

2961037

8

With gold contact Technical data Input data Permissible range (based on UN) Permissible range (based on UN)

12 V DC 24 V DC 48 V DC 60 V DC 110 V DC 230 V AC 1 0.8 1.1 5 5 2

Typ. input current at UN Typ. response time at UN Typ. response time at UN ( depending on phase relation ) Typ. release time at UN Typ. release time at UN ( depending on phase relation ) Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. inrush current Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load

[mA] [ms] [ms] [ms] [ms]

Double contact, 1 N/O contact AgNi 90/10, + 5 µm hard gold-plated 250 V AC / 125 V DC 5 V DC 3A 5A 250 V AC 2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -40°C ... 85°C 100% operating factor Approx. 2 x 107 cycles DIN VDE 0110, IEC 255/DIN VDE 0435 (in relevant parts)

General data Test voltage (winding / contact) Test voltage (contact/contact) Ambient temperature range Rated operating mode Mechanical service life Standards/regulations

Assembly position/mounting Dimensions W/H/D

Any 5 mm / 17 mm / 23 mm

304

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE wiring interface

REL-MR...21HC
Plug-in miniature relay, high-current version 1 PDT (21)

REL-MR...21-21
Plug-in miniature relay 2 PDT (21-21)

Width 12.7

uVPF

Width 12.7

uVPF

A1 A2

A1 A2

12 22

11 21

14 24

12

11

14

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

REL-MR- 12DC/21HC REL-MR- 24DC/21HC REL-MR- 48DC/21HC REL-MR- 60DC/21HC REL-MR-110DC/21HC REL-MR-230AC/21HC

2961309 2961312 2834821 2961325 2961338 2961422

10 10 10 10 10 10

REL-MR- 12DC/21-21 REL-MR- 24DC/21-21 REL-MR- 48DC/21-21 REL-MR- 60DC/21-21 REL-MR-110DC/21-21 REL-MR-230AC/21-21

2961257 2961192 2834834 2961273 2961202 2961451

10 10 10 10 10 10

REL-MR- 12DC/21HC AU REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU

2961532 2961545

10 10

REL-MR-110DC/21HC AU REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU 1 2 3 4 5

2961561 2961529 6

10 10

REL-MR- 12DC/21-21AU REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU REL-MR- 48DC/21-21AU REL-MR- 60DC/21-21AU REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU 1 2 3 4 5

2961299 2961215 2834847 2961286 2961228 2961480 6

10 10 10 10 10 10

See diagram

See diagram

33 7 3

17 7 3

8.7 7 3

8.2 7 3

4.1 7 3

3 3 - 12

33 7 3

17 7 3

8.7 7 3

8.2 7 3

4.1 7 3

3 3 - 12 2-9

2-9 Single contact, 1 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 12 V 16 A 30 A (300 ms) 4000 VA Single contact, 1 PDT AgNi, + 5 µm Au 30 V AC / 36 V DC ( 250 V AC/DC ) 100 mV ( 12 V ) 50 mA ( 16 A ) 50 mA ( 15 A (300 ms) ) - ( 4000 VA ) Single contact, 2 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 5V 8A 15 A (300 ms) 2000 VA

Single contact, 2 PDT AgNi, + 5 µm Au 30 V AC / 36 V DC ( 250 V ) 100 mV ( 5 V ) 50 mA ( 8 A ) 50 mA ( 15 A (300 ms) ) - ( 2000 VA )

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -40°C ... 85°C 100% operating factor 3 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, DIN VDE 0106-101, DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts) Any / Can be aligned without spacing (> 70°C ≥ 2.5 mm) 12.7 mm / 15.7 mm / 29 mm

5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -40°C ... 85°C 100% operating factor 3 x 107 cycles IEC 60664, IEC 60664 A, DIN VDE 0110, DIN VDE 0106-101, DIN EN 50178/VDE 0160 (in relevant parts) Any / Can be aligned without spacing (> 70°C ≥ 2.5 mm) 12.7 mm / 15.7 mm / 29 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT

305

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE wiring interface Plug-in miniature power relays with fixable manual actuation Unlike the common miniature power relays, the types REL-MR...21HC/MS and REL-MR...21-21/MS have a fixable manual actuation function with mechanical switch position display. This function is often extremely helpful during commissioning and troubleshooting. Moreover, a status LED is integrated into all relays and a free-wheeling diode is integrated into DC types. In addition to relays with standard power contacts, relays with hard gold-plated contacts for low-current applications are also available.

REL-MR-...21HC/MS
Plug-in miniature relay with manual test function, high-current design 1 PDT (21)

REL-MR-...21-21/MS
Plug-in miniature relay with manual test function 2 PDTs (21-21)

A1 A2

A1 A2

12 22

11 21

14 24

12

11

14

Description

Input voltage UN

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Plug-in miniature relay with manual test function, with power contact 1 24 V DC 2 24 V AC 3 120 V AC 4 230 V AC Plug-in miniature relay with manual test function, with multilayer contact 1 24 V DC 4 230 V AC Technical data Input data Permissible range (based on UN) Typ. input current at UN Typ. response time at UN Typ. response time at UN ( depending on phase relation ) Typ. release time at UN Typ. release time at UN ( depending on phase relation ) Output data Contact type Contact material Max. switching voltage Min. switching voltage Limiting continuous current Max. inrush current Min. switching current Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load 250 V AC General data Test voltage (winding / contact) Test voltage (contact/contact) Ambient temperature range Mechanical service life Electrical service life Standards/regulations

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC/MS REL-MR- 24AC/21HC/MS REL-MR-120AC/21HC/MS REL-MR-230AC/21HC/MS

2987888 2987891 2987901 2987914

10 10 10 10

REL-MR- 24DC/21-21/MS REL-MR- 24AC/21-21/MS REL-MR-120AC/21-21/MS REL-MR-230AC/21-21/MS

2987943 2987956 2987969 2987972

10 10 10 10

REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU/MS REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU/MS 1 2 3 4

2987927 2987930

10 10

REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU/MS REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU/MS 1 2 3 4

2987985 2987998

10 10

[mA] [ms] [ms] [ms] [ms]

See diagram 18 32 9 3 - 12 6 2-8

7 3 - 12 2-8

3.5

2-8 Single contact, 1 PDT AgNi + Au 30 V AC / 36 V DC ( 250 V AC/DC ) 100 mV ( 6 V AC/DC ) 50 mA ( 16 A ) 50 mA ( 30 A (300 ms) ) 10 mA ( 100 mA ) - ( 4000 VA )

See diagram 18 32 9 3 - 12 6 2-8

7 3 - 12 2-8

3.5 3 - 12 2-8 Single contact, 2 PDT AgNi + Au 30 V AC / 36 V DC ( 250 V AC/DC ) 100 mV ( 6 V ) 50 mA ( 16 A ) 50 mA ( 30 A (300 ms) ) 10 mA ( 100 mA ) - ( 2000 VA )

Single contact, 1 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 6 V AC/DC 16 A 30 A (300 ms) 100 mA 4000 VA 5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -40°C ... 70°C 5 x 106 cycles See diagram EN 61810-1, EN 50178

Single contact, 2 PDT AgNi 250 V AC/DC 6 V AC/DC 8A 15 A (300 ms) 100 mA 2000 VA 5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) 2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min) -40°C ... 70°C 5 x 106 cycles See diagram EN 61810-1, EN 50178

306

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE wiring interface

REL-MR...21HC...MS (1 PDT)
Operating voltage range Interrupting rating Electrical service life

2,6 2,6 2,4 2,4 2,2 2,2 2 2 1,8 1,8 1,6 1,6 1,4 1,4 1,2 1,2 1 1 0,8 0,8 0,6 0,6 0 0

107
20

1
Cycles

Coil voltage U/UN

Switching current [A]

1 1
2 2

10 5 2 1 0,5 0,2

10

6

1

3 3
4 4
10 10 20 20 30 30

10

5

2
20 30 50 70 100 200 300 400 500

40 50 60 70 80 90 100 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Ambient temperature [°C] 1 1 DC coils, 0 A contact current 2 2 DC coils, 16 A contact current 3 3AC coils, 0 A contact current 4 4AC coils, 16 A contact current

0,1 10

10

4

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Switching current [A] 1 250 V AC, ohmic load

1 AC, ohmic load 2 DC, ohmic load

Switching voltage [V]

REL-MR...21-21...MS (2 PDTs)
Operating voltage range Interrupting rating Electrical service life

2,6 2,4 2,2 2 1,8 1,6 1,4 1,2 1 0,8 0,6

107
20 10

1
Cycles

Coil voltage U/UN

Switching current [A]

1 2 3 4
0 40 50 60 70 80 90 Ambient temperature [°C] 1 DC coils, 0 A contact current 2 DC coils, 16 A contact current 3 AC coils, 0 A contact current 4 AC coils, 16 A contact current 10 20 30 100

5

2
2 1 0,5 0,2 0,1 10

10

6

3

1
10
5

20

30

50

70

100

200

300 400 500

10

4

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 250 V AC, ohmic load Switching current [A]

Switching voltage [V] 1 AC, ohmic load 2 DC, ohmic load, contacts in series 3 DC, ohmic load

PHOENIX CONTACT

307

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE wiring interface Miniature solid-state relay SIM-EI

The SIM-EI miniature solid-state relays have connections compatible with commercially available miniature switching relays and are of the same shape. The modules are used for floating conditioning of process signals as an alternative to electromechanical relays. Substituting mechanical relays for solidstate ones opens new possibilities for solving interface problems in a user-friendly way. The compatibility of the pins with the mechanical relay permits use of solid-state relays without any changes in the layout. The output of the solid-state relay is "high active" and designed as a 2 or 3-conductor output.

SIM-EI...48 DC
With DC voltage output max. = 100 mA

Width 13

P
+ A1 +

A1 +

A2 DC

A A2 AC

A

Description

Input voltage UN

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Input solid-state relay, with protective circuit in the input and output circuit 1 5 V DC 2 12 V DC 3 24 V DC 48 V DC ... 60 V DC 4 60 V DC 5 110 V DC 6 220 V DC 7 120 V AC 8 230 V AC Power solid-state relay, with protective circuit in the input and output circuit 3 24 V DC Plug-in base, for plug-in miniature relays or miniature solid-state relays, for soldering onto the printed circuit board.

SIM-EI- 5DC/48DC/100 SIM-EI- 12DC/48DC/100 SIM-EI- 24DC/48DC/100 SIM-EI- 60DC/48DC/100 SIM-EI-110DC/48DC/100 SIM-EI-220DC/48DC/100 SIM-EI-120AC/48DC/100 SIM-EI-230AC/48DC/100

2271057 2271060 2271073 2271086 2271099 2271109 2271112 2271125

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

SIM-ERSN Retaining bracket, for miniature solid-state relay - Plastic - Metal Retaining bracket, for miniature relay - Plastic - Metal Technical data Input data Permissible range (based on UN) Switching level with reference to UN Typ. input current at UN Transmission frequency flimit Input circuit AC Input circuit DC Output data Operating voltage range Limiting continuous current Residual voltage drop at "H" Max. inrush current Output circuit Output protection General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature range Standards/regulations Assembly position/mounting Dimensions 1 signal ("H") 0 signal ("L") [mA] [Hz] SIM-ERSN-HB-KSR SIM-ERSN-HB-KSR/MET SIM-ERSN-HB-MR SIM-ERSN-HB-MR/MET 1 2 3 4 5

2271484

100

2271468 2271497 2271471 2271510 6 0.9 1.1 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 2.6 300 7 0.9 1.1 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 2.1 3

10 10 10 10 8 0.9 1.1 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 2.1 3

0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.35 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.25 ≤ 0.4 5.4 5.7 5.1 6.8 2.4 600 600 600 600 300 Polarity protection, surge protection Polarity protection 8 V DC ... 48 V DC 100 mA 1V 2-conductor floating Polarity protection 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C DIN VDE 0110 Any / Can be aligned with 2 mm spacing 13 mm / 25 mm / 29 mm

Load current [A]

3 2 1 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 Ambient temperature [°C]

W/H/D

Derating curve for SIM-EI-OV-24 DC/24 DC/3

308

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE wiring interface

SIM-EI...TTL
With TTL logic level output, max. = 100 mA

SIM-EI...48 DC/RC
With DC voltage output max. = 100 mA

SIM-EI-OV-24 DC/24 DC/3
With DC voltage output max. = 3 A

Width 13

P
+ A1 +

Width 13

P

Width 13

P

A1 +

A1

+

A1 +

+

A A2 DC A A2 AC A A2 0 A2

A

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

SIM-EI- 5DC/TTL/100 SIM-EI- 12DC/TTL/100 SIM-EI- 24DC/TTL/100 SIM-EI- 60DC/TTL/100 SIM-EI-110DC/TTL/100 SIM-EI-220DC/TTL/100 SIM-EI-120AC/TTL/100 SIM-EI-230AC/TTL/100

2271138 2271141 2271154 2271167 2271170 2271183 2271196 2271206

10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

SIM-EI-120AC/48DC/100/RC SIM-EI-230AC/48DC/100/RC

2271439 2271426

10 10

SIM-EI-OV- 24DC/ 24DC/3

2300096

10

SIM-ERSN

2271484

100

SIM-ERSN

2271484

100

SIM-ERSN

2271484

100

SIM-ERSN-HB-KSR SIM-ERSN-HB-KSR/MET SIM-ERSN-HB-MR SIM-ERSN-HB-MR/MET 1 2 3 4 5

2271468 2271497 2271471 2271510 6 0.9 1.1 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 2.6 1000 7 0.9 1.1 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 2.1 3

10 10 10 10 8 0.9 1.1 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 2.1 3

SIM-ERSN-HB-KSR SIM-ERSN-HB-KSR/MET SIM-ERSN-HB-MR SIM-ERSN-HB-MR/MET

2271468 2271497 2271471 2271510 7 0.9 1.1 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 2.2 3

10 10 10 10 8 0.9 1.1 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 2.5 3

SIM-ERSN-HB-KSR SIM-ERSN-HB-KSR/MET SIM-ERSN-HB-MR SIM-ERSN-HB-MR/MET 3 0.8 1.2 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.4 7 300 Polarity protection, surge protection

2271468 2271497 2271471 2271510

10 10 10 10

0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≥ 0.8 ≤ 0.35 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.25 ≤ 0.4 5.4 5.7 5.1 4.7 2.4 4000 4000 4000 4000 1000 Polarity protection, surge protection Polarity protection 3 V DC ... 5.25 V DC 100 mA 0.3 V 3-conductor, ground-referenced Polarity protection, free running 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C DIN VDE 0110 Any / Can be aligned with 2 mm spacing 13 mm / 25 mm / 29 mm

RC element

8 V DC ... 48 V DC 100 mA 1V 2-conductor floating Polarity protection 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 50°C DIN VDE 0110 Any / Can be aligned with 2 mm spacing 13 mm / 25 mm / 29 mm

3 V DC ... 33 V DC 3 A (see derating curve) ≤ 200 mV 15 A (10 ms) 2-conductor floating Polarity protection, surge protection 2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 60°C DIN VDE 0110 Any / Can be aligned with 2 mm spacing 13 mm / 25 mm / 29 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT

309

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE wiring interface Solid-state relay OV

Solid-state relays for electrical isolation can be mounted directly on the printed circuit board as interfaces or plugged in using the solder-in socket SIM-AMS. The solid-state relays are suitable for switching ohmic, capacitive or inductive loads. Relays for switching AC circuits have a zero voltage switch to switch the load on in the zero voltage crossing. It is switched off in the zero current crossing. The integrated RC element permits operation up to cos ϕ = 0.5. Inductive DC loads must be equipped with a fast-acting free-wheeling diode for semiconductor relay protection. – Switching capacity up to 350 V DC/1 A, 60 V DC/4 A or 480 V AC/5 A – No wear and tear, even with high switching frequencies, – No contact bounce – no movable parts, – No electromagnetic interference, – Electrically insulated housings, – Small dimensions, – High test voltage of 4 kV between control and load circuits. Note: For derating curves, see page 316. For suitable bases, refer to page 312.
1)

43,2

25,4

OUTPUT
3 4

INPUT
1 (+) 2

5,9

7,6 17,8 30,5 35,5

1,1

7,7 10,5

OV-24DC/350DC/1
With DC voltage output max. = 1 A

Width 10.5

u

1 +

3 +

2

4

Description

Input voltage UN

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Turn-on/off time at UN: Max. ½ period

Solid-state relay for signal amplification and electrical isolation of the control and load circuits, pluggable in the solder-in plug-in base SIM-AMS or with PCB connection for direct mounting onto the PCB, Input: DC voltage Output: DC voltage 1 24 V DC Solid-state relay, same as before, however Input: DC voltage Output: AC voltage 1 24 V DC Technical data Input data Input voltage range Switching level Typ. input current at UN Typ. turn-on time for UN Typ. turn-off time at UN Transmission frequency flimit Output data Operating voltage range Periodic peak reverse voltage Limiting continuous current Min. load current Surge current Residual voltage drop at "H" Leakage current in off condition Phase angle (cos ϕ) Max. load value Output protection General data Test voltage input/output Ambient temperature range Standards/regulations Assembly position/mounting Dimensions

OV-24DC/350DC/1

2982634

10

1 4.25 V DC ... 32 V DC 3.3 1 15 100 250 100 1 V DC ... 350 V DC 1 A (see derating curve) 1 mA 20 A (tp = 1 s) 0.5 V 100 µA Polarity protection 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 80°C EN 61000-4-2, EN 61000-4-3, EN 61000-4-4, EN 55011, basic insulation Any / Can be aligned with > 9 mm spacing 10.5 mm / 25.4 mm / 43 mm

1 signal ("H") [V DC] ≥ 0 signal ("L") [V DC] ≤ [mA] [µs] [µs] [Hz]

W/H/D

310

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE wiring interface

OV-24DC/60DC/4
With DC voltage output max. = 4 A

OV-24DC/480AC/5
With alternating voltage output max. = 5 A

Width 10.5

u

Width 10.5

u

1 +

3 +

1 + A

3 -

2

4

2

4

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

Type

Order No.

Pcs. / Pkt.

OV-24DC/ 60DC/4

2982647

10

OV-24DC/480AC/5 1 4.25 V DC ... 32 V DC 3.3 1 15 100 250 100 1 V DC ... 60 V DC 4 A (see derating curve) 1 mA 25 A (tp = 1 s) 0.5 V 100 µA Polarity protection 4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 80°C EN 61000-4-2, EN 61000-4-3, EN 61000-4-4, EN 55011, basic insulation Any / Can be aligned with > 20 mm spacing 10.5 mm / 25.4 mm / 43 mm 1 4 V DC ... 32 V DC 3.5 1.2 10 1) 1) 25 12 V AC ... 530 V AC (45/65 Hz) 1000 V 5 A (see derating curve) 20 mA 80 A (tp = 20 ms) 1.2 V < 1 mA 0.5 50 A2s -

2982650

10

4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min) -20°C ... 70°C EN 61000-4-2, EN 61000-4-3, EN 61000-4-4, EN 61000-4-5, EN 61000-4-6, basic insulation Any / Can be aligned with > 20 mm spacing 10.5 mm / 25.4 mm / 43 mm

PHOENIX CONTACT

311

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE wiring interface Solder-in socket for solid-state relays and I/O modules Modern interface solutions for computer and electronic controls are increasingly being designed as I/O systems which are system independent and individually mountable. Electrical isolation and signal conditioning are carried out using standard I/O modules. These are produced by various manufacturers in pin-compatible versions for different functions. The I/O modules are either soldered directly into the PCB or plugged into component sockets for quick interchanging. SIM sockets facilitate the plugging of I/O modules considerably. All standard I/O modules and solid-state relays with up to eight connections can be plugged into the solder-in plug-in socket. The I/O modules are securely fixed to the socket using fastening screws which are specific to the module. They are thereby protected against being accidentally released. Optocouplers, now also available in pluggable versions, are secured using the latch which is attached to the socket and which can be labeled. For better identification, each module plug position has its own marking panel on the socket. The SIM socket has been designed so that it can be used on existing printed circuit boards without any layout modifications. Peripheral components such as LEDs or fuse resistors remain accessible to the user. Note: Dimensional drawings and contacts, refer to page 316.
Notes: Type of housing: Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green. For marking systems and mounting material, see CLIPLINE catalog. 1) Applies only to the sockets SIM-AMS 1, SIM-AMS 1-R and SIMAMSC in connection with the standard I/O modules with the corresponding AC voltage output.

SIM-AMS...

ACP
Description No. of pos. Module width W Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt.

Plug-in base, for solid-state relay and I/O modules, with different numbers of contacts, can be labeled with marker pins BN or BNB

Partial assembly Complete assembly Plug-in base, as above, however, with locking clips for fastening Partial assembly Complete assembly Plug-in base, for standard I/O modules of generation 4 of the company Opto 22, can be labeled using marker pins BN or BNB

SIM-AMS 1 SIM-AMS 2

2271015 2271028

10 10

Marker pin, made of white plastic, lettering area 7.5 x 4 mm, unprinted for self-marking with B-STIFT BN-TRK Marker pen, not refillable, for manual labeling, line thickness 0.5 mm B-STIFT Technical data Operating voltage Nominal current Standards/regulations 250 V AC / 380 V AC1) 5A DIN VDE 0110b, Gr. C for 250 V DC 1051993 10 2701404 100

312

PHOENIX CONTACT

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE wiring interface

SIM-AMS...R

SIM-AMSC

ACP
Type Order No. Pcs. / Pkt. Type Order No.

AP
Pcs. / Pkt.

SIM-AMS 1-R SIM-AMS 2-R

2271031 2271044

10 10

SIM-AMSC1

2271390

50

BN-TRK

2701404

100

BN-TRK

2701404

100

B-STIFT 250 V AC / 380 V AC1) 5A DIN VDE 0110b, Gr. C for 250 V DC

1051993

10

B-STIFT 250 V AC / 380 V AC1) 5A DIN VDE 0110b, Gr. C for 250 V DC

1051993

10

PHOENIX CONTACT

313

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE wiring interface Modules for connectors IEC 60603/ DIN 41612 Modules for ELCO connectors

Cable housings suitable for snap-lock mechanism: Type F 32 and 48-pos.

Dimensional drawing UMK-EC38/38-XOL

Dimensional drawing UMK-EC38/38-XOR

Pin configuration UMK-EC38/38... Terminal block 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 CC Pin strip A B C D E F H J K L M N P R S T U V W X Y Z AA BB DD EE FF HH JJ KK LL MM NN PP RR SS TT CC

Pin configuration UMK-EC56/56... Terminal block Z 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 Y Pin strip Z A B C D E F H J K L M N P R S T U V W X a b c d e f h j k l m s p r s t u v w x y z AA BB CC DD EE FF HH JJ KK LL MM NN Y (shield)

77

77

Manufacturer

HARTING

Type "B" and "D"
101,3 101,3

Cable housings suitable for screw locking:

Manufacturer ERNI AMP

Design C 64-pos. KSG 173... 826196-1

Design D 32-pos. KSG 173... 826196-1 Dimensional drawing UMK-EC56/56-XOL Dimensional drawing UMK-EC56/56-XOR

77
Cable housings suitable for screw locking:

77

A

A

Manufacturer ERNI AMP

Design E 48-pos. KSG 173... –

Design F 32 and 48-pos. KSG 203...
157,5
NN NN

826198-1

Dimensional drawing: UMK-EC56/FRONT 2,5V/R
146,3

Dimensional drawing: UMK-EC56/FRONT 2,5V/L
146,3

77

77

157,5

Dimensional drawing UMK-EC56/32-XOL

Dimensional drawing UMK-EC56/32-XOR

Dimensional drawing UMK-EC56/32-XUL

Dimensional drawing UMK-EC56/32-XUR

77

77

77

77

101,3

101,3

314

PHOENIX CONTACT

101,3

101,3

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE wiring interface Modules for ELCO connectors with Ex i protection type

Pin configuration UMK-EC56/FRONT 2,5V/... Terminal block X 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 Y ELCO connector N.C. A B C D E F H J K L M N P R S T U V W X a b c d e f h j k l m s p r s t u v w x y z AA BB CC DD EE FF HH JJ KK LL MM NN Y (shield)

Pin configuration UMK-EC56/32-... Terminal block 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 Y ELCO connector A B C D E F H J K L M N P R S T U V W X Z a b c d e f h j k l m NN + Y

Dimensional drawing: UMK-EC90/32/EX-XUL

Dimensional drawing: UMK-EC90/32/EX-XUR

Dimensional drawing: UMK-EC56/25/EX-L

Dimensional drawing: UMK-EC56/25/EX-R

77

77

77

77

101,3

101,3

78,8

Dimensional drawing: UMK-EC90/32/EX-XOL

Dimensional drawing: UMK-EC90/32/EX-XOR

Dimensional drawing: UMK-EC 56/25/EX/FRONT 2,5 V/L
112,5

77

77

101,3

101,3

Pin configuration UMK-EC90/32/EX... Terminal block 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 Y Pin strip H J L M P X Z AA AC AD AM AN AR AS AU BC AZ BA BJ BK BM BN BR BY CA CB CD CE CN CP CS CT DB Channel

Dimensional drawing: UMK-EC 56/25/EX/FRONT 2,5 V/R
112,5

1
77

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Pin configuration UMK-EC 56/25/EX/... Terminal block 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Y Pin strip C D E F N P R S a b d j k l s t u v BB CC DD EE MM NN Y Channel

77

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

78,8

PHOENIX CONTACT

315

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE wiring interface Solid-state relay OV Solder-in SIM-AMS plug-in base for solid-state relays and I/O modules

Load current as a function of the ambient temperature operating time: 100% operating factor

SIM-AMS dimensional drawing:

SIM-AMSC dimensional drawing:

50
OV-24DC/350DC/1
13,2

45,7
1 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2 0,1 0 0 10 20 30 40 Ambient temperature [°C] 50 60 70 80

Load current [A]

17,5

4,7 5,08
18,5

7,62 16
6,9

12,5

6,46

10,16

19,02

5,08

OV-24DC/60DC/4

SIM-AMS...R dimensional drawing:

Contacts in the plug-in base SIM-AMSC:

5 4,5 4 3,5 3 2,5 2 1,5 1 0,5 0

45,7
Spacing 20 mm Spacing 9 mm with metal without metal
max. 45

Load current [A]

Note: Generation 4 optocouplers can be obtained from Opto 22.

10 20 30 40 0 Ambient temperature [°C]

50

60

70

80
5

4,7 5,08
18,5

7,62 16
6,9

OV-24DC/480AC/5

5 4,5 4 3,5 3 2,5 2 1,5 1 0,5 0

Spacing 20 mm Contacts in the plug-in base SIM-AMS: 1. Partial mounting for standard I/O modules

Load current [A]

Spacing 9 mm SIM-AMS 1

10 20 30 40 0 Ambient temperature [°C]

50

60

70
2. Complete mounting for analog I/O modules, for example

SIM-AMS 2

with metal without metal

316

PHOENIX CONTACT

8,79

5

INTERFACE Cabling
VARIOFACE wiring interface

PHOENIX CONTACT

317

You're Reading a Free Preview

Download
scribd
/*********** DO NOT ALTER ANYTHING BELOW THIS LINE ! ************/ var s_code=s.t();if(s_code)document.write(s_code)//-->